**Important**
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. For more info about the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
-- **Version number.** This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.
**Important**
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-- **<emie> tag.** This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that must be rendered using IE7 Enterprise Mode, IE8 Enterprise Mode, or the default IE11 browser environment.
**Important**
If you decide a site requires IE7 Enterprise Mode, you must add `forceCompatView=”true”` to your XML file. That code tells Enterprise Mode to check for a `DOCTYPE` tag on the specified webpage. If there is, the site renders using Windows Internet Explorer 7. If there’s no tag, the site renders using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.
-
-- **<docMode> tag.**This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that need either to appear using the specific doc mode you assigned to the site. Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.1 XML schema example
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-```
-
**Important**
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (.
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu. - -4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4da3f64f5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: da659ff5-70d5-4852-995e-4df67c4871dd
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/24/2017
----
-
-
-# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-To add your websites one at a time, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file
-
-You can create and use a custom text file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
->**Important:**
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
-- **site-list version number**. This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.
**Important**
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-- **<compat-mode> tag.** This tag specifies what compatibility setting are used for specific sites or domains.
-
-- **<open-in> tag.** This tag specifies what browser opens for each sites or domain.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 XML schema example
-
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-```
-
**Important**
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md). - -3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu. - -4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) -- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) - - - - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index 55b2dcd28a..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 042e44e8-568d-4717-8fd3-69dd198bbf26 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
**Important**
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
**Note**
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Windows 7 and 8.1 Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
**Note**
If you're using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Add**.
-
-2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation. - -3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool. - -4. Choose **IE7 Enterprise Mode**, **IE8 Enterprise Mode**, or the appropriate document mode for sites that must be rendered using the emulation of a previous version of IE, or pick **Default IE** if the site should use the latest version of IE. - -The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected. - -Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -5. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
-If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. - -6. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) - - - - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index c1a7aee9b8..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that''s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 513e8f3b-fedf-4d57-8d81-1ea4fdf1ac0b -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 - -Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
**Important**
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
**Note**
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-**Note**
If you're using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Add**.
-
-2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation. - -3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool. - -4. In the **Compat Mode** box, choose one of the following: - - - **IE8Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode. - - - **IE7Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode. - - - **IE\[*x*\]**. Where \[x\] is the document mode number and the site loads in the specified document mode. - - - **Default Mode**. Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page. - - The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected. - - Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -5. In conjunction with the compatibility mode, you'll need to use the **Open in** box to pick which browser opens the site. - - - **IE11**. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. - - - **MSEdge**. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. - - - **None**. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses. - -6. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
-If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. - -7. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) - - - - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md deleted file mode 100644 index d92810ceb5..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: security -description: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 2b390786-f786-41cc-bddc-c55c8a4c5af3 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 - -Administrative Templates are made up of a hierarchy of policy categories and subcategories that define how your policy settings appear in the Local Group Policy Editor, including: - -- What registry locations correspond to each setting. - -- What value options or restrictions are associated with each setting. - -- The default value for many settings. - -- Text explanations about each setting and the supported version of Internet Explorer. - -For a conceptual overview of Administrative Templates, see [Managing Group Policy ADMX Files Step-by-Step Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214519). - -## What are Administrative Templates? -Administrative Templates are XML-based, multi-language files that define the registry-based Group Policy settings in the Local Group Policy Editor. There are two types of Administrative Templates: - -- **ADMX.** A language-neutral setup file that states the number and type of policy setting, and the location by category, as it shows up in the Local Group Policy Editor. - -- **ADML.** A language-specific setup file that provides language-related information to the ADMX file. This file lets the policy setting show up in the right language in the Local Group Policy Editor. You can add new languages by adding new ADML files in the required language. - -## How do I store Administrative Templates? -As an admin, you can create a central store folder on your SYSVOL directory, named **PolicyDefinitions**. For example, %*SystemRoot*%\\PolicyDefinitions. This folder provides a single, centralized storage location for your Administrative Templates (both ADMX and ADML) files, so they can be used by your domain-based Group Policy Objects (GPOs). -
**Important**
Your Group Policy tools use the ADMX files in your store, ignoring any local copies. For more information about creating a central store, see [Scenario 1: Editing the Local GPO Using ADMX Files](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=276810).
-
-## Administrative Templates-related Group Policy settings
-When you install Internet Explorer 11, it updates the local administrative files, Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml, both located in the **PolicyDefinitions** folder.
-
**Note**
You won't see the new policy settings if you try to view or edit your policy settings on a computer that isn't running IE11. To fix this, you can either install IE11, or you can copy the updated Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml files from another computer to the **PolicyDefinitions** folder on this computer.
-
-IE11 provides these new policy settings, which are editable in the Local Group Policy Editor, and appear in the following policy paths:
-
-- Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
-- User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
-
-|Catalog |Description |
-| ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------|
-|IE |Turns standard IE configuration on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Accelerators |Sets up and manages Accelerators. |
-|Internet Explorer\Administrator Approved Controls |Turns ActiveX controls on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Application Compatibility |Turns the **Cut**, **Copy**, or **Paste** operations on or off. This setting also requires that `URLACTION_SCRIPT_PASTE` is set to **Prompt**. |
-|Internet Explorer\Browser Menus |Shows or hides the IE menus and menu options.|
-|Internet Explorer\Corporate Settings |Turns off whether you specify the code download path for each computer. |
-|Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History |Turns the **Delete Browsing History** settings on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel |Turns pages on and off in the **Internet Options** dialog box. Also turns on and off the subcategories that manage settings on the **Content**, **General**, **Security** and **Advanced** pages. |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Settings |Sets up and manages the **Advanced settings**, **AutoComplete**, **Display Settings**, and **URL Encoding** options. |
-|Internet Explorer\Persistence Behavior |Sets up and manages the file size limits for Internet security zones. |
-|Internet Explorer\Privacy |Turns various privacy-related features on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Security Features |Turns various security-related features on and off in the browser, Windows Explorer, and other applications. |
-|Internet Explorer\Toolbars |Turns on and off the ability for users to edit toolbars in the browser. You can also set the default toolbar buttons here. |
-|RSS Feeds |Sets up and manages RSS feeds in the browser. |
-
-
-## Editing Group Policy settings
-Regardless which tool you're using to edit your Group Policy settings, you'll need to follow one of these guides for step-by-step editing instructions:
-
-- **If you're using the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor.** See [Edit Administrative Template Policy Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214521) for step-by-step instructions about editing your Administrative Templates.
-
-- **If you're using GPMC with Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM).** See [Checklist: Create, Edit, and Deploy a GPO](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214522) for step-by-step instructions about how to check out a GPO from the AGPM archive, edit it, and request deployment.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746579)
-- [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580)
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fd58f63df5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Approvers can approve open change requests in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is successfully submitted to the pre-defined Approver(s), employees granted the role of **App Manager**, **Group Head**, or **Administrator**, they must approve the changes.
-
-## Approve or reject a change request
-The Approvers get an email stating that a Requester successfully opened, tested, and submitted the change request to the Approvers group. The Approvers can accept or reject a change request.
-
-**To approve or reject a change request**
-1. The Approver logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **All Approvals** page.
-
- The Approver can also get to the **All Approvals** page by clicking **Approvals Pending** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Approver clicks the expander arrow (**\/**) to the right side of the change request, showing the list of Approvers and the **Approve** and **Reject** buttons.
-
-3. The Approver reviews the change request, making sure it's correct. If the info is correct, the Approver clicks **Approve** to approve the change request. If the info seems incorrect, or if the app shouldn't be added to the site list, the Approver clicks **Reject**.
-
- An email is sent to the Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group, with the updated status of the request.
-
-
-## Send a reminder to the Approver(s) group
-If the change request is sitting in the approval queue for too long, the Requester can send a reminder to the group.
-
-- From the **My Approvals** page, click the checkbox next to the name of each Approver to be reminded, and then click **Send reminder**.
-
- An email is sent to the selected Approver(s).
-
-
-## View rejected change requests
-The original Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group can all view the rejected change request.
-
-**To view the rejected change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rejected** from the left pane.
-
- All rejected change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After an Approver approves the change request, it must be scheduled for inclusion in the production Enterprise Mode Site List. For the scheduling steps, see the [Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7696eedaca..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode.
-ms.assetid: 2bbc7017-622e-4baa-8981-c0bbda10e9df
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 08/14/2017
-ms.localizationpriority: low
----
-
-
-# Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode. You can add and remove sites from your XML list as frequently as you want, changing which sites should render in Enterprise Mode for your employees. For information about turning on Enterprise Mode and using site lists, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-The information in this topic only covers HTTPS protocol. We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS protocol instead of file protocol due to increased performance.
-
-**How Internet Explorer 11 looks for an updated site list**
-
-1. Internet Explorer starts up and looks for an updated site list in the following places:
-
- 1. **In the cache container.** IE first checks the cache container to see if it finds your XML site list.
-
- 2. **In the local cache.** If there’s nothing in the cache container, IE checks your local cache for the site list.
-
- 3. **On the server.** Based on standard IE caching rules, IE might look for a copy of your site list in the location you put specified in the **SiteList** value of the registry.
-
-2. If there’s an .xml file in the cache container, IE waits 65 seconds and then checks the local cache for a newer version of the file from the server, based on standard caching rules. If the server file has a different version number than the version in the cache container, the server file is used and stored in the cache container.
**Note**
If you’re already using a site list, enterprise mode continues to work during the 65 second wait; it just uses your existing site list instead of your new one.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91c262c502..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: a145e80f-eb62-4116-82c4-3cc35fd064b6
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades.
-
->**Upgrade Analytics and Windows upgrades**
->You can use Upgrade Analytics to help manage your Windows 10 upgrades on devices running Windows 8.1 and Windows 7 (SP1). You can also use Upgrade Analytics to review several site discovery reports. Check out Upgrade Analytics from [here](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/upgrade-analytics-get-started).
-
-
-## Before you begin
-Before you start, you need to make sure you have the following:
-
-- Latest cumulative security update (for all supported versions of Internet Explorer):
-
- 1. Go to the [Microsoft Security Bulletin](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=718223) page, and change the filter to **Windows Internet Explorer 11**.
-
- 
-
- 2. Click the title of the latest cumulative security update, and then scroll down to the **Affected software** table.
-
- 
-
- 3. Click the link that represents both your operating system version and Internet Explorer 11, and then follow the instructions in the **How to get this update** section.
-
-- [Setup and configuration package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=517719), including:
-
- - Configuration-related PowerShell scripts
-
- - IETelemetry.mof file
-
- - Sample Configuration Manager report templates
-
- You must use System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or later for these samples to work.
-
-Both the PowerShell script and the Managed Object Format (.MOF) file need to be copied to the same location on the client device, before you run the scripts.
-
-## What data is collected?
-Data is collected on the configuration characteristics of IE and the sites it browses, as shown here.
-
-|Data point |IE11 |IE10 |IE9 |IE8 |Description |
-|------------------------|-----|-----|-----|-----|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|URL | X | X | X | X |URL of the browsed site, including any parameters included in the URL. |
-|Domain | X | X | X | X |Top-level domain of the browsed site. |
-|ActiveX GUID | X | X | X | X |GUID of the ActiveX controls loaded by the site. |
-|Document mode | X | X | X | X |Document mode used by IE for a site, based on page characteristics. |
-|Document mode reason | X | X | | |The reason why a document mode was set by IE. |
-|Browser state reason | X | X | | |Additional information about why the browser is in its current state. Also called, browser mode. |
-|Hang count | X | X | X | X |Number of visits to the URL when the browser hung. |
-|Crash count | X | X | X | X |Number of visits to the URL when the browser crashed. |
-|Most recent navigation failure (and count) | X | X | X | X |Description of the most recent navigation failure (like, a 404 bad request or 500 internal server error) and the number of times it happened. |
-|Number of visits | X | X | X | X |Number of times a site has been visited. |
-|Zone | X | X | X | X |Zone used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings. |
-
-
->**Important**
By default, IE doesn’t collect this data; you have to turn this feature on if you want to use it. After you turn on this feature, data is collected on all sites visited by IE, except during InPrivate sessions. Additionally, the data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-### Understanding the returned reason codes
-The following tables provide more info about the Document mode reason, Browser state reason, and the Zone codes that are returned as part of your data collection.
-
-#### DocMode reason
-The codes in this table can tell you what document mode was set by IE for a webpage.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|3 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_DOCUMENT_COMPATIBLE_MODE` feature control key.|
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible meta tag. |
-|5 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible HTTP header. |
-|6 |Page appears on an active **Compatibility View** list. |
-|7 |Page is using native XML parsing. |
-|8 |Page is using a special Quirks Mode Emulation (QME) mode that uses the modern layout engine, but the quirks behavior of Internet Explorer 5. |
-|9 |Page state is set by the browser mode and the page's DOCTYPE.|
-
-#### Browser state reason
-The codes in this table can tell you why the browser is in its current state. Also called “browser mode”.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|1 |Site is on the intranet, with the **Display intranet sites in Compatibility View** box checked. |
-|2 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|3 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created by the user. |
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible tag. |
-|5 |Page state is set by the **Developer** toolbar. |
-|6 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_BROWSER_EMULATION` feature control key. |
-|7 |Site appears on the Microsoft **Compatibility View (CV)** list. |
-|8 |Site appears on the **Quirks** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|11 |Site is using the default browser. |
-
-#### Zone
-The codes in this table can tell you what zone is being used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings.
These codes apply to Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|-1 |Internet Explorer is using an invalid zone. |
-|0 |Internet Explorer is using the Local machine zone. |
-|1 |Internet Explorer is using the Local intranet zone. |
-|2 |Internet Explorer is using the Trusted sites zone. |
-|3 |Internet Explorer is using the Internet zone. |
-|4 |Internet Explorer is using the Restricted sites zone. |
-
-## Where is the data stored and how do I collect it?
-The data is stored locally, in an industry-standard WMI class, .MOF file or in an XML file, depending on your configuration. This file remains on the client computer until it’s collected. To collect the files, we recommend:
-
-- **WMI file**. Use Microsoft Configuration Manager or any agent that can read the contents of a WMI class on your computer.
-
-- **XML file**. Any agent that works with XML can be used.
-
-## WMI Site Discovery suggestions
-We recommend that you collect your data for at most a month at a time, to capture a user’s typical workflow. We don’t recommend collecting data longer than that because the data is stored in a WMI provider and can fill up your computer’s hard drive. You may also want to collect data only for pilot users or a representative sample of people, instead of turning this feature on for everyone in your company.
-
-On average, a website generates about 250bytes of data for each visit, causing only a minor impact to Internet Explorer’s performance. Over the course of a month, collecting data from 20 sites per day from 1,000 users, you’ll get about 150MB of data:
250 bytes (per site visit) X 20 sites/day X 30 days = (approximately) 150KB X 1000 users = (approximately) 150MB
-
->**Important**
The data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-## Getting ready to use Enterprise Site Discovery
-Before you can start to collect your data, you must run the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) on your client devices to start generating the site discovery data and to set up a place to store this data locally. Then, you must start collecting the site discovery data from the client devices, using one of these three options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### WMI only: Running the PowerShell script to compile the .MOF file and to update security privileges
-You need to set up your computers for data collection by running the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) to compile the .mof file and to update security privileges for the new WMI classes.
-
->**Important**
You must run this script if you’re using WMI as your data output. It's not necessary if you're using XML as your data output.
-
-**To set up Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`. For more info, see [about Execution Policies](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=517460).
-
-### WMI only: Set up your firewall for WMI data
-If you choose to use WMI as your data output, you need to make sure that your WMI data can travel through your firewall for the domain. If you’re sure, you can skip this section; otherwise, follow these steps:
-
-**To set up your firewall**
-
-1. In **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **Windows Firewall**.
-
-2. In the left pane, click **Allow an app or feature through Windows Firewall** and scroll down to check the box for **Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)**.
-
-3. Restart your computer to start collecting your WMI data.
-
-## Use PowerShell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can determine which zones or domains are used for data collection, using PowerShell. If you don’t want to use PowerShell, you can do this using Group Policy. For more info, see [Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-group-policy-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Important**
The .ps1 file updates turn on Enterprise Site Discovery and WMI collection for all users on a device.
-
-- **Domain allow list.** If you have a domain allow list, a comma-separated list of domains that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-- **Zone allow list.** If you have a zone allow list, a comma-separated list of zones that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-**To set up data collection using a domain allow list**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -SiteAllowList sharepoint.com,outlook.com,onedrive.com`.
-
- >**Important**
Wildcards, like \*.microsoft.com, aren’t supported.
-
-**To set up data collection using a zone allow list**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -ZoneAllowList Computer,Intranet,TrustedSites,Internet,RestrictedSites`.
-
- >**Important**
Only Computer, Intranet, TrustedSites, Internet, and RestrictedSites are supported.
-
-## Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery. If you don’t want to use Group Policy, you can do this using PowerShell. For more info, see [Use Powershell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-powershell-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Note**
All of the Group Policy settings can be used individually or as a group.
-
- **To set up Enterprise Site Discovery using Group Policy**
-
-- Open your Group Policy editor, and go to these new settings:
-
- |Setting name and location |Description |Options |
- |---------------------------|-------------|---------|
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output |Writes collected data to a WMI class, which can be aggregated using a client-management solution like Configuration Manager. |
0 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
0 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone
**Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone
Binary representation: *00010*, based on:
0 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone
**Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones
Binary representation: *10110*, based on:
1 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
1 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
1 – Local Machine zone |
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by domain |Manages which domains can collect data |To specify which domains can collect data, you must include your selected domains, one domain per line, in the provided box. It should look like:
microsoft.sharepoint.com
outlook.com
onedrive.com
timecard.contoso.com
LOBApp.contoso.com |
-
-### Combining WMI and XML Group Policy settings
-You can use both the WMI and XML settings individually or together:
-
-**To turn off Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-|Setting name |Option |
-|---------|---------|
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | Off |
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | Blank |
-
-**Turn on WMI recording only**
-
-|Setting name |Option |
-|---------|---------|
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | On |
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | Blank |
-
-**To turn on XML recording only**
-
-|Setting name |Option |
-|---------|---------|
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | Off |
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | XML file path |
-
-**To turn on both WMI and XML recording**
-
-|Setting name |Option |
-|---------|---------|
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | On |
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | XML file path |
-
-## Use Configuration Manager to collect your data
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to get the local files off of your employee’s computers. To do this, use the hardware inventory process in Configuration Manager, using one of these options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor while connected to a client device
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while you’re connected to your client devices.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Add**, click **Connect**, and connect to a computer that has completed the setup process and has already existing classes.
-
-3. Change the **WMI Namespace** to `root\cimv2\IETelemetry`, and click **Connect**.
-
- 
-
-4. Select the check boxes next to the following classes, and then click **OK**:
-
- - IESystemInfo
-
- - IEURLInfo
-
- - IECountInfo
-
-5. Click **OK** to close the default windows. **or** Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|<docMode>|Specifies the document mode to apply. This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path>elements in the <docMode> section. **or** For IPv6 ranges: Where **Important** Your sites are all cleared from your list.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91ff0fab17..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local compatibility view list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f6ecaa75-ebcb-4f8d-8721-4cd6e73c0ac9
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local compatibility view list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local compatibility view list
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local compatibility view list by mistake or because they no longer have compatibility problems.
-
- **To remove sites from a local compatibility view list**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View Settings**.
-
-2. Pick the site to remove, and then click **Remove**.
-Sites can only be removed one at a time. If one is removed by mistake, it can be added back using this same box and the **Add** section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7e10efde..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c7d6dd0b-e264-42bb-8c9d-ac2f837018d2
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local Enterprise Mode site list by mistake or because the sites no longer have compatibility problems.
-
-**Note**
-The checkmark disappears from next to Enterprise Mode and the site is removed from the list.
-
-**Note**
-The first time a user starts Internet Explorer 11 on a managed device; Internet Explorer will look for a new version of the site list at the specified location. If the browser finds an updated site list, IE downloads the new XML site list and uses it.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c946663dda..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Administrators can schedule approved change requests for production in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is approved, the original Requester can schedule the change for the production environment. The change can be immediate or set for a future time.
-
-**To schedule an immediate change**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
- The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Now**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
- The update is scheduled to immediately update the production environment, and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester is asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-**To schedule the change for a different day or time**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
- The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Schedule**, sets the **Preferred day**, **Preferred start time**, and the **Preferred end time**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
- The update is scheduled to update the production environment on that day and time and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester will be asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After the update to the production environment completes, the Requester must again test the change. If the testing succeeds, the Requester can sign off on the change request. If the testing fails, the Requester can contact the Administrator group for more help. For the production environment testing steps, see the [Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf7e73664e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e399aeaf-6c3b-4cad-93c9-813df6ad47f9
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list so you don’t try to add it again.
-
- **To search your compatibility list**
-
-- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, type part of the URL into the **Search** box.
-The search query searches all of the text. For example, entering *“micro”* will return results like, www.microsoft.com, microsoft.com, and microsoft.com/images. Wildcard characters aren’t supported.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 923d4dfe04..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Set up and turn on Enterprise Mode logging and data collection in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2e98a280-f677-422f-ba2e-f670362afcde
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Using Group Policy, you can turn on Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer and then you can turn on local user control using the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, located in the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` category path. After you turn this setting on, your users can turn on Enterprise Mode locally, from the IE **Tools** menu.
-
-
-
-The **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting also lets you decide where to send the user reports (as a URL). We recommend creating a custom HTTP port 81 to let your incoming user information go to a dedicated site. A dedicated site is important so you can quickly pick out the Enterprise Mode traffic from your other website traffic.
-
-
-
-Getting these reports lets you find out about sites that aren’t working right, so you can add them to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to locate them all yourself. For more information about creating and using a site list, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Using ASP to collect your data
-When you turn logging on, you need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To set up an endpoint server**
-
-1. Configure an IIS server to work with your Enterprise Mode data collection process. If you’re unsure how to set up IIS, see the [IIS installation webpage](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507609).
-
-2. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) and turn on the ASP components from the **Add Roles and Features Wizard**, **Server Roles** page.
-This lets you create an ASP form that accepts the incoming POST messages.
-
-3. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, click **Bindings**, highlight **Port 81**, click **Edit**, and then change the website information to point to Port 81 so it matches your custom-created port.
-
- 
-
-4. Open the **Logging** feature, pick **W3C** for the format, and click **Select Fields** to open the **W3C Logging Fields** box.
-
- 
-
-5. Change the WC3 logging fields to include only the **Date**, **Client IP**, **User Name**, and **URI Query** standard fields, and then click **OK**.
-Using only these fields keeps the log file simple, giving you the date, client IP address, and the website URI information for any site changed by your users.
-
-6. Apply these changes to your default website and close the IIS Manager.
-
-7. Put your EmIE.asp file into the root of the web server, using this command:
-
- ```
- <% @ LANGUAGE=javascript %>
- <%
- Response.AppendToLog(" ;" + Request.Form("URL") + " ;" + Request.Form("EnterpriseMode"));
- %>
- ```
-This code logs your POST fields to your IIS log file, where you can review all of the collected data.
-
-
-### IIS log file information
-This is what your log files will look like after you set everything up and at least one of your users has turned on Enterprise Mode locally from the **Tools** menu. You can see the URL of the problematic website and client IP address of the user that turned on Enterprise Mode.
-
-
-
-
-## Using the GitHub sample to collect your data
-Microsoft has created the [EMIE-Data-Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) that shows how to collect your Enterprise Mode reports. This sample only shows how to collect data, it doesn’t show how to aggregate the data into your Enterprise Mode site list.
-This sample starts with you turning on Enterprise Mode and logging (either through Group Policy, or by manually setting the EnterpriseMode registry key) so that your users can use Enterprise Mode locally. For the steps to do this, go to [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-**Note**
-The required packages are automatically downloaded and included in the solution.
-
- **To set up your endpoint server**
-
-1. Right-click on the name, PhoneHomeSample, and click **Publish**.
-
- 
-
-2. In the **Publish Web** wizard, pick the publishing target and options that work for your organization.
-
- **Important**
-If you’re already on the webpage, you’ll need to refresh the page to see the results.
-
- 
-
-
-### Troubleshooting publishing errors
-If you have errors while you’re publishing your project, you should try to update your packages.
-
- **To update your packages**
-
-1. From the **Tools** menu of Microsoft Visual Studio, click **NuGet Package Manager**, and click **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Updates** on the left side of the tool, and click the **Update All** button.
-You may need to do some additional package cleanup to remove older package versions.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7107b46a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Before you can begin using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, you must set up your environment.
-
-## Step 1 - Copy the deployment folder to the web server
-You must download the deployment folder (**EMIEWebPortal/**), which includes all of the source code for the website, from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) site to your web server.
-
-**To download the source code**
-1. Download the deployment folder from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) source code to your web server.
-
-2. Install the Node.js® package manager, [npm](https://www.npmjs.com/).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You need to install the npm package manager to replace all the third-party libraries we removed to make the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal open-source.
-
-3. Open File Explorer and then open the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder.
-
-4. Press and hold **Shift**, right-click the window, then click **Open PowerShell window here**.
-
-5. Type _npm i_ into the command prompt, then press **Enter**.
-
- Installs the npm package manager and bulk adds all the third-party libraries back into your codebase.
-
-6. Go back up a directory, open the solution file **EMIEWebPortal.sln** in Visual Studio, and then build the entire solution.
-
-7. Copy the contents of the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder to a dedicated folder on your file system. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_. In a later step, you'll designate this folder as your website in the IIS Manager.
-
-## Step 2 - Create the Application Pool and website, by using IIS
-Create a new Application Pool and the website, by using the IIS Manager.
-
-**To create a new Application Pool**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Application Pools**, then click **Add Application Pool**.
-
- The **Add Application Pool** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Application Pool** box, enter the following info:
-
- - **Name.** Type the name of your new application pool. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
- - **.NET CLR version.** Pick the version of .NET CLR used by your application pool from the drop-down box. It must be version 4.0 or higher.
-
- - **Managed pipeline mode.** Pick **Integrated** from the drop-down box. IIS uses the integrated IIS and ASP.NET request-processing pipeline for managed content.
-
-3. Click **OK**.
-
-4. Select your new application pool from the **Application Pool** pane, click **Advanced Settings** from the **Edit Application Pool** area of the **Actions** pane.
-
- The **Advanced Settings** box appears.
-
-5. Make sure your **Identity** value is **ApplicationPoolIdentity**, click **OK**, and then close the box.
-
-6. Open File Explorer and go to your deployment directory, created in Step 1. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-7. Right-click on the directory, click **Properties**, and then click the **Security** tab.
-
-8. Add your new application pool to the list (for example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_) with **Full control access**, making sure the location searches the local computer.
-
-9. Add **Everyone** to the list with **Read & execute access**.
-
-**To create the website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Sites**, then click **Add Website**.
-
- The **Add Website** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Website** box, type the name of your website into the **Site name** box. For example, _EMIEWebApp_, and then click **Select**.
-
- The **Select Application Pool** box appears.
-
-4. Pick the name of the application pool created earlier in this step, and then click **OK**. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-5. In the **Physical path** box, browse to your folder that contains your deployment directory. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-6. Set up your **Binding**, including your **Binding Type**, **IP address**, and **Port**, as appropriate for your organization.
-
-7. Clear the **Start Website immediately** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer, and then double-click your new website. For example, _EMIEWebApp_.
-
- The **<website_name> Home** pane appears.
-
-9. Double-click the **Authentication** icon, right-click on **Windows Authentication**, and then click **Enable**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You must also make sure that **Anonymous Authentication** is marked as **Enabled**.
-
-10. Return to the **<website_name> Home** pane, and double-click the **Connection Strings** icon.
-
-11. Open the **LOBMergedEntities Connection String** to edit:
-
- - **Data source.** Type the name of your local computer.
-
- - **Initial catalog.** The name of your database.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Step 3 of this topic provides the steps to create your database.
-
-## Step 3 - Create and prep your database
-Create a SQL Server database and run our custom query to create the Enterprise Mode Site List tables.
-
-**To create and prep your database**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
-
-2. Open **Object Explorer** and then connect to an instance of the SQL Server Database Engine.
-
-3. Expand the instance, right-click on **Databases**, and then click **New Database**.
-
-4. Type a database name. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-5. Leave all default values for the database files, and then click **OK**.
-
-6. Open the **DatabaseScripts/Create DB Tables/1_CreateEMIETables.sql** query file, located in the deployment directory.
-
-7. Replace the database name placeholder with the database name you created earlier. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-8. Run the query.
-
-## Step 4 - Map your Application Pool to a SQL Server role
-Map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to your database, adding the db_owner role.
-
-**To map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to a SQL Server role**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio and connect to your database.
-
-2. Expand the database instance and then open the server-level **Security** folder.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > Make sure you open the **Security** folder at the server level and not for the database.
-
-3. Right-click **Logins**, and then click **New Login**.
-
- The **Login-New** dialog box appears.
-
-4. Type the following into the **Login name** box, based on your server instance type:
-
- - **Local SQL Server instance.** If you have a local SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on the same server, type the name of your Application Pool. For example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
- - **Remote SQL Server instance.** If you have a remote SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on different servers, type `Domain\ServerName$`.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > Don't click **Search** in the **Login name** box. Login name searches will resolve to a ServerName\AppPool Name account and SQL Server Management Studio won't be able to resolve the account's virtual Security ID (SID).
-
-5. Click **User Mapping** from the **Select a page** pane, click the checkbox for your database (for example, _EMIEDatabase_) from the **Users mapped to this login** pane, and then click **db_owner** from the list of available roles in the **Database role membership** pane.
-
-6. Click **OK**.
-
-## Step 5 - Restart the Application Pool and website
-Using the IIS Manager, you must restart both your Application Pool and your website.
-
-**To restart your Application Pool and website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, select your website, then click **Restart** from the **Manage Website** pane.
-
-2. In the **Connections** pane, select your Application Pool, and then click **Recycle** from the **Application Pool Tasks** pane.
-
-## Step 6 - Registering as an administrator
-After you've created your database and website, you'll need to register yourself (or another employee) as an administrator for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To register as an administrator**
-1. Open Microsoft Edge and type your website URL into the Address bar. For example, https://emieportal:8085.
-
-2. Click **Register now**.
-
-3. Type your name or alias into the **Email** box, making sure it matches the info in the drop-down box.
-
-4. Click **Administrator** from the **Role** box, and then click **Save**.
-
-5. Append your website URL with `/#/EMIEAdminConsole` in the Address bar to go to your administrator console. For example, https://emieportal:8085/#/EMIEAdminConsole.
-
- A dialog box appears, prompting you for the system user name and password. The default user name is EMIEAdmin and the default password is Admin123. We strongly recommend that you change the password by using the **Change password** link as soon as you're done with your first visit.
-
-6. Select your name from the available list, and then click **Activate**.
-
-7. Go to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal Home page and sign in.
-
-## Step 7 - Configure the SMTP server and port for email notification
-After you've set up the portal, you need to configure your SMTP server and port for email notifications from the system.
-
-**To set up your SMTP server and port for emails**
-1. Open Visual Studio, and then open the web.config file from your deployment directory.
-
-2. Update the SMTP server and port info with your info, using this format:
-
- ```
-
-Enterprise Mode will no longer look for the site list, effectively turning off Enterprise Mode. However, if you previously turned on local control for your employees, Enterprise Mode will still be available from the **Tools** menu. You need to turn that part of the functionality off separately.
-
- **To turn off local control using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2. Go to the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, and then click **Disable**.
-
-3. Enterprise Mode no longer shows up on the **Tools** menu for your employees. However, if you are still using an Enterprise Mode site list, all of the globally listed sites will still appear in Enterprise Mode. If you want to turn off all of Enterprise Mode, you will need to also turn off the site list functionality.
-
- **To turn off the site list using the registry**
-
-1. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-2. Go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **SiteList** value.
-You can also use HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, depending whether you want to turn off the Enterprise Mode site list for users or for computers.
-
-3. Close all and restart all instances of Internet Explorer.
-IE11 stops looking at the site list for rendering instructions. However, Enterprise Mode is still available to your users locally (if it was turned on).
-
- **To turn off local control using the registry**
-
-1. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-2. Go `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **Enable** value.
-You can also use HKEY_CURRENT_USER, depending whether you want to turn off Enterprise Mode for users or for computers.
-
-3. Close and restart all instances of IE.
-Enterprise Mode is no longer a user option on the **Tools** menu in IE11. However, IE11 still looks at the site list (if it was turned on).
-
-## Related topics
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-- [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cfad8e8db..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-Before you can use a site list with Enterprise Mode, you must turn the functionality on and set up the system for centralized control. By allowing
-centralized control, you can create one global list of websites that render using Enterprise Mode. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it looks for a properly formatted site list. If a new site list if found, with a different version number than the active list, IE11 loads and uses the newer version. After the initial check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> We recommend that you store and download your website list from a secure web server (https://), to help protect against data tampering. After the list is downloaded, it's stored locally on your employees' computers so if the centralized file location is unavailable, they can still use Enterprise Mode.
-
-**Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Microsoft Edge\\Configure the Enterprise Mode Site List** setting. Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a site list.
-
-
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your site list.
-
-3. Refresh your policy and then view the affected sites in Microsoft Edge. The site shows a message in Microsoft Edge, saying that the page needs IE. At the same time, the page opens in IE11; in a new frame if it's not yet running, or in a new tab if it is.
-
-**Registry**
-
-All of your managed devices must have access to this location if you want them to be able to access and use Enterprise Mode and your site list.
-
-1. **To turn on Enterprise Mode for all users on the PC:** Open the registry editor and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\MicrosoftEdge\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-
-2. Edit the `SiteList` registry key to point to where you want to keep your Enterprise Mode site list file. For example:
-
-
- - **HTTPS location:** `"SiteList"="https://localhost:8080/sites.xml"`
-
- - **Local network:** `"SiteList"="\\network\shares\sites.xml"`
-
- - **Local file:** `"SiteList"="file:///c:\\Users\\ The site shows a message in Microsoft Edge, saying that the page needs IE.
- At the same time, the page opens in IE11; in a new frame if it is not yet
- running, or in a new tab if it is.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c8ef3d030c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Turn on local user control and logging for Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6622ecce-24b1-497e-894a-e1fd5a8a66d1
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can turn on local control of Enterprise Mode so that your users can turn Enterprise Mode on from the **Tools** menu. Turning on this feature also adds the **Enterprise** browser profile to the **Emulation** tab of the F12 developer tools.
-
-Besides turning on this feature, you also have the option to provide a URL for Enterprise Mode logging. If you turn logging on, Internet Explorer initiates a simple POST back to the supplied address, including the URL and a specification that **EnterpriseMode** was turned on or off through the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Internet Explorer\\Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location for where to receive reports about when your employees use this functionality to turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using the registry**
-
-1. Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-
-2. In the right pane, right-click and click **New**, click **String Value**, and then name the new value **Enable**.
-
-3. Right-click the **Enable** key, click **Modify**, and then type a **Value data** to point to a server that you can listen to for updates.
-
- 
-
-Your **Value data** location can be any of the following types:
-
-- **URL location (like, https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records or https://localhost:13000)**. IE sends a POST message to the URL every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu. **Important** This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to fix common site list validation errors. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to look to see if a site is already in your global Enterprise Mode site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to save a site list as XML, so you can deploy and use it with your managed systems. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to export your site list so you can transfer your data and contents to someone else. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to import your site list to replace a corrupted or out-of-date list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete a website from your site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete all of the websites in a site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-
-## Related topics
-
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c6f3e6048e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on and use IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 238ead3d-8920-429a-ac23-02f089c4384a
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode gives you a way for your legacy websites and apps to run using emulated versions of Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, while your new sites and apps run using Internet Explorer 11, including modern standards and features.
-
-Although it’s called IE7 Enterprise Mode, it actually turns on Enterprise Mode along with Internet Explorer 7 or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 Compatibility View. Compatibility View chooses which document mode to use based on whether there’s a `DOCTYPE` tag in your code:
-
-- **DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 7 document mode.
-- **No DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 5 document mode.
-
-**Important** For example, `C:\users\ **Important** **Important** **Important** **Important**
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c0b63cac..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: da659ff5-70d5-4852-995e-4df67c4871dd
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/24/2017
----
-
-
-# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-To add your websites one at a time, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file
-
-You can create and use a custom text file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
->**Important:** **Important** **Important**
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c5e4b4426..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 042e44e8-568d-4717-8fd3-69dd198bbf26
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. **Important** Note Note
-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation.
-
-3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool.
-
-4. Choose **IE7 Enterprise Mode**, **IE8 Enterprise Mode**, or the appropriate document mode for sites that must be rendered using the emulation of a previous version of IE, or pick **Default IE** if the site should use the latest version of IE.
-
-The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected.
-
-Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-5. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
- If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway.
-
-6. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
- You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10f60620a8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that''s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 513e8f3b-fedf-4d57-8d81-1ea4fdf1ac0b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. **Important** Note
-**Note**
- Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation.
-
-3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
- Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool.
-
-4. In the **Compat Mode** box, choose one of the following:
-
- - **IE8Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-
- - **IE7Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
- - **IE\[*x*\]**. Where \[x\] is the document mode number and the site loads in the specified document mode.
-
- - **Default Mode**. Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page.
-
- The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected.
-
- Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-5. In conjunction with the compatibility mode, you'll need to use the **Open in** box to pick which browser opens the site.
-
- - **IE11**. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. If you have enabled [Internet Explorer mode integration on Microsoft Edge](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode), this option will open sites in Internet Explorer mode.
-
- - **MSEdge**. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
-
- - **None**. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses.
-
-6. If you have enabled [Internet Explorer mode integration on Microsoft Edge](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode), and you have sites that still need to opened in the standalone Internet Explorer 11 application, you can check the box for **Standalone IE**. This checkbox is only relevant when associated to 'Open in' IE11. Checking the box when 'Open In' is set to MSEdge or None will not change browser behavior.
-
-7. The checkbox **Allow Redirect** applies to the treatment of server side redirects. If you check this box, server side redirects will open in the browser specified by the open-in tag. For more information, see [here](./enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md#updated-schema-attributes).
-
-8. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
- If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway.
-
-9. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
- You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4de574cbe2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2b390786-f786-41cc-bddc-c55c8a4c5af3
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Administrative Templates are made up of a hierarchy of policy categories and subcategories that define how your policy settings appear in the Local Group Policy Editor, including:
-
-- What registry locations correspond to each setting.
-
-- What value options or restrictions are associated with each setting.
-
-- The default value for many settings.
-
-- Text explanations about each setting and the supported version of Internet Explorer.
-
-For a conceptual overview of Administrative Templates, see [Managing Group Policy ADMX Files Step-by-Step Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc709647(v=ws.10)).
-
-## What are Administrative Templates?
-Administrative Templates are XML-based, multi-language files that define the registry-based Group Policy settings in the Local Group Policy Editor. There are two types of Administrative Templates:
-
-- **ADMX.** A language-neutral setup file that states the number and type of policy setting, and the location by category, as it shows up in the Local Group Policy Editor.
-
-- **ADML.** A language-specific setup file that provides language-related information to the ADMX file. This file lets the policy setting show up in the right language in the Local Group Policy Editor. You can add new languages by adding new ADML files in the required language.
-
-## How do I store Administrative Templates?
-As an admin, you can create a central store folder on your SYSVOL directory, named **PolicyDefinitions**. For example, %*SystemRoot*%\\PolicyDefinitions. This folder provides a single, centralized storage location for your Administrative Templates (both ADMX and ADML) files, so they can be used by your domain-based Group Policy Objects (GPOs).
- Important Note **Note** **Note** **Important** **Important** Important **Important** **Note** **Note** **-OR-** Create a canonical name (CNAME) alias record named, **WPAD**. This record has the resolved name (not the IP address) of the server storing your automatic configuration (.pac) file. **Note** **Note** **Important** **Note** **Note** 250 bytes (per site visit) X 20 sites/day X 30 days = (approximately) 150KB X 1000 users = (approximately) 150MB
-
->**Important**
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### WMI only: Running the PowerShell script to compile the .MOF file and to update security privileges
-You need to set up your computers for data collection by running the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) to compile the .mof file and to update security privileges for the new WMI classes.
-
->**Important** 0 – Restricted Sites zone **Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone Binary representation: *00010*, based on: 0 – Restricted Sites zone **Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones Binary representation: *10110*, based on: 1 – Restricted Sites zone microsoft.sharepoint.com
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor while connected to a client device
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while you’re connected to your client devices.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Add**, click **Connect**, and connect to a computer that has completed the setup process and has already existing classes.
-
-3. Change the **WMI Namespace** to `root\cimv2\IETelemetry`, and click **Connect**.
-
- 
-
-4. Select the check boxes next to the following classes, and then click **OK**:
-
- - IESystemInfo
-
- - IEURLInfo
-
- - IECountInfo
-
-5. Click **OK** to close the default windows.
-**Important** **Note** **or** Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|docMode|Specifies the document mode to apply. This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path>elements in the <docMode> section. Where `https://fabrikam.com` opens in the IE11 browser, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` loads in the current browser (eg. Microsoft Edge)|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|forceCompatView|Specifies that the page should load in IE7 document mode (Compat View). This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path> elements in the <emie> section. If the page is also configured to load in Enterprise Mode, it will load in IE7 Enterprise Mode. Otherwise (exclude="true"), it will load in IE11's IE7 document mode. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false. Where `https://fabrikam.com` does not use Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.|Internet Explorer 11|
-
-### Using Enterprise Mode and document mode together
-If you want to use both Enterprise Mode and document mode together, you need to be aware that <emie> entries override <docMode> entries for the same domain.
-
-For example, say you want all of the sites in the contoso.com domain to open using IE8 Enterprise Mode, except test.contoso.com, which needs to open in document mode 11. Because Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document mode, if you want test.contoso.com to open using document mode, you'll need to explicitly add it as an exclusion to the <emie> parent node.
-
-```xml
- **or** For IPv6 ranges: Where **Important** After the new Internet Explorer 11 package is available for download, you should manually synchronize the new package to your WSUS server, so that when you re-enable auto-approval it won’t be automatically installed.
-
-8. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-9. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Synchronizations**.
-
-10. Click **Synchronize Now**.
-
-11. Expand *ComputerName*, expand **Updates**, and then click **All Updates**.
-
-12. Choose **Unapproved** in the **Approval** drop down box.
-
-13. Check to make sure that Microsoft Internet Explorer 11 is listed as an unapproved update.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > There may be multiple updates, depending on the imported language and operating system updates.
-
-**Optional**
-
-If you need to reset your Update Rollups packages to auto-approve, do this:
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3. Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4. Click the rule that automatically approves updates of different classifications, and then click **Edit**.
-
-5. Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-6. Check the **Update Rollups** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7. Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because auto-approval rules are only evaluated when an update is first imported into WSUS, turning this rule back on after the Internet Explorer 11 update has been imported and synchronized to the server won’t cause this update to be auto-approved.
-
-
-## Additional resources
-
-- [Automatic delivery process](what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md#automatic-delivery-process)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 FAQ for IT pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates]()
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](./index.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png
deleted file mode 100644
index df63b88432..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 040df5bb07..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a782b6657c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7626296e87..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a182461b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c887d9c193..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 28adf37af6..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f3a1773a45..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ccd5c9cd4b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d22ce267e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f2b011d717..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dc365fc8ad..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 115e7d8a05..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 14079ffd7c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b58e2a21b8..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png
deleted file mode 100644
index becf942ecd..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66480b5f6c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3daa4e483..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png
deleted file mode 100644
index eaf44305e2..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c32b1af1a..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7209452cf3..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66e8ecf082..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c53b4d160e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 629267fb62..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c1d246aaf..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a6ea00e6f..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bcfd3b650..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ed75b701..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 87e49b5093..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 73d11e3644..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a52b20e23..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index aa3490aee9..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 83c7c6b9b8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-description: A full-sized view of how document modes are chosen in IE11.
-title: Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11
-author: dansimp
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
----
-
-# Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Return to: [Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11](deprecated-document-modes.md)
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/docmode-decisions-lg.png" alt-text="Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11" lightbox="images/docmode-decisions-lg.png":::
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f585e3210d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cacd5d68-700b-4a96-b4c9-ca2c40c1ac5f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-**Important**
-Importing your file overwrites everything that’s currently in the tool, so make sure it’s what you really mean to do.
-
- **To import your compatibility list**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Import**.
-
-2. Go to your exported .EMIE file (for example, `C:\users\ This means that while IE11 will continue to support document modes, Microsoft Edge won’t. And because of that, it also means that if you want to use Microsoft Edge, you’re going to have to update your legacy webpages and apps to support modern features, browsers, and devices. Note Because of this change, your IEM-configured settings will no longer work on computers running Internet Explorer 10 or newer. To fix this, you need to update the affected settings using Group Policy preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or the IEAK 11. Because Group Policy Preferences and IEAK 11 run using asynchronous processes, you should choose to use only one of the tools within each group of settings. For example, using only IEAK 11 in the Security settings or Group Policy Preferences within the Internet Zone settings. Also, it's important to remember that policy is enforced and can't be changed by the user, while preferences are configured, but can be changed by the user. |
-|[Missing the Compatibility View Button](missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md) |Compatibility View was introduced in Internet Explorer 8 to help existing content continue to work with Windows Internet Explorer 7, while developers updated their content to support modern interoperable web standards. Since then, the IE web platform, and the web itself, have changed so that most public web content looks for standards-based features instead of IE 7-compatible behavior. Thanks to these changes, using IE11 in the latest standards mode is more compatible with the web than ever before. As a result, IE11 simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the Compatibility View button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers. |
-|[Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md) |You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access. You pin a website simply by dragging its tab to the taskbar. Some websites can also extend the icon’s Jump List. The ability to pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar can help make end-users in businesses more productive. As an IT professional, for example, you can pin intranet and SharePoint websites to the taskbar to make them immediately available to employees. In this article, you learn how to deploy pinned websites by using Lite Touch Installation in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
-
-## IE11 naming conventions
-IE11 offers differing experiences in Windows 8.1:
-
-|Name |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|Internet Explorer or IE |The immersive browser, or IE, without a specific version. |
-|Internet Explorer for the desktop |The desktop browser. This is the only experience available when running IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|Internet Explorer 11 or IE11 |The whole browser, which includes both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 47a4d07569..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: caca18c1-d5c4-4404-84f8-d02bc562915f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1 Update
-- Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment. You can also find more info about your virtualization options for legacy apps.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages](customize-ie11-install-packages.md) |Guidance about how to use .INF files or the IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create custom packages and about how to create those packages for multiple operating systems. |
-|[Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](choose-how-to-install-ie11.md) |Guidance for the different ways you can install IE, including using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Microsoft Intune, your network, the operating system deployment system, or third-party tools. |
-|[Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to deploy your custom version of IE using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) or using your software distribution tools. |
-|[Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11](virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md) |Info about the Microsoft-supported options for virtualizing web apps. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ec2a15346..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to add and deploy the Internet Explorer 11 update using Microsoft Intune.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b2dfc08c-78af-4c22-8867-7be3b92b1616
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Intune (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Intune
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is available as an update in Microsoft Intune. Microsoft Intune uses Windows cloud services to help you manage updates, monitor and protect your computers, provide remote assistance, track hardware and software inventory, and set security policies. For more information, see the [Documentation Library for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/).
-
-## Adding and deploying the IE11 package
-You can add and then deploy the IE11 package to any computer that's managed by Microsoft Intune.
-
- **To add the IE11 package**
-
-1. From the Microsoft Intune administrator console, start the Microsoft Intune Software Publisher.
-
-2. Add your IE11 package as either an external link or as a Windows installer package (.exe or .msi).
-
-For more info about how to decide which one to use, and how to use it, see [Deploy and configure apps](/mem/intune/).
-
- **To automatically deploy and install the IE11 package**
-
-1. From the Microsoft Intune administrator console, start and run through the Deploy Software wizard.
-
-2. Deploy the package to any of your employee computers that are managed by Microsoft Intune.
-
-3. After the package is on your employee's computers, the installation process runs, based on what you set up in your wizard.
-
-For more info about this, see [Deploy and configure apps](/mem/intune/).
-
- **To let your employees install the IE11 package**
-
-1. Install the package on your company's Microsoft Intune site, marking it as **Available** for the appropriate groups.
-
-2. Any employee in the assigned group can now install the package.
-
-For more info about this, see [Update apps using Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-windows-10-app-deploy)
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 469b700481..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e16f9144-170c-4964-a62d-0d1a16f4cd1f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images.
-
-You'll need to extract the .cab file for each supported operating system and platform combination and the .msu file for each prerequisite update. Download the IE11 update and prerequisites here:
-
-- [Microsoft Download Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279697)
-
-- [Microsoft Update Catalog](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214287)
-
-After you install the .msu file updates, you'll need to add them to your MDT deployment. You'll also need to extract the IE11 .cab update file from the IE11 installation package, using the `/x` command-line option. For example, `IE11-Windows6.1-x64-en-us.exe /x:c:\ie11cab`.
-
-## Installing IE11 using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)
-
-MDT adds IE11 to your Windows images, regardless whether you are creating or deploying a customized or non-customized image. MDT also lets you perform offline servicing during the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager task sequence, letting you add IE11 before starting Windows. For info, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
- **To add IE11 to a MDT deployment share**
-
-1. Right-click **Packages** from each **Deployment Shares** location, and then click **Import OS Packages**.
-
-2. Go to the **Specify Directory** page, search for your folder with your update files (.cab and .msu) for import, and click **Next**.
-
-3. Go to the **Summary** page and click **Next**.
-MDT starts importing your update files. **Note**
- The wizard automatically puts your custom installation files in your `\ **Important**
- Where `
-If you get an error during the Windows Update process, see [Fix the problem with Microsoft Windows Update that is not working](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=302316).
-
-4. Restart your computer, making sure all of your the updates are finished.
-
-5. Try to reinstall IE11 from either Windows Update (if you saw it in Step 3) or from the [Download Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=327753) website.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 803fc7fb83..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3ee71d93-d9d2-48e1-899e-07932c73faa6
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After upgrading to Internet Explorer 11, you might experience search issues while using your intranet site.
-
-## Why is my intranet redirecting me to search results?
-IE11 works differently with search, based on whether your organization is domain-joined.
-
-- **Domain-joined computers.** A single word entry is treated as a search term. However, IE11 also checks for available intranet sites and offers matches through the **Notification bar**. If you select **Yes** from the **Notification bar** to navigate to the intranet site, IE11 associates that word with the site so that the next time you type in the intranet site name, inline auto-complete will resolve to the intranet site address.
-
-- **Non-domain-joined computers.** A single word entry is treated as an intranet site. However, if the term doesn't resolve to a site, IE11 then treats the entry as a search term and opens your default search provider.
-
-To explicitly go to an intranet site, regardless of the environment, users can type either a trailing slash like `contoso/` or the `https://` prefix. Either of these will cause IE11 to treat the entry as an intranet search. You can also change the default behavior so that IE11 treats your single word entry in the address bar as an intranet site, regardless of your environment.
-
- **To enable single-word intranet search**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and then click **Internet Options**.
-
-2. Click **Advanced**, check the **Go to an intranet site for a single word entry in the Address bar** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-If you'd like your entire organization to have single word entries default to an intranet site, you can turn on the **Go to an intranet site for a single word entry in the Address bar** Group Policy. With this policy turned on, a search for `contoso` automatically resolves to `https://contoso`.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a2d5298b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: eb3cce62-fc7b-41e3-97b6-2916b85bcf55
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Manage Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Manage Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11](auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to update your automatic detection of DHCP and DNS servers. |
-|[Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to add, update and lock your auto configuration settings. |
-|[Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to add, update, and lock your auto-proxy settings. |
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e3e56157b3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: IEM-configured settings have been deprecated for Internet Explorer 10 and newer. Use this topic to learn where to go to fix the affected settings through Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or the IEAK.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 89084e01-4e3f-46a6-b90e-48ee58d6821c
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings have been deprecated in favor of Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), and the IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-Because of this change, your IEM-configured settings will no longer work on computers running Internet Explorer 10 or newer. To fix this, you need to update the affected settings using Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-Because Group Policy Preferences and IEAK 11 run using asynchronous processes, you should choose to use only one of the tools within each group of settings. For example, using only IEAK 11 in the **Security** settings or Group Policy Preferences within the **Internet Zone** settings. Also, it's important to remember that policy is enforced and can't be changed by the user, while preferences are configured, but can be changed by the user.
-
-For more information about all of the new options and Group Policy, see:
-
-- [Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md)
-
-- [Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md)
-
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
-- [Group Policy Settings Reference for Windows and Windows Server](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279876)
-
-- [Group Policy ADMX Syntax Reference Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753471(v=ws.10))
-
-- [Enable and Disable Settings in a Preference Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754299(v=ws.11))
-
-## IEM replacements
-The IEM settings have replacements you can use in either Group Policy Preferences or IEAK 11.
-
-### Browser user interface replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Browser title |Lets you customize the text that shows up in the title bar of the browser.|On the **Browser User Interface** page of IEAK 11, click **Customize Title Bars**, and then type the text that appears on the title bar of the **Title Bar Text** box. Your text is appended to the text," Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by". |
-|Browser toolbar customizations (background and buttons) |Lets you customize the buttons on the browser toolbar. -OR- On the **Connection Settings** page of IEAK 11, change your connection settings, including importing your current connection settings and deleting existing dial-up connection settings (as needed). |
-|Automatic browser configuration |Lets you update your employee's computer after you've deployed IE11, by specifying a URL to an .ins file, an auto-proxy URL, or both. You can decide when the update occurs, in minutes. Typing zero, or not putting in any number, means that automatic configuration only happens after the browser is started and used to go to a page. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Automatic Configuration** tab, and then add your URL. On the **Automatic Configuration** page of IEAK 11, modify the configuration settings, including providing the URL to an .ins file or an auto-proxy site. |
-|Proxy settings |Lets you specify your proxy servers. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Connections** tab, click **LAN Settings**, and then choose whether to turn on automatic detection of your configuration settings and if you want to use proxy servers. -OR- On the **Proxy Settings** page of IEAK 11, turn on your proxy settings, adding your proxy server addresses and exceptions. |
-|User Agent string |Lets the browser provide identification to visited servers. This string is often used to keep Internet traffic statistics. |This setting isn't available anymore. |
-
-### URLs replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Favorites and links |Lets you use custom URLs for the **Favorites** and **Links** folders. You can also specify the folder order, disable IE Suggested Sites, and import an existing folder structure. |On the **Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds** page of IEAK 11, add your custom URLs to the **Favorites**, **Favorites Bar**, or **RSS Feeds** folders, or create new folders. You can also edit, test, or remove your URLs, sort the list order, or disable IE Suggested Sites. |
-|Important URLs |Lets you add custom **Home** pages that can open different tabs. You can also add a **Support** page that shows up when an employee clicks online Help.|In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **General** tab, and add your custom **Home** page. On the **Important URLs - Home page and Support** page of IEAK 11, add the custom URLs to your **Home** and **Support** pages. You can also click to retain the previous home page information when the user upgrades to a newer version of IE. |
-
-### Security Zones and Content Ratings
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Security zones |Lets you change your security settings, by zone |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Security** tab, and update your security settings, based on zone. -OR- On the **Security and Privacy Settings** page of IEAK 11, choose your **Security Zones and Privacy** setting, changing it, as necessary. |
-|Content ratings |Lets you change your content ratings so your employees can't view sites with risky content. |On the **Security and Privacy Settings** page of IEAK 11, choose your **Content Ratings** setting, changing it, as necessary. |
-|Authenticode settings |Lets you pick your trustworthy software publishers and stop your employees from adding new, untrusted publishers while browsing. |These settings aren't available anymore. |
-
-### Programs
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Programs |Lets you import your default program settings, which specify the programs Windows uses for each Internet service. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Programs** tab, and choose how to open IE11 links. -OR- On the **Programs** page of IEAK 11, choose whether to customize or import your program settings. |
-
-#### Advanced IEM settings
-The Advanced IEM settings, including Corporate and Internet settings, were also deprecated. However, they also have replacements you can use in either Group Policy Preferences or IEAK 11.
-
-**Note** -OR- On the Additional Settings page of IEAK 11, expand Internet Settings, and then customize your default values in the Internet Options dialog box. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a002fae480..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Internet Explorer 11 uses the latest standards mode, which simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the **Compatibility View** button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 501c96c9-9f03-4913-9f4b-f67bd9edbb61
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Missing the Compatibility View Button (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Missing the Compatibility View Button
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Compatibility View was introduced in Windows Internet Explorer 8 to help existing content continue to work with Windows Internet Explorer 7, while developers updated their content to support modern interoperable web standards. Since then, the Internet Explorer web platform, and the web itself, have changed so that most public web content looks for standards-based features instead of IE 7-compatible behavior.
-
-Thanks to these changes, using Internet Explorer 11 in the latest standards mode is more compatible with the web than ever before. As a result, IE11 simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the **Compatibility View** button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers.
-
-## What happened to the Compatibility View button?
-In previous versions of IE, the **Compatibility View** button would attempt to fix a broken standards-based website, by getting the page to appear like it did in Internet Explorer 7. Today however, more standards-based websites are broken by attempting to appear like they did in Internet Explorer 7. So instead of implementing and using Compatibility View, developers are updating their server configuration to add X-UA-Compatible meta tags, which forces the content to the “edge”, making the **Compatibility View** button disappear. In support of these changes, the Compatibility View button has been completely removed for IE11.
-
-## What if I still need Compatibility View?
-There might be extenuating circumstances in your company, which require you to continue to use Compatibility View. In this situation, this process should be viewed strictly as a workaround. You should work with the website vendor to make sure that the affected pages are updated to match the latest web standards. The functionality described here is currently deprecated and will be removed at a time in the future.
-
-**Important**
-Compatibility View is turned on for this single website, for this specific computer.
-
-3. Decide if you want your intranet sites displayed using Compatibility View, decide whether to use Microsoft compatibility lists, and then click **Close**.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c68a1ec01..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: How to turn managed browser hosting controls back on in Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b0b7f60f-9099-45ab-84f4-4ac64d7bcb43
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: .NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# .NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-## Summary
-
-If you’re having problems launching your legacy apps while running Internet Explorer 11, it’s most likely because Internet Explorer no longer starts apps that use managed browser hosting controls, like in .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0.
-
- **To turn managed browser hosting controls back on**
-
-1. **For x86 systems or for 64-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
-2. **For 32-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
-## More information
-
-IEHost is a Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1-based technology that provides a better model than ActiveX controls to host controls within the browser. The IEHost controls are lightweight and are operated under the .NET security model where they are operated inside a sandbox.
-
-From the .NET Framework 4, we remove the IEHost.dll file for the following reasons:
-
-- IEHost/HREF-EXE-style controls are exposed to the Internet. This poses a high security risk, and most customers who install the Framework are benefiting very little from this security risk.
-- Managed hosting controls and invoking random ActiveX controls may be unsafe, and this risk cannot be countered in the .NET Framework. Therefore, the ability to host is disabled. We strongly suggest that IEHost should be disabled in any production environment.
-- Potential security vulnerabilities and assembly versioning conflicts in the default application domain. By relying on COM Interop wrappers to load your assembly, it is implicitly loaded in the default application domain. If other browser extensions do the same function, they have the risks in the default application domain such as disclosing information, and so on. If you are not using strong-named assemblies as dependencies, type loading exceptions can occur. You cannot freely configure the common language runtime (CLR), because you do not own the host process, and you cannot run any code before your extension is loaded.
-
-For more information about .NET Framework application compatibility, see [Application compatibility in the .NET Framework](/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/application-compatibility).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dd3438086..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 669cc1a6-e2cb-403f-aa31-c1de52a615d1
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 gives you some new Group Policy settings to help you manage your company's web browser configurations, including:
-
-
-| Policy | Category Path | Supported on | Explanation |
-|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Allow IE to use the HTTP2 network protocol | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether IE uses the HTTP2 network protocol. HTTP2 works with HTTP requests to optimize the latency of network requests through compression, multiplexing, and prioritization. If you enable this policy setting, IE uses the HTTP2 network protocol. If you disable this policy setting, IE won't use the HTTP2 network protocol. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using the **Internet Explorer Advanced Internet Options** settings. The default is on. |
-| Allow IE to use the SPDY/3 network protocol | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether Internet Explorer uses the SPDY/3 network protocol. SPDY/3 works with HTTP requests to optimize the latency of network requests through compression, multiplexing and prioritization. If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer uses the SPDY/3 network protocol. If you disable this policy setting, Internet Explorer won't use the SPDY/3 network protocol. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, on the **Advanced\* tab of the \*\*Internet Options** dialog box. The default is on. **Note** If you enable this policy setting, users receive enhanced suggestions while typing in the Address bar. In addition, users won’t be able to change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm. If you disable this policy setting, users won’t receive enhanced suggestions while typing in the Address bar. In addition, users won’t be able to change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm. If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm. |
-| Allow only approved domains to use the TDC ActiveX control | If you enable this policy setting, users won’t be able to run the TDC ActiveX control from all sites in the specified zone. If you disable this policy setting, users can run the TDC Active X control from all sites in the specified zone. |
-| Allow SSL3 Fallback | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features | Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting allows you to stop websites from falling back to using Secure Socket Layer (SSL) 3.0 or lower, if Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.0 or higher, fails. This setting doesn’t affect which security protocols are enabled. If you enable this policy setting and a website fails while using the TLS 1.0 or higher security protocols, Internet Explorer will try to fallback and use SSL 3.0 or lower security protocols. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, Internet Explorer uses the default system protocols. **Important:** If you enable this policy setting (default), you must also pick one of the following options from the Options box: If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, VBScript runs without any interaction in the specified zone. |
-| Always send Do Not Track header | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | At least Internet Explorer 10 | This policy setting allows you to configure how IE sends the Do Not Track (DNT) header. If you enable this policy setting, IE sends a `DNT:1` header with all HTTP and HTTPS requests. The `DNT:1` header signals to the servers not to track the user. **In Internet Explorer 9 and 10:** **In at least IE11:** If you don't configure the policy setting, users can select the **Always send Do Not Track header** option on the **Advanced\* tab of the \*\*Internet Options** dialog box. By selecting this option, IE sends a `DNT:1` header with all HTTP and HTTPS requests; unless the user grants a site-specific exception, in which case IE sends a `DNT:0` header. By default, this option is enabled. |
-| Don't run antimalware programs against ActiveX controls If you enable this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. If you disable this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. If you don't configure this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. Users can turn this behavior on or off, using the Internet Explorer's **Security** settings. |
-| Don't run antimalware programs against ActiveX controls If you enable this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. If you disable this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. If you don't configure this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. Users can turn this behavior on or off, using Internet Explorer's **Security** settings. |
-| Hide Internet Explorer 11 Application Retirement Notification | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10 20H2 & newer | This policy setting allows you to prevent the notification bar that informs users of Internet Explorer 11’s retirement from showing up. If you enable this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer will be hidden. If you disable this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer appears. If you don't configure this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer can be configured by your employees. |
-| Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting lets you decide whether users can turn on Enterprise Mode for websites with compatibility issues. Optionally, this policy also lets you specify where to get reports (through post messages) about the websites for which users turn on Enterprise Mode using the **Tools** menu. If you enable this policy setting, users can see and use the **Enterprise Mode** option from the **Tools** menu. If you enable this setting, but don’t specify a report location, Enterprise Mode will still be available to your users, but you won’t get any reports. If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, the menu option won’t appear and users won’t be able to turn on Enterprise Mode locally. |
-| Limit Site Discovery output by Domain | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | At least Internet Explorer 8 | This policy setting allows you to control which domains are included in the discovery function of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in your specified domains, configured by adding one domain per line to the included text box. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in all domains. **Note:** If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all specified security zones. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in all security zones. To specify which zones can collect data, you must include a binary number that represents your selected zones, based on this order: **Note:** **In IE11:** If you enable this policy setting, ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data is preserved when the user clicks **Delete**. If you disable this policy setting, ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data is deleted when the user clicks **Delete**. If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can turn this feature on and off, determining whether to delete ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection, and Do Not Track data when clicking **Delete**. |
-| Send all sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | IE11 on Windows 10, version 1607 | This policy setting lets you decide whether to open all sites that aren’t specified to open in IE11 by the Enterprise Mode site list, to open in Microsoft Edge. If you enable this policy setting, you must also enable the Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list policy setting and you must include at least one site in the Enterprise Mode site list. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all sites will open based on the currently active browser. **Note:** If you enable this policy setting, employees see an additional page in Internet Explorer 11, stating that a site has been opened using Microsoft Edge with Enterprise Mode. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default app behavior occurs and no additional page appears. |
-| Turn off automatic download of the ActiveX VersionList | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management | At least Windows Internet Explorer 8 | This policy setting allows you to decide whether Internet Explorer automatically downloads updated versions of Microsoft's VersionList.XML file. This file tells Internet Explorer whether to stop specific ActiveX controls from loading. If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer stops automatically downloading updated versions of the VersionList.XML file. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, Internet Explorer continues to download updated versions of the VersionList.XML file. **Important:** If you enable this policy setting, IE doesn't load any websites or content in the background. If you disable this policy setting, IE preemptively loads websites and content in the background. If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE settings. This feature is turned on by default. |
-| Turn off phone number detection | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\Advanced settings\Browsing | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether phone numbers are recognized and turned into hyperlinks, which can be used to invoke the default phone application on the system. If you enable this policy setting, phone number detection is turned off. Users won’t be able to modify this setting. If you disable this policy setting, phone number detection is turned on. Users won’t be able to modify this setting. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE settings. The default is on. |
-| Turn off sending URL path as UTF-8 | User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\URL Encoding | At least Windows Internet Explorer 7 | This policy setting determines whether to let IE send the path portion of a URL using the UTF-8 standard. This standard defines characters so they're readable in any language and lets you exchange Internet addresses (URLs) with characters included in any language. If you enable this policy setting, UTF-8 is not allowed. Users won't be able to change this setting. If you disable this policy setting, UTF-8 is allowed. Users won't be able to change this setting. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off. |
-| Turn off sending UTF-8 query strings for URLs | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether IE uses 8-bit Unicode Transformation Format (UTF-8) to encode query strings in URLs before sending them to servers or to proxy servers. If you enable this policy setting, you must specify when to use UTF-8 to encode query strings: If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE Advanced Options settings. The default is to encode all query strings in UTF-8. |
-| Turn off the ability to launch report site problems using a menu option | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Browser menus | Internet Explorer 11 | This policy setting allows you to manage whether users can start the **eport Site Problems** dialog box from the **Internet Explorer** settings area or from the **Tools** menu. If you enable this policy setting, users won’t be able to start the **Report Site Problems** dialog box from the Internet Explorer settings or the Tools menu. If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, users will be able to start the **Report Site Problems** dialog box from the **Internet Explorer** settings area or from the **Tools** menu. |
-| Turn off the flip ahead with page prediction feature | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | At least Internet Explorer 10 on Windows 8 | This policy setting determines whether a user can swipe across a screen or click Forward to go to the next pre-loaded page of a website. If you enable this policy setting, flip ahead with page prediction is turned off and the next webpage isn’t loaded into the background. If you disable this policy setting, flip ahead with page prediction is turned on and the next webpage is loaded into the background. If you don’t configure this setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using the **Settings** charm. **Note** If you enable this policy setting, IE11 will use 64-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows. If you disable this policy setting, IE11 will use 32-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this feature on or off using IE settings. This feature is turned off by default. **Important** If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit will log its collected data to an WMI class, which can be aggregated by using a client-management solution, such as Microsoft Configuration Manager. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit won’t log its collected data to an WMI class. **Note:** If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit will log its collected data to an XML file, stored in your specified location. If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit won’t log its collected data to an XML file. **Note:** If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer downloads the Enterprise Mode website list from the `HKEY_CURRENT_USER or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode hive, opening all included websites using Enterprise Mode. We recommend storing and downloading your list from a secure web server `(https://)`, to help protect against data tampering. If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, Internet Explorer opens all websites using **Standard** mode. |
-
-## Removed Group Policy settings
-IE11 no longer supports these Group Policy settings:
-
-- Turn on Internet Explorer 7 Standards Mode
-
-- Turn off Compatibility View button
-
-- Turn off Quick Tabs functionality
-
-- Turn off the quick pick menu
-
-- Use large icons for command buttons
-
-## Viewing your policy settings
-After you've finished updating and deploying your Group Policy, you can use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your settings.
-
-**To use the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1. Open and run the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) wizard, specifying the information you want to see.
-
-2. Open your wizard results in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-For complete instructions about how to add, open, and use RSoP, see [Use the RSoP Snap-in](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc736424(v=ws.10))
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eed39657f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use out-of-date ActiveX control blocking to help you know when IE prevents a webpage from loading outdated ActiveX controls and to update the outdated control, so that it’s safer to use.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e61866bb-1ff1-4a8d-96f2-61d3534e8199
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-
-# Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-- Windows Vista SP2
-
-ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos, games, and let you interact with content like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren’t automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It’s very important that you keep your ActiveX controls up-to-date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, Internet Explorer includes a new security feature, called *out-of-date ActiveX control blocking*.
-
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking lets you:
-
-- Know when IE prevents a webpage from loading common, but outdated ActiveX controls.
-
-- Interact with other parts of the webpage that aren’t affected by the outdated control.
-
-- Update the outdated control, so that it’s up-to-date and safer to use.
-
-The out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature works with all [Security Zones](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403863), except the Local Intranet Zone and the Trusted Sites Zone.
-
-It also works with these operating system and IE combinations:
-
-|Windows operating system |IE version |
-|----------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
-|Windows 10 |All supported versions of IE.
-IE opens the ActiveX control’s website.
-
-2. Download the latest version of the control.
-
-**Security Note:**
-IE opens the app’s website.
-
-2. Download the latest version of the app.
-
-**Security Note:** If you enable this setting, IE logs ActiveX control information (including the source URI that loaded the control and whether it was blocked) to a local file. If you disable or don't configure this setting, IE won't log ActiveX control information. Note that you can turn this setting on or off regardless of the **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE** or **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains** settings. |
-|Remove the **Run this time** button for outdated ActiveX controls in IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management`|Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting allows you stop users from seeing the **Run this time** button and from running specific outdated ActiveX controls in IE. If you enable this setting, users won't see the **Run this time** button on the warning message that appears when IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control. If you disable or don't configure this setting, users will see the **Run this time** button on the warning message that appears when IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control. Clicking this button lets the user run the outdated ActiveX control once. |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting allows you to manage a list of domains on which IE will stop blocking outdated ActiveX controls. Outdated ActiveX controls are never blocked in the Intranet Zone. If you enable this setting, you can enter a custom list of domains for which outdated ActiveX controls won't be blocked in IE. Each domain entry must be formatted like one of the following: If you disable or don't configure this setting, the list is deleted and IE continues to block specific outdated ActiveX controls on all domains in the Internet Zone. |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether IE blocks specific outdated ActiveX controls. Outdated ActiveX controls are never blocked in the Intranet Zone. If you enable this setting, IE stops blocking outdated ActiveX controls. If you disable or don't configure this setting, IE continues to block specific outdated ActiveX controls. |
-|Remove the **Update** button in the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification for IE |This functionality is only available through the registry |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification shows the **Update** button. This button points users to update specific out-of-date ActiveX controls in IE. |
-
-
-If you don't want to use Group Policy, you can also turn these settings on or off using the registry. You can update the registry manually.
-
-|Setting |Registry setting |
-|-------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v AuditModeEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 1 /f` Where: Where: Where: Where: Where: **Note**
- If the browser doesn't crash, open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and click **Manage Add-ons**.
-
-3. Click **Toolbars and Extensions**, click each toolbar or extension, clicking **Disable** to turn off all of the browser extensions and toolbars.
-
-4. Restart IE11. Go back to the **Manage Add-Ons** window and turn on each item, one-by-one.
- After you turn each item back on, see if IE crashes or slows down. Doing it this way will help you identify the add-on that's causing IE to crash. After you've figured out which add-on was causing the problem, turn it off until you have an update from the manufacturer.
-
- **To check for Software Rendering mode**
-
-5. Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and then click **Internet Options**.
-
-6. On the **Advanced** tab, go to the **Accelerated graphics** section, and then turn on Software Rendering mode by choosing the **Use software rendering instead of GPU rendering** box.
- If the **Use software rendering instead of GPU rendering** option is greyed out, it means that your current video card or video driver doesn't support GPU hardware acceleration. For more information, see [Windows 10 Support](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746588).
-
-## Adaptive streaming and DRM playback don’t work with Windows Server 2012 R2
-IE11 in Windows Server 2012 R2 doesn’t include media features like adaptive streaming or Digital Rights Management (DRM) playback. To add these features, you’ll need to download and install the Media Feature Pack from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=320789), as well as an app that uses PlayReady DRM from the Microsoft Store, such as the Xbox Music app or Xbox Video app. The app must be installed to specifically turn on DRM features, while all other media features are installed with the Media Feature Pack.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c973ffad6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 90f38a6c-e0e2-4c93-9a9e-c425eca99e97
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**Important**
-This is a permanent removal and erases everything. However, if you determine it was a mistake, and you saved an XML copy of your list, you can add the file again by following the steps in the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md), depending on your operating system.
-
- **To clear your compatibility list**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Clear list**.
-
-2. Click **Yes** in the warning message. Your sites are all cleared from your list.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a0eace5e7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local compatibility view list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f6ecaa75-ebcb-4f8d-8721-4cd6e73c0ac9
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local compatibility view list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local compatibility view list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local compatibility view list by mistake or because they no longer have compatibility problems.
-
- **To remove sites from a local compatibility view list**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View Settings**.
-
-2. Pick the site to remove, and then click **Remove**.
-Sites can only be removed one at a time. If one is removed by mistake, it can be added back using this same box and the **Add** section.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d6bb2e98eb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c7d6dd0b-e264-42bb-8c9d-ac2f837018d2
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local Enterprise Mode site list by mistake or because the sites no longer have compatibility problems.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The changes described in this topic only impact sites added to a local Enterprise Mode site list and not the list of sites deployed to all employees by an administrator. Employees can't delete sites added to the list by an administrator.
-
-**To remove single sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer 11 and go to the site you want to remove.
-
-2. Click **Tools**, and then click **Enterprise Mode**.
-
- The checkmark disappears from next to Enterprise Mode and the site is removed from the list.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If the site is removed by mistake, it can be added back by clicking **Enterprise Mode** again.
-
-**To remove all sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Internet options**.
-
-2. Click the **Delete** button from the **Browsing history** area.
-
-3. Click the box next to **Cookies and website data**, and then click **Delete**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > This removes all of the sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b385be382..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to use Site List Manager to review neutral sites for IE mode
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 04/02/2020
----
-
-# Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Microsoft Edge version 77 or later
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This feature is available on the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager version 11.0.
-
-## Overview
-
-While converting your site from v.1 schema to v.2 schema using the latest version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, sites with the *doNotTransition=true* in v.1 convert to *open-in=None* in the v.2 schema, which is characterized as a "neutral site". This is the expected behavior for conversion unless you are using Internet Explorer mode (IE mode). When IE mode is enabled, only authentication servers that are used for modern and legacy sites should be set as neutral sites. For more information, see [Configure neutral sites](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode-sitelist#configure-neutral-sites). Otherwise, a site meant to open in Edge might potentially be tagged as neutral, which results in inconsistent experiences for users.
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Manager provides the ability to flag sites that are listed as neutral sites, but might have been added in error. This check is automatically performed when you are converting from v.1 to v.2 through the tool. This check might flag sites even if there was no prior schema conversion.
-
-## Flag neutral sites
-
-To identify neutral sites to review:
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **File > Flag neutral sites**.
-2. If selecting this option has no effect, there are no sites that needs to be reviewed. Otherwise, you will see a message **"Engine neutral sites flagged for review"**. When a site is flagged, you can assess if the site needs to be removed entirely, or if it needs the open-in attribute changed from None to MSEdge.
-3. If you believe that a flagged site is correctly configured, you can edit the site entry and click on **"Clear Flag"**. Once you select that option for a site, it will not be flagged again.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [About IE Mode](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode)
-- [Configure neutral sites](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode-sitelist#configure-neutral-sites)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b80dd178d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 254a986b-494f-4316-92c1-b089ee8b3e0a
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-
- **To save your list as XML**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Save to XML**.
-
-2. Save the file to the location you specified in your Enterprise Mode registry key, set up when you turned on Enterprise Mode for use in your company. For information about the Enterprise Mode registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-The first time a user starts Internet Explorer 11 on a managed device; Internet Explorer will look for a new version of the site list at the specified location. If the browser finds an updated site list, IE downloads the new XML site list and uses it.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52343886ce..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Administrators can schedule approved change requests for production in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-title: Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itprom
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is approved, the original Requester can schedule the change for the production environment. The change can be immediate or set for a future time.
-
-**To schedule an immediate change**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
- The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Now**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
- The update is scheduled to immediately update the production environment, and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester is asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-**To schedule the change for a different day or time**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
- The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Schedule**, sets the **Preferred day**, **Preferred start time**, and the **Preferred end time**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
- The update is scheduled to update the production environment on that day and time and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester will be asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After the update to the production environment completes, the Requester must again test the change. If the testing succeeds, the Requester can sign off on the change request. If the testing fails, the Requester can contact the Administrator group for more help. For the production environment testing steps, see the [Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f96a952626..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e399aeaf-6c3b-4cad-93c9-813df6ad47f9
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list so you don’t try to add it again.
-
- **To search your compatibility list**
-
-- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, type part of the URL into the **Search** box.
- The search query searches all of the text. For example, entering *“micro”* will return results like, `www.microsoft.com`, `microsoft.com`, and `microsoft.com/images`. Wildcard characters aren’t supported.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea7312b42..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use the Group Policy setting, Set a default associations configuration file, to set the default browser for your company devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f486c9db-0dc9-4cd6-8a0b-8cb872b1d361
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set the default browser using Group Policy (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set the default browser using Group Policy
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can use the Group Policy setting, **Set a default associations configuration file**, to set the default browser for your company devices running Windows 10.
-
- **To set the default browser as Internet Explorer 11**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\File Explorer\\Set a default associations configuration file** setting.
-Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a default associations configuration file, locally or on a network share. For more information about creating this file, see [Export or Import Default Application Associations]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618268).
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your default associations configuration file.
-If this setting is turned on and your employee's device is domain-joined, this file is processed and default associations are applied at logon. If this setting isn't configured or is turned off, or if your employee's device isn't domain-joined, no default associations are applied at logon.
-
-Your employees can change this setting by changing the Internet Explorer default value from the **Set Default Programs** area of the Control Panel.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b42426f1d7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Set up and turn on Enterprise Mode logging and data collection in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2e98a280-f677-422f-ba2e-f670362afcde
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Using Group Policy, you can turn on Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer and then you can turn on local user control using the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, located in the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` category path. After you turn this setting on, your users can turn on Enterprise Mode locally, from the IE **Tools** menu.
-
-
-
-The **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting also lets you decide where to send the user reports (as a URL). We recommend creating a custom HTTP port 81 to let your incoming user information go to a dedicated site. A dedicated site is important so you can quickly pick out the Enterprise Mode traffic from your other website traffic.
-
-
-
-Getting these reports lets you find out about sites that aren’t working right, so you can add them to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to locate them all yourself. For more information about creating and using a site list, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Using ASP to collect your data
-When you turn logging on, you need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To set up an endpoint server**
-
-1. Configure an IIS server to work with your Enterprise Mode data collection process. If you’re unsure how to set up IIS, see the [IIS installation webpage](/iis/install/installing-iis-7/installing-necessary-iis-components-on-windows-vista).
-
-2. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) and turn on the ASP components from the **Add Roles and Features Wizard**, **Server Roles** page.
- This lets you create an ASP form that accepts the incoming POST messages.
-
-3. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, click **Bindings**, highlight **Port 81**, click **Edit**, and then change the website information to point to Port 81 so it matches your custom-created port.
-
- 
-
-4. Open the **Logging** feature, pick **W3C** for the format, and click **Select Fields** to open the **W3C Logging Fields** box.
-
- 
-
-5. Change the WC3 logging fields to include only the **Date**, **Client IP**, **User Name**, and **URI Query** standard fields, and then click **OK**.
- Using only these fields keeps the log file simple, giving you the date, client IP address, and the website URI information for any site changed by your users.
-
-6. Apply these changes to your default website and close the IIS Manager.
-
-7. Put your EmIE.asp file into the root of the web server, using this command:
-
- ```
- <% @ LANGUAGE=javascript %>
- <%
- Response.AppendToLog(" ;" + Request.Form("URL") + " ;" + Request.Form("EnterpriseMode"));
- %>
- ```
- This code logs your POST fields to your IIS log file, where you can review all of the collected data.
-
-
-### IIS log file information
-This is what your log files will look like after you set everything up and at least one of your users has turned on Enterprise Mode locally from the **Tools** menu. You can see the URL of the problematic website and client IP address of the user that turned on Enterprise Mode.
-
-
-
-
-## Using the GitHub sample to collect your data
-Microsoft has created the [EMIE-Data-Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) that shows how to collect your Enterprise Mode reports. This sample only shows how to collect data, it doesn’t show how to aggregate the data into your Enterprise Mode site list.
-This sample starts with you turning on Enterprise Mode and logging (either through Group Policy, or by manually setting the EnterpriseMode registry key) so that your users can use Enterprise Mode locally. For the steps to do this, go to [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-**Note**
- The required packages are automatically downloaded and included in the solution.
-
- **To set up your endpoint server**
-
-5. Right-click on the name, PhoneHomeSample, and click **Publish**.
-
- 
-
-6. In the **Publish Web** wizard, pick the publishing target and options that work for your organization.
-
- **Important**
-If you’re already on the webpage, you’ll need to refresh the page to see the results.
-
- 
-
-
-### Troubleshooting publishing errors
-If you have errors while you’re publishing your project, you should try to update your packages.
-
- **To update your packages**
-
-1. From the **Tools** menu of Microsoft Visual Studio, click **NuGet Package Manager**, and click **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Updates** on the left side of the tool, and click the **Update All** button.
-You may need to do some additional package cleanup to remove older package versions.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c022c08569..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Before you can begin using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, you must set up your environment.
-
-## Step 1 - Copy the deployment folder to the web server
-You must download the deployment folder (**EMIEWebPortal/**), which includes all of the source code for the website, from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) site to your web server.
-
-**To download the source code**
-1. Download the deployment folder from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) source code to your web server.
-
-2. Install the Node.js® package manager, [npm](https://www.npmjs.com/).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You need to install the npm package manager to replace all the third-party libraries we removed to make the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal open-source.
-
-3. Open File Explorer and then open the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder.
-
-4. Press and hold **Shift**, right-click the window, then click **Open PowerShell window here**.
-
-5. Type _npm i_ into the command prompt, then press **Enter**.
-
- Installs the npm package manager and bulk adds all the third-party libraries back into your codebase.
-
-6. Go back up a directory, open the solution file **EMIEWebPortal.sln** in Visual Studio, open **Web.config** from **EMIEWebPortal/** folder, and replace MSIT-LOB-COMPAT with your server name hosting your database, replace LOBMerged with your database name, and build the entire solution.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Step 3 of this topic provides the steps to create your database.
-
-7. Copy the contents of the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder to a dedicated folder on your file system. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_. In a later step, you'll designate this folder as your website in the IIS Manager.
-
-## Step 2 - Create the Application Pool and website, by using IIS
-Create a new Application Pool and the website, by using the IIS Manager.
-
-**To create a new Application Pool**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Application Pools**, then click **Add Application Pool**.
-
- The **Add Application Pool** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Application Pool** box, enter the following info:
-
- - **Name.** Type the name of your new application pool. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
- - **.NET CLR version.** Pick the version of .NET CLR used by your application pool from the drop-down box. It must be version 4.0 or higher.
-
- - **Managed pipeline mode.** Pick **Integrated** from the drop-down box. IIS uses the integrated IIS and ASP.NET request-processing pipeline for managed content.
-
-3. Click **OK**.
-
-4. Select your new application pool from the **Application Pool** pane, click **Advanced Settings** from the **Edit Application Pool** area of the **Actions** pane.
-
- The **Advanced Settings** box appears.
-
-5. Make sure your **Identity** value is **ApplicationPoolIdentity**, click **OK**, and then close the box.
-
-6. Open File Explorer and go to your deployment directory, created in Step 1. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-7. Right-click on the directory, click **Properties**, and then click the **Security** tab.
-
-8. Add your new application pool to the list (for example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_) with **Full control access**, making sure the location searches the local computer.
-
-9. Add **Everyone** to the list with **Read & execute access**.
-
-**To create the website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Sites**, then click **Add Website**.
-
- The **Add Website** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Website** box, type the name of your website into the **Site name** box. For example, _EMIEWebApp_, and then click **Select**.
-
- The **Select Application Pool** box appears.
-
-4. Pick the name of the application pool created earlier in this step, and then click **OK**. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-5. In the **Physical path** box, browse to your folder that contains your deployment directory. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-6. Set up your **Binding**, including your **Binding Type**, **IP address**, and **Port**, as appropriate for your organization.
-
-7. Clear the **Start Website immediately** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer, and then double-click your new website. For example, _EMIEWebApp_.
-
- The **<website_name> Home** pane appears.
-
-9. Double-click the **Authentication** icon, right-click on **Windows Authentication**, and then click **Enable**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You must also make sure that **Anonymous Authentication** is marked as **Enabled**.
-
-## Step 3 - Create and prep your database
-Create a SQL Server database and run our custom query to create the Enterprise Mode Site List tables.
-
-**To create and prep your database**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
-
-2. Open **Object Explorer** and then connect to an instance of the SQL Server Database Engine.
-
-3. Expand the instance, right-click on **Databases**, and then click **New Database**.
-
-4. Type a database name. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-5. Leave all default values for the database files, and then click **OK**.
-
-6. Open the **DatabaseScripts/Create DB Tables/1_CreateEMIETables.sql** query file, located in the deployment directory.
-
-7. Replace the database name placeholder with the database name you created earlier. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-8. Run the query.
-
-## Step 4 - Map your Application Pool to a SQL Server role
-Map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to your database, adding the db_owner role.
-
-**To map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to a SQL Server role**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio and connect to your database.
-
-2. Expand the database instance and then open the server-level **Security** folder.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > Make sure you open the **Security** folder at the server level and not for the database.
-
-3. Right-click **Logins**, and then click **New Login**.
-
- The **Login-New** dialog box appears.
-
-4. Type the following into the **Login name** box, based on your server instance type:
-
- - **Local SQL Server instance.** If you have a local SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on the same server, type the name of your Application Pool. For example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
- - **Remote SQL Server instance.** If you have a remote SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on different servers, type `Domain\ServerName$`.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > Don't click **Search** in the **Login name** box. Login name searches will resolve to a ServerName\AppPool Name account and SQL Server Management Studio won't be able to resolve the account's virtual Security ID (SID).
-
-5. Click **User Mapping** from the **Select a page** pane, click the checkbox for your database (for example, _EMIEDatabase_) from the **Users mapped to this login** pane, and then click **db_owner** from the list of available roles in the **Database role membership** pane.
-
-6. Click **OK**.
-
-## Step 5 - Restart the Application Pool and website
-Using the IIS Manager, you must restart both your Application Pool and your website.
-
-**To restart your Application Pool and website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, select your website, then click **Restart** from the **Manage Website** pane.
-
-2. In the **Connections** pane, select your Application Pool, and then click **Recycle** from the **Application Pool Tasks** pane.
-
-## Step 6 - Registering as an administrator
-After you've created your database and website, you'll need to register yourself (or another employee) as an administrator for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To register as an administrator**
-1. Open Microsoft Edge and type your website URL into the Address bar. For example, https://emieportal:8085.
-
-2. Click **Register now**.
-
-3. Type your name or alias into the **Email** box, making sure it matches the info in the drop-down box.
-
-4. Click **Administrator** from the **Role** box, and then click **Save**.
-
-5. Append your website URL with `/#/EMIEAdminConsole` in the Address bar to go to your administrator console. For example, https://emieportal:8085/#/EMIEAdminConsole.
-
- A dialog box appears, prompting you for the system user name and password. The default user name is EMIEAdmin and the default password is Admin123. We strongly recommend that you change the password by using the **Change password** link as soon as you're done with your first visit.
-
-6. Select your name from the available list, and then click **Activate**.
-
-7. Go to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal Home page and sign in.
-
-## Step 7 - Configure the SMTP server and port for email notification
-After you've set up the portal, you need to configure your SMTP server and port for email notifications from the system.
-
-**To set up your SMTP server and port for emails**
-1. Open Visual Studio, and then open the web.config file from your deployment directory.
-
-2. Update the SMTP server and port info with your info, using this format:
-
- ```
-
- Enterprise Mode will no longer look for the site list, effectively turning off Enterprise Mode. However, if you previously turned on local control for your employees, Enterprise Mode will still be available from the **Tools** menu. You need to turn that part of the functionality off separately.
-
- **To turn off local control using Group Policy**
-
-3. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-4. Go to the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, and then click **Disable**.
-
-5. Enterprise Mode no longer shows up on the **Tools** menu for your employees. However, if you are still using an Enterprise Mode site list, all of the globally listed sites will still appear in Enterprise Mode. If you want to turn off all of Enterprise Mode, you will need to also turn off the site list functionality.
-
- **To turn off the site list using the registry**
-
-6. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-7. Go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **SiteList** value.
- You can also use HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, depending whether you want to turn off the Enterprise Mode site list for users or for computers.
-
-8. Close all and restart all instances of Internet Explorer.
- IE11 stops looking at the site list for rendering instructions. However, Enterprise Mode is still available to your users locally (if it was turned on).
-
- **To turn off local control using the registry**
-
-9. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-10. Go `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **Enable** value.
- You can also use HKEY_CURRENT_USER, depending whether you want to turn off Enterprise Mode for users or for computers.
-
-11. Close and restart all instances of IE.
- Enterprise Mode is no longer a user option on the **Tools** menu in IE11. However, IE11 still looks at the site list (if it was turned on).
-
-## Related topics
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-- [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 178085c2ad..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Turn off natural metrics for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e31a27d7-662e-4106-a3d2-c6b0531961d5
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-By default, Internet Explorer 11 uses “natural metrics”. Natural metrics use inter-pixel spacing that creates more accurately rendered and readable text, avoiding many common font rendering problems with Windows Internet Explorer 9 or older sites.
-
-However, you might find that many intranet sites need you to use Windows Graphics Device Interface (GDI) metrics. To avoid potential compatibility issues, you must turn off natural metrics for those sites.
-
- **To turn off natural metrics**
-
-- Add the following HTTP header to each site: `X-UA-TextLayoutMetrics: gdi`
-
- -OR-
-
-- Add the following <meta> tag to each site: ``
-
-Turning off natural metrics automatically turns on GDI metrics.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b32fa64ad..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: How to turn on Enterprise Mode and specify a site list.
-ms.assetid: 800e9c5a-57a6-4d61-a38a-4cb972d833e1
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 08/14/2017
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
----
-
-
-# Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Before you can use a site list with Enterprise Mode, you need to turn the functionality on and set up the system for centralized control. By allowing centralized control, you can create one global list of websites that render using Enterprise Mode. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it looks for a properly formatted site list. If a new site list if found, with a different version number than the active list, IE11 loads and uses the newer version. After the initial check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> We recommend that you store and download your website list from a secure web server (https://), to help protect against data tampering. After the list is downloaded, it's stored locally on your employees' computers so if the centralized file location is unavailable, they can still use Enterprise Mode.
-
- **To turn on Enterprise Mode using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list` setting.
- Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a site list. For more information about creating your site list, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
-
- 
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your site list.
-
- **To turn on Enterprise Mode using the registry**
-
-3. **For only the local user:** Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
- -OR-
- For all users on the device: Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to fix common site list validation errors. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md) |How to flag sites listed as neutral, to ensure that they are intentional and not a result of schema conversion. This topic applies to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager version 11.0 or later. |
-|[Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to look to see if a site is already in your global Enterprise Mode site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to save a site list as XML, so you can deploy and use it with your managed systems. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to export your site list so you can transfer your data and contents to someone else. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to import your site list to replace a corrupted or out-of-date list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete a website from your site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete all of the websites in a site list. This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-| [Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md)|How to flag sites listed as neutral, to ensure that they are intentional and not a result of schema conversion. This topic applies to the latest version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-## Related topics
-
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b7669cf1ca..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Info about where features went in the IEAK11, where the Favorites, Command, and Status bars went, and where the search bar went.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 7324faff-ccb6-4e14-ad91-af12dbca575e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Some of the features in both Internet Explorer 11 and IEAK 11 have moved around. Here are some of the more common changes.
-
-## Where did features go in the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11?
-Various installation or set up choices can prevent you from seeing certain pages in the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. If, after going through the entire Wizard you still haven't found the screen you were looking for, try:
-
-- Making sure you picked the right version of IEAK 11 during installation. Most administrators should pick the **Internal** version, which has more screens and options available.
-
-- Making sure you picked all of the features you wanted from the **Feature Selection** page of the IE Customization Wizard 11. If you don't pick a feature, the associated page won't appear.
-
-## Where are the security zone settings?
-You can see your security zone settings by opening Internet Explorer for the desktop, clicking **Internet Options** from the **Tools** menu, and then clicking **Security**.
-
-## Where did the Favorites, Command, and Status bars go?
-For IE11, the UI has been changed to provide just the controls needed to support essential functionality, hiding anything considered non-essential, such as the **Favorites Bar**, **Command Bar**, **Menu Bar**, and **Status Bar**. This is intended to help focus users on the content of the page, rather than the browser itself. However, if you want these bars to appear, you can turn them back on using Group Policy settings.
-
- **To turn the toolbars back on**
-
-- Right click in the IE toolbar heading and choose to turn on the **Command bar**, **Favorites bar**, and **Status bar** from the menu.
- -OR-
- In IE, press ALT+V to show the View menu, press T to enter the Toolbars menu, and then press:
-
- - **C** to turn on the **Command Bar**
-
- - **F** to turn on the **Favorites Bar**
-
- - **S** to turn on the **Status Bar**
-
-## Where did the search box go?
-IE11 uses the **One Box** feature, which lets users type search terms directly into the **Address bar**. Any text entered into the **Address bar** that doesn't appear to be a URL is automatically sent to the currently selected search provider.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Depending on how you've set up your intranet search, the text entry might resolve to an intranet site. For more information about this, see [Intranet problems with Internet Explorer 11](intranet-problems-and-ie11.md).
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 677f1c974a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on and use IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 238ead3d-8920-429a-ac23-02f089c4384a
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode gives you a way for your legacy websites and apps to run using emulated versions of Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, while your new sites and apps run using Internet Explorer 11, including modern standards and features.
-
-Although it’s called IE7 Enterprise Mode, it actually turns on Enterprise Mode along with Internet Explorer 7 or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 Compatibility View. Compatibility View chooses which document mode to use based on whether there’s a `DOCTYPE` tag in your code:
-
-- **DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 7 document mode.
-- **No DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 5 document mode.
-
-**Important** Note
-For more information about virtualization options, see [Microsoft Desktop Virtualization](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=271662).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fd8cca1014..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Info about the features included in Enterprise Mode with Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3c77e9f3-eb21-46d9-b5aa-f9b2341cfefa
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/25/2018
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge can work together to support your legacy web apps, while still defaulting to the higher bar for security and modern experiences enabled by Microsoft Edge. Working with multiple browsers can be difficult, particularly if you have a substantial number of internal sites. To help manage this dual-browser experience, we are introducing a new web tool specifically targeted towards larger organizations: the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal).
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-If you have specific websites and apps that you know have compatibility problems with Microsoft Edge, you can use the Enterprise Mode site list so that the websites automatically open using Internet Explorer 11. Additionally, if you know that your intranet sites aren't going to work correctly with Microsoft Edge, you can set all intranet sites to open using IE11 automatically.
-
-Using Enterprise Mode means that you can continue to use Microsoft Edge as your default browser, while also ensuring that your apps continue working on IE11.
-
-> [!TIP]
-> If you are running an earlier version of Internet Explorer, we recommend upgrading to IE11, so that any legacy apps continue to work correctly.
-
-For Windows 10, Microsoft Edge is the default browser experience. However, Microsoft Edge lets you continue to use IE11 for sites that are on your corporate intranet or included on your Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-
-## What is Enterprise Mode?
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
-
-### Enterprise Mode features
-Enterprise Mode includes the following features:
-
-- **Improved web app and website compatibility.** Through improved emulation, Enterprise Mode lets many legacy web apps run unmodified on IE11, supporting several site patterns that aren’t currently supported by existing document modes.
-
-- **Tool-based management for website lists.** Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add website domains and domain paths and to specify whether a site renders using Enterprise Mode.
-Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378), based on your operating system and schema.
-
-- **Centralized control.** You can specify the websites or web apps to interpret using Enterprise Mode, through an XML file on a website or stored locally. Domains and paths within those domains can be treated differently, allowing granular control. Use Group Policy to let users turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the Tools menu and to decide whether the Enterprise browser profile appears on the Emulation tab of the F12 developer tools.
-
- > [!Important]
- > All centrally-made decisions override any locally-made choices.
-
-- **Integrated browsing.** When Enterprise Mode is set up, users can browse the web normally, letting the browser change modes automatically to accommodate Enterprise Mode sites.
-
-- **Data gathering.** You can configure Enterprise Mode to collect local override data, posting back to a named server. This lets you "crowd source" compatibility testing from key users; gathering their findings to add to your central site list.
-
-## Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
- XML file
-The Enterprise Mode Site List is an XML document that specifies a list of sites, their compatibility mode, and their intended browser. Using [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853), you can automatically start a webpage using a specific browser. In IE11, the webpage can also be launched in a specific compatibility mode, so it always renders correctly. Your employees can easily view this site list by typing `about:compat` in either Microsoft Edge or IE11.
-
-Starting with Windows 10, version 1511 (also known as the Anniversary Update), you can also [restrict IE11 to only the legacy web apps that need it](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2016/05/19/edge14-ie11-better-together/), automatically sending sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge.
-
-### Site list xml file
-This is a view of the [raw EMIE v2 schema.xml file](https://gist.github.com/kypflug/9e9961de771d2fcbd86b#file-emie-v2-schema-xml). There are equivalent Enterprise Mode Site List policies for both [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility) and [Internet Explorer 11](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). The Microsoft Edge list is used to determine which sites should open in IE11; while the IE11 list is used to determine the compatibility mode for a site, and which sites should open in Microsoft Edge. We recommend using one list for both browsers, where each policy points to the same XML file location.
-
-```xml
-
-Wait for the message, **Blocking deployment of IE11 on the local machine. The operation completed successfully.**
-
-6. Close the Command Prompt.
-
-For answers to frequently asked questions, see [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit: Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml).
-
-## Automatic updates
-Internet Explorer 11 makes browsing the web faster, easier, safer, and more reliable than ever. To help customers become more secure and up-to-date, Microsoft will distribute Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates and the Windows Update and Microsoft Update sites. Internet Explorer 11 will be available for users of the 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1), and 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1. This article provides an overview of the delivery process and options available for IT administrators to control how and when Internet Explorer 11 is deployed to their organization through Automatic Updates.
-
-### Automatic delivery process
-Internet Explorer 11 only downloads and installs if it’s available for delivery through Automatic Updates; and Automatic Updates only offer Internet Explorer 11 to users with local administrator accounts. User’s without local administrator accounts won’t be prompted to install the update and will continue using their current version of Internet Explorer.
-
-Internet Explorer 11 replaces Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10. If you decide you don’t want Internet Explorer 11, and you’re running Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1, you can uninstall it from the **View installed updates** section of the **Uninstall an update** page of the Control Panel.
-
-### Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is offered through Automatic Updates and Windows Update as an Important update. Users running Windows 7 SP1, who have chosen to download and install updates automatically through Windows Update, are automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11.
-
-Users who were automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11 can decide to uninstall Internet Explorer 11. However, Internet Explorer 11 will still appear as an optional update through Windows Update.
-
-### Options for blocking automatic delivery
-
-If you use Automatic Updates in your company, but want to stop your users from automatically getting Internet Explorer 11, do one of the following:
-
-- **Download and use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.** Includes a Group Policy template and a script that permanently blocks Internet Explorer 11 from being offered by Windows Update or Microsoft Update as a high-priority update. You can download this kit from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >The toolkit won't stop users with local administrator accounts from manually installing Internet Explorer 11. Using this toolkit also prevents your users from receiving automatic upgrades from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit frequently asked questions](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml).
-
-- **Use an update management solution to control update deployment.** If you already use an update management solution, like [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus) or the more advanced [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), you should use that instead of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you use WSUS to manage updates, and Update Rollups are configured for automatic installation, Internet Explorer will automatically install throughout your company.
-
-
-### Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS
-
-Internet Explorer 11 will be released to WSUS as an Update Rollup package. Therefore, if you’ve configured WSUS to “auto-approve” Update Rollup packages, it’ll be automatically approved and installed. To stop Internet Explorer 11 from being automatically approved for installation, you need to:
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3. Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4. Click the rule that automatically approves an update that is classified as Update Rollup, and then click **Edit.**
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you don’t see a rule like this, you most likely haven’t configured WSUS to automatically approve Update Rollups for installation. In this situation, you don’t have to do anything else.
-
-5. Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The properties for this rule will resemble the following:
- Supported web standards include:
-
- - Web Graphics Library (WebGL)
-
- - Canvas 2D L2 extensions, including image smoothing using the nearest neighbor, dashed lines, and fill rules
-
- - Fullscreen API
-
- - Encrypted media extensions
-
- - Media source extensions
-
- - CSS flexible box layout module
-
- - And mutation observers like DOM4 and 5.3
-
- For more information about specific changes and additions, see the [IE11 guide for developers](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182636(v=vs.85)).
-
- - question: |
- What test tools exist to test for potential application compatibility issues?
- answer: |
- The Compat Inspector tool supports Windows Internet Explorer 9 through IE11. For more information, see [Compat Inspector User Guide](https://testdrive-archive.azurewebsites.net/html5/compatinspector/help/post.htm). In addition, you can use the new [F12 Developer Tools](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182632(v=vs.85)) that are included with IE11, or the [modern.ie](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=308902) website for Microsoft Edge.
-
- - question: |
- Why am I having problems launching my legacy apps with Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- It’s most likely because IE no longer starts apps that use managed browser hosting controls, like in the .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0. You can get IE11 to use managed browser hosting controls again, by:
-
- - **For x86 systems or for 32-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
- - **For x64 systems or for 64-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
- For more information, see the [Web Applications](/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/application-compatibility) section of the Application Compatibility in the .NET Framework 4.5 page.
-
- - question: |
- Is there a compatibility list for IE?
- answer: |
- Yes. You can review the XML-based [compatibility version list](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403864).
-
- - question: |
- What is Enterprise Mode?
- answer: |
- Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode designed for Enterprises. This mode lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to avoid the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of IE, like Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8.
- For more information, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](../ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
- - question: |
- What is the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool?
- answer: |
- Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool gives you a way to add websites to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to manually code XML.
- For more information, see all of the topics in [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](../ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
- - question: |
- Are browser plug-ins supported in IE11?
- answer: |
- The immersive version of IE11 provides an add-on–free experience, so browser plugins won't load and dependent content won't be displayed. This doesn't apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop. For more information, see [Browsing Without Plug-ins](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=242587). However, Internet Explorer for the desktop and IE11 on Windows 7 with SP1 do support browser plugins, including ActiveX controls such as Adobe Flash and Microsoft Silverlight.
-
- - question: |
- Is Adobe Flash supported on IE11?
- answer: |
- Adobe Flash is included as a platform feature and is available out of the box for Windows 8.1, running on both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop. Users can turn this feature on or off using the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box, while administrators can turn this feature on or off using the Group Policy setting, **Turn off Adobe Flash in IE and prevent applications from using IE technology to instantiate Flash objects**.
- **Important**
-
- |Setting |Result |
- |--------|-------|
- |Let IE decide |Links open in the same type of experience from where they're launched. For example, clicking a link from a Microsoft Store app, opens IE. However, clicking a link from a desktop app, opens Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
- |Always in IE11 |Links always open in IE. |
- |Always in Internet Explorer for the desktop |Links always open in Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-
-
- - question: |
- Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
- answer: |
- Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-
- IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. Select a language below and download IEAK 11 from the download center:
-
- | | | |
- |---------|---------|---------|
- |[English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi) |[French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi) |[Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi) |
- |[Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi) |[Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi) |[Chinese(Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi) |
- |[Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi) |[Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi) |[Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi) |
- |[Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi) |[German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi) |[Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi) |
- |[Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi) |[Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi) |[Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi) |
- |[Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi) |[Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi) |[Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi) |
- |[Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi) |[Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi) |[Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi) |
- |[Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi) |[Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi) |[Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi) |
-
-
-
-
- - question: |
- What are the different modes available for the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard?
- answer: |
- The IEAK Customization Wizard displays pages based on your licensing mode selection, either **Internal** or **External**. For more information on IEAK Customization Wizard modes, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
- The following table displays which pages are available in IEAK 11, based on the licensing mode:
-
- | **Wizard Pages** | **External** | **Internal** |
- |-------------------------------------------|--------------|--------------|
- | Welcome to the IEAK | Yes | Yes |
- | File Locations | Yes | Yes |
- | Platform Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Language Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Package Type Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Feature Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Automatic Version Synchronization | Yes | Yes |
- | Custom Components | Yes | Yes |
- | Corporate Install | No | Yes |
- | User Experience | No | Yes |
- | Browser User Interface | Yes | Yes |
- | Search Providers | Yes | Yes |
- | Important URLs - Home page and Support | Yes | Yes |
- | Accelerators | Yes | Yes |
- | Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds | Yes | Yes |
- | Browsing Options | No | Yes |
- | First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options | Yes | Yes |
- | Compatibility View | Yes | Yes |
- | Connection Manager | Yes | Yes |
- | Connection Settings | Yes | Yes |
- | Automatic Configuration | No | Yes |
- | Proxy Settings | Yes | Yes |
- | Security and Privacy Settings | No | Yes |
- | Add a Root Certificate | Yes | No |
- | Programs | Yes | Yes |
- | Additional Settings | No | Yes |
- | Wizard Complete | Yes | Yes |
-
-
-additionalContent: |
-
- ## Related topics
-
- - [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
- - [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
- - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 618ec339b5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
- ms.localizationpriority: medium
- ms.mktglfcycl: explore
- description: Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.
- author: dansimp
- ms.author: dansimp
- ms.prod: ie11
- ms.assetid:
- ms.reviewer:
- audience: itpro
- manager: dansimp
- title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
- ms.sitesec: library
- ms.date: 05/10/2018
- ms.topic: faq
-title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
-summary: |
- [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
- Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.
-
- > [!Important]
- > If you administer your company’s environment using an update management solution, such as Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) or Configuration Manager, you don’t need to use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit. Update management solutions let you completely manage your Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates, including your Internet Explorer 11 deployment.
-
- - [Automatic updates delivery process](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#automatic-updates-delivery-process)
-
- - [How the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit works](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#how-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit-works)
-
- - [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit and other update services](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit-and-other-update-services)
-
-
-sections:
- - name: Automatic Updates delivery process
- questions:
- - question: |
- Which users will receive Internet Explorer 11 important update?
- answer: |
- Users running either Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) or the 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) will receive Internet Explorer 11 important update, if Automatic Updates are turned on. Windows Update is manually run. Automatic Updates will automatically downloand install the Internet Explorer 11 files if it’s turned on. For more information about how Internet Explorer works with Automatic Updates and information about other deployment blocking options, see [Internet Explorer 11 Delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md).
-
- - question: |
- When is the Blocker Toolkit available?
- answer: |
- The Blocker Toolkit is currently available from the [Microsoft DownloCenter](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-
- - question: |
- Whtools cI use to manage Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates in my company?
- answer: |
- We encourage anyone who wants full control over their company’s deployment of Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates, to use [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus), a free tool for users of Windows Server. You calso use the more advanced configuration management tool, [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682041(v=technet.10)).
-
- - question: |
- How long does the blocker mechanism work?
- answer: |
- The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit uses a registry key value to permanently turn off the automatic delivery of Internet Explorer 11. This behavior lasts long the registry key value isn’t removed or changed.
-
- - question: |
- Why should I use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit to stop delivery of Internet Explorer 11? Why can’t I just disable all of Automatic Updates?
- answer: |
- Automatic Updates provide you with ongoing criticsecurity and reliability updates. Turning this feature off cleave your computers more vulnerable. Instead, we suggest thyou use update management solution, such WSUS, to fully control your environment while leaving this feature running, managing how and when the updates get to your user’s computers.
-
- The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit safely allows Internet Explorer 11 to downloand install in companies thcan’t use WSUS, Configuration Manager, or
- other update management solution.
-
- - question: |
- Why don’t we just block URL access to Windows Update or Microsoft Update?
- answer: |
- Blocking the Windows Update or Microsoft Update URLs also stops delivery of criticsecurity and reliability updates for all of the supported versions of the Windows operating system; leaving your computers more vulnerable.
-
- - name: How the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit works
- questions:
- - question: |
- How should I test the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit in my company?
- answer: |
- Because the toolkit only sets a registry key to turn on and off the delivery of Internet Explorer 11, there should be no additionimpact or side effects to your environment. No additiontesting should be necessary.
-
- - question: |
- What’s the registry key used to block delivery of Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Internet Explorer\\Setup\\11.0
-
- - question: |
- What’s the registry key name and values?
- answer: |
- The registry key name is **DoNotAllowIE11**, where:
-
- - A value of **1** turns off the automatic delivery of Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Updates and turns off the Express install option.
-
- - Not providing a registry key, or using a value of anything other th**1**, lets the user install Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates or a
- manuupdate.
-
- - question: |
- Does the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit stop users from manually installing Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- No. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit only stops computers from automatically installing Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates. Users cstill downloand install Internet Explorer 11 from the Microsoft DownloCenter or from externmedia.
-
- - question: |
- Does the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit stop users from automatically upgrading to Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- Yes. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit also prevents Automatic Updates from automatically upgrading a computer from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11.
-
- - question: |
- How does the provided script work?
- answer: |
- The script accepts one of two command line options:
-
- - **Block:** Creates the registry key thstops Internet Explorer 11 from installing through Automatic Updates.
-
- - **Unblock:** Removes the registry key thstops Internet Explorer 11 from installing through Automatic Updates.
-
- - question: |
- What’s the ADM template file used for?
- answer: |
- The Administrative Template (.adm file) lets you import the new Group Policy environment and use Group Policy Objects to centrally manage all of the computers in your company.
-
- - question: |
- Is the tool localized?
- answer: |
- No. The tool isn’t localized, it’s only available in English (en-us). However, it does work, without any modifications, on any language edition of the supported operating systems.
-
- - name: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit and other update services
- questions:
- - question: |
- Is there a version of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit thwill prevent automatic installation of IE11?
- answer: |
- Yes. The IE11 Blocker Toolkit is available for download. For more information, see [Toolkit to Disable Automatic Delivery of IE11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=328195) on the Microsoft DownloCenter.
-
- - question: |
- Does the Internet Explorer 11 blocking mechanism also block delivery of Internet Explorer 11 through update management solutions, like WSUS?
- answer: |
- No. You cstill deploy Internet Explorer 11 using one of the upgrade management solutions, even if the blocking mechanism is activated. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit is only intended for companies thdon’t use upgrade management solutions.
-
- - question: |
- If WSUS is set to 'auto-approve' Update Rollup packages (this is not the default configuration), how do I stop Internet Explorer 11 from automatically installing throughout my company?
- answer: |
- You only need to change your settings if:
-
- - You use WSUS to manage updates and allow auto-approvals for Update Rollup installation.
-
- -and-
-
- - You have computers running either Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 (SP1) with Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 installed.
-
- -and-
-
- - You don’t want to upgrade your older versions of Internet Explorer to Internet Explorer 11 right now.
-
- If these scenarios apply to your company, see [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md) for more information on how to prevent automatic installation.
-
-
-additionalContent: |
-
- ## Additionresources
-
- - [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
- - [Internet Explorer 11 Ffor IT pros](./faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
- - [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md)
-
- - [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20e3889f45..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
- ms.localizationpriority: medium
- ms.mktglfcycl: support
- ms.pagetype: security
- description: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
- author: dansimp
- ms.author: dansimp
- ms.manager: elizapo
- ms.prod: ie11
- ms.assetid:
- ms.reviewer:
- audience: itpro
- manager: dansimp
- title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
- ms.sitesec: library
- ms.date: 05/10/2018
- ms.topic: faq
-title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
-summary: |
- [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
- Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11), and find links to additional material you might find helpful.
-
-
-sections:
- - name: Ignored
- questions:
- - question: |
- What is IEAK 11?
- answer: |
- IEAK 11 enables you to customize, brand, and distribute customized Internet Explorer 11 browser packages across an organization. Download the kit from the [Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md).
-
- - question: |
- What are the supported operating systems?
- answer: |
- You can customize and install IEAK 11 on the following supported operating systems:
-
- - Windows 8
-
- - Windows Server 2012
-
- - Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > IEAK 11 does not support building custom packages for Windows RT.
-
-
- - question: |
- What can I customize with IEAK 11?
- answer: |
- The IEAK 11 enables you to customize branding and settings for Internet Explorer 11. For PCs running Windows 7, the custom package also includes the Internet Explorer executable.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Internet Explorer 11 is preinstalled on PCs running Windows 8. Therefore, the executable is not included in the customized package.
-
- - question: |
- Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
- answer: |
- Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. To download IEAK 11, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md).
-
- - question: |
- Is there a version of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) supporting IE11?
- answer: |
- Yes. The Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) is available for download. IEAK 11 lets you create custom versions of IE11 for use in your organization. For more information, see the following resources:
-
- - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit Information and Downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md) on the Internet Explorer TechCenter.
-
- - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
- - question: |
- What are the different modes available for the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard?
- answer: |
- The IEAK Customization Wizard displays pages based on your licensing mode selection, either **Internal** or **External**. For more information on IEAK Customization Wizard modes, see [What IEAK can do for you](../ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md).
-
- The following table displays which pages are available in IEAK 11, based on the licensing mode:
-
- | **Wizard Pages** | **External** | **Internal** |
- |-------------------------------------------|--------------|--------------|
- | Welcome to the IEAK | Yes | Yes |
- | File Locations | Yes | Yes |
- | Platform Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Language Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Package Type Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Feature Selection | Yes | Yes |
- | Automatic Version Synchronization | Yes | Yes |
- | Custom Components | Yes | Yes |
- | Corporate Install | No | Yes |
- | User Experience | No | Yes |
- | Browser User Interface | Yes | Yes |
- | Search Providers | Yes | Yes |
- | Important URLs - Home page and Support | Yes | Yes |
- | Accelerators | Yes | Yes |
- | Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds | Yes | Yes |
- | Browsing Options | No | Yes |
- | First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options | Yes | Yes |
- | Compatibility View | Yes | Yes |
- | Connection Manager | Yes | Yes |
- | Connection Settings | Yes | Yes |
- | Automatic Configuration | No | Yes |
- | Proxy Settings | Yes | Yes |
- | Security and Privacy Settings | No | Yes |
- | Add a Root Certificate | Yes | No |
- | Programs | Yes | Yes |
- | Additional Settings | No | Yes |
- | Wizard Complete | Yes | Yes |
-
-
- - question: |
- Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
- answer: |
- Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-
- IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. Select a language below and download IEAK 11 from the download center:
-
- | | | |
- |---------|---------|---------|
- |[English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi) |[French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi) |[Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi) |
- |[Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi) |[Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi) |[Chinese(Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi) |
- |[Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi) |[Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi) |[Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi) |
- |[Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi) |[German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi) |[Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi) |
- |[Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi) |[Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi) |[Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi) |
- |[Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi) |[Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi) |[Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi) |
- |[Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi) |[Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi) |[Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi) |
- |[Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi) |[Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi) |[Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi) |
-
-additionalContent: |
-
- ## Additional resources
-
- -[Download IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
- -[IEAK 11 overview](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
- -[IEAK 11 product documentation](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
- -[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 40a7886b0a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add accelerators to employee devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 208305ad-1bcd-42f3-aca3-0ad1dda7048b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Accelerators** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you add accelerators to your employee computers. Accelerators are contextual menu options that can quickly get to a web service from any webpage. For example, an accelerator can look up a highlighted word in the dictionary or a selected location on a map.
-
-**Note**
-The **Add Accelerator** box appears.
-
-3. Use the **Browse** button to go to your custom accelerator XML file.
-
-4. Check the **Set this Accelerator as the default for the category** box if you want this accelerator to be the default value that shows up for the category.
-
-5. Click **Edit** to change your accelerator information, click **Set Default** to make an accelerator the default value for a category, or **Remove** to delete an accelerator.
-
-6. Click **Next** to go to the [Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Important URLs - Home Page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4d0459c78..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use IEAK 11 to add and approve ActiveX controls for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 33040bd1-f0e4-4541-9fbb-16e0c76752ab
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add and approve ActiveX controls using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add and approve ActiveX controls using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-There are two main approaches to how you can control the use of ActiveX controls in your company. For more info about ActiveX controls, including how to manage the controls using Group Policy, see [Group Policy and ActiveX installation](../ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md) in the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md).
-
-**Note** Note Note
- For more detailed info about how to set up your DHCP server, see your server documentation.
-
-**To set up automatic detection for DNS servers**
-
-1. In your DNS database file, the file that’s used to associate your host (computer) names to static IP addresses in a zone, you need to create a host record named, **WPAD**. This record contains entries for all of the hosts that require static mappings, such as workstations, name servers, and mail servers. It also has the IP address to the web server storing your automatic configuration (.js, .jvs, .pac, or .ins) file. The syntax is: -OR-
- Create a canonical name (CNAME) alias record, named WPAD. This record lets you use more than one name to point to a single host, letting you host both an FTP server and a web server on the same computer. It also includes the resolved name (not the IP address) of the server storing your automatic configuration (.pac) file.
- Note
-You might receive a security warning before downloading your Setup file, asking if you want to continue. Click **Run** to continue.
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Feature Selection](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7271837b2e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: A list of steps to follow before you start to create your custom browser installation packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: elizapo
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6ed182b0-46cb-4865-9563-70825be9a5e4
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Before you start using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 04/24/2018
----
-
-
-# Before you start using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Before you run IEAK 11 and the Customization Wizard, make sure you have met the following requirements:
-
-- Have you determined which licensing version of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 to install? For info, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
-- Do you meet the necessary hardware and software requirements? See [Hardware and software requirements for IEAK 11](hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md).
-
-- Have you gotten all of the URLs needed to customize your **Home**, **Search**, and **Support** pages? See [Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-- Have you reviewed the security features to determine how to set up and manage them? See [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md).
-
-- Have you created a test lab, where you can run the test version of your browser package to make sure it runs properly?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 351b1bbb76..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Branding\] .INS file setting to set up your custom branding and setup info in your browser install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cde600c6-29cf-4bd3-afd1-21563d2642df
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Branding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Branding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about the custom branding and setup information in your browser package.
-
-|Name |Value | Description |
-|-----------|--------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Add on URL | ` **Note** **Note**
-The text shows up in the title bar as **IE provided by** <*your_custom_text*>.
-
-2. Check the **Delete existing toolbar buttons, if present** box so you can delete all of the toolbar buttons in your employee’s browser, except for the standard buttons installed with IE (which can’t be removed).
-
-**Note**
- The **Browser Toolbar Button Information** box appears.
-
-4. In the **Toolbar caption** box, type the text that shows up when an employee hovers over your custom button. We recommend no more than 10 characters.
-
-5. In the **Toolbar action** box, browse to your script or executable file that runs when an employee clicks your custom button.
-
-6. In the **Toolbar icon** box, browse to the icon file that represents your button while active. This icon must be 20x20 pixels.
-
-7. Check the **This button should be shown on the toolbar by default** box so your custom button shows by default.
- This box should be cleared if you want to offer a custom set of buttons, but want your employees to choose whether or not to use them. In this situation, your buttons will show up in the **Customize Toolbars** dialog box, under **Available toolbar buttons**. Your employees can get to this dialog box in IE by clicking **Tools** from the **Command Bar**, clicking **Toolbars**, and then clicking **Customize**.
-
-8. Click **OK.**
-
-9. Click **Edit** to change your custom toolbar button or **Remove** to delete the button. The removed button will disappear from your employee’s computer after you apply the updated customization. Only custom toolbar buttons can be removed.
-
-10. Click **Next** to go to the [Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05fb2324f7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[BrowserToolbars\] .INS file setting to customize your Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 83af0558-9df3-4c2e-9350-44f7788efa6d
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the BrowserToolbars .INS file to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the BrowserToolbars .INS file to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----------|---------------------------|-------------|
-|Action0 |` **Note** **Note**
-**Important**
-Where *description* is the string that’s shown in the **Uninstall or change a program** box.
-
-2. Add another new key and value to:
-Where *command-line* is the command that’s run when the component is picked from the **Uninstall or change a program** box.
-
-Your uninstall script must also remove your key from under the **Uninstall** registry key, so that your component no longer appears in the **Uninstall or change a program** after uninstallation. You can also run just a section of an .inf file by using the Setupx.dll InstallHinfSection entry point. To make this work, your installation script must copy the .inf file to the Windows\Inf folder for your custom component.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a981a5a16..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add additional components for your employees to install with IE.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 38a2b90f-c324-4dc8-ad30-8cd3e3e901d7
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Custom Components** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you add up to 10 additional components that your employees can install at the same time they install IE. These components can be created by Microsoft or your organization as either compressed cabinet (.cab) or self-extracting executable (.exe) files. If you’re using Microsoft components, make sure you have the latest version and software patches from the [Microsoft Support](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=258658) site. To include Microsoft Update components, you must bundle the associated files into a custom component.
-
-**Important**
-The **Add a Custom Component** box appears.
-
-2. Type in the name of your component and then browse to the location of your file (either .cab or .exe).
-
-3. Pick when to install the component. This can be before IE, after IE, or after the computer restarts.
-**Important**
-The boxes clear and you can add another component. Click **Cancel** to go back to the **Custom Components** page.
-
-12. Click **Edit** to change your custom component information, **Verify** to make sure the component is digitally signed, or **Remove** to delete the component from your custom installation package.
-
-13. Click **Next** to go to the [Internal Install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Automatic Version Synchronization](auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a5556235d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[CustomBranding\] .INS file setting to specify the location of your branding cabinet (.cab) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9c74e239-65c5-4aa5-812f-e0ed80c5c2b0
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the CustomBranding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the CustomBranding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Provide the URL to your branding cabinet (.cab) file.
-
-
-| Name | Value | Description |
-|----------|------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Branding | `
- For info about the acceptable values for the *%1* and *%2* parameters, see the [Automatic Search parameters](#automatic-search-parameters). For an example of the script file, see the [Sample Automatic Search script](#sample-automatic-search-script).
- **Important**
-The links are imported and added to the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page, beneath the **Favorites** folder.
-
-3. To add a new favorite link, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Add URL**.
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-4. Type the new link name in the **Name** box.
-
-5. Type the new URL in the **URL** box.
-
-6. Optionally, you can add a 16x16 pixel icon to your link by adding the location in the **Icon** box.
-
-7. Click **OK**.
-
-8. To add a new **Favorites** folder, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Add Folder**.
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-9. Type the folder name into the **Name** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-10. Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **Favorites** item.
-
-11. If you have multiple **Favorites** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-12. Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-13. Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites Bar** or **RSS Feeds** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To work with the Favorites Bar**
-
-1. To import your existing folder of links, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Import**.
-
-2. Go to your existing link folder, most likely in the `
-The links are imported and added to the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page, beneath the **Favorites Bar** folder.
-
-3. To add a new link to the **Favorites Bar**, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Add URL**.
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-4. Type the new quick link name in the **Name** box.
-
-5. Type the new URL in the **URL** box.
-
-6. Optionally, you can add a 16x16 pixel icon to your link by adding the location in the **Icon** box.
-
-7. Pick whether your link is a simple **Link**, a **Feed**, or a **Web Slice**, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **Favorites Bar** item.
-
-9. If you have multiple **Favorites Bar** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-10. Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-11. Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites** or **RSS Feeds** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To work with RSS Feeds**
-
-1. To add a new link to the **RSS Feeds**, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Add URL**.
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-2. Type the new link name in the **Name** box.
-
-3. Type the new URL in the **URL** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-4. Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **RSS Feeds** item.
-
-5. If you have multiple **RSS Feeds** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-6. Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-7. Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites** or **Favorites Bar** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ac736e20df..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[FavoritesEx\] .INS file setting to specify your Favorites icon file, whether Favorites is available offline, and your Favorites URLs.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 55de376a-d442-478e-8978-3b064407b631
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the FavoritesEx .INS file for your Favorites icon and URLs (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the FavoritesEx .INS file for your Favorites icon and URLs
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about where you store your **Favorites** icon file, whether your **Favorites** are available offline, and the URLs for each **Favorites** site.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|----------------|-----------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|IconFile1 |`
-You can also click **Select All** to add, or **Clear All** to remove, all of the features.
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Automatic Version Synchronization](auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Package Type Selection](pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aee908cd4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to change the location of your install package and IE11 folders.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: bd0620e1-0e07-4560-95ac-11888c2c389e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **File Locations** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you change the location of your folders, including:
-
-- Where you’ll create and store your custom installation package.
-
-- Where you’ll download and store Internet Explorer 11.
-
-**Important**
-**Note**
-The **Advanced Options** box opens and lets you change how the wizard downloads and gets files, and how it imports settings from your .ins file.
-
-3. Check the box letting IE Customization Wizard 11 look for the latest components, using Automatic Version Synchronization.
-This option lets the wizard connect to the IE **Downloads** page to look for updated versions of IE since you last ran the wizard.
-**Important**
-By importing settings from an .ins file, you can re-use existing configurations. This saves you time if your packages have the same or similar settings.
-
-5. Browse to your component download folder.
-Automatic Version Synchronization automatically checks the component download folder to see if you have the latest version of IE. To keep this folder up-to-date, you shouldn’t change its location. However, if you want to keep both a previous version of IE and the latest version, we recommend you download the components to a different location.
-
-6. Click **OK** to close the **Advanced Options** box, and then click **Next** to go to the [Platform Selection](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 616e3b9938..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Review the file types that are created and used by tools in the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e5735074-3e9b-4a00-b1a7-b8fd8baca327
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: File types used or created by IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# File types used or created by IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A list of the file types used or created by tools in IEAK 11:
-
-|File type |Description |
-|----------|-------------------------|
-|.adm | An admin file (located at ` **Important**
-Clearing this box lets you use the IE11 **Welcome** page or your custom **Welcome** page.
-
-2. If you cleared the First Run wizard box, you can decide which **Welcome** page to use:
-
- - **Use IE11 Welcome Page.** Check this box if you want to use the default IE11 **Welcome** page.
-
- - **Use a custom Welcome Page.** Check this box if you want to use a custom **Welcome** page. If you choose this option, you need to add the URL to your custom page.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Compatibility View](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e3d95badec..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Customization guidelines for your Internet Explorer toolbar button and Favorites List icons.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: bddc8f23-9ac1-449d-ad71-f77f43ae3b5c
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Customize the toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Customize the Toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use these customization guidelines to change the browser toolbar button and the **Favorites List** icons, using your own branding and graphics.
-
-**Important** However, you must use the Windows 8.1 target platform and only the "Configuration-only package" is available.
-
-- Windows 8.1
-
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-
-- Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 (SP1)
-
-**Important**
-
-|Parameter (Setup options) |Description |
-|--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/update-no` |Doesn't look for Internet Explorer updates. |
-|`/no-default` |Doesn't make Internet Explorer the default browser. |
-|`/no-backup` |Doesn't back up the files necessary to uninstall IE. |
-|`/ieak-full` |Reserved for use by the IEAK 11. |
-|`/ieak-branding` |Reserved for use by the IEAK 11. |
-
-
-|Parameter (Restart options) |Description |
-|----------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
-|`/norestart` |Doesn't restart after installation. |
-|`/forcerestart` |Restarts after installation. |
-
-
-|Parameter (miscellaneous options) |Description |
-|----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
-|`/help` |Provides help info. Can't be used with any other option. |
-|`/log **Important** **Note** This only applies to IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|[Browser user interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Customize your title bars and toolbar buttons. |
-|[Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Import and add Search providers. |
-|[Important URLs – Home page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) |The **Support** page is supported by both experiences. The **Home** page is only supported on Internet Explorer for the desktop. |Add URLs for your **Home** and **Support** pages. |
-|[Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Import and add default accelerators. |
-|[Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Import and add items to the **Favorites** folder, the **Favorites Bar**, and the **Feeds** folder. **Note** **Note** -OR- -AND- -OR-
-If you add multiple **Home** pages, each page appears on a separate tab in the browser. If you don’t add a custom **Home** page, IE uses https://www.msn.com by default. If you want to delete an existing page, click the URL and then click **Remove**.
-
-2. Check the **Retain previous Home Page (Upgrade)** box if you have employees with previous versions of IE, who need to keep their **Home** page settings when the browser is updated.
-
-3. Check the **Online support page URL** box to type in the URL to your own support page. Customizing the support page is only supported in Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-4. Click **Next** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d4dde73e8c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: IEAK 11 - Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 Users Guide
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 847bd7b4-d5dd-4e10-87b5-4d7d3a99bbac
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/15/2016
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. You can use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment.
-
-Use this guide to learn about the several options and processes you'll need to consider while you're using the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to customize, deploy, and manage Internet Explorer 11 for your employee's devices.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Because this content isn't intended to be a step-by-step guide, not all of the steps are necessary.
-
-
-## Included technology
-IEAK 11 includes the following technology:
-- **Internet Explorer Customization Wizard.** This wizard guides you through the process of creating custom browser packages. After these packages are installed on your user's desktop, the user receives customized versions of Internet Explorer 11, with the settings and options you selected through the wizard.
-- **Windows Installer (MSI).** IEAK 11 supports creating an MSI wrapper for your custom Internet Explorer 11 packages, enabling you to use Active Directory to deploy the package to your user's PC.
-- **IEAK Help.** IEAK 11 Help includes many conceptual and procedural topics, which you can view from the **Index**, **Contents**, or **Search** tabs. You also have the option to print any topic, or the entire Help library.
-
-
-## Naming conventions
-IE11 and IEAK 11 offers differing experiences between Windows 7 and Windows 8.1 Update and newer versions of the Windows operating system:
-
-|Name |Description |
-|-----|-----------------------------------------------------------|
-|IE |The immersive browser, or IE, without a specific version. |
-|Internet Explorer for the desktop |The desktop browser. This is the only experience available when running IE11 on Windows 7 SP1. |
-|IE11 |The whole browser, which includes both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-|Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 |Step-by-step wizard screens that help you create custom IE11 installation packages. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-- [Download IEAK 11](ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
-- [IEAK 11 administrators guide]()
-- [IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6936f198d0..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to customize Setup for the default browser and the latest browser updates.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 33d078e3-75b8-455b-9126-f0d272ed676f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Internal Install** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you customize Setup for the default browser and the latest browser updates, based on your company’s guidelines.
-
-**Note** -OR-
-
- - **Do not set IE as the default browser.** Won’t set IE as the default browser. However, your employees can still make IE the default.
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 666c5f8b17..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[ISP_Security\] .INS file setting to add the root certificate for your custom Internet Explorer package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4eca2de5-7071-45a2-9c99-75115be00d06
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ISP_Security .INS file to add your root certificate (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ISP_Security .INS file to add your root certificate
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about where you store the root certificate you’re adding to your custom package.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|---------------|-----------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|RootCertPath |`
-You can support as many languages as you want, but each localized version must be in its own install package.
-**Note** -OR-
-
-2. Check the **Configuration-only package** box if you want to update an existing installation of IE11. This media package is named **IE11- Setup-Branding.exe**, in the `
-You can distribute this file on any media format or server. It customizes the IE11 features without re-installing IE.
-**Important**
-You must create individual packages for each supported operating system.
-**Note** -OR-
-
- - **Import the current Program Settings.** Pick this option to import the program associations from your device and use them as the preset for your employee’s program settings. **Note**
-Proxy locations that don’t begin with a protocol (like, https:// or ftp://) are assumed to be a CERN-type HTTP proxy. For example, the entry *proxy* is treated the same as the entry `https://proxy`.
-
-3. Type the port for each service. The default value is *80*.
-
-4. Check the **Use the same proxy server for all addresses** box to use the same proxy server settings for all of your services.
-
-5. Type any services that shouldn’t use a proxy server into the **Do not use proxy server for addresses beginning with** box.
-When filling out your exceptions, keep in mind:
-
- - Proxy bypass entries can begin with a protocol type, such as https://, https://, or ftp://. However, if a protocol type is used, the exception entry applies only to requests for that protocol.
-
- - Protocol values are not case sensitive and you can use a wildcard character (*) in place of zero or more characters.
-
- - You must use a semicolon between your entries.
-
- - This list is limited to **2064** characters.
-
-6. Check the **Do not use proxy server for local (intranet) addresses** to bypass your proxy servers for all addresses on your intranet.
-
-7. Click **Next** to go to the [Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f3b4414183..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Learn how to register an uninstall app for your custom components, using IEAK 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4da1d408-af4a-4c89-a491-d6f005fd5005
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Register the uninstall apps for any custom components you’ve included in your Internet Explorer 11 package. Registering these apps lets your employees remove the components later, using **Uninstall or change a program** in the Control Panel.
-
-## Register your uninstallation program
-While you’re running your custom component setup process, your app can add information to the subkeys in the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\ApplicationName` registry key, registering your uninstallation program.
-
-**Note**
-The Microsoft Management Console opens.
-
-2. Click **File**, and then click **Add/Remove Snap-in**.
-
-3. In the **Available snap-ins** window, go down to the **Resultant Set of Policy** snap-in option, click **Add**, and then click **OK**.
-You’re now ready to use the RSoP snap-in from the console.
-
-**To use the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1. Right-click **Resultant Set of Policy** and then click **Generate RSoP Data**.
-You’ll only need to go through the resulting RSoP Wizard first time you run the snap-in.
-
-2. Click **Next** on the **Welcome** screen.
-
-3. Under **Computer Configuration**, click **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, click **IE**, and then click the feature you want to review the policy settings for.
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c092a2101b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add additional providers and set the default.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 48cfaba5-f4c0-493c-b656-445311b7bc52
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Search Providers** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you add a default search provider (typically, Bing®) and additional providers to your custom version of IE.
-
-**Note**
-The **Search Provider** box appears.
-
-3. In the **Display Name** box, type the text that appears in the **Search Options** menu for the search provider.
-
-4. In the **URL** box, type the full URL to the search provider, including the https:// prefix.
-
-5. In the **Favicon URL** box, type the full URL to any icon to associate with your provider.
-
-6. In the **Suggestions URL (XML)** box, type the associated search suggestions in XML format.
-
-7. In the **Suggestions URL (JSON)** box, type the associated search suggestions in JavaScript Object Notation format.
-
-8. In the **Accelerator Preview URL** box, type the associated Accelerator preview URL for each provider, if it’s necessary.
-
-9. Check the **Display Search Suggestions for this provider** box to turn on search suggestions for the provider, and then click **OK**.
-
-10. Check the **Search Guide URL Customization** box if you’re going to add your search providers to a custom webpage for your employees. Then, type the URL to the custom webpage in the text box.
-
-11. Click **Edit** to change your search provider information, click **Set Default** to make a search provider the default for your employees, or **Remove** to delete a search provider.
-
-12. Click **Next** to go to the [Important URLs - Home Page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Browser User Interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c1c936553..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about the security features available in Internet Explorer 11 and IEAK 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 5b64c9cb-f8da-411a-88e4-fa69dea473e2
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Security features and IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Security features and IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use Internet Explorer in conjunction with your new and existing security measures, to make sure the computers in your company aren’t compromised while on the Internet.
-
-## Enhanced Protection Mode
-Extends Protected Mode to further restrict the ability of an attacker to access sensitive or personal information in personal and corporate environments, including:
-
-- Restricting access to higher-level processes in the AppContainer.
-
-- Improving security against memory safety exploits in 64-bit tab processes.
-
-This feature is turned off by default. For more info, see [Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer](../ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Certificates and Digital Signatures
-Web browsers have security features that help protect users from downloading harmful programs. Depending on the security level and the platform that you are using, the user may be prevented from, or warned against, downloading programs that are not digitally signed. Digital signatures show users where programs come from, verify that the programs have not been altered, and ensure that users do not receive unnecessary warnings when installing the custom browser.
-
-Because of this, the custom .cab files created by the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard should be signed, unless you pre-configure the Local intranet zone with a Low security setting. Any custom components you distribute with your browser package for these platforms should also be signed.
-
-### Understanding digital certificates
-To sign your package and custom programs digitally, you must first obtain a digital certificate. You can obtain a certificate from a certification authority or a privately-controlled certificate server. For more info about obtaining certificates or setting up a certificate server, see the following:
-
-- Microsoft-trusted certification authorities ([Windows root certificate program requirements](/previous-versions//cc751157(v=technet.10))).
-
-- Certificates overview documentation ([Certificates](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732331(v=ws.11))).
-
-- Microsoft Active Directory Certificate Services ( [Active Directory Certificate Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732625(v=ws.11))).
-
-- Enterprise public key infrastructure (PKI) snap-in documentation ([Enterprise PKI](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc771400(v=ws.11))).
-
-After you get a certificate, you should note the public and private keys, which are a matched set of keys that are created by the software publisher for encryption and decryption. They are generated on your device at the time the certificate is requested, and your private key is never sent to the certification authority or any other party.
-
-### Understanding code signing
-Code signing varies, depening on how you plan to distribute your custom install package.
-
-- **If you plan to distribute custom packages over the Internet**, you must sign all custom components and the CMAK profile package (if used). Before you start the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, make sure that both are signed. Typically, their respective manufacturers will have signed them. Otherwise, you can sign these using the Sign Tool (SignTool.exe) ( [SignTool.exe (Sign Tool)](/dotnet/framework/tools/signtool-exe)) or use the File Signing Tool (Signcode.exe) ([Signcode.exe (File Signing Tool)](/previous-versions/9sh96ycy(v=vs.100))). You should read the documentation included with these tools for more info about all of the signing options.
-In addition, after you run the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, we highly recommend that you sign the IEAK package and the branding.cab file (if you are using it separately from the package). You can do this also using the tools mentioned above. For more information, download Code-Signing Best Practices ([Code-Signing Best Practices](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/design/dn653556(v=vs.85))).
-
-- **If you plan to distribute your custom packages over an intranet**, sign the custom files or preconfigure the Local intranet zone with a Low security setting, because the default security setting does not allow users to download unsigned programs or code.
-
-### Understanding your private key
-Your device creates two keys during the enrollment process of your digital certificate. One is a public key, which is sent to anyone you want to communicate with, and one is a private key, which is stored on your local device and must be kept secret. You use the private key to encrypt your data and the corresponding public key to decrypt it.
-
-You must keep your private key, private. To do this, we recommend:
-
-- **Separate test and release signing.** Set up a parallel code signing infrastructure, using test certificates created by an internal test root certificate authority. This helps to ensure that your certificates aren’t stored on an insecure build system, reducing the likelihood that they will be compromised.
-
-- **Tamper-proof storage.** Save your private keys on secure, tamper-proof hardware devices.
-
-- **Security.** Protect your private keys using physical security measures, such as cameras and card readers.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c78a131719..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to manage your security zones, privacy settings, and content ratings.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cb7cd1df-6a79-42f6-b3a1-8ae467053f82
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Security and Privacy Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you manage your security zones, privacy settings, and content ratings. These settings help restrict the types of content your employees can access from the Internet, including any content that might be considered offensive or otherwise inappropriate in a corporate setting.
-
-**To use the Security and Privacy Settings page**
-
-1. Decide if you want to customize your security zones and privacy settings. You can pick:
-
- - **Do not customize security zones and privacy.** Pick this option if you don’t want to customize your security zones and privacy settings.
-
- - **Import the current security zones and privacy.** Pick this option to import your security zone and privacy settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s settings. **Note** **Note** The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop on Windows 7.
-
-**To use the User Experience page**
-
-1. Choose how your employee should interact with Setup, including:
-
- - **Interactive installation**. Lets your employees change installation options while installing your custom package. This experience shows all of the progress and error messages throughout the process.
-
- - **Hands-free installation**. Lets you make all of the decisions for your employees. However, they’ll still see all of the progress and error messages throughout the process.
-
- - **Completely silent installation**. Lets you make all of the decisions for your employees and hides all of the progress and error messages. Because this mode is completely silent, if the installation fails, your employees won’t know and they won’t be able to run the installation package again.
- Both the hands-free and completely silent installation options will:
-
- - Answer prompts so Setup can continue.
-
- - Accept the license agreement.
-
- - Determine that Internet Explorer 11 is installed and not just downloaded.
-
- - Perform your specific installation type.
-
- - Install IE in the default location, unless it is already installed. In that case, the new version of the browser is installed in the same location as the previous version.
-
-2. Choose if your employee’s device will restart at the end of Setup.
-
- - **Default**. Prompts your employees to restart after installing IE.
-
- - **No restart**. Doesn’t restart the computer after installing IE. The employee will have to manually restart later.
-
- - **Force restart**. Automatically restarts the computer after installing IE.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Browser User Interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Internal Install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c9bb888bed..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Info about how to use Internet Settings (.ins) files and the IEAK 11 to configure your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: a24a7cdb-681e-4f34-a53c-6d8383c5f977
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use the Internet Settings (.ins) files and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to configure your custom browser and its components. You can create multiple versions of your custom package by customizing copies of this file.
-
-Here's a list of the available .INS file settings:
-
-|Setting |Description |
-|-----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Branding](branding-ins-file-setting.md) |Customize the branding and setup information in your browser package. |
-|[BrowserToolbars](browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md) |Customize the appearance of the IE toolbar. |
-|[CabSigning](cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md) |Digital signature information for your programs. |
-|[ConnectionSettings](connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md) |Info about the networking connection settings used to install your custom package. |
-|[CustomBranding](custombranding-ins-file-setting.md) |URL location to your branding cabinet (.cab) file. |
-|[ExtRegInf](extreginf-ins-file-setting.md) |Names of your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for components. |
-|[FavoritesEx](favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md) |Add a path to your icon file for **Favorites**, decide whether **Favorites** are available offline, and add URLs to each**Favorites** site. |
-|[HideCustom](hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to hide the globally unique identifier (GUID) for each custom component. |
-|[ISP_Security](isp-security-ins-file-setting.md) |The root certificate you’re adding to your custom package. |
-|[Media](media-ins-file-setting.md) |Types of media in which your custom installation package is available. |
-|[Proxy](proxy-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to use a proxy server. |
-|[Security Imports](security-imports-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to import security information for your custom package. |
-|[URL](url-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to use an auto-configured proxy server. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b6c2cc7087..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: elizapo
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid:
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: What IEAK can do for you
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# What IEAK can do for you
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-
-IEAK 10 and newer includes the ability to install using one of the following installation modes:
-
-- Internal
-
-- External
-
-## IEAK 11 users
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-
-IEAK 10 and newer includes the ability to install using one of the following installation modes:
-- Internal
-- External
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> IEAK 11 works in network environments, with or without Microsoft Active Directory service.
-
-
-### Corporations
-IEAK helps corporate administrators establish version control, centrally distribute and manage browser installation, configure automatic connection profiles, and customize large portions of Internet Explorer, including features, security, communications settings, and other important functionality.
-
-Corporate administrators install IEAK using Internal mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Corporate mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-### Internet service providers
-IEAK helps ISPs customize, deploy and distribute, add third-party add-ons, search providers, and custom components, as well as include web slices and accelerators all as part of a custom Internet Explorer installation package.
-
-ISPs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Service Provider (ISP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-### Internet content providers
-IEAK helps ICPs customize the appearance of Internet Explorer and its Setup program, including letting you add your company name or specific wording to the Title bar, set up a customer support webpage, set up the user home page and search providers, add links to the Favorites and the Explorer bars, add optional components, web slices and accelerators, and determine which compatibility mode Internet Explorer should use.
-
-ICPs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Content Provider (ICP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older)
-
-### Independent software vendors
-IEAK helps ISVs distribute (and redistribute) a custom version of Internet Explorer that can include custom components, programs, and controls (like the web browser control) that you create for your users. ISVs can also determine home pages, search providers, and add websites to the Favorites bar.
-
-ISVs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Content Provider (ICP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-## Additional resources
-
-- [IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-- [Download IEAK 11](ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
-- [IEAK 11 overview](index.md)
-- [IEAK 11 administrators guide](./index.md)
-- [IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 03de7ed423..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to build your custom Internet Explorer install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: aaaac88a-2022-4d0b-893c-b2404b45cabc
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Wizard Complete – Next Steps** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you build your custom installation package, after you click **Finish**.
-
-In most cases, your next steps will be to prepare your files for installation from your network or from another distribution method. If you haven’t already done it, you’ll need to digitally sign any program or .cab files that are going to be distributed over the Internet or over an intranet that isn’t configured to allow downloads.
-
-After that, the steps you’ll use to distribute your customized browser will vary, depending on your version of IEAK (Internal or External) and the media you’re using to distribute the package. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e16c46e03..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 44b4aad41c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a956dc394..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c07bbd197b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ea3adee19..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 622d9e250b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 184cfdf381..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 51c9cc4aa9..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b158a815f..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4152163abc..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1f1f0b0fe..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 544ad83db6..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index df84f05983..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d111e32c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c0043c5a8e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 20af91d5a5..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bf8e4264e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 95103ecc5b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e771ed999a..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9841cf1962..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3a0425c73..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b30a9a1cc..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ba0956295..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-author: aczechowski
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.date: 02/14/2023
-ms.reviewer: cathask
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-> [!CAUTION]
-> **Update:** The retired, out-of-support Internet Explorer 11 desktop application has been permanently disabled through a Microsoft Edge update on certain versions of Windows 10. For more information, see [Internet Explorer 11 desktop app retirement FAQ](https://aka.ms/iemodefaq).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7aeb739bc8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: The landing page for IE11 that lets you access the documentation.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-assetid: be3dc32e-80d9-4d9f-a802-c7db6c50dbe0
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-Find info about Internet Explorer 11 that's important to IT Pros.
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17eee2393b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:Landing
-
-title: Internet Explorer 11 documentation
-summary: Consistent, reliable web browsing on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, with the security, performance, backward compatibility, and modern standards support that large organizations need.
-metadata:
- title: Internet Explorer 11 documentation
- description: Consistent, reliable web browsing on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, with the security, performance, backward compatibility, and modern standards support that large organizations need.
- ms.topic: landing-page
- author: aczechowski
- ms.author: aaroncz
- ms.date: 07/29/2022
- ms.prod: ie11
-
-# linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | sample | tutorial | video | whats-new
-
-landingContent:
-# Cards and links should be based on top customer tasks or top subjects
-# Start card title with a verb
- # Card
- - title: Explore
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: get-started
- links:
- - text: IE11 features and tools
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md
- - text: System requirements and language support
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md
- - text: Frequently asked questions
- url: ./ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
- - text: Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/index.md
- - text: Use Enterprise Mode to improve compatibility
- url: /microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility
- - text: Lifecycle FAQ - Internet Explorer
- url: /lifecycle/faq/internet-explorer-microsoft-edge
- - linkListType: download
- links:
- - text: Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema, v.2)
- url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974
- - text: Cumulative security updates for Internet Explorer 11
- url: https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/Search.aspx?q=cumulative%20security%20update%20for%20internet%20explorer%2011
-
- # Card
- - title: Plan
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: get-started
- links:
- - text: What is Enterprise Mode?
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
- - text: Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
- - text: Download the Enterprise Site Discovery Toolkit
- url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=44570
- - text: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
- - text: Manage Windows upgrades with Upgrade Readiness
- url: /windows/deployment/upgrade/manage-windows-upgrades-with-upgrade-readiness
- - linkListType: how-to-guide
- links:
- - text: Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
- - text: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
- - text: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
- - text: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
-
- # Card
- - title: Deploy
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: get-started
- links:
- - text: IEAK 11 user's guide
- url: ./ie11-ieak/index.md
- - text: Download IEAK 11
- url: ./ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
- - text: Frequently asked questions about IEAK 11
- url: ./ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
- - text: Customization and distribution guidelines
- url: ./ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md#customization-guidelines
- - linkListType: deploy
- links:
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 through automatic updates (recommended)
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 as part of an operating system deployment
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 over the network
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with Microsoft Intune
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
- - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with third-party tools
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
-
- # Card
- - title: Manage
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: tutorial
- links:
- - text: Group Policy for beginners
- url: /previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/hh147307(v=ws.10)
- - text: New Group Policy settings for IE11
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
- - text: Administrative templates for IE11
- url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40905
- - text: Group Policy preferences for IE11
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
- - text: Configure Group Policy preferences
- url: /troubleshoot/browsers/how-to-configure-group-policy-preference-settings
- - text: Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
- - text: Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
- - text: Update to block out-of-date ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer
- url: https://support.microsoft.com/topic/update-to-block-out-of-date-activex-controls-in-internet-explorer-39ced8f8-5d98-3c7b-4792-b62fad4e2277
-
- # Card
- - title: Support
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: get-started
- links:
- - text: Change or reset Internet Explorer settings
- url: https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-or-reset-internet-explorer-settings-2d4bac50-5762-91c5-a057-a922533f77d5
- - text: Troubleshoot problems with setup, installation, auto configuration, and more
- url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md
- - text: Disable VBScript execution in Internet Explorer for Internet Zone and Restricted Sites Zone
- url: https://support.microsoft.com/topic/option-to-disable-vbscript-execution-in-internet-explorer-for-internet-zone-and-restricted-sites-zone-3a2104c0-5af0-9aae-6c57-8207d3cb3e65
- - text: Frequently asked questions about IEAK 11
- url: ./ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
- - text: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10, 11 forum
- url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/ie/home?forum=ieitprocurrentver
- - text: Contact a Microsoft support professional
- url: https://support.microsoft.com/contactus
- - text: General support
- url: https://support.microsoft.com/windows/internet-explorer-help-23360e49-9cd3-4dda-ba52-705336cc0de2
-
- # Card
- - title: Stay informed
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: get-started
- links:
- - text: Sign up for the Windows IT Pro Insider
- url: https://aka.ms/windows-it-pro-insider
- - text: Microsoft Edge Dev blog
- url: https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev
- - text: Microsoft Edge Dev on Twitter
- url: https://twitter.com/MSEdgeDev
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 996e07597a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
- title: IE and Microsoft Edge FAQ for IT Pros
- description: Describes frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge for IT professionals.
- manager: msmets
- author: ramakoni1
- ms.author: ramakoni
- ms.reviewer: ramakoni, DEV_Triage
- ms.prod: internet-explorer
- ms.technology:
- ms.topic: faq
- ms.localizationpriority: medium
- ms.date: 01/23/2020
-title: Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge frequently asked questions (FAQ) for IT Pros
-summary: |
-
-sections:
- - name: Cookie-related questions
- questions:
- - question: |
- What is a cookie?
- answer: |
- An HTTP cookie (the web cookie or browser cookie) is a small piece of data that a server sends to the user's web browser. The web browser may store the cookie and return it to the server together with the next request. For example, a cookie might be used to indicate whether two requests come from the same browser in order to allow the user to remain logged-in. The cookie records stateful information for the stateless HTTP protocol.
-
- - question: |
- How does Internet Explorer handle cookies?
- answer: |
- For more information about how Internet Explorer handles cookies, see the following articles:
-
- - [Beware Cookie Sharing in Cross-Zone Scenarios](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/beware-cookie-sharing-in-cross-zone-scenarios)
- - [A Quick Look at P3P](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/a-quick-look-at-p3p)
- - [Internet Explorer Cookie Internals FAQ](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/internet-explorer-cookie-internals-faq)
- - [Privacy Beyond Blocking Cookies](/archive/blogs/ie/privacy-beyond-blocking-cookies-bringing-awareness-to-third-party-content)
- - [Description of Cookies](https://support.microsoft.com/help/260971/description-of-cookies)
-
- - question: |
- Where does Internet Explorer store cookies?
- answer: |
- To see where Internet Explorer stores its cookies, follow these steps:
-
- 1. Start File Explorer.
- 2. Select **Views** \> **Change folder and search options**.
- 3. In the **Folder Options** dialog box, select **View**.
- 4. In **Advanced settings**, select **Do not show hidden files, folders, or drivers**.
- 5. Clear **Hide protected operation system files (Recommended)**.
- 6. Select **Apply**.
- 7. Select **OK**.
-
- The following are the folder locations where the cookies are stored:
-
- **In Windows 10**
- C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache
-
- **In Windows 8 and Windows 8.1**
- C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCookies
-
- **In Windows 7**
- C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Cookies
- C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Cookies\Low
-
- - question: |
- What is the per-domain cookie limit?
- answer: |
- Since the June 2018 cumulative updates for Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge, the per-domain cookie limit is increased from 50 to 180 for both browsers. The cookies vary by path. So, if the same cookie is set for the same domain but for different paths, it's essentially a new cookie.
-
- There's still a 5 Kilobytes (KB) limit on the size of the cookie header that is sent out. This limit can cause some cookies to be lost after they exceed that value.
-
- The JavaScript limitation was updated to 10 KB from 4 KB.
-
- For more information, see [Internet Explorer Cookie Internals (FAQ)](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/internet-explorer-cookie-internals-faq).
-
- - name: Additional information about cookie limits
- questions:
- - question: |
- What does the Cookie RFC allow?
- answer: |
- RFC 2109 defines how cookies should be implemented, and it defines minimum values that browsers support. According to the RFC, browsers would ideally have no limits on the size and number of cookies that a browser can handle. To meet the specifications, the user agent should support the following:
-
- - At least 300 cookies total
- - At least 20 cookies per unique host or domain name
-
- For practicality, individual browser makers set a limit on the total number of cookies that any one domain or unique host can set. They also limit the total number of cookies that can be stored on a computer.
-
- - question: |
- Cookie size limit per domain
- answer: |
- Some browsers also limit the amount of space that any one domain can use for cookies. This means that if your browser sets a limit of 4,096 bytes per domain for cookies, 4,096 bytes is the maximum available space in that domain even though you can set up to 180 cookies.
-
- - name: Proxy Auto Configuration (PAC)-related questions
- questions:
- - question: |
- Is an example Proxy Auto Configuration (PAC) file available?
- answer: |
- Here's a simple PAC file:
-
- ```vb
- function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- return "PROXY proxyserver:portnumber";
- }
- ```
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The previous PAC always returns the `proxyserver:portnumber` proxy.
-
- For more information about how to write a PAC file and about the different functions in a PAC file, see [the FindProxyForURL website](https://findproxyforurl.com/).
-
- **Third-party information disclaimer**
- The third-party products that this article discusses are manufactured by companies that are independent of Microsoft. Microsoft makes no warranty, implied or otherwise, about the performance or reliability of these products.
-
- - question: |
- How to improve performance by using PAC scripts
- answer: |
- For more information, see [Optimizing performance with automatic Proxy configuration scripts (PAC)](/troubleshoot/developer/browsers/connectivity-navigation/optimize-pac-performance).
-
- - name: Other questions
- questions:
- - question: |
- How to set home and start pages in Microsoft Edge and allow user editing
- answer: |
- For more information, see the following blog article:
-
- [How do I set the home page in Microsoft Edge?](https://support.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/change-your-browser-home-page-a531e1b8-ed54-d057-0262-cc5983a065c6)
-
- - question: |
- How to add sites to the Enterprise Mode (EMIE) site list
- answer: |
- For more information about how to add sites to an EMIE list, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](../ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- - question: |
- What is Content Security Policy (CSP)?
- answer: |
- By using [Content Security Policy](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/security/content-security-policy), you create an allowlist of sources of trusted content in the HTTP headers. You also pre-approve certain servers for content that is loaded into a webpage, and instruct the browser to execute or render only resources from those sources. You can use this technique to prevent malicious content from being injected into sites.
-
- Content Security Policy is supported in all versions of Microsoft Edge. It lets web developers lock down the resources that can be used by their web application. This helps prevent [cross-site scripting](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_scripting) attacks that remain a common vulnerability on the web. However, the first version of Content Security Policy was difficult to implement on websites that used inline script elements that either pointed to script sources or contained script directly.
-
- CSP2 makes these scenarios easier to manage by adding support for nonces and hashes for script and style resources. A nonce is a cryptographically strong random value that is generated on each page load that appears in both the CSP policy and in the script tags on the page. Using nonces can help minimize the need to maintain a list of allowed source URL values while also allowing trusted scripts that are declared in script elements to run.
-
- For more information, see the following articles:
-
- - [Introducing support for Content Security Policy Level 2](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2017/01/10/edge-csp-2/)
- - [Content Security Policy](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_Security_Policy)
-
- - question: |
- Where to find Internet Explorer security zones registry entries
- answer: |
- Most of the Internet Zone entries can be found in [Internet Explorer security zones registry entries for advanced users](/troubleshoot/browsers/ie-security-zones-registry-entries).
-
- This article was written for Internet Explorer 6 but is still applicable to Internet Explorer 11.
-
- The default Zone Keys are stored in the following locations:
-
- - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones
- - HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones
-
- - question: |
- Why don't HTML5 videos play in Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- To play HTML5 videos in the Internet Zone, use the default settings or make sure that the registry key value of **2701** under **Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones\3** is set to **0**.
-
- - 0 (the default value): Allow
- - 3: Disallow
-
- This key is read by the **URLACTION\_ALLOW\_AUDIO\_VIDEO 0x00002701** URL action flag that determines whether media elements (audio and video) are allowed in pages in a URL security zone.
-
- For more information, see [Unable to play HTML5 Videos in IE](/archive/blogs/askie/unable-to-play-html5-videos-in-ie).
-
- For Windows 10 N and Windows KN editions, you must also download the feature pack that is discussed in [Media feature pack for Windows 10 N and Windows 10 KN editions](https://support.microsoft.com/help/3010081/media-feature-pack-for-windows-10-n-and-windows-10-kn-editions).
-
- For more information about how to check Windows versions, see [Which version of Windows operating system am I running?](https://support.microsoft.com/help/13443/windows-which-version-am-i-running)
-
- - question: |
- What is the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal?
- answer: |
- This is a new feature to add sites to your enterprise mode site list XML. For more information, see [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal).
-
- - question: |
- What is Enterprise Mode Feature?
- answer: |
- For more information, see [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](../ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md).
-
- - question: |
- Where can I obtain a list of HTTP Status codes?
- answer: |
- For information about this list, see [HTTP Status Codes](/windows/win32/winhttp/http-status-codes).
-
- - question: |
- What is end of support for Internet Explorer 11?
- answer: |
- Internet Explorer 11 is the last major version of Internet Explorer. Internet Explorer 11 will continue receiving security updates and technical support for the lifecycle of the version of Windows on which it's installed.
-
- For more information, see [Lifecycle FAQ - Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge](/lifecycle/faq/internet-explorer-microsoft-edge).
-
- - question: |
- How to configure TLS (SSL) for Internet Explorer
- answer: |
- For more information about how to configure TLS/SSL for Internet Explorer, see [Group Policy Setting to configure TLS/SSL](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#380).
-
- - question: |
- What is Site to Zone?
- answer: |
- Site to Zone usually refers to one of the following:
-
- **Site to Zone Assignment List**
- This is a Group Policy policy setting that can be used to add sites to the various security zones.
-
- The Site to Zone Assignment List policy setting associates sites to zones by using the following values for the Internet security zones:
-
- - Intranet zone
- - Trusted Sites zone
- - Internet zone
- - Restricted Sites zone
-
- If you set this policy setting to **Enabled**, you can enter a list of sites and their related zone numbers. By associating a site to a zone, you can make sure that the security settings for the specified zone are applied to the site.
-
- **Site to Zone Mapping**
- Site to Zone Mapping is stored as the name of the key. The protocol is a registry value that has a number that assigns it to the corresponding zone. Internet Explorer will read from the following registry subkeys for the sites that are deployed through the Site to Zone assignment list:
-
- - HKEY\_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMap
- - HKEY\_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMapKey
-
- **Site to Zone Assignment List policy**
- This policy setting is available for both Computer Configuration and User Configuration:
-
- - Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Internet Explorer > Internet Control Panel > Security Page
- - User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Internet Explorer > Internet Control Panel > Security Page
-
- **References**
- [How to configure Internet Explorer security zone sites using group policies](/archive/blogs/askie/how-to-configure-internet-explorer-security-zone-sites-using-group-polices)
-
- - question: |
- What are the limits for MaxConnectionsPerServer, MaxConnectionsPer1_0Server for the current versions of Internet Explorer?
- answer: |
- For more information about these settings and limits, see [Connectivity Enhancements in Windows Internet Explorer 8](/previous-versions/cc304129(v=vs.85)).
-
- - question: |
- What is the MaxConnectionsPerProxy setting, and what are the maximum allowed values for this setting?
- answer: |
- The **MaxConnectionsPerProxy** setting controls the number of connections that a single-user client can maintain to a given host by using a proxy server.
-
- For more information, see [Understanding Connection Limits and New Proxy Connection Limits in WinInet and Internet Explorer](/archive/blogs/jpsanders/understanding-connection-limits-and-new-proxy-connection-limits-in-wininet-and-internet-explorer).
diff --git a/education/docfx.json b/education/docfx.json
index 894dbe7e86..cc2b912248 100644
--- a/education/docfx.json
+++ b/education/docfx.json
@@ -29,21 +29,19 @@
"globalMetadata": {
"recommendations": true,
"adobe-target": true,
- "ms.topic": "article",
"ms.collection": [
"education",
"tier2"
],
- "ms.prod": "windows-client",
- "ms.technology": "itpro-edu",
+ "ms.subservice": "itpro-edu",
+ "ms.service": "windows-client",
"author": "paolomatarazzo",
"ms.author": "paoloma",
"manager": "aaroncz",
"ms.localizationpriority": "medium",
"breadcrumb_path": "/education/breadcrumb/toc.json",
"uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-Windows",
- "feedback_system": "GitHub",
- "feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
+ "feedback_system": "Standard",
"feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/windows/send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-the-feedback-hub-app-f59187f8-8739-22d6-ba93-f66612949332",
"_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
"./": {
@@ -52,30 +50,25 @@
}
},
"titleSuffix": "Windows Education",
- "contributors_to_exclude": [
- "rjagiewich",
- "traya1",
- "rmca14",
- "claydetels19",
- "Kellylorenebaker",
+ "contributors_to_exclude": [
+ "dstrome2",
+ "rjagiewich",
+ "American-Dipper",
+ "claydetels19",
"jborsecnik",
- "tiburd",
- "AngelaMotherofDragons",
- "dstrome",
- "v-dihans",
- "garycentric",
- "v-stsavell",
- "beccarobins",
+ "v-stchambers",
+ "shdyas",
"Stacyrch140",
- "American-Dipper"
+ "garycentric",
+ "dstrome"
]
},
"fileMetadata": {
- "appliesto":{
+ "appliesto": {
"windows/**/*.md": [
- "✅ Windows 11",
- "✅ Windows 11 SE",
- "✅ Windows 10"
+ "✅ Windows 11",
+ "✅ Windows 11 SE",
+ "✅ Windows 10"
]
}
},
@@ -83,5 +76,5 @@
"template": "op.html",
"dest": "education",
"markdownEngineName": "markdig"
-}
-}
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/includes/education-content-updates.md b/education/includes/education-content-updates.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dc91fc136e..0000000000
--- a/education/includes/education-content-updates.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-## Week of November 06, 2023
-
-
-| Published On |Topic title | Change |
-|------|------------|--------|
-| 11/7/2023 | [Reset devices with Autopilot Reset](/education/windows/autopilot-reset) | modified |
-| 11/9/2023 | [Configure Stickers for Windows 11 SE](/education/windows/edu-stickers) | modified |
-| 11/9/2023 | What's new in the Windows Set up School PCs app | removed |
-| 11/9/2023 | [Management functionalities for Surface devices](/education/windows/tutorial-school-deployment/manage-surface-devices) | modified |
-| 11/9/2023 | [Use Set up School PCs app](/education/windows/use-set-up-school-pcs-app) | modified |
diff --git a/education/index.yml b/education/index.yml
index a79c5f8617..adc8d30041 100644
--- a/education/index.yml
+++ b/education/index.yml
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ productDirectory:
title: For IT admins
summary: This guide is designed for IT admins looking for the simplest way to move their platform to the cloud. It does not capture all the necessary steps for large scale or complex deployments.
items:
- # Card
+ # Card
- title: Phase 1 - Cloud deployment
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Deploy.svg
summary: Create your Microsoft 365 tenant, secure and configure your environment, sync your Active Directory and SIS, and license users.
@@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ productDirectory:
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Device-Mgmt.svg
summary: Get started with Windows for Education, set up and enroll devices in Intune.
url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/set-up-windows-10-education-devices
- # Card
+ # Card
- title: Phase 3 - Apps management
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Apps-Mgmt.svg
summary: Configure admin settings, set up Teams for Education, install apps and install Minecraft.
url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/configure-admin-settings
- # Card
+ # Card
- title: Phase 4 - Complete your deployment
# imageSrc should be square in ratio with no whitespace
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Tasks.svg
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ productDirectory:
text: Microsoft Purview compliance
- url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/35748.office-365-what-is-customer-lockbox-and-how-to-enable-it.aspx
text: Deploying Lockbox
- # Card
+ # Card
- title: Analytics & insights
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Education.svg
links:
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ productDirectory:
text: Power BI for IT admins
- url: /dynamics365/
text: Dynamics 365
- # Card
+ # Card
- title: Find deployment help and other support resources
imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Teachers.svg
links:
@@ -69,14 +69,6 @@ productDirectory:
text: Education help center
- url: /training/educator-center/
text: Teacher training packs
- # Card
- - title: Check out our education journey
- imageSrc: ./images/EDU-ITJourney.svg
- links:
- - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/k-12/
- text: K-12
- - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/hed/
- text: Higher education
additionalContent:
sections:
diff --git a/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md b/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bb0223c8fc..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Reset devices with Autopilot Reset
-description: Learn about Autopilot Reset and how to enable and use it.
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-ms.topic: how-to
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Reset devices with Autopilot Reset
-
-IT admins or technical teachers can use Autopilot Reset to quickly remove personal files, apps, and settings, and reset Windows 10 devices from the lock screen anytime and apply original settings and management enrollment (Microsoft Entra ID and device management) so the devices are ready to use. With Autopilot Reset, devices are returned to a fully configured or known IT-approved state.
-
-To enable Autopilot Reset, you must:
-
-1. [Enable the policy for the feature](#enable-autopilot-reset)
-2. [Trigger a reset for each device](#trigger-autopilot-reset)
-
-## Enable Autopilot Reset
-
-To use Autopilot Reset, Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) must be enabled on the device.
-
-**DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials** is a policy that enables or disables the visibility of the credentials for Autopilot Reset. It's a policy node in the [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialproviders), **CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials**. By default, this policy is set to 1 (Disable). This setting ensures that Autopilot Reset isn't triggered by accident.
-
-You can set the policy using one of these methods:
-
-- MDM provider
-
- Check your MDM provider documentation on how to set this policy. If your MDM provider doesn't explicitly support this policy, you can manually set this policy if your MDM provider allows specific OMA-URIs to be manually set.
-
- For example, in Intune, create a new configuration policy and add an OMA-URI.
- - OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials
- - Data type: Integer
- - Value: 0
-
-- Windows Configuration Designer
-
- You can [use Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package) to set the **Runtime settings > Policies > CredentialProviders > DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials** setting and create a provisioning package.
-
-- Set up School PCs app
-
- Autopilot Reset in the Set up School PCs app is available in the latest release of the app. Make sure you're running Windows 10, version 1709 on the student PCs if you want to use Autopilot Reset through the Set up School PCs app. You can check the version several ways:
-
- - Reach out to your device manufacturer.
-
- - If you manage your PCs using Intune or Intune for Education, you can check the OS version by checking the **OS version** info for the device. If you're using another MDM provider, check the documentation for the MDM provider to confirm the OS version.
-
- - Log into the PCs, go to the **Settings > System > About** page, look in the **Windows specifications** section and confirm **Version** is set to 1709.
-
- To use the Autopilot Reset setting in the Set up School PCs app:
-
- - When using [Set up School PCs](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md), in the **Configure student PC settings** screen, select **Enable Windows 10 Autopilot Reset** among the list of settings for the student PC as shown in the following example:
-
- 
-
-## Trigger Autopilot Reset
-
-Autopilot Reset is a two-step process: trigger it and then authenticate. Once you've done these two steps, you can let the process execute and once it's done, the device is again ready for use.
-
-To trigger Autopilot Reset:
-
-1. From the Windows device lock screen, enter the keystroke: CTRL + WIN + R.
-
- 
-
- This keystroke opens up a custom sign-in screen for Autopilot Reset. The screen serves two purposes:
-
- 1. Confirm/verify that the end user has the right to trigger Autopilot Reset
- 1. Notify the user in case a provisioning package, created using Windows Configuration Designer or Set up School PCs, will be used as part of the process.
-
- 
-
-1. Sign in with the admin account credentials. If you created a provisioning package, plug in the USB drive and trigger Autopilot Reset.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > To reestablish Wi-Fi connectivity after reset, make sure the **Connect automatically** box is checked for the device's wireless network connection.
-
- Once Autopilot Reset is triggered, the reset process starts.
-
- After reset, the device:
-
- - Sets the region, language, and keyboard
- - Connects to Wi-Fi
- - If you provided a provisioning package when Autopilot Reset is triggered, the system applies this new provisioning package. Otherwise, the system reapplies the original provisioning package on the device
- - Is returned to a known good managed state, connected to Microsoft Entra ID and MDM.
-
- 
-
- Once provisioning is complete, the device is again ready for use.
-
-## Troubleshoot Autopilot Reset
-
-Autopilot Reset fails when the [Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference) isn't enabled on the device. The error code is: `ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x80070032)`.
-
-To make sure WinRE is enabled, use the [REAgentC.exe tool](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/reagentc-command-line-options) to run the following command:
-
-```cmd
-reagentc.exe /enable
-```
-
-If Autopilot Reset fails after enabling WinRE, or if you're unable to enable WinRE, kindly contact [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com) for assistance.
diff --git a/education/windows/change-home-to-edu.md b/education/windows/change-home-to-edu.md
index caa984b456..072a760e05 100644
--- a/education/windows/change-home-to-edu.md
+++ b/education/windows/change-home-to-edu.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
title: Upgrade Windows Home to Windows Education on student-owned devices
description: Learn how IT Pros can upgrade student-owned devices from Windows Home to Windows Education using Mobile Device Management or Kivuto OnTheHub with qualifying subscriptions.
-ms.date: 08/07/2023
+ms.date: 04/10/2024
ms.topic: how-to
author: scottbreenmsft
ms.author: scbree
@@ -16,43 +16,42 @@ ms.collection:
## Overview
-Customers with qualifying subscriptions can upgrade student-owned and institution-owned devices from *Windows Home* to *Windows Education*, which is designed for both the classroom and remote learning.
+Customers with qualifying subscriptions can upgrade student-owned and institution-owned devices from *Windows Home* to *Windows Education*, which is designed for both the classroom and remote learning.
> [!NOTE]
> To be qualified for this process, customers must have a Windows Education subscription that includes the student use benefit and must have access to the Volume Licensing Service Center (VLSC) or the Microsoft 365 Admin Center.
-IT admins can upgrade student devices using a multiple activation key (MAK) manually or through Mobile Device Management (MDM). Alternatively, IT admins can set up a portal through [Kivuto OnTheHub](http://onthehub.com) where students can request a *Windows Pro Education* product key. The table below provides the recommended method depending on the scenario.
+IT admins can upgrade student devices using a multiple activation key (MAK) manually or through Mobile Device Management (MDM). The following table provides the recommended method depending on the scenario.
| Method | Product key source | Device ownership | Best for |
|-|-|-|-|
| MDM | VLSC | Personal (student-owned) | IT admin initiated via MDM |
-| Kivuto | Kivuto | Personal (student-owned) | Initiated on device by student, parent or guardian |
| Provisioning package | VLSC | Personal (student-owned) or Corporate (institution-owned) | IT admin initiated at first boot |
These methods apply to devices with *Windows Home* installed; institution-owned devices can be upgraded from *Windows Professional* or *Windows Pro Edu* to *Windows Education* or *Windows Enterprise* using [Windows 10/11 Subscription Activation](/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation).
## User Notifications
-Users aren't notified their device has been or will be upgraded to Windows Education when using MDM. It's the responsibility of the institution to notify their users. Institutions should notify their users that MDM will initiate an upgrade to Windows Education and this upgrade will give the institution extra capabilities, such as installing applications.
+Users aren't notified when their device is upgraded to Windows Education when using MDM. It's the responsibility of the institution to notify their users. Institutions should notify their users that MDM initiates an upgrade to Windows Education, and that the upgrade gives the institution extra capabilities, such as installing applications.
Device users can disconnect from MDM in the Settings app, to prevent further actions from being taken on their personal device. For instructions on disconnecting from MDM, see [Remove your Windows device from management](/mem/intune/user-help/unenroll-your-device-from-intune-windows).
## Why upgrade student-owned devices from Windows Home to Windows Education?
-Some school institutions want to streamline student onboarding for student-owned devices using MDM. Typical MDM requirements include installing certificates, configuring WiFi profiles and installing applications. On Windows, MDM uses Configuration Service Providers (CSPs) to configure settings. Some CSPs aren't available on Windows Home, which can limit the capabilities. Some of the CSPs not available in Windows Home that can affect typical student onboarding are:
+Some school institutions want to streamline student onboarding for student-owned devices using MDM. Typical MDM requirements include installing certificates, configuring WiFi profiles, and installing applications. On Windows, MDM uses Configuration Service Providers (CSPs) to configure settings. Some CSPs aren't available on Windows Home, which can limit the capabilities. Some of the CSPs not available in Windows Home that can affect typical student onboarding are:
- [EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp) - which enables deployment of Windows installer or Win32 applications.
- [DeliveryOptimization](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization) - which enables configuration of Delivery Optimization.
-A full list of CSPs are available at [Configuration service provider reference](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference). For more information about enrolling devices into Microsoft Intune, see [Deployment guide: Enroll Windows devices in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/deployment-guide-enrollment-windows).
+A full list of CSPs is available at [Configuration service provider reference](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference). For more information about enrolling devices into Microsoft Intune, see [Deployment guide: Enroll Windows devices in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/deployment-guide-enrollment-windows).
## Requirements for using a MAK to upgrade from Windows Home to Windows Education
-- Access to Volume Licensing Service Center (VLSC) or the Microsoft 365 Admin Center.
+- Access to Volume Licensing Service Center (VLSC) or the Microsoft 365 Admin Center
- A qualifying Windows subscription such as:
- - Windows A3, or;
- - Windows A5.
-- A pre-installed and activated instance of Windows 10 Home or Windows 11 Home.
+ - Windows A3, or
+ - Windows A5
+- A preinstalled and activated instance of Windows 10 Home or Windows 11 Home
You can find more information in the [Microsoft Product Terms](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/terms/productoffering).
@@ -67,53 +66,44 @@ IT admins with access to the VLSC or the Microsoft 365 Admin Center, can find th
It's critical that MAKs are protected whenever they're used. The following processes provide the best protection for a MAK being applied to a device:
-- Provisioning package by institution approved staff;
-- Manual entry by institution approved staff (don't distribute the key via email);
-- Mobile Device Management (like Microsoft Intune) via [WindowsLicensing CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp);
+- Provisioning package by institution approved staff
+- Manual entry by institution approved staff (don't distribute the key via email)
+- Mobile Device Management (like Microsoft Intune) via [WindowsLicensing CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp)
> [!IMPORTANT]
> If you are using a Mobile Device Management product other than Microsoft Intune, ensure the key isn't accessible by students.
-- Operating System Deployment processes with tools such as Microsoft Deployment Toolkit or Microsoft Configuration Manager.
+- Operating System Deployment processes with tools such as Microsoft Deployment Toolkit or Microsoft Configuration Manager
For a full list of methods to perform a Windows edition upgrade and more details, see [Windows 10 edition upgrade](/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades).
-## Downgrading, resetting, reinstalling and graduation rights
+## Downgrading, resetting, reinstalling, and graduation rights
After upgrading from *Windows Home* to *Windows Education* there are some considerations for what happens during downgrade, reset or reinstall of the operating system.
-The table below highlights the differences by upgrade product key type:
-
-| Product Key Type | Downgrade (in-place) | Reset | Student reinstall |
-|-|-|-|-|
-| VLSC | No | Yes | No |
-| Kivuto OnTheHub | No | Yes | Yes |
-
### Downgrade
It isn't possible to downgrade to *Windows Home* from *Windows Education* without reinstalling Windows.
### Reset
-If the computer is reset, Windows Education will be retained.
+If the computer is reset, Windows Education is retained.
### Reinstall
-The Education upgrade doesn't apply to reinstalling Windows. Use the original Windows edition when reinstalling Windows. The original product key or [firmware-embedded product key](#what-is-a-firmware-embedded-activation-key) will be used to activate Windows.
-
-If students require a *Windows Pro Education* key that can work on a new install of Windows, they should use [Kivuto OnTheHub](http://onthehub.com) to request a key prior to graduation.
+The Education upgrade doesn't apply to reinstalling Windows. Use the original Windows edition when reinstalling Windows. The original product key or [firmware-embedded product key](#what-is-a-firmware-embedded-activation-key) is used to activate Windows.
For details on product keys and reinstalling Windows, see [Find your Windows product key](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/find-your-windows-product-key-aaa2bf69-7b2b-9f13-f581-a806abf0a886).
### Resale
-The license will remain installed on the device if resold and the same conditions above apply for downgrade, reset or reinstall.
+The license remains installed on the device if resold and the same conditions apply for downgrade, reset, or reinstall.
## Step by step process for customers to upgrade student-owned devices using Microsoft Intune
-These steps provide instructions on how to use Microsoft Intune to upgrade devices from Home to Education.
+These steps provide instructions on how to use Microsoft Intune to upgrade devices from Home to Education.
### Step 1: Create a Windows Home edition filter
-These steps configure a filter that will only apply to devices running the *Windows Home edition*. This filter will ensure only devices running *Windows Home edition* are upgraded. For more information about filters, see [Create filters in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/filters).
+These steps configure a filter that only applies to devices running the *Windows Home edition*, ensuring that only devices running *Windows Home edition* are upgraded. For more information about filters, see [Create filters in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/filters).
- Start in the [**Microsoft Intune admin center**](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431)
- Select **Tenant administration** > **Filters**
@@ -130,7 +120,7 @@ These steps configure a filter that will only apply to devices running the *Wind
> [!NOTE]
> Ensure you've selected OR as the operator in the right And/Or column
-
+
:::image type="content" source="images/change-home-to-edu-windows-home-edition-intune-filter.png" alt-text="Example of configuring the Windows Home filter":::
- Optionally select scope tags as required
@@ -153,14 +143,14 @@ These steps create and assign a Windows edition upgrade policy. For more informa
- Change **Edition to upgrade** to **Windows 10/11 Education**
- In the **Product Key**, enter your *Windows 10/11 Education MAK*
- Select **Next**
-
+
:::image type="content" source="images/change-home-to-edu-windows-edition-upgrade-policy.png" alt-text="Example of configuring the Windows upgrade policy in Microsoft Intune":::
- Optionally select scope tags as required and select **Next**
-- On the **assignments** screen;
+- On the **assignments** screen:
- Select **Add all devices**
- Next to **All devices**, select **Edit filter**
-
+
> [!NOTE]
> You can also target other security groups that contain a smaller scope of users or devices and apply the filter rather than All devices.
@@ -171,7 +161,7 @@ These steps create and assign a Windows edition upgrade policy. For more informa
- Don't configure any applicability rules and select **next**
- Review your settings and select **Create**
-The edition upgrade policy will now apply to all existing and new Windows Home edition devices targeted.
+The edition upgrade policy applies to all existing and new Windows Home edition devices targeted.
### Step 3: Report on device edition
@@ -191,11 +181,11 @@ You can check the Windows versions of managed devices in the Microsoft Intune ad
Increases to MAK Activation quantity can be requested by contacting [VLSC support](/licensing/contact-us) and may be granted by exception. A request can be made by accounts with the VLSC Administrator, Key Administrator, or Key Viewer permissions. The request should include the following information:
-- Agreement/Enrollment Number or License ID and Authorization.
-- Product Name (includes version and edition).
-- Last five characters of the product key.
-- The number of host activations required.
-- Business Justification or Reason for Deployment.
+- Agreement/Enrollment Number or License ID and Authorization
+- Product Name (includes version and edition)
+- Last five characters of the product key
+- The number of host activations required
+- Business Justification or Reason for Deployment
### What is a firmware-embedded activation key?
@@ -205,7 +195,7 @@ A firmware-embedded activation key is a Windows product key that is installed in
(Get-CimInstance -query 'select * from SoftwareLicensingService').OA3xOriginalProductKey
```
-If the device has a firmware-embedded activation key, it will be displayed in the output. Otherwise, the device doesn't have a firmware embedded activation key. Most OEM-provided devices designed to run Windows 8 or later will have a firmware-embedded key.
+If the device has a firmware-embedded activation key, it's displayed in the output. Otherwise the device doesn't have a firmware embedded activation key. Most OEM-provided devices designed to run Windows 8 or later have a firmware-embedded key.
A firmware embedded key is only required to upgrade using Subscription Activation, a MAK upgrade doesn't require the firmware embedded key.
@@ -215,14 +205,6 @@ A multiple activation key activates either individual computers or a group of co
| Scenario | Ownership | MAK | KMS | AD based activation | Subscription Activation |
|-|-|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
-| **Workplace join (add work or school account)** | Personal (or student-owned) | X | | | |
-| **Microsoft Entra join** | Organization | X | X | | X |
-| **Microsoft Entra hybrid join** | Organization | X | X | X | X |
-
-## Related links
-
-- [Windows 10 edition upgrade (Windows 10)](/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades)
-- [Windows 10/11 Subscription Activation](/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation)
-- [Equip Your Students with Windows 11 Education - Kivuto](https://kivuto.com/windows-11-student-use-benefit/)
-- [Upgrade Windows Home to Windows Pro (microsoft.com)](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/upgrade-windows-home-to-windows-pro-ef34d520-e73f-3198-c525-d1a218cc2818)
-- [Partner Center: Upgrade Education customers from Windows 10 Home to Windows 10 Education](/partner-center/upgrade-windows-to-education)
+| **Workplace join (add work or school account)** | Personal (or student-owned) | ✅ | | | |
+| **Microsoft Entra join** | Organization | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| **Microsoft Entra hybrid join** | Organization | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
diff --git a/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md b/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1453e64ad3..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,595 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Chromebook migration guide
-description: Learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Chromebook migration guide
-
-In this guide, you'll learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment. You'll learn how to perform the necessary planning steps, including Windows device deployment, migration of user and device settings, app migration or replacement, and cloud storage migration. You'll then learn the best method to perform the migration by using automated deployment and migration tools.
-
-## Plan Chromebook migration
-
-
-Before you begin to migrate Chromebook devices, plan your migration. As with most projects, there can be an urge to immediately start doing before planning. When you plan your Chromebook migration before you perform the migration, you can save countless hours of frustration and mistakes during the migration process.
-
-In the planning portion of this guide, you'll identify all the decisions that you need to make and how to make each decision. At the end of the planning section, you'll have a list of information you need to collect and what you need to do with the information. You'll be ready to perform your Chromebook migration.
-
-## Plan for app migration or replacement
-
-
-App migration or replacement is an essential part of your Chromebook migration. In this section, you'll plan how you'll migrate or replace Chromebook (Chrome OS) apps that are currently in use with the same or equivalent Windows apps. At the end of this section, you'll have a list of the active Chrome OS apps and the Windows app counterparts.
-
-**Identify the apps currently in use on Chromebook devices**
-
-Before you can do any analysis or make decisions about which apps to migrate or replace, you need to identify which apps are currently in use on the Chromebook devices. You'll create a list of apps that are currently in use (also called an app portfolio).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The majority of Chromebook apps are web apps. For these apps you need to first perform Microsoft Edge compatibility testing and then publish the web app URL to the Windows users. For more information, see the [Perform app compatibility testing for web apps](#perform-testing-webapps) section.
-
-
-
-You can divide the apps into the following categories:
-
-- **Apps installed and managed by the institution.** These apps are typically managed in the Apps section in the Google Admin Console. You can record the list of these apps in your app portfolio.
-
-- **Apps installed by faculty or students.** Faculty or students might have installed these apps as a part of a classroom curriculum. Obtain the list of these apps from faculty or students. Ensure you only record apps that are legitimately used as a part of classroom curriculum (and not for personal entertainment or use).
-
-Record the following information about each app in your app portfolio:
-
-- App name
-
-- App type (such as offline app, online app, web app, and so on)
-
-- App publisher or developer
-
-- App version currently in use
-
-- App priority (how necessary is the app to the day-to-day process of the institution or a classroom? Rank as high, medium, or low)
-
-Throughout the entire app migration or replacement process, focus on the higher priority apps. Focus on lower priority apps only after you've determined what you'll do with the higher priority apps.
-
-###
-
-**Select Google Apps replacements**
-
-Table 1 lists the Windows device app replacements for the common Google Apps on Chromebook devices. If your users rely on any of these Google Apps, use the corresponding app on the Windows device. Use the information in Table 1 to select the Google App replacement on a Windows device.
-
-Table 1. Google App replacements
-
-| If you use this Google app on a Chromebook | Use this app on a Windows device |
-|--------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------|
-| Google Docs | Word 2016 or Word for the web |
-| Google Sheets | Excel 2016 or Excel for the web |
-| Google Slides | PowerPoint 2016 or PowerPoint for the web |
-| Google Apps Gmail | Outlook 2016 or Outlook Web App |
-| Google Hangouts | Microsoft Skype for Business |
-| Chrome | Microsoft Edge |
-| Google Drive | Microsoft OneDrive for Business |
-
-
-
-It may be that you'll decide to replace Google Apps after you deploy Windows devices. For more information on making this decision, see the [Select cloud services migration strategy](#select-cs-migrationstrat) section of this guide.
-
-**Find the same or similar apps in the Microsoft Store**
-
-In many instances, software vendors will create a version of their app for multiple platforms. You can search the Microsoft Store to find the same or similar apps to any apps not identified in the [Select Google Apps replacements](#select-googleapps) section.
-
-In other instances, the offline app doesn't have a version written for the Microsoft Store or isn't a web app. In these cases, look for an app that provides similar functions. For example, you might have a graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS, but the software publisher doesn't have a version for Windows devices. Search the Microsoft Store for a graphing calculator app that provides similar features and functionality. Use that Microsoft Store app as a replacement for the graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS.
-
-Record the Windows app that replaces the Chromebook app in your app portfolio.
-
-###
-
-**Perform app compatibility testing for web apps**
-
-Most of the Chromebook apps are web apps. Because you can't run native offline Chromebook apps on a Windows device, there's no reason to perform app compatibility testing for offline Chromebook apps. However, you may have many web apps that will run on both platforms.
-
-Ensure that you test these web apps in Microsoft Edge. Record the level of compatibility for each web app in Microsoft Edge in your app portfolio.
-
-## Plan for migration of user and device settings
-
-
-Some institutions have configured the Chromebook devices to make the devices easier to use by using the Google Chrome Admin Console. You've also probably configured the Chromebook devices to help ensure the user data access and ensure that the devices themselves are secure by using the Google Chrome Admin Console.
-
-However, in addition to your centralized configuration in the Google Admin Console, Chromebook users have probably customized their device. In some instances, users may have changed the web content that is displayed when the Chrome browser starts. Or they may have bookmarked websites for future reference. Or users may have installed apps for use in the classroom.
-
-In this section, you'll identify the user and device configuration settings for your Chromebook users and devices. Then you'll prioritize these settings to focus on the configuration settings that are essential to your educational institution.
-
-At the end of this section, you should have a list of Chromebook user and device settings that you want to migrate to Windows, and a level of priority for each setting. You may discover at the end of this section that you've few or no higher priority settings to be migrated. If so, you can skip the [Perform migration of user and device settings](#migrate-user-device-settings) section of this guide.
-
-**Identify Google Admin Console settings to migrate**
-
-You use the Google Admin Console (as shown in Figure 1) to manage user and device settings. These settings are applied to all the Chromebook devices in your institution that are enrolled in the Google Admin Console. Review the user and device settings in the Google Admin Console and determine which settings are appropriate for your Windows devices.
-
-
-
-Figure 1. Google Admin Console
-
-Table 2 lists the settings in the Device Management node in the Google Admin Console. Review the settings and determine which settings you'll migrate to Windows.
-
-Table 2. Settings in the Device Management node in the Google Admin Console
-
-|Section |Settings |
-|---------|---------|
-|Network | These settings configure the network connections for Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories: Windows 8.1 deployment planning Windows 8.1 deployment to PCs BYOD Deploying Windows RT 8.1 Virtual Desktop Infrastructure Microsoft Store apps Windows To Go
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor and a .MOF import file.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
-2. Click **Import**, choose the MOF file from the downloaded package we provided, and click **Open**.
-
-3. Pick the inventory items to install, and then click **Import**.
-
-4. Click **OK** to close the default windows.
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the using the Systems Management Server (SMS\DEF.MOF) file. Editing this file lets you collect your data for Configuration Manager 2007. If you aren’t using this version of Configuration Manager, you won’t want to use this option.
-
-**To collect your inventory**
-
-1. Using a text editor like Notepad, open the SMS\DEF.MOF file, located in your `
Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-## Turn off data collection on your client devices
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to turn Enterprise Site Discovery off.
-
-**To stop collecting data, using PowerShell**
-
-- On your client computer, start Windows PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 –IEFeatureOff`.
-
- >**Note**
Turning off data collection only disables the Enterprise Site Discovery feature – all data already written to WMI stays on your employee’s computer.
-
-
-**To stop collecting data, using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output`, and click **Off**.
-
-2. Go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output`, and clear the file path location.
-
-### Delete already stored data from client computers
-You can completely remove the data stored on your employee’s computers.
-
-**To delete all existing data**
-
-- On the client computer, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run these four commands:
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IEURLInfo`
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IESystemInfo`
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IECountInfo`
-
- - `Remove-Item -Path 'HKCU:\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\WMITelemetry'`
-
-## Related topics
-* [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746562)
-* [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 807cc8d2c8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Administrator can use the Settings page to set up Groups and roles, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and the freeze dates for production changes.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The **Settings** page lets anyone with Administrator rights set up groups and roles, set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and choose the freeze dates for production changes.
-
-## Use the Environment settings area
-This area lets you specify the location of your production and pre-production environments, where to store your attachments, your settings location, and the website domain for email notifications.
-
-**To add location info**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Environment settings** area of the page, provide the info for your **Pre-production environment**, your **Production environment**, your **Attachments location**, your **Settings location**, and your **Website domain for email notifications**.
-
-3. Click **Credentials** to add the appropriate domain, user name, and password for each location, and then click **OK**.
-
-## Use the Group and role settings area
-After you set up your email credentials, you'll be able to add or edit your Group info, along with picking which roles must be Approvers for the group.
-
-**To add a new group and determine the required change request Approvers**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, click **Group details**.
-
- The **Add or edit group names** box appears.
-
-3. Click the **Add group** tab, and then add the following info:
-
- - **New group name.** Type name of your new group.
-
- - **Group head email.** Type the email address for the primary contact for the group.
-
- - **Group head name.** This box automatically fills, based on the email address.
-
- - **Active.** Click the check box to make the group active in the system. If you want to keep the group in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box.
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-
-**To set a group's required Approvers**
-1. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, choose the group name you want to update with Approvers from the **Group name** box.
-
-2. In the **Required approvers** area, choose which roles are required to approve a change request for the group. You can choose one or many roles.
-
- - **App Manager.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
- You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
- - **Group Head.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
- You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
- - **Administrator.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
-## Use the Freeze production changes area
-This optional area lets you specify a period when your employees must stop adding changes to the current Enterprise Mode Site List. This must include both a start and an end date.
-
-**To add the start and end dates**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Freeze production changes** area of the page, use the calendars to provide the **Freeze start date** and the **Freeze end date**. Your employees can't add apps to the production Enterprise Mode Site List during this span of time.
-
-3. Click **Save**.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 867bb143b8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to create a change request within the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Employees assigned to the Requester role can create a change request. A change request is used to tell the Approvers and the Administrator that a website needs to be added or removed from the Enterprise Mode Site List. The employee can navigate to each stage of the process by using the workflow links provided at the top of each page of the portal.
-
-> [!Important]
-> Each Requester must have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-**To create a new change request**
-1. The Requester (an employee that has been assigned the Requester role) signs into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and clicks **Create new request**.
-
- The **Create new request** page appears.
-
-2. Fill out the required fields, based on the group and the app, including:
-
- - **Group name.** Select the name of your group from the dropdown box.
-
- - **App name.** Type the name of the app you want to add, delete, or update in the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
- - **Search all apps.** If you can't remember the name of your app, you can click **Search all apps** and search the list.
-
- - **Add new app.** If your app isn't listed, you can click **Add new app** to add it to the list.
-
- - **Requested by.** Automatically filled in with your name.
-
- - **Description.** Add descriptive info about the app.
-
- - **Requested change.** Select whether you want to **Add to EMIE**, **Delete from EMIE**, or **Update to EMIE**.
-
- - **Reason for request.** Select the best reason for why you want to update, delete, or add the app.
-
- - **Business impact (optional).** An optional area where you can provide info about the business impact of this app and the change.
-
- - **App location (URL).** The full URL location to the app, starting with https:// or https://.
-
- - **App best viewed in.** Select the best browser experience for the app. This can be Internet Explorer 5 through Internet Explorer 11 or one of the IE7Enterprise or IE8Enterprise modes.
-
- - **Is an x-ua tag used?** Select **Yes** or **No** whether an x-ua-compatible tag is used by the app. For more info about x-ua-compatible tags, see the topics in [Defining document compatibility](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cc288325(v=vs.85).aspx).
-
-4. Click **Save and continue** to save the request and get the app info sent to the pre-production environment site list for testing.
-
- A message appears that the request was successful, including a **Request ID** number, saying that the change is being made to the pre-production environment site list.
-
-5. The Requester gets an email with a batch script, that when run, configures their test machine for the pre-production environment, along with the necessary steps to make sure the changed info is correct.
-
- - **If the change is correct.** The Requester asks the approvers to approve the change request by selecting **Successful** and clicking **Send for approval**.
-
- - **If the change is incorrect.** The Requester can rollback the change in pre-production or ask for help from the Administrator.
-
-## Next steps
-After the change request is created, the Requester must make sure the suggested changes work in the pre-production environment. For these steps, see [Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md).
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ad225f2556..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-description: Delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 41413459-b57f-48da-aedb-4cbec1e2981a
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-
- **To delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, pick the site you want to delete, and then click **Delete**.
-The site is permanently removed from your list.
-
-If you delete a site by mistake, you’ll need to manually add it back using the instructions in the following topics, based on operating system.
-
-- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 403690d64f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 76aa9a85-6190-4c3a-bc25-0f914de228ea
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-
-If you need to edit a lot of websites, you probably don’t want to do it one at a time. Instead, you can edit your saved XML or TXT file and add the sites back again. For information about how to do this, depending on your operating system and schema version, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To change how your page renders**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, double-click the site you want to change.
-
-2. Change the comment or the compatibility mode option.
-
-3. Click **Save** to validate your changes and to add the updated information to your site list.
-If your change passes validation, it’s added to the global site list. If the update doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the update or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. For more information about fixing validation issues, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save the updated file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a8f90c3697..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-## Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List XML file
-The Enterprise Mode Site List is an XML document that specifies a list of sites, their compat mode, and their intended browser. Using [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853), you can automatically start a webpage using a specific browser. In the case of IE11, the webpage can also be launched in a specific compat mode, so it always renders correctly. Your employees can easily view this site list by typing _about:compat_ in either Microsoft Edge or IE11.
-
-Starting with Windows 10, version 1511 (also known as the Anniversary Update), you can also [restrict IE11 to only the legacy web apps that need it](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2016/05/19/edge14-ie11-better-together/), automatically sending sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge.
-
-### Site list xml file
-
-This is a view of the [raw EMIE v2 schema.xml file](https://gist.github.com/kypflug/9e9961de771d2fcbd86b#file-emie-v2-schema-xml). There are equivalent Enterprise Mode Site List policies for both [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility) and [Internet Explorer 11](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list). The Microsoft Edge list is used to determine which sites should open in IE11; while the IE11 list is used to determine the compat mode for a site, and which sites should open in Microsoft Edge. We recommend using one list for both browsers, where each policy points to the same XML file location.
-
-```xml
-
-Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `
**Example** <rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com</domain>
</emie>
</rules> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<emie> |The parent node for the Enterprise Mode section of the schema. All <domain> entries will have either IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode applied.
**Example** <rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com</domain>
</emie>
</rules>
For IPv6 ranges:
<rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain>
</emie>
</rules>
**or**
For IPv4 ranges:<rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain>
</emie>
</rules> | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<docMode> |The parent node for the document mode section of the section. All <domain> entries will get IE5 - IE11 document modes applied. If there's a <domain> element in the docMode section that uses the same value as a <domain> element in the emie section, the emie element is applied.
**Example**
<rules version="205">
<docmode>
<domain docMode="7">contoso.com</domain>
</docmode>
</rules> |Internet Explorer 11 |
-|<domain> |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <domain> element will overrule any additional <domain> elements that use the same value for the section. You can use port numbers for this element.
**Example**
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com:8080</domain>
</emie> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<path> |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
**Example**
<emie>
<domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com
<path exclude="true">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie>
Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does. |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-
-### Schema attributes
-This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|<version>|Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <rules> element.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|<exclude>|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the
**Example** <emie>
<domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com
<path exclude="true">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie>
**Example**<docMode>
<domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com
<path docMode="7">/products</path>
</domain>
</docMode>|Internet Explorer 11|
-
-### Using Enterprise Mode and document mode together
-If you want to use both Enterprise Mode and document mode together, you need to be aware that <emie> entries override <docMode> entries for the same domain.
-
-For example, say you want all of the sites in the contoso.com domain to open using IE8 Enterprise Mode, except test.contoso.com, which needs to open in document mode 11. Because Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document mode, if you want test.contoso.com to open using document mode, you'll need to explicitly add it as an exclusion to the <emie> parent node.
-
-```xml
-<docMode> |
<domain docMode="5">contoso.com</domain>
<domain docMode="9">info.contoso.com</domain>
<docMode>
|
-|You can specify exact URLs by listing the full path. |<emie>|
<domain exclude="false">bing.com</domain>
<domain exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">contoso.com</domain>
<emie>
|
-|You can nest paths underneath domains. |<emie> |
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path exclude="false">/about</path>
<path exclude="true">
/about/business</path>
</domain>
</emie>
|
-|You can’t add a path underneath a path. The file will still be parsed, but the sub-path will be ignored. |<emie> |
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path>/about
<path exclude="true">/business</path>
</path>
</domain>
</emie>
|
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fcdaa18eee..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 909ca359-5654-4df9-b9fb-921232fc05f5
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your site list for devices running Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, using the version 2.0 (v.2) of the Enterprise Mode schema. If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-**Important**
-If you're running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 and you've been using the version 1.0 (v.1) of the schema, you can continue to do so, but you won't get the benefits that come with the updated schema. For info about the v.1 schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.2 updates
-Because of the schema changes, you can't combine the old version (v.1) with the new version (v.2) of the schema. If you look at your XML file, you can tell which version you're using by:
-
-- <rules>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-- <site-list>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-You can continue to use the v.1 version of the schema on Windows 10, but you won't have the benefits of the new v.2 version schema updates and new features. Additionally, saving the v.1 version of the schema in the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the file to use the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 schema example
-The following is an example of the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-**Important**
-Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `
**Example**
<site-list version="205">
| Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<site> |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <site> element will overrule any additional <site> elements that use the same value for the <url> element.
<site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>
</site-list>
**Example** <site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
<open-in>none</open-in>
</site>
**or** For IPv4 ranges:
<site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
**or** For IPv6 ranges:<site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
You can also use the self-closing version, <url="contoso.com" />, which also sets:
**Example**
**or**
<site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
</site>
For IPv4 ranges:<site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site><site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE7 Enterprise Mode
This tag replaces the combination of the `"forceCompatView"="true"` attribute and the list of sites specified in the EmIE section of the v.1 version of the schema.
**Examples**<site url="contoso.com">
<open-in>none</open-in>
</site>
Where
**Example**<site url="contoso.com/travel">
In this example, if [https://contoso.com/travel](https://contoso.com/travel) is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer.| Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|version |Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <site-list> element. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
<open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
</site>
**Note**
Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com"> applies to both [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com) and [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com).
**Example**<site url="contoso.com:8080">
In this example, going to [https://contoso.com:8080](https://contoso.com:8080) using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-
-### Deprecated attributes
-These v.1 version schema attributes have been deprecated in the v.2 version of the schema:
-
-|Deprecated attribute|New attribute|Replacement example|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|<forceCompatView>|<compat-mode>|Replace <forceCompatView="true"> with <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>|
-|<docMode>|<compat-mode>|Replace <docMode="IE5"> with <compat-mode>IE5</compat-mode>|
-|<doNotTransition>|<open-in>|Replace:
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>
<doNotTransition="true"> with <open-in>none</open-in>|
-|<domain> and <path>|<site>|Replace:<emie>
With:
<domain exclude="false">contoso.com</domain>
</emie><site url="contoso.com"/>
**-AND-**
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
</site>
Replace:<emie>
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">/about</path>
</domain>
</emie>
With:<site url="contoso.com/about">
<compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>
</site>|
-
-While the old, replaced attributes aren't supported in the v.2 version of the schema, they'll continue to work in the v.1 version of the schema. If, however, you're using the v.2 version of the schema and these attributes are still there, the v.2 version schema takes precedence. We don’t recommend combining the two schemas, and instead recommend that you move to the v.2 version of the schema to take advantage of the new features.
-
-**Important**
-Saving your v.1 version of the file using the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the XML to the new v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, https://, https://, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f1c67006ba..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal tools
-You can build and manage your Enterprise Mode Site List is by using any generic text editor. However, we’ve also provided a couple tools that can make that process even easier.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-This tool helps you create error-free XML documents with simple n+1 versioning and URL verification. We recommend using this tool if your site list is relatively small. For more info about this tool, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
-
-There are 2 versions of this tool, both supported on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10:
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501). This is an older version of the schema that you must use if you want to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.1 version of the schema.
-
- We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974). The updated version of the schema, including new functionality. You can use this version of the schema to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.2 version of the schema.
-
- If you open a v.1 version of your Enterprise Mode Site List using this version, it will update the schema to v.2, automatically. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-If your list is too large to add individual sites, or if you have more than one person managing the site list, we recommend using the Enterprise Site List Portal.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-The [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management.
-
-In addition to all the functionality of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal helps you:
-
-- Manage site lists from any device supporting Windows 7 or greater.
-
-- Submit change requests.
-
-- Operate offline through an on-premise solution.
-
-- Provide role-based governance.
-
-- Test configuration settings before releasing to a live environment.
-
-Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Because the tool is open-source, the source code is readily available for examination and experimentation. We encourage you to [fork the code, submit pull requests, and send us your feedback](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)! For more info about the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ead83795d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager versions
-There are currently two versions of the Enterprise Site List Manager, both based on your schema and operating system. Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) tool, based on your operating system.
-
-|Schema version |Operating system |Enterprise Site List Manager version |
-|-----------------|---------------|------------------------------------|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 2 (v.2) |Windows 10
-OR-
Windows 8.1
-OR-
Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) and the v.2 version of the schema. If you import a v.1 version schema into the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), the XML is saved into the v.2 version of the schema.
For more info about the v.2 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 1 (v.1) |Windows 10
-OR-
Windows 8.1
-OR-
Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) and the v.1 version of the schema.
For more info about the v.1 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)|
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c433182a9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.assetid:
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode for Microsoft Edge
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-
-# Enterprise Mode for Microsoft Edge
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers the confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode features
-
-
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List management tools
-...description of what you can do with these tools; also specify if you must use both or if each tool works independently and no dependencies on the other tool... I think these tools are for two different scenarios...
-
-You can build and manage your Enterprise Mode Site List is by using any generic text editor. However, we’ve also provided a couple of tools that can make that process even easier.
-
-| | |
-|---------|---------|
-|Enterprise Mode Site List Manager |Use if your site list is relatively small. |
-|Enterprise Mode Site List Portal |Use if your site list is too large to add individual sites, or if you have more than one person managing the sites. |
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List XML file
-[!INCLUDE [enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include](enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md)]
-
-
-## Turn on Enterprise Mode
-
-
-### Add a single site to the site list
-
-
-### Add multiple sites to the site list
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f4cbb32bb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9ee7c13d-6fca-4446-bc22-d23a0213a95d
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file. This file includes all of your URLs, including your compatibility mode selections and should be stored somewhere safe. If your list gets deleted by mistake you can easily import this file and return everything back to when this file was last saved.
-
-**Important**
-This file is not intended for distribution to your managed devices. Instead, it is only for transferring data and comments from one manager to another. For example, if one administrator leaves and passes the existing data to another administrator. Internet Explorer doesn’t read this file.
-
- **To export your compatibility list**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Export**.
-
-2. Export the file to your selected location. For example, `C:\Users\
The changes described in this topic only impact sites added to a local Enterprise Mode site list and not the list of sites deployed to all employees by an administrator. Employees can't delete sites added to the list by an administrator.
-
- **To remove single sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer 11 and go to the site you want to remove.
-
-2. Click **Tools**, and then click **Enterprise Mode**.
If the site is removed by mistake, it can be added back by clicking **Enterprise Mode** again.
-
- **To remove all sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1. Open IE11, click **Tools**, and then click **Internet options**.
-
-2. Click the **Delete** button from the **Browsing history** area.
-
-3. Click the box next to **Cookies and website data**, and then click **Delete**.
-
-**Note**
This removes all of the sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cb578171f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 254a986b-494f-4316-92c1-b089ee8b3e0a
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-
- **To save your list as XML**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Save to XML**.
-
-2. Save the file to the location you specified in your Enterprise Mode registry key, set up when you turned on Enterprise Mode for use in your company. For information about the Enterprise Mode registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
If you decide to manually change the registry key, you can change the **Enable** setting to `[deployment url]/api/records/`, which automatically sends your reports to this page.
-
-### Setting up, collecting, and viewing reports
-For logging, you’re going to need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu. These POST messages go into your database, aggregating the report data by URL, giving you the total number of reports where users turned on Enterprise Mode, the total number of reports where users turned off Enterprise Mode, and the date of the last report.
-
- **To set up the sample**
-
-1. Set up a server to collect your Enterprise Mode information from your users.
-
-2. Go to the Internet Explorer/[EMIE-Data_Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) page on GitHub and tap or click the **Download ZIP** button to download the complete project.
-
-3. Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with Update 2, and then open the PhoneHomeSample.sln file.
-
-4. On the **Build** menu, tap or click **Build Solution**.
- Make sure you have a database associated with your publishing target. Otherwise, your reports won’t be collected and you’ll have problems deploying the website.
-
- 
-
- After you finish the publishing process, you need to test to make sure the app deployed successfully.
-
- **To test, deploy, and use the app**
-
-1. Open a registry editor on the computer where you deployed the app, go to the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode` key, and change the **Enable** string to:
-
- ``` "Enable"="https://
-Turning off both of these features turns off Enterprise Mode for your company. Turning off Enterprise Mode also causes any websites included in your employee’s manual site lists to not appear in Enterprise Mode.
-
- **To turn off the site list using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2. Go to the **Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list** setting, and then click **Disabled**.
-The `https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records` example will only work if you’ve downloaded the sample discussed in the [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) topic. If you don’t have the sample, you won’t have the web API.
-- **Local network location (like, https://*emieposturl*/)**. IE sends a POST message to your specified local network location every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu.
-- **Empty string**. If you leave the **Value data** box blank; your employees will be able to turn Enterprise Mode on and off from the **Tools** menu, but you won’t collect any logging data.
-
-For information about how to collect the data provided when your employees turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu, see [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 010448c58d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users.
-
-## Minimum system requirements for portal and test machines
-Some of the components in this table might also need additional system resources. Check the component's documentation for more information.
-
-|Item |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|Operating system |Windows 7 or later |
-|Memory |16 GB RAM |
-|Hard drive space |At least 8 GB of free space, formatted using the NTFS file system for better security |
-|Active Directory (AD) |Devices must be domain-joined |
-|SQL Server |Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition 2012 or later |
-|Visual Studio |Visual Studio 2015 or later |
-|Node.js® package manager |npm Developer version or higher |
-|Additional server infrastructure |Internet Information Service (IIS) 6.0 or later |
-
-## Role assignments and available actions
-Admins can assign roles to employees for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, allowing the employees to perform specific actions, as described in this table.
-
-|Role assignment |Available actions |
-|----------------|------------------|
-|Requester |
|
-|Approver
(includes the App Manager and Group Head roles) |
|
-|Administrator |
|
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Portal workflow by employee role
-The following workflow describes how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-1. [The Requester submits a change request for an app](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-2. [The Requester tests the change request info, verifying its accuracy](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-3. [The Approver(s) group accepts the change request](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-4. [The Requester schedules the change for the production environment](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-5. [The change is verified against the production site list and signed off](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [How to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f68c42ca3c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add individual website domains and domain paths and to specify whether the site renders using Enterprise Mode or the default mode.
-
-[!INCLUDE [enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include](../../enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md)]
-
-## Using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-The following topics give you more information about the things that you can do with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to edit the compatibility mode for specific websites.
-Because we’ve added the IE7 Enterprise Mode option, we’ve had to rename the original functionality of Enterprise Mode to be IE8 Enterprise Mode. We’ve also replaced Edge Mode with IE11 Document Mode, so you can explicitly use IE11 on Windows 10.
-
-## Turning on and using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-For instructions about how to add IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode to your webpages and apps, see:
-
-- [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-For instructions and more info about how to fix your compatibility issues using Enterprise Mode, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e06b8b806..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to make sure your change request info is accurate within the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-> [!Important]
-> This step requires that each Requester have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-The Requester successfully submits a change request to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and then gets an email, including:
-
-- **EMIE_RegKey**. A batch file that when run, sets the registry key to point to the local pre-production Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-- **Test steps**. The suggested steps about how to test the change request details to make sure they're accurate in the pre-production environment.
-
-- **EMIE_Reset**. A batch file that when run, reverts the changes made to the pre-production registry.
-
-## Verify and send the change request to Approvers
-The Requester tests the changes and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Pre-production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify changes and send to the Approver(s)**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. The Requester reviews the pre-defined Approver(s), and then clicks **Send for approval**.
-
- The Requester, the Approver group, and the Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request is waiting for approval.
-
-
-**To rollback your pre-production changes**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Issue description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
- The change request and issue info are sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the pre-production environment.
-
- After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request can be updated and re-submitted.
-
-
-## View rolled back change requests
-The original Requester and the Administrator(s) group can view the rolled back change requests.
-
-**To view the rolled back change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rolled back** from the left pane.
-
- All rolled back change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-## Next steps
-If the change request is certified as successful, the Requester must next send it to the Approvers for approval. For the Approver-related steps, see the [Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8387697841..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Requester makes sure that the change request update is accurate within the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-## Verify and sign off on the update in the production environment
-The Requester tests the changes in the production environment and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify the changes and sign off**
-- On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful**, optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results, optionally includes a description of the change, and then clicks **Sign off**.
-
- The Requester, Approver group, and Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request has been signed off.
-
-
-**To rollback production changes**
-1. On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Change description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
- The info is sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the production environment.
-
- After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request is automatically handled in the production and pre-production environment site lists.
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ae2c865ea..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to view the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Any employee with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal can view the apps included in the current Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-**To view the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Production sites list** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Production sites list** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Click any URL to view the actual site, using the compatibility mode and opening in the correct browser.
-
-
-**To export the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. On the **Production sites list** page, click **Export**.
-
-2. Save the ProductionSiteList.xlsx file.
-
- The Excel file includes all apps in the current Enterprise Mode Site List, including URL, compatibility mode, and assigned browser.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b10897a3d3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-## What is Enterprise Mode?
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
diff --git a/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md b/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e506d779b2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-Based on the size of your legacy web app dependency, determined by the data collected with [Windows Upgrade Analytics](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2016/09/26/new-windows-10-and-office-365-features-for-the-secure-productive-enterprise/), there are several options from which you can choose to configure your enterprise browsing environment:
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser.
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser and use Enterprise Mode to open sites in Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) that use IE proprietary technologies.
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser and open all intranet sites in IE11.
-
-- Use IE11 as your primary browser and use Enterprise Mode to open sites in Microsoft Edge that use modern web technologies.
-
-For more info about when to use which option, and which option is best for you, see the [Continuing to make it easier for Enterprise customers to upgrade to Internet Explorer 11 — and Windows 10](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/11/23/windows-10-1511-enterprise-improvements) blog.
diff --git a/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md b/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 21e15f6d8d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-
-## Helpful information and additional resources
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Technical guidance, tools, and resources on Enterprise browsing](https://technet.microsoft.com/ie)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](../enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-- [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](../enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)
-
-- [Web Application Compatibility Lab Kit](https://technet.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/mt612809.aspx)
-
-- [Microsoft Services Support](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoftservices/support.aspx)
-
-- [Find a Microsoft partner on Pinpoint](https://partnercenter.microsoft.com/pcv/search)
-
-
-
-
-
-- [Web Application Compatibility Lab Kit for Internet Explorer 11](https://technet.microsoft.com/browser/mt612809.aspx)
-- [Download Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=290956)
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=760646)
-- [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list)
diff --git a/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md b/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 31961c97a1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Importing your file overwrites everything that’s currently in the tool, so make sure it’s what want to do.
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **File \> Import**.
-
-2. Go to the exported .EMIE file.
ActiveX control installation requires administrator-level permissions.
-
-## Group Policy for the ActiveX Installer Service
-
-You use the ActiveX Installer Service (AXIS) and Group Policy to manage your ActiveX control deployment. The AXIS-related settings can be changed using either the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor, and include:
-
-- **Approved Installation Sites for ActiveX Controls.** A list of approved installation sites used by AXIS to determine whether it can install a particular ActiveX control.
-
-- **ActiveX installation policy for sites in trusted zones.** Identifies how AXIS should behave when a website tries to install an ActiveX control. First, AXIS looks to see if the site appears in either the list of approved installation sites or in the **Trusted sites** zone. If the does, then AXIS checks to make sure the control meets your company's policy requirements. If the ActiveX control meets all of these requirements, the control is installed.
-
-For more information about the ActiveX Installer Service, see [Administering the ActiveX Installer Service in Windows 7](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/dd631688(v=ws.10)).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 455bae28bd..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you get the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal up and running, you must add your employees. During this process, you'll also assign roles and groups.
-
-The available roles are:
-
-- **Requester.** The primary role to assign to employees that need to access the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. The Requester can create change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal change requests, and sign off and close personal change requests.
-
-- **App Manager.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The App Manager can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests.
-
-- **Group Head.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The Group Head can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests.
-
-- **Administrator.** The role with the highest-level rights; we recommend limiting the number of employees you grant this role. The Administrator can perform any task that can be performed by the other roles, in addition to adding employees to the portal, assigning employee roles, approving registrations to the portal, configuring portal settings (for example, determining the freeze schedule, determining the pre-production and production XML paths, and determining the attachment upload location), and using the standalone Enterprise Mode Site List Manager page.
-
-**To add an employee to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Employee Management** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Employee management** page appears.
-
-2. Click **Add a new employee**.
-
- The **Add a new employee** page appears.
-
-3. Fill out the fields for each employee, including:
-
- - **Email.** Add the employee's email address.
-
- - **Name.** This box autofills based on the email address.
-
- - **Role.** Pick a single role for the employee, based on the list above.
-
- - **Group name.** Pick the name of the employee's group. The group association also assigns a group of Approvers.
-
- - **Comments.** Add optional comments about the employee.
-
- - **Active.** Click the check box to make the employee active in the system. If you want to keep the employee in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box.
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-**To export all employees to an Excel spreadsheet**
-1. On the **Employee management** page, click **Export to Excel**.
-
-2. Save the EnterpriseModeUsersList.xlsx file.
-
- The Excel file includes all employees with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, including user name, email address, role, and group name.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 57c8991c7d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the Bulk add from file area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 20aF07c4-051a-451f-9c46-5a052d9Ae27c
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-If you want to add your websites one at a time, see Add sites to the [Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file
-You can create and use a custom text file to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. For more info about the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
-- **Version number.** This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-- **<emie> tag.** This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that must be rendered using IE7 Enterprise Mode, IE8 Enterprise Mode, or the default IE11 browser environment.
If you decide a site requires IE7 Enterprise Mode, you must add `forceCompatView=”true”` to your XML file. That code tells Enterprise Mode to check for a `DOCTYPE` tag on the specified webpage. If there is, the site renders using Windows Internet Explorer 7. If there’s no tag, the site renders using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.
-
-- <docMode> tag.This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that need either to appear using the specific doc mode you assigned to the site. Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.1 XML schema example
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-```
-
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (.
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
-- **site-list version number**. This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-- **<compat-mode> tag.** This tag specifies what compatibility setting are used for specific sites or domains.
-
-- **<open-in> tag.** This tag specifies what browser opens for each sites or domain.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 XML schema example
-
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-```xml
-
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Windows 7 and 8.1 Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
If you're using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Add**.
-
-2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see the Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) or the Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
If you're using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Add**.
-
-2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
Your Group Policy tools use the ADMX files in your store, ignoring any local copies. For more information about creating a central store, see Scenario 1: Editing the Local GPO Using ADMX Files.
-
-## Administrative Templates-related Group Policy settings
-When you install Internet Explorer 11, it updates the local administrative files, Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml, both located in the **PolicyDefinitions** folder.
-
You won't see the new policy settings if you try to view or edit your policy settings on a computer that isn't running IE11. To fix this, you can either install IE11, or you can copy the updated Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml files from another computer to the PolicyDefinitions folder on this computer.
-
-IE11 provides these new policy settings, which are editable in the Local Group Policy Editor, and appear in the following policy paths:
-
-- Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
-- User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
-
-|Catalog |Description |
-| ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------|
-|IE |Turns standard IE configuration on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Accelerators |Sets up and manages Accelerators. |
-|Internet Explorer\Administrator Approved Controls |Turns ActiveX controls on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Application Compatibility |Turns the **Cut**, **Copy**, or **Paste** operations on or off. This setting also requires that `URLACTION_SCRIPT_PASTE` is set to **Prompt**. |
-|Internet Explorer\Browser Menus |Shows or hides the IE menus and menu options.|
-|Internet Explorer\Corporate Settings |Turns off whether you specify the code download path for each computer. |
-|Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History |Turns the **Delete Browsing History** settings on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel |Turns pages on and off in the **Internet Options** dialog box. Also turns on and off the subcategories that manage settings on the **Content**, **General**, **Security** and **Advanced** pages. |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Settings |Sets up and manages the **Advanced settings**, **AutoComplete**, **Display Settings**, and **URL Encoding** options. |
-|Internet Explorer\Persistence Behavior |Sets up and manages the file size limits for Internet security zones. |
-|Internet Explorer\Privacy |Turns various privacy-related features on and off. |
-|Internet Explorer\Security Features |Turns various security-related features on and off in the browser, Windows Explorer, and other applications. |
-|Internet Explorer\Toolbars |Turns on and off the ability for users to edit toolbars in the browser. You can also set the default toolbar buttons here. |
-|RSS Feeds |Sets up and manages RSS feeds in the browser. |
-
-
-## Editing Group Policy settings
-Regardless which tool you're using to edit your Group Policy settings, you'll need to follow one of these guides for step-by-step editing instructions:
-
-- **If you're using the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor.** See [Edit Administrative Template Policy Settings](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc771479(v=ws.11)) for step-by-step instructions about editing your Administrative Templates.
-
-- **If you're using GPMC with Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM).** See [Checklist: Create, Edit, and Deploy a GPO](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/agpm/checklist-create-edit-and-deploy-a-gpo-agpm40) for step-by-step instructions about how to check out a GPO from the AGPM archive, edit it, and request deployment.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 April 2018 Update](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=56880)
-- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 October 2018 Update](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=57576)
-- [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 07687792a3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Approvers can approve open change requests in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is successfully submitted to the pre-defined Approver(s), employees granted the role of **App Manager**, **Group Head**, or **Administrator**, they must approve the changes.
-
-## Approve or reject a change request
-The Approvers get an email stating that a Requester successfully opened, tested, and submitted the change request to the Approvers group. The Approvers can accept or reject a change request.
-
-**To approve or reject a change request**
-1. The Approver logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **All Approvals** page.
-
- The Approver can also get to the **All Approvals** page by clicking **Approvals Pending** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Approver clicks the expander arrow (**\/**) to the right side of the change request, showing the list of Approvers and the **Approve** and **Reject** buttons.
-
-3. The Approver reviews the change request, making sure it's correct. If the info is correct, the Approver clicks **Approve** to approve the change request. If the info seems incorrect, or if the app shouldn't be added to the site list, the Approver clicks **Reject**.
-
- An email is sent to the Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group, with the updated status of the request.
-
-
-## Send a reminder to the Approver(s) group
-If the change request is sitting in the approval queue for too long, the Requester can send a reminder to the group.
-
-- From the **My Approvals** page, click the checkbox next to the name of each Approver to be reminded, and then click **Send reminder**.
-
- An email is sent to the selected Approver(s).
-
-
-## View rejected change requests
-The original Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group can all view the rejected change request.
-
-**To view the rejected change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rejected** from the left pane.
-
- All rejected change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After an Approver approves the change request, it must be scheduled for inclusion in the production Enterprise Mode Site List. For the scheduling steps, see the [Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f87e4e9cc9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3fbbc2c8-859b-4b2e-abc3-de2c299e0938
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You might experience some problems using automatic configuration and auto-proxy with Internet Explorer 11.
-
-## Branding changes aren't distributed using automatic configuration
-If you've turned on the **Disable external branding of Internet Explorer** Group Policy Object, you won't be able to use automatic configuration to distribute your branding changes to your users' computers. When this object is turned on, it prevents the branding of IE by a non-Microsoft company or entity, such as an Internet service provider or Internet content provider. For more information about automatic configuration, see [Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) and [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md). For more information about Group Policy settings, see [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md).
-
-## Proxy server setup issues
-If you experience issues while setting up your proxy server, you can try these troubleshooting steps:
-
-- Check to make sure the proxy server address is right.
-
-- Check that both **Automatically detect settings** and **Automatic configuration** are turned on in the browser.
-
-- Check that the browser is pointing to the right automatic configuration script location.
-
- **To check your proxy server address**
-
-1. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then **Connections**.
-
-2. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**, and then look at your proxy server address.
-
-3. If you have multiple proxy servers, click **Advanced** to look at all of the additional addresses.
If IE11 uses a proxy server for local IP addresses, regardless whether you turned on the **Bypass Proxy Server for Local Addresses** option, see [Internet Explorer Uses Proxy Server for Local IP Address Even if the "Bypass Proxy Server for Local Addresses" Option Is Turned On](/troubleshoot/browsers/internet-explorer-uses-proxy-server-local-ip-address).
-
- **To check that you've turned on the correct settings**
-
-4. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click **Connections**.
-
-5. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**.
-
-6. In the **Automatic configuration** area, check that you've clicked the **Automatically detect settings** box. If you've turned on automatic configuration, check to make sure that you've also clicked the **Use automatic configuration script** box.
If at this point everything is set up correctly, but the proxy server still isn't behaving properly, click the **Detect my network settings** box in the **Error** dialog box to try to detect the proxy server, again.
-
- **To check that you're pointing to the correct automatic configuration script location**
-
-7. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click **Connections**.
-
-8. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**.
-
-9. In the **Automatic configuration** area, check that you've chosen the **Use automatic configuration script** box, and that it has the correct location to your automatic configuration script or for your automatic proxy URL.
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10ff22508d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 90308d59-45b9-4639-ab1b-497e5ba19023
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Automatic configuration lets you apply custom branding and graphics to your internal Internet Explorer installations, running on Windows 8.1 or Windows Server 2012 R2. For more information about adding custom branding and graphics to your IE package, see [Customize the toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md).
You'll only see and be able to use the **IE Customization Wizard 11 - Automatic Configuration** page if you're creating an internal IE installation package. For more information about the **IE Customization Wizard 11 - Automatic Configuration** page, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Adding the automatic configuration registry key
-For custom graphics and branding, add the `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING` registry key to your IE installation package.
Follow these directions carefully because serious problems can occur if you update your registry incorrectly. For added protection, back up your registry so you can restore it if a problem occurs.
-
- **To add the registry key**
-
-1. On the **Start** screen, type **regedit**, and then click **Regedit.exe**.
-
-2. Right-click the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\FeatureControl` subkey, point to **New**, and then click **Key**.
-
-3. Enter the new key name, `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING`, and then press Enter.
-
-4. Right-click `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING`, point to **New**, and then click **DWORD (32-bit) Value**.
-
-5. Enter the new DWORD value name, **iexplore.exe**, and then press Enter.
-
-6. Right-click **iexplore.exe**, and then click **Modify**.
-
-7. In the **Value data** box, enter **1**, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. Exit the registry editor.
-
-## Updating your automatic configuration settings
-After adding the `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING` registry key, you can change your automatic configuration settings to pick up the updated branding.
-
Your branding changes won't be added or updated if you've previously chosen the Disable external branding of IE setting in the User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer Group Policy object. This setting is intended to prevent branding by a third-party, like an Internet service or content provider. For more information about Group Policy, including videos and the latest technical documentation, see the Group Policy TechCenter.
-
- **To update your settings**
-
-1. Open the IE Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-2. Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** check box to allow automatic detection of browser settings.
-
-3. Choose the **Enable Automatic Configuration** box to let you change the rest of the configuration options, including:
-
- - **Automatically configure every box:** Type how often IE should check for configuration updates. Typing **0** (zero), or not putting in any number, means that automatic configuration only happens when the computer restarts.
-
- - **Automatic Configuration URL (.INS file) box:** Type the location of your automatic configuration script.
-
- - **Automatic proxy URL (.JS, .JVS, or .PAC file) box:** Type the location of your automatic proxy script.
Internet Explorer 11 no longer supports using file server locations with your proxy configuration (.pac) files. To keep using your .pac files, you have to keep them on a web server and reference them using a URL, like `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-If your branding changes aren't correctly deployed after running through this process, see [Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Locking your automatic configuration settings
-You have two options to restrict your users' ability to override the automatic configuration settings, based on your environment.
-
-- **Using Microsoft Active Directory.** Choose **Disable changing Automatic Configuration settings** from the Administrative Templates setting.
-
-- **Not Using Active Directory.** Choose the **Disable changing Automatic Configuration settings** setting in the `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` Group Policy object.
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf9f448755..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6753cf4-3276-43c5-aae9-200e9e82753f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you specify the specific settings related to automatic detection on your Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS) servers, you can set up your users' browser settings from a central location.
-
-Automatic detection works even if the browser wasn't originally set up or installed by the administrator.
-
-- **Using DHCP servers:** For local area network (LAN)-based users. This server type lets you specify your global and subnet TCP/IP parameters centrally, defining your users' parameters by using reserved addresses. By doing it this way, a computer can move between subnets, automatically reconfiguring for TCP/IP when it starts.
-
-- **Using DNS servers:** For users on dial-up connections. This server type uses a set of protocols and services on a TCP/IP network, which lets users search for other computers by using hierarchical, user-friendly names (hosts), instead of numeric IP addresses.
DHCP has a higher priority than DNS for automatic configuration. If DHCP provides the URL to a .pac, .jvs, .js, or .ins configuration file, the process stops and the DNS lookup doesn't happen.
-
-## Updating your automatic detection settings
-To use automatic detection, you have to set up your DHCP and DNS servers.
Your DHCP servers must support the `DHCPINFORM` message, to obtain the DHCP options.
-
- **To turn on automatic detection for DHCP servers**
-
-1. Open the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-2. Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect your browser settings. For more information about the **Automatic Configuration** page, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-3. Open the [DHCP Administrative Tool](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd145324(v=ws.10)), create a new option type, using the code number 252, and then associate it with the URL to your configuration file. For detailed instructions about how to do this, see [Create an option 252 entry in DHCP](/previous-versions/tn-archive/bb794881(v=technet.10)).
-
- **To turn on automatic detection for DNS servers**
-
-4. Open the IE Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-5. Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect your browser settings.
-
-6. In your DNS database file, create a host record named, **WPAD**. This record has the IP address of the web server storing your automatic configuration (.js, .jvs, .pac, or .ins) file.
For more information about creating a **WPAD** entry, see [Creating a WPAD entry in DNS](/previous-versions/tn-archive/cc995062(v=technet.10)).
-
-7. After the database file propagates to the server, the DNS name, `wpad.
Internet Explorer 11 creates a default URL template based on the host name, **wpad**. For example, `https://wpad.
IE11 no longer supports using file server locations with your proxy configuration (.pac) files. To keep using your .pac files, you have to keep them on a web server and reference them using a URL, like `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-## Locking your auto-proxy settings
-You have two options to restrict your users' ability to override the automatic configuration settings, based on your environment.
-
-- **Using Microsoft Active Directory.** Choose **Disable changing proxy settings** from the Administrative Templates setting.
-
-- **Not Using Active Directory.** Choose the **Prevent changing proxy settings** setting in the `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` Group Policy object. For more information about Group Policy, see the [Group Policy TechCenter](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f6488e0a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-description: This page is periodically updated with new ActiveX controls blocked by this feature.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
-ms.topic: article
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-ms.assetid: ''
-ms.reviewer:
-ms.sitesec: library
----
-
-# Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos and games, and let you interact with content, like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren't automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It's very important that you keep your ActiveX controls up to date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, Internet Explorer includes a security feature called _out-of-date ActiveX control blocking_.
-
-We'll periodically update this page with new ActiveX controls blocked by this feature. We'll typically provide one month's advance notice before adding new controls to the list.
-
-You will receive a notification if a webpage tries to load one of the following of ActiveX control versions:
-
-**Java**
-
-| Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE) 1.4, everything below (but not including) update 43 |
-|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| J2SE 5.0, everything below (but not including) update 99 |
-| Java SE 6, everything below (but not including) update 181 |
-| Java SE 7, everything below (but not including) update 171 |
-| Java SE 8, everything below (but not including) update 161 |
-| Java SE 9, everything below (but not including) update 4 |
-
-**Silverlight**
-
-
-| Everything below (but not including) Silverlight 5.1.50907.0 |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------|
-| |
-
-For more information, see [Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md) and [Internet Explorer begins blocking out-of-date ActiveX controls](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/ie/archive/2014/08/06/internet-explorer-begins-blocking-out-of-date-activex-controls.aspx). You can also view Microsoft's complete list of out-of-date ActiveX controls in the XML-based [version list](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=403864).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fc8a84465..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: performance
-description: Browser cache changes and roaming profiles
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f0cd01-6f82-4bd1-9c0b-285af1ce3436
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Browser cache changes and roaming profiles (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/16/2017
----
-
-
-# Browser cache changes and roaming profiles
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-We’ve redesigned the browser cache to improve the performance, flexibility, reliability, and scalability of Internet Explorer and the apps that rely on the Windows Internet (WinINet) cache. Our new database design stops multiple clients from simultaneously accessing and using cached information, while also providing a higher level of data integrity.
-
-You won’t notice any changes to the management of your roaming profile data if you use our new database implementation in conjunction with the [roaming user profile guidelines](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj649079(v=ws.11)). This means that IE data that’s stored in the `AppData\Roaming` user profile folder is still be uploaded to your normal profile storage location after a user successfully logs off.
Cookies in a roaming profile can only be set by Internet Explorer for the desktop, with Enhanced Protected Mode turned off. Cookies set by the immersive version of IE or by Microsoft Store apps, can’t be part of a roaming profile. For more information about persistent cookies and roaming, see [Persistent cookies are not roamed in Internet Explorer](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=401545).
-
-To get the best results while using roaming profiles, we strongly recommend the following:
-
-- Create a separate roaming repository for each domain account that uses roaming.
-
-- Restrict roaming user profiles so they work on only one computer at a time. Using a single roaming profile on multiple computers isn’t supported (via console or Remote Desktop) and can cause unpredictable results, including cookie loss.
-
-- Allow all computers that let users sign-on with a roaming profile have identical IE cookie policies and settings.
-
-- Make sure to delete the user’s local roaming profile at sign off for any computer using user profile roaming. You can do this by turning on the **Delete cached copies of roaming profiles** Group Policy Object.
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1617af18d5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-title: Change history for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: This topic lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 Deployment Guide documentation for Windows 10.
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-
-# Change history for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-This topic lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 documentation for Windows 10.
-
-## April 2017
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)|Updates to the Enterprise Mode section to include info about the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. |
-
-## March 2017
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated to add the Allow VBScript to run in Internet Explorer and the Hide the button (next to the New Tab button) that opens Microsoft Edge settings. |
-
-## November 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md) |Updated the DocMode reason section to correct Code 8 and to add Code 9.|
-
-## August 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) |Updated to remove the IP range restrictions and to add code examples for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) |Updated to remove the IP range restrictions and to add code examples for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. |
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)|Added the Understanding the returned reason codes section to the topic. |
-
-## July 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated to include the comprehensive list of Group Policies that were added with Internet Explorer 11. |
-
-## June 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated with 2 new policies, Send all sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge and Show message when opening sites in Microsoft Edge using Enterprise Mode. |
-
-
-## May 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) | Added info about using <emie> and <docMode> together. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b4b3e6f1f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode.
-ms.assetid: 2bbc7017-622e-4baa-8981-c0bbda10e9df
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 08/14/2017
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
----
-
-
-# Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode. You can add and remove sites from your XML list as frequently as you want, changing which sites should render in Enterprise Mode for your employees. For information about turning on Enterprise Mode and using site lists, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-The information in this topic only covers HTTPS protocol. We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS protocol instead of file protocol due to increased performance.
-
-**How Internet Explorer 11 looks for an updated site list**
-
-1. Internet Explorer starts up and looks for an updated site list in the following places:
-
- 1. **In the cache container.** IE first checks the cache container to see if it finds your XML site list.
-
- 2. **In the local cache.** If there’s nothing in the cache container, IE checks your local cache for the site list.
-
- 3. **On the server.** Based on standard IE caching rules, IE might look for a copy of your site list in the location you put specified in the **SiteList** value of the registry.
-
-2. If there’s an .xml file in the cache container, IE waits 65 seconds and then checks the local cache for a newer version of the file from the server, based on standard caching rules. If the server file has a different version number than the version in the cache container, the server file is used and stored in the cache container.
If you’re already using a site list, enterprise mode continues to work during the 65 second wait; it just uses your existing site list instead of your new one.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 810264c501..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 21b6a301-c222-40bc-ad0b-27f66fc54d9d
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-In this section, you can learn about how to deploy your custom version of Internet Explorer using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) or using your software distribution tools.
-
-## In this section
-
-| Topic | Description |
-|------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |
-|[Deploy IE11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)](deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md) |Guidance about how to deploy your custom browser packages using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS). |
-|[Deploy IE11 using software distribution tools](deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md) |Guidance about how to deploy your custom browser packages using System Center 2012 R2, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Group Policy software installation, or Microsoft Deployment toolkit (MDT). |
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0175cb7bbe..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9572f5f1-5d67-483e-bd63-ffea95053481
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Before you install Internet Explorer 11, you should:
-
-- **Migrate Group Policy Objects.** Decide if your Group Policy Objects should migrate to the new version.
-
-- **Check vendor support for updated functionality.** Check whether third-party vendors have new versions or updates to necessary add-ons, apps, or code libraries.
-
-- **Choose the right version of Internet Explorer.** IE11 comes pre-installed on Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2 or you can download it for Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) from the [Internet Explorer Downloads](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214251) site.
-
-- **Choose how you'll deploy your installation package.** Your deployment method should be based on whether you're installing to computers already running Windows, or if you're deploying IE11 as part of a Windows installation.
-
- - **Existing computers running Windows.** Use Configuration Manager, System Center Essentials 2010, Windows Server Updates Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Intune to deploy IE11. For more information about how to use these systems, see [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), [System Center Essentials 2010](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=395200), [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)), and [Microsoft Intune Overview](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/microsoft-intune).
-
- - **As part of a Windows deployment.** Update your Windows images to include IE11, and then add the update to your MDT deployment share or to your Windows image. For instructions about how to create and use Windows images, see [Create and Manage a Windows Image Using DISM](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825251(v=win.10)). For general information about deploying IE, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/), [Windows ADK Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825486(v=win.10)).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 961f15218c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: a145e80f-eb62-4116-82c4-3cc35fd064b6
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades.
-
->**Upgrade Readiness and Windows upgrades**
->You can use Upgrade Readiness to help manage your Windows 10 upgrades on devices running Windows 8.1 and Windows 7 (SP1). You can also use Upgrade Readiness to review several site discovery reports. For more information, see [Manage Windows upgrades with Upgrade Readiness](/windows/deployment/upgrade/manage-windows-upgrades-with-upgrade-readiness).
-
-
-## Before you begin
-Before you start, you need to make sure you have the following:
-
-- Latest cumulative security update (for all supported versions of Internet Explorer):
-
- 1. Go to the [Microsoft Security Bulletin](/security-updates/) page, and change the filter to **Windows Internet Explorer 11**.
-
- 
-
- 2. Click the title of the latest cumulative security update, and then scroll down to the **Affected software** table.
-
- 
-
- 3. Click the link that represents both your operating system version and Internet Explorer 11, and then follow the instructions in the **How to get this update** section.
-
-- [Setup and configuration package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=517719), including:
-
- - Configuration-related PowerShell scripts
-
- - IETelemetry.mof file
-
- - Sample System Center 2012 report templates
-
- You must use System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or later for these samples to work.
-
-Both the PowerShell script and the Managed Object Format (.MOF) file need to be copied to the same location on the client device, before you run the scripts.
-
-## What data is collected?
-Data is collected on the configuration characteristics of IE and the sites it browses, as shown here.
-
-|Data point |IE11 |IE10 |IE9 |IE8 |Description |
-|------------------------|-----|-----|-----|-----|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|URL | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |URL of the browsed site, including any parameters included in the URL. |
-|Domain | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Top-level domain of the browsed site. |
-|ActiveX GUID | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |GUID of the ActiveX controls loaded by the site. |
-|Document mode | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Document mode used by IE for a site, based on page characteristics. |
-|Document mode reason | ✔️ | ✔️ | | |The reason why a document mode was set by IE. |
-|Browser state reason | ✔️ | ✔️ | | |Additional information about why the browser is in its current state. Also called, browser mode. |
-|Hang count | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Number of visits to the URL when the browser hung. |
-|Crash count | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Number of visits to the URL when the browser crashed. |
-|Most recent navigation failure (and count) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Description of the most recent navigation failure (like, a 404 bad request or 500 internal server error) and the number of times it happened. |
-|Number of visits | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Number of times a site has been visited. |
-|Zone | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |Zone used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings. |
-
-
->**Important**
By default, IE doesn’t collect this data; you have to turn this feature on if you want to use it. After you turn on this feature, data is collected on all sites visited by IE, except during InPrivate sessions. Additionally, the data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-### Understanding the returned reason codes
-The following tables provide more info about the Document mode reason, Browser state reason, and the Zone codes that are returned as part of your data collection.
-
-#### DocMode reason
-The codes in this table can tell you what document mode was set by IE for a webpage.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|3 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_DOCUMENT_COMPATIBLE_MODE` feature control key.|
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible meta tag. |
-|5 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible HTTP header. |
-|6 |Page appears on an active **Compatibility View** list. |
-|7 |Page is using native XML parsing. |
-|8 |Page is using a special Quirks Mode Emulation (QME) mode that uses the modern layout engine, but the quirks behavior of Internet Explorer 5. |
-|9 |Page state is set by the browser mode and the page's DOCTYPE.|
-
-#### Browser state reason
-The codes in this table can tell you why the browser is in its current state. Also called “browser mode”.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|1 |Site is on the intranet, with the **Display intranet sites in Compatibility View** box checked. |
-|2 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|3 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created by the user. |
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible tag. |
-|5 |Page state is set by the **Developer** toolbar. |
-|6 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_BROWSER_EMULATION` feature control key. |
-|7 |Site appears on the Microsoft **Compatibility View (CV)** list. |
-|8 |Site appears on the **Quirks** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|11 |Site is using the default browser. |
-
-#### Zone
-The codes in this table can tell you what zone is being used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings.
These codes apply to Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|-1 |Internet Explorer is using an invalid zone. |
-|0 |Internet Explorer is using the Local machine zone. |
-|1 |Internet Explorer is using the Local intranet zone. |
-|2 |Internet Explorer is using the Trusted sites zone. |
-|3 |Internet Explorer is using the Internet zone. |
-|4 |Internet Explorer is using the Restricted sites zone. |
-
-## Where is the data stored and how do I collect it?
-The data is stored locally, in an industry-standard WMI class, .MOF file or in an XML file, depending on your configuration. This file remains on the client computer until it’s collected. To collect the files, we recommend:
-
-- **WMI file**. Use Microsoft Configuration Manager or any agent that can read the contents of a WMI class on your computer.
-
-- **XML file**. Any agent that works with XML can be used.
-
-## WMI Site Discovery suggestions
-We recommend that you collect your data for at most a month at a time, to capture a user’s typical workflow. We don’t recommend collecting data longer than that because the data is stored in a WMI provider and can fill up your computer’s hard drive. You may also want to collect data only for pilot users or a representative sample of people, instead of turning this feature on for everyone in your company.
-
-On average, a website generates about 250bytes of data for each visit, causing only a minor impact to Internet Explorer’s performance. Over the course of a month, collecting data from 20 sites per day from 1,000 users, you’ll get about 150MB of data:
The data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-## Getting ready to use Enterprise Site Discovery
-Before you can start to collect your data, you must run the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) on your client devices to start generating the site discovery data and to set up a place to store this data locally. Then, you must start collecting the site discovery data from the client devices, using one of these three options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
You must run this script if you’re using WMI as your data output. It's not necessary if you're using XML as your data output.
-
-**To set up Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`. For more info, see [about Execution Policies](/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_execution_policies).
-
-### WMI only: Set up your firewall for WMI data
-If you choose to use WMI as your data output, you need to make sure that your WMI data can travel through your firewall for the domain. If you’re sure, you can skip this section; otherwise, follow these steps:
-
-**To set up your firewall**
-
-1. In **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **Windows Firewall**.
-
-2. In the left pane, click **Allow an app or feature through Windows Firewall** and scroll down to check the box for **Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)**.
-
-3. Restart your computer to start collecting your WMI data.
-
-## Use PowerShell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can determine which zones or domains are used for data collection, using PowerShell. If you don’t want to use PowerShell, you can do this using Group Policy. For more info, see [Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-group-policy-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Important**
The .ps1 file updates turn on Enterprise Site Discovery and WMI collection for all users on a device.
-
-- **Domain allow list.** If you have a domain allow list, a comma-separated list of domains that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-- **Zone allow list.** If you have a zone allow list, a comma-separated list of zones that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-**To set up data collection using a domain allow list**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -SiteAllowList sharepoint.com,outlook.com,onedrive.com`.
-
- >**Important**
Wildcards, like \*.microsoft.com, aren’t supported.
-
-**To set up data collection using a zone allow list**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -ZoneAllowList Computer,Intranet,TrustedSites,Internet,RestrictedSites`.
-
- >**Important**
Only Computer, Intranet, TrustedSites, Internet, and RestrictedSites are supported.
-
-## Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery. If you don’t want to use Group Policy, you can do this using PowerShell. For more info, see [Use Powershell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-powershell-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Note**
All of the Group Policy settings can be used individually or as a group.
-
- **To set up Enterprise Site Discovery using Group Policy**
-
-- Open your Group Policy editor, and go to these new settings:
-
- |Setting name and location |Description |Options |
- |---------------------------|-------------|---------|
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output |Writes collected data to a WMI class, which can be aggregated using a client-management solution like Configuration Manager. |
|
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output |Writes collected data to an XML file, which is stored in your specified location. |
|
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by Zone |Manages which zone can collect data. |To specify which zones can collect data, you must include a binary number that represents your selected zones, based on this order:
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
0 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone
0 – Internet zone
1 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
1 – Local Machine zone |
- |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by domain |Manages which domains can collect data |To specify which domains can collect data, you must include your selected domains, one domain per line, in the provided box. It should look like:
outlook.com
onedrive.com
timecard.contoso.com
LOBApp.contoso.com |
-
-### Combining WMI and XML Group Policy settings
-You can use both the WMI and XML settings individually or together:
-
-**To turn off Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|Off|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|Blank|
-
-**Turn on WMI recording only**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|On|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|Blank|
-
-**To turn on XML recording only**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|Off|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|XML file path|
-
-**To turn on both WMI and XML recording**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|On|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|XML file path|
-
-## Use Configuration Manager to collect your data
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to get the local files off of your employee’s computers. To do this, use the hardware inventory process in Configuration Manager, using one of these options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor and a .MOF import file.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
-2. Click **Import**, choose the MOF file from the downloaded package we provided, and click **Open**.
-
-3. Pick the inventory items to install, and then click **Import**.
-
-4. Click **OK** to close the default windows.
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the using the Systems Management Server (SMS\DEF.MOF) file. Editing this file lets you collect your data for Configuration Manager 2007. If you aren’t using this version of Configuration Manager, you won’t want to use this option.
-
-**To collect your inventory**
-
-1. Using a text editor like Notepad, open the SMS\DEF.MOF file, located in your `
Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-## Turn off data collection on your client devices
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to turn Enterprise Site Discovery off.
-
-**To stop collecting data, using PowerShell**
-
-- On your client computer, start Windows PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 –IEFeatureOff`.
-
- >**Note**
Turning off data collection only disables the Enterprise Site Discovery feature – all data already written to WMI stays on your employee’s computer.
-
-
-**To stop collecting data, using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output`, and click **Off**.
-
-2. Go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output`, and clear the file path location.
-
-### Delete already stored data from client computers
-You can completely remove the data stored on your employee’s computers.
-
-**To delete all existing data**
-
-- On the client computer, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run these four commands:
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IEURLInfo`
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IESystemInfo`
-
- - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IECountInfo`
-
- - `Remove-Item -Path 'HKCU:\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\WMITelemetry'`
-
-## Related topics
-* [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746562)
-* [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index db62af6aab..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Administrator can use the Settings page to set up Groups and roles, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and the freeze dates for production changes.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The **Settings** page lets anyone with Administrator rights set up groups and roles, set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and choose the freeze dates for production changes.
-
-## Use the Environment settings area
-This area lets you specify the location of your production and pre-production environments, where to store your attachments, your settings location, and the website domain for email notifications.
-
-**To add location info**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Environment settings** area of the page, provide the info for your **Pre-production environment**, your **Production environment**, your **Attachments location**, your **Settings location**, and your **Website domain for email notifications**.
-
-3. Click **Credentials** to add the appropriate domain, user name, and password for each location, and then click **OK**.
-
-## Use the Group and role settings area
-After you set up your email credentials, you'll be able to add or edit your Group info, along with picking which roles must be Approvers for the group.
-
-**To add a new group and determine the required change request Approvers**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, click **Group details**.
-
- The **Add or edit group names** box appears.
-
-3. Click the **Add group** tab, and then add the following info:
-
- - **New group name.** Type name of your new group.
-
- - **Group head email.** Type the email address for the primary contact for the group.
-
- - **Group head name.** This box automatically fills, based on the email address.
-
- - **Active.** Click the check box to make the group active in the system. If you want to keep the group in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box.
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-
-**To set a group's required Approvers**
-1. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, choose the group name you want to update with Approvers from the **Group name** box.
-
-2. In the **Required approvers** area, choose which roles are required to approve a change request for the group. You can choose one or many roles.
-
- - **App Manager.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
- You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
- - **Group Head.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
- You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
- - **Administrator.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
-## Use the Freeze production changes area
-This optional area lets you specify a period when your employees must stop adding changes to the current Enterprise Mode Site List. This must include both a start and an end date.
-
-**To add the start and end dates**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Freeze production changes** area of the page, use the calendars to provide the **Freeze start date** and the **Freeze end date**. Your employees can't add apps to the production Enterprise Mode Site List during this span of time.
-
-3. Click **Save**.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cffb48a00d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to create a change request within the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Employees assigned to the Requester role can create a change request. A change request is used to tell the Approvers and the Administrator that a website needs to be added or removed from the Enterprise Mode Site List. The employee can navigate to each stage of the process by using the workflow links provided at the top of each page of the portal.
-
-> [!Important]
-> Each Requester must have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-**To create a new change request**
-1. The Requester (an employee that has been assigned the Requester role) signs into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and clicks **Create new request**.
-
- The **Create new request** page appears.
-
-2. Fill out the required fields, based on the group and the app, including:
-
- - **Group name.** Select the name of your group from the dropdown box.
-
- - **App name.** Type the name of the app you want to add, delete, or update in the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
- - **Search all apps.** If you can't remember the name of your app, you can click **Search all apps** and search the list.
-
- - **Add new app.** If your app isn't listed, you can click **Add new app** to add it to the list.
-
- - **Requested by.** Automatically filled in with your name.
-
- - **Description.** Add descriptive info about the app.
-
- - **Requested change.** Select whether you want to **Add to EMIE**, **Delete from EMIE**, or **Update to EMIE**.
-
- - **Reason for request.** Select the best reason for why you want to update, delete, or add the app.
-
- - **Business impact (optional).** An optional area where you can provide info about the business impact of this app and the change.
-
- - **App location (URL).** The full URL location to the app, starting with https:// or https://.
-
- - **App best viewed in.** Select the best browser experience for the app. This can be Internet Explorer 5 through Internet Explorer 11 or one of the IE7Enterprise or IE8Enterprise modes.
-
- - **Is an x-ua tag used?** Select **Yes** or **No** whether an x-ua-compatible tag is used by the app. For more info about x-ua-compatible tags, see the topics in [Defining document compatibility](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/compatibility/cc288325(v=vs.85)).
-
-4. Click **Save and continue** to save the request and get the app info sent to the pre-production environment site list for testing.
-
- A message appears that the request was successful, including a **Request ID** number, saying that the change is being made to the pre-production environment site list.
-
-5. The Requester gets an email with a batch script, that when run, configures their test machine for the pre-production environment, along with the necessary steps to make sure the changed info is correct.
-
- - **If the change is correct.** The Requester asks the approvers to approve the change request by selecting **Successful** and clicking **Send for approval**.
-
- - **If the change is incorrect.** The Requester can rollback the change in pre-production or ask for help from the Administrator.
-
-## Next steps
-
-After the change request is created, the Requester must make sure the suggested changes work in the pre-production environment. For these steps, see [Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 395703b43d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 44051f9d-63a7-43bf-a427-d0a0a1c717da
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You'll create multiple versions of your custom browser package if:
-
-- You support more than 1 version of Windows®.
-
-- You support more than 1 language.
-
-- You have custom installation packages with only minor differences. Like, having a different phone number.
-
- **To create a new package**
-
-1. Create an installation package using the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, as described in the [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options](../ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md) topic.
-
-2. Go to your **CIE/Custom** folder and rename the `Install.ins`file. For example, if you need a version for employees in Texas, rename the file to Texas.ins.
-
-3. Run the wizard again, using the Custom folder as the destination directory.
-Except for the **Title bar** text, **Favorites**, **Links bar**, **Home page**, and **Search bar**, keep all of your wizard settings the same for all of your build computers.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ddaef22325..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 10a14a09-673b-4f8b-8d12-64036135e7fd
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can customize Internet Explorer 11 to support various browser behaviors, multiple operating system versions and languages, and Setup information (.inf) files.
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
-|[Using IEAK 11 to create packages](using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md) |How to use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) and the IE Customization Wizard 11 to set up, configure, deploy, and maintain IE11. |
-|[Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages](create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md) |How to create multiple versions of your custom installation package, to support multiple operating systems or languages. |
-|[Using .INF files to create packages](using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md) |How to use the Microsoft® Windows Setup Engine to automate setup tasks and customize your component installations. |
-
-
-
-In addition, you can configure IE before, during, or after deployment, using these tools:
-
-- **IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11)**. Creates customized installation packages that can be deployed through your software distribution system. For more information about the IEAK 11, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md).
-
-- **Group Policy**. Configures and enforces IE11 settings. For more information about settings and configuration options, see [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md).
-
-- **Unattend.xml**. Customizes some of the IE settings during your Windows installation. This option only applies if you're updating a Windows image with IE11.
-You'll only see the new IE11 Unattend.xml settings if your Unattend.xml file's associated with a Windows image that includes the IE11 update. For more information about editing and using the Unattend.xml file, see [Unattended Windows Setup Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/ff699026(v=win.10)). For more information about using the Windows System Image Manager, see [Windows System Image Manager Technical Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824929(v=win.10)).
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 843d917596..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-description: Delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 41413459-b57f-48da-aedb-4cbec1e2981a
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-
- **To delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, pick the site you want to delete, and then click **Delete**.
-The site is permanently removed from your list.
-
-If you delete a site by mistake, you’ll need to manually add it back using the instructions in the following topics, based on operating system.
-
-- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f0c56de35..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: You can deploy Internet Explorer 11 to your users' computers by using your custom browser packages and Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f51224bd-3371-4551-821d-1d62310e3384
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can deploy Internet Explorer 11 to your users' computers by using your custom browser packages and Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS).
-
-## What is Automatic Version Synchronization?
-Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) lets you use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to synchronize the IE11 setup files on a local computer with the latest setup files on the web.
-
-You must synchronize the setup files at least once on the local computer, for each language and operating system combination, before proceeding through the rest of the wizard. If your packages have more than one version of IE, you need to keep the versions in separate component download folders, which can be pointed to from the **File Locations** page of the IEAK 11. For more information about using the AVS feature, see [Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md)
-.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-- [Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages](customize-ie11-install-packages.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eaac18e22..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: fd027775-651a-41e1-8ec3-d32eca876d8a
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If you already manage software distribution and updates on your network through software distribution tools, you can also use these tools for ongoing deployments of Internet Explorer. Software distribution tools include:
-
-- **Configuration Manager** Deploy and install Internet Explorer 11 on your user's computers through a software distribution package. For more information about using this tool, see [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)).
-
-- **Windows Server Update Services (WSUS).** Download a single copy of the IE11 updates, caching them to local servers so your users' computers can receive the updates directly from the WSUS servers, instead of through Windows Update. For more information about using this tool, see [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)).
-
-- **Group Policy Software Installation.** Deploy and install IE11 on your user's computers through a combination of Group Policy and Microsoft Active Directory. For more information about using this tool, see [Group Policy Software Installation overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738858(v=ws.10)).
-
-- **Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT).** Add the IE11 update to your deployment share, using MDT to update your previously-deployed Windows image. For more information about using this tool, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 513e6e6b22..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 24f4dcac-9032-4fe8-bf6d-2d712d61cb0c
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access. You pin a website simply by dragging its tab to the taskbar. Some websites can also extend the icon’s Jump List.
-
-The ability to pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar can help make end users in businesses more productive. As an IT professional, for example, you can pin intranet and SharePoint websites to the taskbar to make them immediately available to users. In this article, you learn how to deploy pinned websites by using Lite Touch Installation in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
-## Deploying pinned websites in MDT 2013
-This topic requires that you have a complete MDT 2013 deployment share that contains Windows 8.1 which comes with Internet Explorer 11. If you’re deploying to Windows 7 clients and need to learn how to add IE11 to an MDT 2013 deployment share as an update, see [Installing Internet Explorer 11 using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](./install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md) in the TechNet library.
-
-Deploying pinned websites in MDT 2013 is a 4-step process:
-
-1. Create a .website file for each website that you want to deploy. When you pin a website to the taskbar, Windows 8.1 creates a .website file that describes how the icon should look and feel.
-
-2. Copy the .website files to your deployment share.
-
-3. Copy the .website files to your target computers.
-
-4. Edit the task sequence of your Unattend.xml answer files to pin the websites to the taskbar. In particular, you want to add each .website file to the **TaskbarLinks** item in Unattend.xml during oobeSystem phase. You can add up to six .website files to the **TaskbarLinks** item.
-
-Pinned websites are immediately available to every user who logs on to the computer although the user must click each icon to populate its Jump List.
-
-**Important**
-To follow the examples in this topic, you’ll need to pin the Bing (https://www.bing.com/) and MSN (https://www.msn.com/) websites to the taskbar.
-
-### Step 1: Creating .website files
-The first step is to create a .website file for each website that you want to pin to the Windows 8.1 taskbar during deployment. A .website file is like a shortcut, except it’s a plain text file that describes not only the website’s URL but also how the icon looks.
-
- **To create each .website file**
-
-1. Open the website in IE11.
-
-2. Drag the website’s tab and drop it on the Windows 8.1 taskbar.
-
-3. Go to `%USERPROFILE%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Quick Launch\User Pinned\TaskBar` in Windows Explorer, and copy the bing.website and msn.website files to your desktop.
-
-### Step 2: Copying the .website files to the deployment share
-Next, you must enable your deployment share to copy the bing.website and msn.website files to the **Start** menu on each target computer.
-
- **To copy .website files to the deployment share**
-
-1. Open your MDT 2013 deployment share in Windows Explorer.
-
-2. In the `$OEM$` folder, create the path `$1\Users\Public\Public Links`. If the `$OEM$` folder doesn’t exist, create it at the root of your deployment share.
-
-3. Copy the bing.website and msn.website files from your desktop to `$OEM$\$1\Users\Public\Public Links` in your deployment share.
-
-### Step 3: Copying .website files to target computers
-After your operating system is installed on the target computer, you need to copy the .website files over so they can be pinned to the taskbar.
-
- **To copy .website files to target computers**
-
-1. In the **Deployment Workbench** of MDT 2013, open the deployment share containing the task sequence during which you want to deploy pinned websites, and then click **Task Sequences**.
-
-2. In the right pane of the **Deployment Workbench**, right-click your task sequence (create a new one if you don’t have one yet), and click **Properties**.
-
-3. In the **Task Sequence** tab, click the **Postinstall** folder, click **General** from the **Add** button, and then click **Run Command Line**.
-
-4. Rename the newly created item to *Copy Files* and move it up to the top of the **Postinstall** folder.
-
-5. In the **Command Line** box enter the following text, `xcopy "%DEPLOYROOT%\$OEM$\$1" "%OSDisk%\" /yqe`.
-
-6. Click the **Apply** button to save your changes.
-
-### Step 4: Pinning .website files to the Taskbar
-With the .website files ready to copy to the **Public Links** folder on target computers for all users, the last step is to edit the Unattend.xml answer files to pin those .website files to the taskbar. You will need to complete the following steps for each task sequence during which you want to pin these websites to the taskbar.
-
- **To pin .website files to the Taskbar**
-
-1. Open the Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM).
-
-2. On the **OS Info** tab, click **Edit Unattend.xml** to open the Unattend.xml file.
-
-2. In the **Windows Image** pane, under **Components** and then **Microsoft-Windows-Shell-Setup**, right-click **TaskbarLinks**, and then click **Add Setting to Pass 7 oobeSystem**.
-
-3. In the **TaskbarLinks Properties** pane, add the relative path to the target computer’s (not the deployment share’s) .website files that you created earlier. You can add up to six links to the **TaskbarLinks** item. For example, `%PUBLIC%\Users\Public\Public Links\Bing.website` and `%PUBLIC%\Users\Public\Public Links\MSN.website`
-
-4. On the **File** menu, click **Save Answer File**, and then close Windows SIM.
-
-5. To close the task sequence, click **OK**.
-
-## Updating intranet websites for pinning
-The MDT 2013 deployment share and task sequences are now ready to pin websites to the taskbar during deployment. This pinning feature can include intranet sites important in your organization.
-
-You can make your intranet websites act more like applications by extending them to fully support the Windows 8.1 taskbar. This includes creating custom Jump Lists, thumbnail previews, and notifications. For info about extending your intranet websites, see [Pinned Sites Developer Documentation](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/samples/gg491731(v=vs.85)) on MSDN. For more ideas about what to pin, see [Add-ons](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=398483) in the Internet Explorer Gallery.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Unattended Windows Setup Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/ff699026(v=win.10))
-- [Windows System Image Manager Technical Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824929(v=win.10))
-- [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/)
-- [Windows ADK Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825486(v=win.10))
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cfa201d18..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Windows Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 00cb1f39-2b20-4d37-9436-62dc03a6320b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Windows Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices. Starting with Windows 10, we’re deprecating document modes.
-
-This means that while Internet Explorer 11 will continue to support document modes, Microsoft Edge won’t. And because of that, it also means that if you want to use Microsoft Edge, you’re going to have to update your legacy webpages and apps to support modern features, browsers, and devices.
-
->**Note**
->For specific details about the technologies and APIs that are no longer supported in Microsoft Edge, see [A break from the past, part 2: Saying goodbye to ActiveX, VBScript, attachEvent](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615953).
-
-## What is document mode?
-Each release after Internet Explorer 8 has helped with the transition by introducing additional document modes that emulated previously supported versions, while also introducing support for features defined by industry standards. During this time, numerous websites and apps were updated to the latest and greatest industry standards, while many other sites and apps continued to simply rely on document modes to work properly.
-
-Because our goal with Microsoft Edge is to give users the best site and app viewing experience possible, we’ve decided to stop support for document modes. All websites and apps using legacy features and code will need to be updated to rely on the new modern standards and practices.
-
-If you have legacy sites and apps that can’t be updated to modern standards, you can continue to use IE11 and document modes. We recommend that you use the **IE11 Standards document mode** because it represents the highest support available for modern standards. You should also use the HTML5 document type declaration to turn on the latest supported standards while using IE11:``.
-
-## Document modes and IE11
-The compatibility improvements made in IE11 lets older websites just work in the latest standards mode, by default, without requiring emulation of the previous browser behavior. Because older websites are now just working, we’ve decided that Internet Explorer 10 document mode will be the last new document mode. Instead, developers will need to move to using the IE11 document mode going forward.
-
-## Document mode selection flowchart
-This flowchart shows how IE11 works when document modes are used.
-
-
-[Click this link to enlarge image](img-ie11-docmode-lg.md)
-
-## Known Issues with Internet Explorer 8 document mode in Enterprise Mode
-The default document mode for Enterprise Mode is Internet Explorer 8. While this mode provides a strong emulation of that browser, it isn’t an exact match. For example, Windows Internet Explorer 9 fundamentally changed how document modes work with iframes and document modes can’t undo architectural changes. It’s also a known issue that Windows 10 supports GDI font rendering while using Enterprise Mode, but uses natural metrics once outside of Enterprise Mode.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29574ab860..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 76aa9a85-6190-4c3a-bc25-0f914de228ea
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-
-If you need to edit a lot of websites, you probably don’t want to do it one at a time. Instead, you can edit your saved XML or TXT file and add the sites back again. For information about how to do this, depending on your operating system and schema version, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To change how your page renders**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, double-click the site you want to change.
-
-2. Change the comment or the compatibility mode option.
-
-3. Click **Save** to validate your changes and to add the updated information to your site list.
-If your change passes validation, it’s added to the global site list. If the update doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the update or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. For more information about fixing validation issues, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save the updated file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e21f3e41ed..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6fe1cd3-0bfc-4d23-8016-c9601f674c0b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 4/12/2018
----
-
-
-# Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Add-ons let your employees personalize Internet Explorer. You can manage IE add-ons using Group Policy and Group Policy templates.
-
-There are four types of add-ons:
-
-- **Search Providers.** Type a term and see suggestions provided by your search provider.
-
-- **Accelerators.** Highlight text on a web page and then click the blue **Accelerator** icon to email, map, search, translate, or do many other tasks.
-
-- **Web Slices.** Subscribe to parts of a website to get real-time information on the Favorites bar.
-
-- **Toolbars.** Add features (like stock tickers) to your browser.
-
-## Using the Local Group Policy Editor to manage group policy objects
-You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to change how add-ons work in your organization.
-
- **To manage add-ons**
-
-1. In the Local Group Policy Editor, go to `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer`.
-
-2. Change any or all of these settings to match your company’s policy and requirements.
-
- - Turn off add-on performance notifications
-
- - Automatically activate newly installed add-ons
-
- - Do not allow users to enable or disable add-ons
-
-3. Go into the **Internet Control Panel\\Advance Page** folder, where you can change:
-
- - Do not allow resetting IE settings
-
- - Allow third-party browser extensions
-
-4. Go into the **Security Features\\Add-on Management** folder, where you can change:
-
- - Add-on List
-
- - Deny all add-ons unless specifically allowed in the Add-on List
-
- - Turn off Adobe Flash in IE and prevent applications from using IE technology to instantiate Flash objects
-
-5. Close the Local Group Policy Editor when you’re done.
-
-## Using the CLSID and Administrative Templates to manage group policy objects
-Every add-on has a Class ID (CLSID) that you use to enable and disable specific add-ons, using Group Policy and Administrative Templates.
-
- **To manage add-ons**
-
-1. Get the CLSID for the add-on you want to enable or disable:
-
- 1. Open IE, click **Tools**, and then click **Manage Add-ons**.
-
- 2. Double-click the add-on you want to change.
-
- 3. In the More Information dialog, click **Copy** and then click **Close**.
-
- 4. Open Notepad and paste the information for the add-on.
-
- 5. On the Manage Add-ons windows, click **Close**.
-
- 6. On the Internet Options dialog, click **Close** and then close IE.
-
-2. From the copied information, select and copy just the **Class ID** value.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > You want to copy the curly brackets as well as the CLSID: **{47833539-D0C5-4125-9FA8-0819E2EAAC93}**.
-
-3. Open the Group Policy Management Editor and go to: Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management.
-
**-OR-**
-Open the Local Group Policy Editor and go to: User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management.
-
-4. Open the **Add-on List** Group Policy Object, select **Enabled**, and then click **Show**.
The Show Contents dialog appears.
-
-6. In **Value Name**, paste the Class ID for your add-on, for example, **{47833539-D0C5-4125-9FA8-0819E2EAAC93}**.
-
-6. In **Value**, enter one of the following:
-
- - **0**. The add-on is disabled and your employees can’t change it.
-
- - **1**. The add-on is enabled and your employees can’t change it.
-
- - **2**. The add-on is enabled and your employees can change it.
-
-7. Close the Show Contents dialog.
-
-7. In the Group Policy editor, go to: Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer.
-
-8. Double-click **Automatically activate/enable newly installed add-ons** and select **Enabled**.
Enabling turns off the message prompting you to Enable or Don't enable the add-on.
-
-7. Click **OK** twice to close the Group Policy editor.
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e284e24e3f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 15890ad1-733d-4f7e-a318-10399b389f45
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Enhanced Protected Mode further restricts Protected Mode to deny potential attackers access to sensitive or personal information. If this feature is turned on, users might start to see errors asking them to turn it off, like **This webpage wants to run "npctrl.dll. If you trust this site, you can disable Enhanced Protected Mode for this site to run the control**. If your users click the **Disable** box, Enhanced Protected Mode is turned off for only the single visit to that specific site. After the user leaves the site, Enhanced Protected Mode is automatically turned back on.
-
-You can use your company’s Group Policy to turn Enhanced Protected Mode on or off for all users. For more information, see the [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md) information in this guide.
-
-For more information about Enhanced Protected Mode, see the [Enhanced Protected Mode](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=267512) post on IEBlog, and both the [Understanding Enhanced Protected Mode](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/understanding-enhanced-protected-mode) and the [Enhanced Protected Mode and Local Files](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=282663) blog posts on IEInternals.
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e5e3c31095..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode, Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your company.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: d52ba8ba-b3c7-4314-ba14-0610e1d8456e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager in your company.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)|Includes descriptions of the features of Enterprise Mode. |
-|[Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode and how to use ASP or the GitHub sample to collect data from your local computers. |
-|[Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to turn on Enterprise Mode and set up a site list, using Group Policy or the registry. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. |
-|[Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file](check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md) |Guidance about how the Enterprise Mode functionality looks for your updated site list. |
-|[Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode, using Group Policy or the registry.|
-|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |Guidance about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. |
-|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md) |Guidance about how to set up and use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. |
-|[Using Enterprise Mode](using-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to turn on either IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode. |
-|[Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode Site List](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to decide and test whether to use document modes or Enterprise Mode to help fix compatibility issues. |
-|[Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list](remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local Enterprise Mode site list. |
-|[Remove sites from a local compatibility view list](remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local compatibility view list. |
-|[Turn off Enterprise Mode](turn-off-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to stop using your site list and how to turn off local control, using Group Policy or the registry. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e486ed248d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 Update.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 17c61547-82e3-48f2-908d-137a71938823
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.1 version of the schema, or the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.2 version of the schema. We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.1 example
-The following is an example of the Enterprise Mode schema v.1. This schema can run on devices running Windows 7 and Windows 8.1.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `
**Example** <rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com</domain>
</emie>
</rules> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<emie> |The parent node for the Enterprise Mode section of the schema. All <domain> entries will have either IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode applied.
**Example** <rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com</domain>
</emie>
</rules>
For IPv6 ranges:
<rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain>
</emie>
</rules>
**or**
For IPv4 ranges:<rules version="205">
<emie>
<domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain>
</emie>
</rules> | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<docMode> |The parent node for the document mode section of the section. All <domain> entries will get IE5 - IE11 document modes applied. If there's a <domain> element in the docMode section that uses the same value as a <domain> element in the emie section, the emie element is applied.
**Example**
<rules version="205">
<docmode>
<domain docMode="7">contoso.com</domain>
</docmode>
</rules> |Internet Explorer 11 |
-|<domain> |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <domain> element will overrule any additional <domain> elements that use the same value for the section. You can use port numbers for this element.
**Example**
<emie>
<domain>contoso.com:8080</domain>
</emie> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<path> |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
**Example**
<emie>
<domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com
<path exclude="false">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie>
Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does. |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-
-### Schema attributes
-This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|version|Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <rules> element.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|exclude|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the <domain> and <path> elements.
**Example** <emie>
<domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com
<path exclude="true">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie>
**Example**<docMode>
<domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com
<path docMode="9">/products</path>
</domain>
</docMode>|Internet Explorer 11|
-|doNotTransition| Specifies that the page should load in the current browser, otherwise it will open in IE11. This attribute is supported on all <domain> or <path> elements. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false.
**Example**<emie>
<domain doNotTransition="false">fabrikam.com
<path doNotTransition="true">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie>
**Example**<emie>
<domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com
<path forcecompatview="true">/products</path>
</domain>
</emie><docMode> |
<domain docMode="5">contoso.com</domain>
<domain docMode="9">info.contoso.com</domain>
<docMode>
|
-|You can specify exact URLs by listing the full path. |<emie>|
<domain exclude="false">bing.com</domain>
<domain exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">contoso.com</domain>
<emie>
|
-|You can nest paths underneath domains. |<emie> |
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path exclude="false">/about</path>
<path exclude="true">
/about/business</path>
</domain>
</emie>
|
-|You can’t add a path underneath a path. The file will still be parsed, but the sub-path will be ignored. |<emie> |
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path>/about
<path exclude="true">/business</path>
</path>
</domain>
</emie>
|
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5af6fab521..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 909ca359-5654-4df9-b9fb-921232fc05f5
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your site list for devices running Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, using the version 2.0 (v.2) of the Enterprise Mode schema. If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> If you're running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 and you've been using the version 1.0 (v.1) of the schema, you can continue to do so, but you won't get the benefits that come with the updated schema. For info about the v.1 schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.2 updates
-Because of the schema changes, you can't combine the old version (v.1) with the new version (v.2) of the schema. If you look at your XML file, you can tell which version you're using by:
-
-- <rules>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-- <site-list>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-You can continue to use the v.1 version of the schema on Windows 10, but you won't have the benefits of the new v.2 version schema updates and new features. Additionally, saving the v.1 version of the schema in the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the file to use the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 schema example
-The following is an example of the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `
**Example**
<site-list version="205">
| Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge |
-|<site> |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <site> element will overrule any additional <site> elements that use the same value for the <url> element.
<site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>
</site-list>
**Example** <site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
<open-in>none</open-in>
</site>
**or** For IPv4 ranges:
<site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
**or** For IPv6 ranges:<site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
You can also use the self-closing version, <url="contoso.com" />, which also sets:
**Example**
**or**
<site url="contoso.com">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
</site>
For IPv4 ranges:<site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site><site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE7 Enterprise Mode
This tag replaces the combination of the `"forceCompatView"="true"` attribute and the list of sites specified in the EmIE section of the v.1 version of the schema.
**Examples**<site url="contoso.com">
<open-in>none</open-in>
</site>
Where
**Example**<site url="contoso.com/travel">
In this example, if `https://contoso.com/travel` is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|version |Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <site-list> element. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
<open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
</site>
**Note**
Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com"> applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`.
**Example**<site url="contoso.com:8080">
In this example, going to `https://contoso.com:8080` using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-
-### Deprecated attributes
-These v.1 version schema attributes have been deprecated in the v.2 version of the schema:
-
-|Deprecated attribute|New attribute|Replacement example|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|forceCompatView|<compat-mode>|Replace <forceCompatView="true"> with <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>|
-|docMode|<compat-mode>|Replace <docMode="IE5"> with <compat-mode>IE5</compat-mode>|
-|doNotTransition|<open-in>|Replace:
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>
<doNotTransition="true"> with <open-in>none</open-in>|
-|<domain> and <path>|<site>|Replace:<emie>
With:
<domain>contoso.com</domain>
</emie><site url="contoso.com"/>
**-AND-**
<compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>
Replace:<emie>
<domain exclude="true" donotTransition="true">contoso.com
<path forceCompatView="true">/about</path>
</domain>
</emie>
With:<site url="contoso.com/about">
<compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>
<open-in>IE11</open-in>
</site>|
-
-While the old, replaced attributes aren't supported in the v.2 version of the schema, they'll continue to work in the v.1 version of the schema. If, however, you're using the v.2 version of the schema and these attributes are still there, the v.2 version schema takes precedence. We don’t recommend combining the two schemas, and instead recommend that you move to the v.2 version of the schema to take advantage of the new features.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Saving your v.1 version of the file using the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the XML to the new v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, `http://`, `https://`, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 602eeb31b1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 9ee7c13d-6fca-4446-bc22-d23a0213a95d
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file. This file includes all of your URLs, including your compatibility mode selections and should be stored somewhere safe. If your list gets deleted by mistake you can easily import this file and return everything back to when this file was last saved.
-
-**Important**
-This file is not intended for distribution to your managed devices. Instead, it is only for transferring data and comments from one manager to another. For example, if one administrator leaves and passes the existing data to another administrator. Internet Explorer doesn’t read this file.
-
- **To export your compatibility list**
-
-1. On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Export**.
-
-2. Export the file to your selected location. For example, `C:\Users\
-Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual.
-
-### When do I use document modes versus Enterprise Mode?
-While the `
-If that doesn’t work, continue down to the next lowest document mode, stopping as soon as you find a document mode that fixes your problems. For more information about the Emulation tool, see [Emulate browsers, screen sizes, and GPS locations](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/samples/dn255001(v=vs.85)).
-
-3. If none of the document modes fix your issue, change the **Browser Profile** to **Enterprise**, pick the mode you want to test with starting with **8** (IE8 Enterprise Mode), and then test your broken scenario.
-
-### Add your site to the Enterprise Mode site list
-After you’ve figured out the document mode that fixes your compatibility problems, you can add the site to your Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**Note**
-There are two versions of the Enterprise Mode site list schema and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, based on your operating system. For more info about the schemas, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) or [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md). For more info about the different site list management tools, see [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
- **To add your site to the site list**
-
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and click **Add**.
-
- 
-
-2. Add the **URL** and pick the document mode from the **Launch in** box. This should be the same document mode you found fixed your problems while testing the site.
-Similar to Enterprise Mode, you can specify a document mode for a particular web path—such as contoso.com/ERP—or at a domain level. In the above, the entire contoso.com domain loads in Enterprise Mode, while microsoft.com is forced to load into IE8 Document Mode and bing.com loads in IE11.
-
-**Note**
-For more information about Enterprise Mode, see [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md) For more information about the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager and how to add sites to your site list, see [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-
-### Review your Enterprise Mode site list
-Take a look at your Enterprise Mode site list and make sure everything is the way you want it. The next step will be to turn the list on and start to use it in your company. The Enterprise Mode Site List Manager will look something like:
-
-
-
-And the underlying XML code will look something like:
-
-``` xml
-
-Another possibility is that redirection happens multiple times, with an intermediary site experiencing compatibility issues. For example, an employee types a short URL that then redirects multiple times, finally ending up on a non-intranet site. In this situation, you might want to add the intermediary URLs to your Enterprise Mode site list, in case there’s logic in one of them that has compatibility issues.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 93486e7113..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 63a7ef4a-6de2-4d08-aaba-0479131e3406
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) is an add-on license that available for the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP). This license gives you change control and a role assignment-model that helps optimize Group Policy management and reduce the risk of widespread failures.
-
-From AGPM you can:
-
-- **Edit GPOs outside of your production environment.** Your GPOs are stored in an outside archive for editing, reviewing, and approving. Then, when you deploy, AGPM moves the GPOs to your production environment.
-
-- **Assign roles to your employees.** You can assign 3 roles to your employees or groups, including:
-
- - **Reviewer.** Can view and compare GPOs in the archive. This role can't edit or deploy GPOs.
-
- - **Editor.** Can view, compare, check-in and out, and edit GPOs in the archive. This role can also request GPO deployment.
-
- - **Approver.** Can approve GPO creation and deployment to the production environment.
-
-- **Manage your GPO lifecycle with change control features.** You can use the available version-control, history, and auditing features to help you manage your GPOs while moving through your archive, to your editing process, and finally to your GPO deployment.
-
-**Note**
-For more information about AGPM, and to get the license, see [Advanced Group Policy Management 4.0 Documents](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=13975).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b56fd8d946..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: ae3d227d-3da7-46b8-8a61-c71bfeae0c63
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A Microsoft Management Console (MMC)-based tool that uses scriptable interfaces to manage Group Policy. The 32-bit and 64-bit versions are included with Windows Server R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Windows Server 2012 R2.
-
-## Why use the GPMC?
-The GPMC lets you:
-
-- Import, export, copy, paste, backup and restore GPOs.
-
-- Search for existing GPOs.
-
-- Create reports, including providing the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) data in HTML reports that you can save and print.
-
-- Use simulated RSoP data to prototype your Group Policy before implementing it in the production environment.
-
-- Obtain RSoP data to view your GPO interactions and to troubleshoot your Group Policy deployment.
-
-- Create migration tables to let you import and copy GPOs across domains and across forests. Migration tables are files that map references to users, groups, computers, and Universal Naming Convention (UNC) paths in the source GPO to new values in the destination GPO.
-
-- Create scriptable interfaces to support all of the operations available within the GPMC. You can't use scripts to edit individual policy settings in a GPO.
-
-For more information about the GPMC, see [Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753298(v=ws.11)) on TechNet.
-
-## Searching for Group Policy settings
-To search for Group Policy settings in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), use the [Group Policy Search tool](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279857). To find the Group Policy settings, click **Windows Components**, and then click **Internet Explorer**.
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e8c419582..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 50383d3f-9ac9-4a30-8852-354b6eb9434a
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage Internet Explorer.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|----------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Info about many of the new group policy settings added for Internet Explorer 11. |
-|[Group Policy management tools](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to use Microsoft Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) to manage your Group Policy settings. |
-|[ActiveX installation using group policy](activex-installation-using-group-policy.md) |Info about using the ActiveX Installer Service (AXIS) and Group Policy to manage your ActiveX control deployment. |
-|[Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md) |Our Group Policy recommendations for security, performance, and compatibility with previous versions of IE, regardless of which Zone the website is in. |
-|[Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md) |Info about Group Policy preferences, as compared to Group Policy settings. |
-|[Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md) |Info about Administrative Templates, including where to store them and the related Group Policy settings. |
-|[Enable and disable add\-ons using administrative templates and group policy](enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md) |Guidance about how to use your local Group Policy editor or the CLSID and Administrative Templates to manage your Group Policy objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3a615888f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6fc30e91-efac-4ba5-9ee2-fa77dcd36467
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A Microsoft Management Console (MMC)-based tool that manages both computer and user-related configurations for an individual computer policy. This tool is included with Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Windows 8.1.
-
-Here's a list of the policy settings you can use, based on the configuration type. For more info, see [Local Group Policy Editor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc725970(v=ws.11)).
-
-|Computer configuration |User configuration |
-|-----------------------|-------------------|
-|Windows settings:
|Windows settings:
|
-|Administrative templates:
|Administrative templates:
|
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12b360b126..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Group Policy suggestions for compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 7482c99f-5d79-4344-9e1c-aea9f0a68e18
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 has many Group Policy entries that can be configured for keeping your environment managed and safe. This table includes all of our recommendations around security, performance, and compatibility with the previous versions of Internet Explorer, regardless of which Zone the website is in.
-
-|Activity |Location |Setting the policy object |
-|---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Turn on Compatibility View for all intranet zones |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Turn on IE Standards Mode for local intranet** , and then click **Disabled**. |
-|Turn on Compatibility View for selected websites, using Group Policy |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Use Policy List of Windows Internet Explorer 7 sites** , and then click **Enabled**.Users will be able to add or remove sites manually to their local Compatibility View list, but they won’t be able to remove the sites you specifically added. |
-|Turn on Quirks mode for selected websites, using Group Policy |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Use Policy List of Quirks Mode sites**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Ensure your users are using the most up-to-date version of Microsoft’s compatibility list. |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Include updated Web site lists from Microsoft**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Restrict users from making security zone configuration changes. |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel` |Double-click **Disable the Security Page**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Control which security zone settings are applied to specific websites. |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page` |Double-click **Site to Zone Assignment List**, click **Enabled**, and then enter your list of websites and their applicable security zones. |
-|Turn off Data Execution Prevention (DEP). |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features` |Double-click **Turn off Data Execution Prevention**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e6daed0d1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview of the available Group Policy management tools
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: e33bbfeb-6b80-4e71-8bba-1d0369a87312
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy management tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy management tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy, based on Microsoft Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), lets you manage your organization's computer and user settings as part of your Group Policy objects (GPOs), which are added and changed in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC). GPOs can include registry-based Administrative Template policy settings, security settings, software deployment information, scripts, folder redirection, and preferences. The most effective way to target a specific GPO is to use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) filters. Like, creating a WMI filter that applies a GPO only to computers with a specific make and model.
-
-By using Group Policy, you can set up a policy setting once, and then copy that setting onto many computers. For example, you can set up multiple Internet Explorer 11 security settings in a GPO that's linked to a domain, and then apply all of those settings to every computer in the domain.
-
-**Note**
-For more information about Group Policy, see the [Group Policy TechCenter](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new). This site provides links to the latest technical documentation, videos, and downloads for Group Policy.
-
-## Managing settings with GPOs
-After deploying IE11 to your organization, you can continue to manage the browser settings by using Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) together with the following Group Policy-related setting management groups:
-
-- [Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md). Used to manage registry-based policies and options.
-
-- [Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md). Used to set up and manage options that can be changed by the user after installation.
-
-**Note**
-Whenever possible, we recommend that you manage IE11 using Administrative Templates, because these settings are always written to secure policy branches in the registry. In addition, we recommend that you deploy using standard user accounts instead of letting your users log on to their computers as administrators. This helps to prevent your users from making unwanted changes to their systems or overriding Group Policy settings.
-
-
-Users won't be able to use the IE11 user interface or the registry to change any managed settings on their computers. However, they will be able to change many of the preferences associated with the settings you set up using the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-## Which GPO tool should I use?
-You can use any of these tools to create, manage, view, and troubleshoot Group Policy objects (GPOs). For information about each, see:
-
-- [Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md). Provides a single location to manage all GPOs, WMI filters, and Group Policy–related permissions across multiple forests in an organization.
-
-- [Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md). Provides a user interface that lets you edit settings within individual GPOs.
-
-- [Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md). An add-on license for the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) that helps to extend Group Policy for Software Assurance customers.
-
-- [Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md). A command-line shell and scripting language that helps automate Windows and application administration on a single computer locally, or across many computers remotely.
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b30e90d746..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Info about Group Policy preferences versus Group Policy settings
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f2264c97-7f09-4f28-bb5c-58ab80dcc6ee
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy preferences are less strict than Group Policy settings, based on:
-
-| Type |Group Policy preferences |Group Policy settings |
-|-----|-------------------------|----------------------|
-|Enforcement |
|
|
-|Flexibility |Lets you create preference items for registry settings, files, and folders. |
|
-|Local Group Policy |Not available |Available
-|Awareness |Supports apps that aren't Group Policy-aware |Requires apps to be Group Policy-aware |
-|Storage |
|
|
-|Targeting and filtering |
|
|
-
-
-For more information about Group Policy preferences, see the [Group Policy Settings Reference for Windows and Windows Server](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279876).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cec1052e4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Links to troubleshooting topics and log files that can help address Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 0da0d9a9-200c-46c4-96be-630e82de017b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If you're having problems with Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11, or if you're looking for high-level information about the concepts and techniques used to troubleshoot Group Policy, as well as links to detailed reference topics, procedures, and troubleshooting scenario guides, see [Group Policy Analysis and Troubleshooting Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj134223(v=ws.11)).
-
-## Group Policy Object-related Log Files
-You can use the Event Viewer to review Group Policy-related messages in the **Windows Logs**, **System** file. All of the Group Policy-related events are shown with a source of **GroupPolicy**
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a23dbf697..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Instructions about how to create and configure shortcut preference extensions to file system objects, URLs, and shell objects.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6fbf990-13e4-4be7-9f08-5bdd43179b3b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Shortcut Extensions, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Shortcut Extensions, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy includes the Shortcuts preference extension, which lets you configure shortcuts to:
-
-- **File system objects.** Traditional shortcuts that link to apps, files, folders, drives, shares, or computers. For example, linking a shortcut to an app from the **Start** screen.
-
-- **URLs.** Shortcuts to webpages or FTP sites. For example, a link to your intranet site from your employee's **Favorites** folder.
-
-- **Shell objects.** Shortcuts to objects that appear in the shell namespace, such as printers, desktop items, Control Panel items, the Recycle Bin, and so on.
-
-## How do I configure shortcuts?
-You can create and configure shortcuts for any domain-based Group Policy Object (GPO) in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
- **To create a new Shortcut preference item**
-
-1. Open GPMC, right-click the Group Policy object that needs the new shortcut extension, and click **Edit**.
-
-2. From **Computer Configuration** or **User Configuration**, go to **Preferences**, and then go to **Windows Settings**.
-
-3. Right-click **Shortcuts**, click **New**, and then choose **Shortcut**.
-
-4. Choose what the shortcut should do, including **Create**, **Delete**, **Replace**, or **Update**.
-
-5. Type the required shortcut settings and your comments into the **Description** box, and click **OK**.
-
-For more information about shortcut extensions, including step-by-step guidance, see [Shortcuts Extension](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc730592(v=ws.11)) and [Configure a Shortcut Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753580(v=ws.11)).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3f3970e4d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about how Group Policy works with Windows Powershell and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: e3607cde-a498-4e04-9daa-b331412967fc
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Your domain-joined Group Policy Objects (GPOs) can use any of Group Policy-related “cmdlets” that run within Windows PowerShell.
-
-Each cmdlet is a single-function command-line tool that can:
-
-- Create, edit, remove, back up, and import GPOs.
-
-- Create, update, and remove Group Policy links.
-
-- Set inheritance flags and permissions on organizational units (OU) and domains.
-
-- Configure registry-based policy settings and registry settings for Group Policy preferences.
-
-For more info about PowerShell and Group Policy management, see [Use Windows PowerShell to Manage Group Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd759177(v=ws.11)).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c8b17e2ff9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: A high-level overview of the delivery process and your options to control deployment of Internet Explorer through automatic updates.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid:
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/22/2018
----
-
-# Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 makes browsing the web faster, easier, safer, and more reliable than ever. To help customers become more secure and up-to-date, Microsoft will distribute Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates and the Windows Update and Microsoft Update sites. Internet Explorer 11 will be available for users of the 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1), and 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1. This article provides an overview of the delivery process and options available for IT administrators to control how and when Internet Explorer 11 is deployed to their organization through Automatic Updates.
-
-- [Automatic updates delivery process](#automatic-updates-delivery-process)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades](#internet-explorer-11-automatic-upgrades)
-
-- [Options for blocking automatic delivery](#options-for-blocking-automatic-delivery)
-
-- [Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS](#prevent-automatic-installation-of-internet-explorer-11-with-wsus)
-
-## Automatic updates delivery process
-
-Internet Explorer 11 only downloads and installs if it’s available for delivery through Automatic Updates; and Automatic Updates only offer Internet Explorer 11
-to users with local administrator accounts. User’s without local administrator accounts won’t be prompted to install the update and will continue using their
-current version of Internet Explorer.
-
-Internet Explorer 11 replaces Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10. If you decide you don’t want Internet Explorer 11, and you’re running Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1, you can uninstall it from the **View installed updates** section of the **Uninstall an update** page of the Control Panel.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If a user installs Internet Explorer 11 and then removes it, it won’t be re-offered to that computer through Automatic Updates. Instead, the user will have to manually re-install the app.
-
-## Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is offered through Automatic Updates and Windows Update as an Important update. Users running Windows 7 SP1, who have chosen to download and install updates automatically through Windows Update, are automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11.
-
-Users who were automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11 can decide to uninstall Internet Explorer 11. However, Internet Explorer 11 will still appear as an optional update through Windows Update.
-
-## Options for blocking automatic delivery
-
-If you use Automatic Updates in your company, but want to stop your users from automatically getting Internet Explorer 11, do one of the following:
-
-- **Download and use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.** Includes a Group Policy template and a script that permanently blocks Internet Explorer 11 from being offered by Windows Update or Microsoft Update as a high-priority update. You can download this kit from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The toolkit won't stop users with local administrator accounts from manually installing Internet Explorer 11. Using this toolkit also prevents your users from receiving automatic upgrades from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit frequently asked questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml).
-
-- **Use an update management solution to control update deployment.**
- If you already use an update management solution, like [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus) or the more advanced [Microsoft Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), you should use that instead of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you use WSUS to manage updates, and Update Rollups are configured for automatic installation, Internet Explorer will automatically install throughout your company.
-
-Additional information on Internet Explorer 11, including a Readiness Toolkit, technical overview, in-depth feature summary, and Internet Explorer 11 download is available on the [Internet Explorer 11 page of the Microsoft Edge IT Center](https://technet.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/dn262703.aspx).
-
-## Availability of Internet Explorer 11
-
-Automatic Updates will start to distribute Internet Explorer 11 shortly after the final release of the product and will distribute it through the Microsoft Configuration Manager and WSUS.
-
-## Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS
-
-Internet Explorer 11 will be released to WSUS as an Update Rollup package. Therefore, if you’ve configured WSUS to “auto-approve” Update Rollup packages, it’ll be automatically approved and installed. To stop Internet Explorer 11 from being automatically approved for installation, you need to:
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft
- Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3. Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4. Click the rule that automatically approves an update that is classified as
- Update Rollup, and then click **Edit.**
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you don’t see a rule like this, you most likely haven’t configured WSUS to automatically approve Update Rollups for installation. In this situation, you don’t have to do anything else.
-
-5. Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > The properties for this rule will resemble the following:
-
-6. Clear the **Update Rollup** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7. Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-Because this content isn't intended to be a step-by-step guide, not all of the steps are necessary to deploy IE11.
-
-## In this guide
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Change history for Internet Explorer 11](change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md) |Lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 documentation for Windows 10. |
-|[System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md) |IE11 is available for a number of systems and languages. This topic provides info about the minimum system requirements and language support. |
-|[List of updated features and tools - Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md) |IE11 includes several new features and tools. This topic includes high-level info about the each of them. |
-|[Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](install-and-deploy-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment. You can also find more info about your virtualization options for legacy apps. |
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md) |Use IE to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades. |
-|[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode, the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal in your company. |
-|[Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-and-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage IE. |
-|[Manage Internet Explorer 11](manage-ie11-overview.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for IE. |
-|[Troubleshoot Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](troubleshoot-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to troubleshoot several of the more common problems experienced with IE. |
-|[Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md) |ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos, games, and let you interact with content like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren’t automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It’s important that you keep your ActiveX controls up-to-date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, IE includes a new security feature, called out-of-date ActiveX control blocking. |
-|[Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11](deprecated-document-modes.md) |Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices. Starting with Windows 10, we’re deprecating document modes.
For specific details about the technologies and APIs that are no longer supported in Microsoft Edge, see [A break from the past, part 2: Saying goodbye to ActiveX, VBScript, attachEvent](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615953). |
-|[What is the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit?](what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md) |The IE11 Blocker Toolkit lets you turn off the automatic delivery of IE11 through the Automatic Updates feature of Windows Update. |
-|[Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings for Internet Explorer 11](missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md) |The Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings have been deprecated in favor of Group Policy preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
Ignore any warnings that say, "Skipping invalid CAB file". This shows up because the **Import OS Packages** wizard skips the IE11\_Support.cab file, which isn't an actual update file.
-
-4. After the import finishes, click **Finish**.
-
-### Offline servicing with MDT
-
-You can add the IE11 update while you're performing offline servicing, or slipstreaming, of your Windows images. This method lets you deploy IE11 without needing any additional installation after you've deployed Windows.
-
-These articles have step-by-step details about adding packages to your Windows images:
-
-- For Windows 8.1, see [Add or Remove Packages Offline Using DISM](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824838(v=win.10)).
-
-- For Windows 7 SP1, see [Add or Remove Packages Offline](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/dd744559(v=ws.10)).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b8083e1f8d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 9ede9722-29b3-4cb7-956d-ffa91e7bedbd
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) by using [System Center R2 2012 Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)). Complete these steps for each operating system and platform combination.
-
- **To install IE11**
-
-1. Download and approve the [System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md).
-
-2. Create a software distribution package that includes the IE11 installation package.
-
-3. Create a program that includes the command-line needed to run the IE11 installation package. To run the package silently, without restarting and without checking the Internet for updates, use:`ie11_package.exe /quiet /norestart /update-no`.
-
-4. Move the installation package to your distribution points, and then advertise the package.
-
-You can also use System Center Essentials 2010 to deploy IE11 installation packages. For info, see [System Center Essentials 2010](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=395200) and the [System Center Essentials 2010 Operations Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214266).
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d0d9d17be1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using your network
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f6429d-947a-4031-8f93-e26110a35828
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using your network (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using your network
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) over your network by putting your custom IE11 installation package in a shared network folder and letting your employees run the Setup program on their own computers. You can create the network folder structure manually, or you can run Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-**Note**
If you support multiple architectures and operating systems, create a subfolder for each combination. If you support multiple languages, create a subfolder for each localized installation file.
-
- **To manually create the folder structure**
-
-- Copy your custom IE11 installation file into a folder on your network, making sure it's available to your employees.
-
- **To create the folder structure using IEAK 11**
-
-- Run the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 in IEAK 11, using the **Full Installation Package** option.
Use the localized versions of the IE Customization Wizard 11 to create localized IE11 installation packages.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d593de27c6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using third-party tools and command-line options.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 30190c66-49f7-4ca4-8b57-a47656aa0c7e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party electronic software distribution (ESD) systems and these command-line options:
-
-## Setup Modes
-
-|Command-line options |Description |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/passive` |Installs without customer involvement. |
-|`/quiet` |Installs without customer involvement and without showing the UI. |
-
-## Setup Options
-
-|Command-line options |Description |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/update-no` |Installs without checking for updates.
If you don't use this option, you'll need an Internet connection to finish your installation. |
-|`/no-default` |Installs without making IE11 the default web browser. |
-|`/closeprograms` |Automatically closes running programs. |
-
-
-## Restart Options
-
-|Command-line options |Description |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/norestart` |Installs without restarting the computer. |
-|`/forcerestart` |Installs and restarts after installation. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 07b0485309..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)'
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6cbd6797-c670-4236-8423-e0919478f2ce
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) lets you download a single copy of the Microsoft product update and cache it on your local WSUS servers. You can then configure your computers to get the update from your local servers instead of Windows Update. For more information about WSUS, see [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)).
-
- **To import from Windows Update to WSUS**
-
-1. Open your WSUS admin site. For example, `https://
|On the **Browser User Interface** page of IEAK 11, click **Add**, type your new toolbar caption, action, and icon, and if the button should appear by default, and then click **OK**. You can also edit, remove, or delete an existing toolbar button from this page. |
-|Custom logo and animated bitmaps |Lets you replace the static and animated logos in the upper-right corner of the IE window with customized logos. |This setting isn't available anymore. |
-
-
-### Connection replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Connection settings|Lets you import your connection settings from a previously set up computer. These settings define how your employees interact with the connection settings on the **System Polices and Restrictions** page. You can also remove old dial-up connections settings from your employee's computers.|In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Connections** tab, and set up your proxy settings.
Advanced IEM Settings were shown under **Programs** and only available when running in **Preference** mode.
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Corporate settings |Specifies the location of the file with the settings you use to make IE work best in your organization. |On the Additional Settings page of IEAK 11, expand Corporate Settings, and then customize how your organization handles temporary Internet files, code downloads, menu items, and toolbar buttons. |
-|Internet settings |Specifies the location of the file that includes your default IE settings. |In the Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences dialog box, click the Advanced tab, and then update your Internet-related settings, as required
This functionality is only available in Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To change your Compatibility View settings**
-
-1. Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View settings**.
-
-2. In the **Compatibility View Settings** box, add the problematic website URL, and then click **Add**.
We've replaced the SPDY/3 protocol with the HTTP2 protocol in Windows 10. You can configure the HTTP2 protocol by using the **Allow IE to use the HTTP2 network protocol** setting. |
-| Allow Microsoft services to provide enhanced suggestions as the user types in the Address bar | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting allows IE to provide enhanced suggestions as the user types in the Address bar. To provide enhanced suggestions, the user’s keystrokes are sent to Microsoft through Microsoft services.
| IE11 in Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether users can run the Tabular Data Control (TDC) ActiveX control, based on security zone. By default, the TDC ActiveX Control is disabled in the **Internet** and **Restricted Sites** security zones.
By default, SSL 3.0 is disabled. If you choose to enable SSL 3.0, we recommend that you disable or don't configure this setting to help mitigate potential man-in-the-middle attacks. |
-| Allow VBScript to run in Internet Explorer |
| Internet Explorer 11 | This policy setting lets you decide whether VBScript can run on pages in specific Internet Explorer zones.
If you disable this policy setting, IE only sends the Do Not Track header if a Tracking Protection List is enabled or inPrivate Browsing mode is used.
If you disable this policy setting, IE only sends the Do Not Track header if inPrivate Browsing mode is used.
(Internet, Restricted Zones) |
| IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether IE runs antimalware programs against ActiveX controls, to check if they're safe to load on pages.
(Intranet, Trusted, Local Machine Zones) |
| IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether IE runs antimalware programs against ActiveX controls, to check if they're safe to load on pages.
If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the notification will be shown. |
-| Hide the button (next to the New Tab button) that opens Microsoft Edge | User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components/Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\Advanced Settings\Browsing\ | IE11 on Windows 10, version 1703 | This policy setting lets you decide whether employees can see the open Microsoft Edge button, which appears next to the New Tab button.
You can use this setting in conjunction with the other settings that control the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. |
-| Limit Site Discovery output by Zone | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | At least Internet Explorer 8 | This policy setting allows you to control which zones are included in the discovery function of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
**Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone (binary representation: 00010), based on:
**Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones (binary representation: 10110), based on:
You can use this setting in conjunction with the other settings that control the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. |
-| Prevent deleting ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History | At least Windows Internet Explorer 9 | **In Internet Explorer 9 and Internet Explorer 10:**
This policy setting prevents users from deleting ActiveX Filtering and Tracking Protection data, which includes the list of websites for which the user has chosen to disable ActiveX Filtering or Tracking Protection. In addition, Tracking Protection data is also collected if users turn on the **Personalized Tracking Protection List**, which blocks third-party items while the user is browsing.
This policy setting prevents users from deleting ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection data, and Do Not Track exceptions, stored in the **Delete Browsing History** dialog box, for visited websites.
If you’ve also enabled the Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Send all intranet sites to Internet Explorer 11 policy setting, then all intranet sites will continue to open in Internet Explorer 11. |
-| Show message when opening sites in Microsoft Edge using Enterprise Mode | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | IE11 on Windows 10, version 1607 | This policy setting lets you decide whether employees see an additional page in Internet Explorer 11, stating that a site has been opened using Microsoft Edge with Enterprise Mode.
Stopping this file from updating breaks the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature, potentially compromising the security of the device. For more info, see the Out-of-Date ActiveX Control Blocking (
Microsoft collects your browsing history to improve how flip ahead with page prediction works. This feature isn’t available for Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-| Turn on 64-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page | IE11 on Windows 10 | This policy setting determines whether IE11 uses 64-bit processes (for greater security) or 32-bit processes (for greater compatibility) when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows.
When using 64-bit processes, some ActiveX controls and toolbars might not be available. |
-| Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | At least Internet Explorer 8 | This policy setting allows you to manage the WMI output functionality of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
Enabling or disabling this setting won’t impact any other output methods available to the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. |
-| Turn on Site Discovery XML output | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | At least Internet Explorer 8 | This policy setting allows you to manage the XML output functionality of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
Enabling or disabling this setting won’t impact any other output methods available to the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. |
-| Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list | Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer | IE11 on Windows 10, version 1511 | This policy setting lets you specify where to find the list of websites you want opened using Enterprise Mode, instead of Standard mode, because of compatibility issues. Users can’t edit this list.
Microsoft Edge doesn't support ActiveX controls. |
-|Windows 8.1 and Windows 8.1 Update |All supported versions of IE |
-|Windows 7 SP1 |All supported versions of IE |
-|Windows Server 2012 |All supported versions of IE |
-|Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 |All supported versions of IE |
-|Windows Server 2008 SP2 |Windows Internet Explorer 9 only |
-|Windows Vista SP2 |Windows Internet Explorer 9 only |
-
-For more info about this new feature, see the [Internet Explorer begins blocking out-of-date ActiveX controls](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507691) blog. To see the complete list of out-of-date Active controls blocked by this feature, see [Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls](blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md).
-
-
-## What does the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification look like?
-When IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control, you’ll see a notification bar similar to this, depending on your version of IE:
-
-**Internet Explorer 9 through Internet Explorer 11**
-
-
-
-**Windows Internet Explorer 8**
-
-
-
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking also gives you a security warning that tells you if a webpage tries to launch specific outdated apps, outside of IE:
-
-
-
-
-## How do I fix an outdated ActiveX control or app?
-From the notification about the outdated ActiveX control, you can go to the control’s website to download its latest version.
-
- **To get the updated ActiveX control**
-
-1. From the notification bar, tap or click **Update**.
If you don’t fully trust a site, you shouldn’t allow it to load an outdated ActiveX control. However, although we don’t recommend it, you can view the missing webpage content by tapping or clicking **Run this time**. This option runs the ActiveX control without updating or fixing the problem. The next time you visit a webpage running the same outdated ActiveX control, you’ll get the notification again.
-
- **To get the updated app**
-
-1. From the security warning, tap or click **Update** link.
If you don’t fully trust a site, you shouldn’t allow it to launch an outdated app. However, although we don’t recommend it, you can let the webpage launch the app by tapping or clicking **Allow**. This option opens the app without updating or fixing the problem. The next time you visit a webpage running the same outdated app, you’ll get the notification again.
-
-## How does IE decide which ActiveX controls to block?
-IE uses Microsoft’s versionlist.xml or versionlistWin7.xml file to determine whether an ActiveX control should be stopped from loading. These files are updated with newly-discovered out-of-date ActiveX controls, which IE automatically downloads to your local copy of the file.
-
-You can see your copy of the file here `%LOCALAPPDATA%\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager\versionlist.xml` or you can view Microsoft’s version, based on your operating system and version of IE, here:
-- [Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=798230)
-- [All other configurations](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403864)
-
-**Security Note:**
Although we strongly recommend against it, if you don’t want your computer to automatically download the updated version list from Microsoft, run the following command from a command prompt:
-
-```
-reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager" /v DownloadVersionList /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
-```
-Turning off this automatic download breaks the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature by not letting the version list update with newly outdated controls, potentially compromising the security of your computer. Use this configuration option at your own risk.
-
-## Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
- on managed devices
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking includes four new Group Policy settings that you can use to manage your web browser configuration, based on your domain controller. You can download the administrative templates, including the new settings, from the [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746579) page or the [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580) page, depending on your operating system.
-
-### Group Policy settings
-Here’s a list of the new Group Policy info, including the settings, location, requirements, and Help text strings. All of these settings can be set in either the Computer Configuration or User Configuration scope, but Computer Configuration takes precedence over User Configuration.
-
-**Important**
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking is turned off in the Local Intranet Zone and the Trusted Sites Zone; therefore, intranet websites and line-of-business apps will continue to use out-of-date ActiveX controls without disruption.
-
-|Setting |Category path |Supported on |Help text |
-|--------|--------------|-------------|----------|
-|Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether IE saves log information for ActiveX controls.
|
-|Remove **Run this time** button for outdated ActiveX controls in IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v RunThisTimeEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
|
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains |reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext\Domain" /v contoso.com /t REG_SZ /f
|
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v VersionCheckEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
|
-|Remove the **Update** button in the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification for IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager" /v UpdateEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
-
-## Inventory your ActiveX controls
-You can inventory the ActiveX controls being used in your company, by turning on the **Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE** setting:
-
-- **Windows 10:** Through a comma-separated values (.csv) file or through a local Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) class.
-
-- **All other versions of Microsoft Windows:** Through a .csv file only.
-
-
-### Inventory your ActiveX controls by using a .CSV file
-If you decide to inventory the ActiveX controls being used in your company by turning on the **Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE** setting, IE logs the ActiveX control information to the `%LOCALAPPDATA%\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\AuditMode\VersionAuditLog.csv` file.
-
-Here’s a detailed example and description of what’s included in the VersionAuditLog.csv file.
-
-|Source URI |File path |Product version |File version |Allowed/Blocked |Reason |EPM-compatible |
-|-----------|----------|----------------|-------------|----------------|-------|---------------|
-|`https://contoso.com/test1.html` |C:\Windows\System32\Macromed\Flash\Flash.ocx |14.0.0.125 |14.0.0.125 |Allowed |Not in blocklist |EPM-compatible |
-|`https://contoso.com/test2.html` |C:\Program Files\Java\jre6\bin\jp2iexp.dll |6.0.410.2 |6.0.410.2 |Blocked |Out of date |Not EPM-compatible |
-
-**Where:**
-- **Source URI.** The URL of the page that loaded the ActiveX control.
-
-- **File path.** The location of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
-- **Product version.** The product version of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
-- **File version.** The file version of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
-- **Allowed/Blocked** Whether IE blocked the ActiveX control.
-
-- **Enhanced Protected Mode (EPM)-compatible.** Whether the loaded ActiveX control is compatible with [Enhanced Protected Mode](/troubleshoot/browsers/enhanced-protected-mode-add-on-compatibility).
Enhanced Protected Mode isn’t supported on Internet Explorer 9 or earlier versions of IE. Therefore, if you’re using Internet Explorer 8 or Internet Explorer 9, all ActiveX controls will always be marked as not EPM-compatible.
-
-- **Reason.** The ActiveX control can be blocked or allowed for any of these reasons:
-
-|Reason |Corresponds to |Description |
-|-------------------------|---------------|-------------------------------------------------|
-|Version not in blocklist |Allowed |The version of the loaded ActiveX control is explicitly allowed by the IE version list. |
-|Trusted domain |Allowed |The ActiveX control was loaded on a domain listed in the **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains** setting. |
-|File doesn’t exist |Allowed |The loaded ActiveX control is missing required binaries to run correctly. |
-|Out-of-date |Blocked |The loaded ActiveX control is explicitly blocked by the IE version list because it is out-of-date. |
-|Not in blocklist |Allowed |The loaded ActiveX control isn’t in the IE version list. |
-|Managed by policy |Allowed |The loaded ActiveX control is managed by a Group Policy setting that isn’t listed here, and will be managed in accordance with that Group Policy setting. |
-|Trusted Site Zone or intranet |Allowed |The ActiveX control was loaded in the Trusted Sites Zone or the Local Intranet Zone. |
-|Hardblocked |Blocked |The loaded ActiveX control is blocked in IE because it contains known security vulnerabilities. |
-|Unknown |Allowed or blocked |None of the above apply. |
-
-### Inventory your ActiveX controls by using a local WMI class
-For Windows 10 you also have the option to log your inventory info to a local WMI class. Info logged to this class includes all of info you get from the .csv file, plus the CLSID of the loaded ActiveX control or the name of any apps started from an ActiveX control.
-
-#### Before you begin
-Before you can use WMI to inventory your ActiveX controls, you need to [download the configuration package (.zip file)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=616971), which includes:
-
-- **ConfigureWMILogging.ps1**. A Windows PowerShell script.
-
-- **ActiveXWMILogging.mof**. A managed object file.
-
-Before running the PowerShell script, you must copy both the .ps1 and .mof file to the same directory location, on the client computer.
-
- **To configure IE to use WMI logging**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and turn on the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE` setting.
-
-2. On the client device, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `ConfigureWMILogging.ps1` by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command:
- ```
- powershell –ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\ConfigureWMILogging.ps1
- ```
- For more info, see [about_Execution_Policies](/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_execution_policies).
-
-3. **Optional:** Set up your domain firewall for WMI data. For more info, see [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md).
-
-The inventory info appears in the WMI class, `IEAXControlBlockingAuditInfo`, located in the WMI namespace, *root\\cimv2\\IETelemetry*. To collect the inventory info from your client computers, we recommend using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or any agent that can access the WMI data. For more info, see [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 41a67c1f65..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Possible solutions to the problems you might encounter after installing IE11, such as crashing or seeming slow, getting into an unusable state, or problems with adaptive streaming and DRM playback.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: c4b75ad3-9c4a-4dd2-9fed-69f776f542e6
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/16/2017
----
-
-
-# Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you install Internet Explorer 11 in your organization, you might run into the following issues. By following these suggestions, you should be able to fix them.
-
-## Internet Explorer is in an unusable state
-If IE11 gets into an unusable state on an employee's computer, you can use the **Reset Internet Explorer Settings (RIES)** feature to restore the default settings for many of the browser features, including:
-
-- Search scopes
-
-- Appearance settings
-
-- Toolbars
-
-- ActiveX® controls (resets to the opt-in state, unless they're pre-approved)
-
-- Branding settings created with IEAK 11
-
-RIES does not:
-
-- Clear the Favorites list, RSS feeds, or Web slices.
-
-- Reset connection or proxy settings.
-
-- Affect the applied Administrative Template Group Policy settings.
-
-RIES turns off all custom toolbars, browser extensions, and customizations installed with IE11. If you change your mind, you can turn each of the customizations back on through the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box. For more information about resetting IE settings, see [How to Reset Internet Explorer Settings](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-or-reset-internet-explorer-settings-2d4bac50-5762-91c5-a057-a922533f77d5).
-
-## IE is crashing or seems slow
-If you notice that CPU usage is running higher than normal, or that IE is frequently crashing or slowing down, you should check your browser add-ons and video card. By default, IE11 uses graphics processing unit (GPU) rendering mode. However, some outdated video cards and video drivers don't support GPU hardware acceleration. If IE11 determines that your current video card or video driver doesn't support GPU hardware acceleration, it'll use Software Rendering mode.
-
- **To check your browser add-ons**
-
-1. Start IE11 in **No Add-ons mode** by running the **Run** command from the **Start** menu, and then typing `iexplore.exe -extoff` into the box.
-
-2. Check if IE still crashes.
If you decide to manually change the registry key, you can change the **Enable** setting to `[deployment url]/api/records/`, which automatically sends your reports to this page.
-
-### Setting up, collecting, and viewing reports
-For logging, you’re going to need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu. These POST messages go into your database, aggregating the report data by URL, giving you the total number of reports where users turned on Enterprise Mode, the total number of reports where users turned off Enterprise Mode, and the date of the last report.
-
- **To set up the sample**
-
-1. Set up a server to collect your Enterprise Mode information from your users.
-
-2. Go to the Internet Explorer/[EMIE-Data_Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) page on GitHub and tap or click the **Download ZIP** button to download the complete project.
-
-3. Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with Update 2, and then open the PhoneHomeSample.sln file.
-
-4. On the **Build** menu, tap or click **Build Solution**.
- Make sure you have a database associated with your publishing target. Otherwise, your reports won’t be collected and you’ll have problems deploying the website.
-
- 
-
- After you finish the publishing process, you need to test to make sure the app deployed successfully.
-
- **To test, deploy, and use the app**
-
-7. Open a registry editor on the computer where you deployed the app, go to the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode` key, and change the **Enable** string to:
-
- ``` "Enable"="https://
-IE11 isn't supported on Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012.
-
-Some of the components in this table might also need additional system resources. Check the component's documentation for more information.
-
-
-| Item | Minimum requirements |
-|--------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Computer/processor | 1 gigahertz (GHz) 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) |
-| Operating system |
|
-| Memory |
|
-| Hard drive space | |
-| Drive | CD-ROM drive (if installing from a CD-ROM) |
-| Display | Super VGA (800 x 600) or higher-resolution monitor with 256 colors |
-| Peripherals | Internet connection and a compatible pointing device |
-
-## Support for .NET Framework
-You might experience start up issues where IE11 fails to launch an application that uses managed browser hosting controls with your legacy apps. This is because, starting with Internet Explorer 10, the browser started blocking legacy apps from using the .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0. To fix this problem, see [.NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11](net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Support for multiple languages
-IE11 is available in 108 languages for Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 and in 97 languages for Windows 7 with SP1. For the list of languages and download links, see [Available language packs based on operating system](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=281818).
-
-Computers running localized versions of Windows should run the same version of IE11. For example, if your employees use the Spanish edition of Windows, you should deploy the Spanish version of IE11. On the other hand, if your employees use multiple localized versions of Windows, like Spanish, French, and Catalan, you should install IE11 in one of the languages, and then install language packs for the others.
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec77071c73..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Find out how to achieve better backward compatibility for your legacy web applications with the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid:
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Find out how to achieve better backward compatibility for your legacy web applications with the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-Jump to:
-- [Tips for IT professionals](#tips-for-it-professionals)
-- [Tips for web developers](#tips-for-web-developers)
-
-[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md) can be very effective in providing backward compatibility for older web apps. The Enterprise Mode Site List includes the ability to put any web app in any document mode, include IE8 and IE7 Enterprise Modes, without changing a single line of code on the website.
-
-
-
-Sites in the \
-Turning off both of these features turns off Enterprise Mode for your company. Turning off Enterprise Mode also causes any websites included in your employee’s manual site lists to not appear in Enterprise Mode.
-
- **To turn off the site list using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2. Go to the **Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list** setting, and then click **Disabled**.HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode.
-
-4. Edit the `SiteList` registry key to point to where you want to keep your Enterprise Mode site list file. For example:
-
- 
-
- - **HTTPS location**: `"SiteList"="https://localhost:8080/sites.xml"`
-
- - **Local network:** `"SiteList"="\\network\shares\sites.xml"`
-
- - **Local file:** `"SiteList"="file:///c:\\Users\\
|
-|Approver
(includes the App Manager and Group Head roles) |
|
-|Administrator |
|
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Portal workflow by employee role
-The following workflow describes how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-1. [The Requester submits a change request for an app](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-2. [The Requester tests the change request info, verifying its accuracy](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-3. [The Approver(s) group accepts the change request](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-4. [The Requester schedules the change for the production environment](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-5. [The change is verified against the production site list and signed off](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [How to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cbfcfecf93..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add individual website domains and domain paths and to specify whether the site renders using Enterprise Mode or the default mode.
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager versions
-There are currently two versions of the Enterprise Site List Manager, both based on your schema and operating system. Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) tool, based on your operating system.
-
-|Schema version |Operating system |Enterprise Site List Manager version |
-|-----------------|---------------|------------------------------------|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 2 (v.2) |Windows 10
-OR-
Windows 8.1
-OR-
Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) and the v.2 version of the schema. If you import a v.1 version schema into the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), the XML is saved into the v.2 version of the schema.
For more info about the v.2 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 1 (v.1) |Windows 10
-OR-
Windows 8.1
-OR-
Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) and the v.1 version of the schema.
For more info about the v.1 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)|
-
-## Using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-The following topics give you more information about the things that you can do with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to edit the compatibility mode for specific websites.
-Because we’ve added the IE7 Enterprise Mode option, we’ve had to rename the original functionality of Enterprise Mode to be IE8 Enterprise Mode. We’ve also replaced Edge Mode with IE11 Document Mode, so you can explicitly use IE11 on Windows 10.
-
-## Turning on and using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-For instructions about how to add IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode to your webpages and apps, see:
-
-- [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-For instructions and more info about how to fix your compatibility issues using Enterprise Mode, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2090ed72ef..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use IEAK 11 while planning, customizing, and building the custom installation package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: af93742f-f955-44ab-bfa2-7bf0c99045d3
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) helps you set up, deploy, and maintain Internet Explorer 11.
-
-**Note**
IEAK 11 works in network environments, with or without Microsoft Active Directory.
-
-
-
-## Plan, Customize, and Build with the IEAK 11
-Consider these activities while planning, customizing, and building the custom installation package.
-
-### Plan
-Before you begin, you should:
-
-- **Check the operating system requirements.** Check that the requirements for the computer you're building your installation package from, and the computers you're installing IE11 to, all meet the system requirements for IEAK 11 and IE11. For Internet Explorer requirements, see [System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md). For IEAK 11 requirements, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md).
-
-- **Decide on your distribution method.** Decide how to distribute your custom installation package: Windows Update, Microsoft Configuration Manager, or your network.
-
-- **Gather URLs and branding and custom graphics.** Collect the URLs for your company's own **Home**, **Search**, and **Support** pages, plus any custom branding and graphic files for the browser toolbar button and the **Favorites** list icons.
-
-- **Identify trusted network servers.** Decide which servers your employees should use to install the custom IE package. These servers need to be listed as trusted sites.
-
-- **Set up automatic detection and configuration settings.** Decide whether to automatically customize IE11 the first time it's started.
-
-- **Identify custom components for uninstallation.** Decide whether to include any custom uninstallation programs. Uninstallation programs let your employees remove your custom components through **Uninstall or change a program** in the Control Panel.
-
-- **Identify ActiveX controls.** Decide if you'll use ActiveX controls in your company. If you already use ActiveX, you should get an inventory of your active controls.
-
-### Customize and build
-After installing IE11 and the IEAK 11, you should:
-
-- **Prepare your build computer.** Create your build environment on the computer you're using to build the custom package.
-
-- **Create your branding and custom graphics.** If you don't have any, create custom branding and graphic files for the browser toolbar button and icons in your **Favorites** list.
-
-- **Specify your servers as trusted sites.** Identify your installation servers as trusted sites, in the **Trusted sites zone** of the **Internet Options** box.
-
-- **Turn on automatic detection and configuration settings (Optional).** Set up your network so that IE is automatically customized the first time it's started.
-
-- **Set up custom components for uninstallation.** Create the custom .inf file you'll use to register your custom uninstallation programs.
-
-- **Set up ActiveX controls.** Add any new ActiveX controls to the Axaa.adm file, using a text editor.
-
-- **Create a custom browser package.** Create your custom installation package, using IE Customization Wizard 11. For more information about using the wizard, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options](../ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f65a6f4ac..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use Setup Information (.inf) files to create installation packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 04fa2ba8-8d84-4af6-ab99-77e4f1961b0e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Setup Information (.inf) files to create packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Setup Information (.inf) files to create install packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-IEAK 11 uses Setup information (.inf) files to provide uninstallation instructions. Uninstallation instructions let your employees remove components, like files, registry entries, or shortcuts, through the **Uninstall or change a program** box. For details about .inf files, see [INF File Sections and Directives](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/).
-
- **To add uninstallation instructions to the .inf files**
-
-- Open the Registry Editor (regedit.exe) and add these registry keys:
- ```
- HKLM,SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"DisplayName",,"description"
- HKLM,SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"UninstallString",,"command-line"
- ```
- Where **"description"** is the name that shows up in the **Uninstall or change a program** box and **"command-line"** is the command that runs after the component is picked.
-
- Make sure your script removes the uninstallation registry key, too. Otherwise, the component name will continue to show up in the Uninstall or change a program.
-
-## Limitations
-.Inf files have limitations:
-
-- You can't delete directories.
-
-- You can't use **RenFiles** to move a file to a different location, it only lets you rename a file in its existing location. For detailed information, see [INF RenFiles Directive](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/inf-renfiles-directive).
-
-- You can't use **CopyFiles** to copy a file to another place on your hard drive, it can only copy files from the source disk to the destination directory. For information, see [INF CopyFiles Directive](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/inf-copyfiles-directive).
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a31c831abd..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to make sure your change request info is accurate within the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-> [!Important]
-> This step requires that each Requester have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-The Requester successfully submits a change request to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and then gets an email, including:
-
-- **EMIE_RegKey**. A batch file that when run, sets the registry key to point to the local pre-production Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-- **Test steps**. The suggested steps about how to test the change request details to make sure they're accurate in the pre-production environment.
-
-- **EMIE_Reset**. A batch file that when run, reverts the changes made to the pre-production registry.
-
-## Verify and send the change request to Approvers
-The Requester tests the changes and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Pre-production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify changes and send to the Approver(s)**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. The Requester reviews the pre-defined Approver(s), and then clicks **Send for approval**.
-
- The Requester, the Approver group, and the Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request is waiting for approval.
-
-
-**To rollback your pre-production changes**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Issue description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
- The change request and issue info are sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the pre-production environment.
-
- After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request can be updated and re-submitted.
-
-
-## View rolled back change requests
-The original Requester and the Administrator(s) group can view the rolled back change requests.
-
-**To view the rolled back change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rolled back** from the left pane.
-
- All rolled back change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-## Next steps
-If the change request is certified as successful, the Requester must next send it to the Approvers for approval. For the Approver-related steps, see the [Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ccd3e4d0c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Requester makes sure that the change request update is accurate within the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-## Verify and sign off on the update in the production environment
-The Requester tests the changes in the production environment and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify the changes and sign off**
-- On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful**, optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results, optionally includes a description of the change, and then clicks **Sign off**.
-
- The Requester, Approver group, and Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request has been signed off.
-
-
-**To rollback production changes**
-1. On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Change description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
- The info is sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the production environment.
-
- After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request is automatically handled in the production and pre-production environment site lists.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9aa736bacb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to view the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Any employee with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal can view the apps included in the current Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-**To view the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Production sites list** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Production sites list** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Click any URL to view the actual site, using the compatibility mode and opening in the correct browser.
-
-
-**To export the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. On the **Production sites list** page, click **Export**.
-
-2. Save the ProductionSiteList.xlsx file.
-
- The Excel file includes all apps in the current Enterprise Mode Site List, including URL, compatibility mode, and assigned browser.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f2db72080d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how an Administrator can view the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Administrators can view the Microsoft-provided Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To view the reports**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Enterprise Mode reports** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
- The **Enterprise Mode reports** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Use the calendars to provide the **From date** and **To date**, determining the span of time the report covers.
-
-3. Click **Apply**.
-
- The reports all change to reflect the appropriate timeframe and group, including:
-
- - **Total number of websites in the site list.** A box at the top of the reports page that tells you the total number of websites included in the Enterprise Mode Sit List.
-
- - **All websites by docmode.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on the different doc modes included in the **App best viewed in** field.
-
- - **All websites by browser.** Shows how many apps require which browser, including **IE11**, **MSEdge**, or **None**.
-
- - **All requests by status.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on each status.
-
- - **All requests by change type.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on the **Requested change** field.
-
- - **Request status by group.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on both group and status.
-
- - **Reasons for request.** Shows how many change request reasons exist, based on the **Reason for request** field.
-
- - **Requested changes by app name.** Shows what specific apps were **Added to site list**, **Deleted from site list**, or **Updated from site list**.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 613d58863c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: virtualization
-description: Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b0388c04-2584-4b6d-a7a8-4e0476773a80
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If your company is considering upgrading to the latest version of Internet Explorer, but is hesitant because of a large number of web apps that need to be tested and moved, we recommend that you consider virtualization. Virtualization lets you set up a virtual environment where you can run earlier versions of IE.
-
-**Important**
-We strongly suggest that while you're using virtualization, you also update your web apps so they run natively in the newer version of IE. For more information about how to update your code, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Compatibility Cookbook (Windows)](/previous-versions//dn384049(v=vs.85)) to learn about the developer features that have been changed or deprecated since Internet Explorer 10.
-
-The Microsoft-supported options for virtualizing web apps are:
-
-- **Microsoft Enterprise Desktop Virtualization (MED-V).** Uses Microsoft Virtual PC to provide an enterprise solution for desktop virtualization. With MED-V, you can easily create, deliver, and manage corporate Virtual PC images on any Windows®-based desktop. For more information, see [MED-V](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/medv-v2/).
-
-- **Client Hyper-V.** Uses the same virtualization technology previously available in Windows Server, but now installed for Windows 8.1. For more information, see [Client Hyper-V](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh857623(v=ws.11)).
-
-6. Clear the **Update Rollup** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7. Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-After the new Internet Explorer 11 package is available for download, you should manually synchronize the new package to your WSUS server, so that when you re-enable auto-approval it won’t be automatically installed.
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Synchronizations**.
-
-3. Click **Synchronize Now**.
-
-4. Expand *ComputerName*, expand **Updates**, and then click **All Updates**.
-
-5. Choose **Unapproved** in the **Approval**drop down box.
-
-6. Check to make sure that Microsoft Internet Explorer 11 is listed as an unapproved update.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> There may be multiple updates, depending on the imported language and operating system updates.
-
-### Optional - Reset update rollups packages to auto-approve
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3. Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4. Click the rule that automatically approves updates of different classifications, and then click **Edit**.
-
-5. Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-6. Check the **Update Rollups** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7. Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because auto-approval rules are only evaluated when an update is first imported into WSUS, turning this rule back on after the Internet Explorer 11 update has been imported and synchronized to the server won’t cause this update to be auto-approved.
-
-
-
-## Additional resources
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 FAQ for IT pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](./index.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dd8e3bcce6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to perform all of the workflow-related processes in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-
-# Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to perform the available Enterprise Mode Site List Portal processes, based on workflow.
-
-## In this section
-|Topic |Description |
-|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester creates a change request in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester tests a change request in the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Approver(s) approve a change request in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester schedules the approved change request update in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester tests an update in the production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[View the apps currently on the Enterprise Mode Site List](view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md)|Details about how anyone with access to the portal can review the apps already on the active Enterprise Mode Site List.|
-|[View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md) |Details about how the Administrator can view the view the Microsoft-provided Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. |
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96fce41e4b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
- ms.localizationpriority: medium
- ms.mktglfcycl: explore
- description: Frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros
- author: dansimp
- ms.prod: ie11
- ms.assetid: 140e7d33-584a-44da-8c68-6c1d568e1de3
- ms.reviewer:
- audience: itpro
- manager: dansimp
- ms.author: dansimp
- title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
- ms.sitesec: library
- ms.date: 10/16/2017
- ms.topic: faq
-title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros
-summary: |
- [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
- Answering frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) features, operating system support, integration with the Windows operating system, Group Policy, and general configuration.
-
-
-sections:
- - name: Ignored
- questions:
- - question: |
- What operating system does IE11 run on?
- answer: |
- - Windows 10
-
- - Windows 8.1
-
- - Windows Server 2012 R2
-
- - Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-
- - question: |
- How do I install IE11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows Server 2012 R2?
- answer: |
- IE11 is preinstalled with Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2. No additional action is required.
-
- - question: |
- How do I install IE11 on Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1?
- answer: |
- You can install IE11 on computers running either Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1. To download IE11, see the IE11 [home page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=290956).
-
- - question: |
- How does IE11 integrate with Windows 8.1?
- answer: |
- IE11 is the default handler for the HTTP and HTTPS protocols and the default browser for Windows 8.1. There are two experiences in Windows 8.1: Internet Explorer and Internet Explorer for the desktop. IE is the default browser for touch-first, immersive experiences. Internet Explorer for the desktop provides a more traditional window and tab management experience. The underlying platform of IE11 is fully interoperable across both IE and the familiar Internet Explorer for the desktop, letting developers write the same markup for both experiences.
-
- - question: |
- What are the new or improved security features?
- answer: |
- IE11 offers improvements to Enhanced Protected Mode, password manager, and other security features. IE11 also turns on Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 by default.
-
- - question: |
- How is Microsoft supporting modern web standards, such as WebGL?
- answer: |
- Microsoft is committed to providing an interoperable web by supporting modern web standards. Doing this lets developers use the same markup across web browsers, helping to reduce development and support costs.
- The preinstalled version of Adobe Flash isn't supported on IE11 running on either Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1. However, you can still download and install the separate Adobe Flash plug-in.
-
- - question: |
- Can I replace IE11 on Windows 8.1 with an earlier version?
- answer: |
- No. Windows 8.1 doesn't support any of the previous versions of IE.
-
- - question: |
- Are there any new Group Policy settings in IE11?
- answer: |
- IE11 includes all of the previous Group Policy settings you've used to manage and control web browser configuration since Internet Explorer 9. It also includes the following new Group Policy settings, supporting new features:
-
- - Turn off Page Prediction
-
- - Turn on the swiping motion for Internet Explorer for the desktop
-
- - Allow Microsoft services to provide more relevant and personalized search results
-
- - Turn off phone number detection
-
- - Allow IE to use the SPDY/3 network protocol
-
- - Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu
-
- - Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list
-
- For more information, see [New group policy settings for IE11](../ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md).
-
-
- - question: |
- Where can I get more information about IE11 for IT pros?
- answer: |
- Visit the [Springboard Series for Microsoft Browsers](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=313191) webpage on TechNet.
-
-
-
- - question: |
- Can I customize settings for IE on Windows 8.1?
- answer: |
- Settings can be customized in the following ways:
-
- - IE11 **Settings** charm.
-
- - IE11-related Group Policy settings.
-
- - IEAK 11 for settings shared by both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- - question: |
- Can I make Internet Explorer for the desktop my default browsing experience?
- answer: |
- Group Policy settings can be set to open either IE or Internet Explorer for the desktop as the default browser experience. Individual users can configure their own settings in the **Programs** tab of **Internet Options**. The following table shows the settings and results:
-The customizations you make on this page apply only to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To use the Accelerators page**
-
-1. Click **Import** to automatically import your existing accelerators from your current version of IE into this list.
-
-2. Click **Add** to add more accelerators.
-ActiveX controls are supported in Internet Explorer for the desktop for Windows 7 and Windows 8.1. They are not supported on the immersive version of Internet Explorer for Windows 8.1.
-
-## Scenario 1: Limited Internet-only use of ActiveX controls
-While you might not care about your employees using ActiveX controls while on your intranet sites, you probably do want to limit ActiveX usage while your employee is on the Internet. By specifying and pre-approving a set of generic controls for use on the Internet, you’re able to let your employees use the Internet, but you can still limit your company’s exposure to potentially hazardous, non-approved ActiveX controls.
-
-For example, your employees need to access an important Internet site, such as for a business partner or service provider, but there are ActiveX controls on their page. To make sure the site is accessible and functions the way it should, you can visit the site to review the controls, adding them as new entries to your `
-This page only appears if you’re using the **Internal** version of the wizard.
-
-You can set your proxy settings using Internet setting (.ins) files. You can also configure and maintain your advanced proxy settings using JScript (.js), JavaScript (.jvs), or proxy auto-configuration (.pac) script files. When you provide an auto-proxy script, IE dynamically determines whether to connect directly to a host or to use a proxy server.
-
-You can use the Domain Name System (DNS) and the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) naming systems to detect and change a browser’s settings automatically when the employee first starts IE on the network. For more info, see [Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11](auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md), or refer to the product documentation for your DNS and DHCP software packages.
-
-**To check the existing settings on your employee’s devices**
-
-1. Open IE, click **Tools**, click **Internet Options**, and then click the **Connections** tab.
-
-2. Click **LAN Settings** and make sure that the **Use automatic configuration script** box is selected, confirming the path and name of the file in the **Address** box.
-
-**To use the Automatic Configuration page**
-
-1. Check the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect browser settings.
-
-2. Check the **Enable Automatic Configuration** box if you plan to automatically change your IE settings after deployment, using configuration files. You can then:
-
- - Type the length of time (in minutes) for how often settings are to be applied in your company. Putting zero (**0**), or nothing, in this box will cause automatic configuration to only happen when the computer’s restarted.
-
- - Type the location to your .ins file. You can edit this file directly to make any necessary changes.
-
- The updates will take effect the next time your employee starts IE, or during your next scheduled update.
-
- - Type the location to your automatic proxy script file.
-
- **Note**
- If you specify URLs for both auto-config and auto-proxy, the auto-proxy URL will be incorporated into the .ins file. The correct form for the URL is `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Connection Settings](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fadc8246a0..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to set up automatic detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11 in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6bfe7c4-f452-406f-b47e-b7f0d8c44ae1
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Set up your network to automatically detect and customize Internet Explorer 11 when it’s first started. Automatic detection is supported on both Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS), letting your servers detect and set up your employee’s browser settings from a central location, using a configuration URL (.ins file) or a JavaScript proxy configuration file (.js, .jvs, or .pac).
-
-Before you can set up your environment to use automatic detection, you need to turn the feature on.
-
-**To turn on the automatic detection feature**
-
-- Open Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11), run the IE Customization Wizard 11 and on the **Automatic Configuration** page, check **Automatically detect configuration settings**. For more information, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Automatic detection on DHCP and DNS servers
-Automatic detection works even if the browser wasn't originally set up or installed by the administrator.
-
-- **Using DHCP servers:** For local area network (LAN)-based users. This server type lets you specify your global and subnet TCP/IP parameters centrally, defining your users' parameters by using reserved addresses. By doing it this way, a computer can move between subnets, automatically reconfiguring for TCP/IP when it starts.
-
- Your DHCP servers must support the DHCPINFORM message, to obtain the DHCP options.
-
-- **Using DNS servers:** For users on dial-up connections. This server type uses a set of protocols and services on a TCP/IP network, which lets users search for other computers by using hierarchical, user-friendly names (hosts), instead of numeric IP addresses. To use this, you have to set up either the host record or the CNAME alias record in the DNS database file.
-
- DHCP has a higher priority than DNS for automatic configuration. If DHCP provides the URL to a .pac, .jvs, .js, or .ins configuration file, the process stops and the DNS lookup doesn't happen.
-
-**To set up automatic detection for DHCP servers**
-
-- Open the [DHCP Administrative Tool](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd145324(v=ws.10)), create a new option type, using the code number 252, and then associate it with the URL to your configuration file. For detailed instructions about how to do this, see [Create an option 252 entry in DHCP](/previous-versions/tn-archive/bb794881(v=technet.10)).
-
- **Examples:**
- `https://www.microsoft.com/webproxy.pac`
- `https://marketing/config.ins`
- `https://123.4.567.8/account.pac`
- `
- `corserv IN A 192.55.200.143`
- `nameserver2 IN A 192.55.200.2`
- `mailserver1 IN A 192.55.200.51`
-
For more info about creating a WPAD entry, see Creating a WPAD entry in DNS.
-
-2. After the database file propagates to the server, the DNS name, `wpad.
-IE11 creates a default URL template based on the host name,**wpad**. For example, `https://wpad.
-You must run the **Automatic Version Synchronization** page once for each operating system and language combination of IE.
-
-The **Automatic Version Synchronization** page tells you:
-
-- **Version available on your machine**. The version of IE11 that’s running on the computer that’s also running the IE Customization Wizard 11.
-
-- **Latest version available on web**. The most recently released version of the IE Customization Wizard 11. To get this value, the wizard compares the version of IE on your computer to the latest version of IE on the **Downloads** site. If the versions are different, you’ll be asked to update your version of IE.
-
-- **Disk space required**. The amount of space on your hard drive needed to update the browser.
-
-- **Disk space available**. The amount of hard drive space available on the computer that’s running the IE Customization Wizard 11.
-
-
-**To use the Automatic Version Synchronization page**
-
-1. Click **Synchronize**.
| Determines the default browser behavior. |
-|CMBitmapName | `
| Determines whether to use a custom Connection Manager profile. |
-|CompanyName |`
|Determines whether to encode the **[Favorites]** section for versions of IE earlier than 5.0. |
-|FavoritesDelete |*hexadecimal:* `0x89` |Lets you remove all existing Favorites and Quick Links. |
-|FavoritesOnTop |
|Determines whether to put new favorite items at the top of the menu. |
-|IE4 Welcome Msg |
|Determines whether a **Welcome** page appears. |
-|Language ID |`
|Determines whether to optimize the Active Setup Wizard for download. |
-|SilentInstall |
|Determines whether Windows Update Setup runs interactively on the employee’s computer.
This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11. |
-|StealthInstall |
|Determines whether Windows Update Setup shows error messages and dialog boxes.
This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11. |
-|Toolbar Bitmap |`
|The version of IEAK 11 being used. |
-|User Agent |`
|Determines whether the IE 4.x integrated shell is included in this package. |
-|Win32DownloadSite |`
The customizations you make on this page apply only to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To use the Browser User Interface page**
-
-1. Check the **Customize Title Bars** box so you can add your custom text to the **Title Bar Text** box.
Only Administrators can use this option.
-
-3. Click **Add** to add new toolbar buttons.
|Determines whether to delete the existing custom toolbar buttons. |
-|HotIcon0 |`
|Determines whether to show the new button on the toolbar by default. |
-|ToolTipText0 |`
Using the options on the **Additional Settings** page of the wizard, you can let your employees change their connection settings. For more information see the [Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page. You can also customize additional connection settings using the **Automatic Configuration** page in the wizard. For more information see the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To view your current connection settings**
-
-1. Open IE, click the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click the **Connections** tab.
-
-2. Click **Settings** to view your dial-up settings and click **LAN Settings** to view your network settings.
-
-**To use the Connection Settings page**
-
-1. Decide if you want to customize your connection settings. You can pick:
-
- - **Do not customize Connection Settings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to preset your employee’s connection settings.
-
- - **Import the current Connection Settings from this machine.** Pick this option to import your connection settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s connection settings.
-
- **Note**
If you want to change any of your settings later, you can click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, click the **Connection Settings** tab, and make your changes.
-
-2. Check the **Delete existing Dial-up Connection Settings** box to clear any existing settings on your employee’s computers.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Connection Manager](connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e7777a64e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[ConnectionSettings\] .INS file setting to specify the network connection settings needed to install your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 41410300-6ddd-43b2-b9e2-0108a2221355
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ConnectionSettings .INS file to review the network connections for install (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ConnectionSettings .INS file to review the network connections for install
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about the network connection settings used to install your custom package. This section creates a common configuration on all of your employee’s computers.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----------|---------------------------|-------------|
-|ConnectName0 |`
|Determines whether to remove the existing connection settings during installation of your custom package. |
-|Option |
This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11.
|Determines whether an employee can import connection settings into the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0befbc922f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: How to create your folder structure on the computer that you’ll use to build your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e0d05a4c-099f-4f79-a069-4aa1c28a1080
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Create your build environment on the computer that you’ll use to build your custom browser package. Your license agreement determines your folder structure and which version of Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) you’ll use: **Internal** or **External**.
-
-|Name |Version |Description |
-|-----------------|----------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|
-|`\
|
-|Prep your environment and get all of the info you'll need for running IEAK 11 |
|
-|Run the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard |
|
-|Review your policy settings and create multiple versions of your install package. |
|
-|Review the general IEAK Customization Wizard 11 information, which applies throughout the process. |
For deployment instructions, additional troubleshooting, and post-installation management, see the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
|
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d88bfa81a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Steps to create multiple versions of your custom browser if you support more than 1 version of Windows, more than 1 language, or have different features in each package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4c5f3503-8c69-4691-ae97-1523091ab333
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You'll need to create multiple versions of your custom browser package if:
-
-- You support more than 1 version of the Windows operating system.
-
-- You support more than 1 language.
-
-- You have custom installation packages with only minor differences. For example, having a different phone number or a different set of URLs in the **Favorites** folder.
-
-The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 stores your original settings in the Install.ins file and will show them each time you re-open the wizard. For more info about .ins files, see [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md).
-
-**To create multiple versions of your browser package**
-
-1. Use the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 to create a custom browser package. For more info about how to run the wizard, start with the [Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md) topic.
-
-2. Go to the Cie\Custom folder and rename the Install.ins file to a name that reflects the version. Like, if you need a version for your employees in Texas, you could name the file Texas.ins.
-
-3. Run the wizard again, choosing the newly renamed folder as the destination directory for your output files.
Except for the **Title bar** text, **Favorites**, **Links bar**, **Home** page, and **Search bar**, we recommend that you keep all of your wizard settings the same for all of your build computers.
-
-4. Repeat this process until you’ve created a package for each version of your custom installation package.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba3904ae39..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use Setup information (.inf) files to uninstall custom components from your custom browser packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 8257aa41-58de-4339-81dd-9f2ffcc10a08
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use Setup information (.inf) files to uninstall custom components (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) uses Setup information (.inf) files to provide installation instructions for your custom browser packages. You can also use this file to uninstall your custom components by removing the files, registry entries, and shortcuts, and adding your custom component to the list of programs that can be uninstalled from **Uninstall or change a program**.
-
-**To uninstall your custom components**
-
-1. Open the Registry Editor and add a new key and value to:
`HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"DisplayName",,"description"`
`HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"UninstallString”",,"command-line"`
You should sign any custom code that’s being downloaded over the Internet. The default settings of Internet Explorer 11 will automatically reject any unsigned code. For more info about digitally signing custom components, see [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md).
-
-**To use the Custom Component page**
-
-1. Click **Add**.
You should install your component before IE if you need to run a batch file to configure your employee settings. You should install your component after IE if you plan to install software updates.
-
-4. Check the **Only install if IE is installed successfully** box if your component should only install if IE installs successfully. For example, if you’re installing a security update that requires IE.
-
-5. If your component is a .cab file, you must provide the extraction command into the **Command** box.
-
-6. If your component has its own globally unique identifier (GUID), replace the value in the **GUID** box. Otherwise, keep the automatically generated GUID.
-
-7. Describe your component using up to 511 characters in the **Description** box.
-
-8. Type any command-line options that need to run while installing your component into the **Parameters** box. For example, if you want your component to install silently, without prompts. For more info about using options, see [IExpress command-line options](iexpress-command-line-options.md).
-
-9. Type the value that Microsoft Update Setup uses to check that the component installed successfully into the **Uninstall Key** box. This check is done by comparing your value to the value in the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\ApplicationName` key.
-
-10. Type a numeric serial number for your component into the **Version** box, using this format: *xxxx*, *xxxxxx*, *xxxx*, *xxxx*.
-
-11. Click **Add**.
If you aren’t using IIS in your company, you’ll need to remap this URL to your script file’s location.
-
-2. On the **Additional Settings** page of the IEAK 11, click **Internet Settings**, and then click **Advanced Settings**.
-
-3. Go to the section labeled **Searching** and type *intranet* into the **Search Provider Keyword** box.
-
-**To redirect to a different site than the one provided by the search results**
-
-- In the **Advanced Settings** section, go to the section labeled **Searching** and change the **When searching from the address bar** setting to **Just go to the most likely site**.
-
-**To disable Automatic Search**
-
-- In the **Advanced Settings** section, go to the section labeled **Searching** and change the **When searching from the address bar** setting to **Do not search from the address bar**.
-
-### Automatic Search parameters
-You must replace the Automatic Search script file parameters, *%1* and *%2* so they’re part of the actual URL.
-
-|Parameter |Value |
-|----------|--------------------------------------------------------|
-|1% |The text string typed by an employee into the **Address** bar. |
-|2% |The type of search chosen by an employee. This can include:
|
-
-### Sample Automatic Search script
-This is a VBScript-based sample of an .asp Automatic Search script.
-
-```
-<%@ Language=VBScript %>
-<%
-' search holds the words typed in the Address bar
-' by the user, without the "go" or
-' "find" or any delimiters like
-' "+" for spaces.
-' If the user typed
-' "Apple pie," search = "Apple pie."
-' If the user typed
-' "find Apple pie," search = "Apple pie."
-
-search = Request.QueryString("MT")
-search = UCase(search)
-searchOption = Request.QueryString("srch")
-
-' This is a simple if/then/else
-' to redirect the browser to the site
-' of your choice based on what the
-' user typed.
-' Example: expense report is an intranet page
-' about filling out an expense report
-
-if (search = "NEW HIRE") then
-Response.Redirect("https://admin/hr/newhireforms.htm")
-elseif (search = "LIBRARY CATALOG") then
-Response.Redirect("https://library/catalog")
-elseif (search = "EXPENSE REPORT") then
-Response.Redirect("https://expense")
-elseif (search = "LUNCH MENU") then
-Response.Redirect("https://cafe/menu/")
-else
-
-' If there is not a match, use the
-' default IE autosearch server
-Response.Redirect("https://auto.search.msn.com/response.asp?MT="
-+ search + "&srch=" + searchOption +
-"&prov=&utf8")
-end if
-%>
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0a2f9882..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[ExtRegInf\] .INS file setting to specify your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for your custom components.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 53148422-d784-44dc-811d-ef814b86a4c6
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ExtRegInf .INS file to specify your installation files and mode (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ExtRegInf .INS file to specify installation files and mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to specify your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for your custom components.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----------|---------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Chat |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,chat.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-|Conf |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,conf.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-|Inetres |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,inetres.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-|Inetset |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,inetset.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-|Subs |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,subs.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-|ConnectionSettings |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,connect.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 030dc054d2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add links, web slices, and feeds to your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 84afa831-5642-4b8f-b7df-212a53ec8fc7
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you add:
-
-- **Links.** Used so your employees can quickly connect with your important websites. These links can appear in the **Links** folder or on the **Favorites Bar**.
-
-- **Web Slices.** Used so your employees can subscribe to a section of a webpage, tracking information as it changes, such as for weather reports, stock prices, or the progress of an auction item.
-
-- **Feeds.** Used so your employees can quickly access your recommended RSS feeds. While you can’t import a folder of RSS feeds, you can add new links.
-
-Although we provide default items in the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** area, you can remove any of the items, add more items, or add new folders and links as part of your custom package. The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-**To work with Favorites**
-
-1. To import your existing folder of links, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Import**.
-
-2. Go to your existing link folder, most likely in the `
|Determines if the **Favorites** item is available for offline browsing. |
-|Title1 |`
Your choices on this page determine what wizard pages appear.
-
-**To use the Feature Selection page**
-
-1. Check the box next to each feature you want to include in your custom installation package.
-You can create a custom installation package on your hard drive and move it to an Internet or intranet server, or you can create it directly on a server. If you create the package on a web server that’s running from your hard drive, use the path to the web server as the destination folder location. Whatever location you choose, it must be protected by appropriate access control lists (ACLs). If the location is not protected, the custom package may be tampered with.
-
-**To use the File Locations page**
-
-1. Browse to the location where you’ll store your finished custom IE installation package and the related subfolders.
Subfolders are created for each language version, based on operating system and media type. For example, if your destination folder is `C:\Inetpub\Wwwroot\Cie\Dist`, then the English-language version is created as `C:\Inetpub\Wwwroot\Cie\Dist\Flat\Win32\En` subfolders.
-
-2. Click **Advanced Options**.
-You must run Automatic Version Synchronization at least once to check for updated components.
-
-4. Browse to your .ins file location, and then click **Open**.
You must never edit a .sed file. |
-|.spc |The software publishing certificate file, which includes:
|
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d6fe74f8a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to set what your employee’s see the first time they log on to IE, based on their operating system.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f856a6-b707-48a9-ba99-3a6e898276a9
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you decide what your employee’s see the first time they log on to IE, based on their operating system.
-
-- **Windows 8.1 Update and newer.** No longer includes a **Welcome** page, so if you pick the **Use Internet Explorer 11 Welcome Page** or the **Use a custom Welcome page** option, IEAK creates an initial **Home** page that loads before all other **Home** pages, as the first tab. This only applies to the Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-- **Windows 7 SP1.** You can disable the first run page for Windows 7 SP1 and then pick a custom **Welcome** page to show instead. If you don’t customize the settings on this page, your employees will see the default IE **Welcome** page.
-
-**To use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page**
-
-1. Check the **Use IE11 First Run wizard (recommended)** box to use the default First Run wizard in IE.
Check your license agreement to make sure this customization is available.
-
-|Graphic |Type and description |
-|-----------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Browser toolbar button |2 icon (.ico) files with color images for active and inactive states. |
-|Favorites List icons |1 icon (.ico) file for each new URL. |
-
-Your icons must use the .ico file extension, no other image file extension works.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2da43b7f38..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: List of supported hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c50b86dc-7184-43d1-8daf-e750eb88dabb
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Before you can use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 and the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, you must first install Internet Explorer 11. For more info about installing IE11, see the [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md) page.
-
-## Hardware requirements
-Before you start the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, you must check to see how much disk space you have on the drive you're going to use to build the IE11 install package. This drive can be on the same device as the one running the wizard; it just needs to have a secure destination folder.
-
-Before you start to create your install package, you must meet all of the [Internet Explorer 11 requirements](../ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md), plus:
-
-- Up to 100 megabytes (MB) of disk space, depending on how many components you include in the installation package.
-
-- An additional 100 MB of disk space for each custom installation package built. Different media types are considered separate packages.
-
-## Software requirements
-The device you're going to use to build your install packages must be running Internet Explorer 11, on one of these operating systems:
-
-- Windows 10
-The device you're going to use to run IEAK 11 must be running the same version of the operating system as the device where you'll build your install packages.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c46e306f3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[HideCustom\] .INS file setting to decide whether to hide the GUID for each custom component.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e673f7b1-c3aa-4072-92b0-20c6dc3d9277
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the HideCustom .INS file to hide the GUID for each custom component (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the HideCustom .INS file to hide the GUID for each custom component
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about whether to hide the globally unique identifier (GUID) for each of your custom components.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
-|GUID |
|Determines whether this is a hidden component. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c9d24160a9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Reference about the command-line options and return codes for Internet Explorer Setup.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 40c23024-cb5d-4902-ad1b-6e8a189a699f
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can use command-line options along with a tool like IExpress to package your custom version of Internet Explorer and to perform a batch installation across your organization.
-
-## IE Setup command-line options
-These command-line options work with IE Setup:
-
-`[/help] [/passive | /quiet] [/update-no] [/no-default] [/nobackup] [/ieak-full:
The employee cancelled Setup and is then asked to confirm:
If the cancellation is confirmed, Setup will quit as soon as all of the in-progress tasks are done, like copying or extracting files. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1](iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md)
-- [Express Wizard command-line options](iexpress-command-line-options.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a02248b90..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. Use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: dougkim
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid:
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
->Applies to: Windows 10
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. You can use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment. To find more information on the IEAK, see [What IEAK can do for you](what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md).
-
-
-## Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11)
-
-[IEAK 11 documentation](index.md)
-
-[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-
-[IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-
-[Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md)
-
-## Download IEAK
-
-To download, choose to **Open** the download or **Save** it to your hard drive first.
-
-:::row:::
- :::column span="":::
- [English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi)
-
- [Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi)
-
- [Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi)
-
- [Chinese (Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi)
-
- [Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi)
-
- [Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi)
-
- [Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi)
-
- [Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
- :::column span="":::
- [French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi)
-
- [German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi)
-
- [Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi)
-
- [Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi)
-
- [Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi)
-
- [Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi)
-
- [Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi)
-
- [Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
- :::column span="":::
- [Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi)
-
- [Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi)
-
- [Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi)
-
- [Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi)
-
- [Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi)
-
- [Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi)
-
- [Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi)
-
- [Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
-:::row-end:::
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aa9964807..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Review the options available to help you customize your browser install packages for deployment to your employee's devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4b804da3-c3ac-4b60-ab1c-99536ff6e31b
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) and the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 to customize your browser install packages for deployment to your employee's devices.
-
-## IE Customization Wizard 11 options
-IEAK 11 lets you customize a lot of Internet Explorer 11, including the IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop experiences. For more info about the experiences, see [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md). For info about which pages appear in the **Internal** or **External** version of IE Customization Wizard 11, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
-|Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 page |Browser experience |Description |
-|-----------------------------------------------|------------------------------------|-----------------------------|
-|[Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Add up to 10 additional components that your employees can install at the same time they install IE. |
-|[Internal install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Choose to set IE11 as the default browser.
This only applies to IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|[User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Control the installation and restart experience for your employees.
You can turn off the entire **Suggested Sites** feature from this page. |
-|[Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) |Doesn't apply. The choices that you make on this page affect only the items shown on the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page. |Choose how to manage items in the **Favorites** folder, the **Favorites Bar**, and the **Feeds** folder. You can also turn off the Microsoft-default Favorites, Web slices, links, feeds, and accelerators. |
-|[First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options](first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Decide if the First Run wizard appears the first time an employee starts IE. You can also use the IE11 **Welcome** page, or link to a custom **Welcome** page. |
-|[Compatibility View](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. For more information, see [Missing the Compatibility View Button](../ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md). |
-|[Connection Manager](connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. |
-|[Connection Settings](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Choose whether to customize your connection settings. You can also choose to delete old dial-up connection settings. |
-|[Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Choose whether to automatically detect configuration settings and whether to turn on and customize automatic configuration. |
-|[Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Turn on and set up your proxy servers.
We don't support Gopher Server anymore. |
-|[Add a Root Certification](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. |
-|[Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |The **Security Zones and Privacy** settings are supported by both experiences. The **Content Ratings** are only supported on Internet Explorer for the desktop. |Decide if you want to:
|
-|[Programs](programs-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Decide your default programs or import your current settings. |
-|[Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Decide how to set up multiple IE settings that appear in the **Internet Options** box. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 391784b8a4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Reference about the command-line options for the IExpress Wizard.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: aa16d738-1067-403c-88b3-bada12cf9752
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: IExpress Wizard command-line options (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# IExpress Wizard command-line options
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1
-
-Use command-line options with the IExpress Wizard (IExpress.exe) to control your Internet Explorer custom browser package extraction process.
-
-These command-line options work with IExpress:
-`Ie11setup
The customizations made on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop on Windows 7.
-
-**To use the Internal Install page**
-
-1. Pick either:
-
- - **Allow user to choose.** Lets your employees pick their own default browser.
Make sure that the language of your IEAK 11 installation matches the language of your custom IE11 package. If the languages don’t match, IEAK 11 won’t work properly.
-
-**To use the Language Selection page**
-
-1. Pick the language you want your custom IE11 installation package to use.
To keep your settings across multiple versions of the package, you can pick the same destination folder for all versions. The different language versions are then saved in separate subfolders within that destination folder. Like, for an English version, `C:\Cie\Build1\Flat\Win32_WIN8\en-US\` and for a German version, `C:\Cie\Build1\Flat\Win32_WIN8\de-DE\`.
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Package Type Selection](pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Platform Selection](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eba34b5e1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about the version of the IEAK 11 you should run, based on your license agreement.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 69d25451-08af-4db0-9daa-44ab272acc15
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/23/2018
----
-
-
-# Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-In addition to the Software License Terms for the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11, referred to as the "software"), these Guidelines further define how you may and may not use the software to create versions of Internet Explorer 11 with optional customizations (referred to as the "customized browser") for internal use and distribution in accordance with the IEAK 11 Software License Terms. IEAK 11 is for testing purposes only and is not intended to be used in a production environment.
-
-During installation, you must pick a version of IEAK 11, either **External** or **Internal**, based on your license agreement. Your version selection decides the options you can chose, the steps you follow to deploy your Internet Explorer 11 package, and how you manage the browser after deployment.
-
-- **External Distribution as an Internet Service Provider (ISP), Internet Content Provider (ICP), or Developer.** If you are an ISP or an ICP, your license agreement also states that you must show the Internet Explorer logo on your packaging and promotional goods, as well as on your website.
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) that install IEAK 11 as part of a Windows product, under an OEM license agreement with Microsoft, must use their appropriate Windows OEM Preinstallation document (OPD) as the guide for allowable customizations.
-
-- **Internal Distribution via a Corporate Intranet.** This version is for network admins that plan to directly deploy IE11 into a corporate environment.
-
-## Available features by version
-
-| Feature | Internal | External |
-|-------------------------------------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------:|:------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:|
-| Welcome screen |  |  |
-| File locations |  |  |
-| Platform selection |  |  |
-| Language selection |  |  |
-| Package type selection |  |  |
-| Feature selection |  |  |
-| Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) |  |  |
-| Custom components |  |  |
-| Internal install |  |  |
-| User experience |  |  |
-| Browser user interface |  |  |
-| Search providers |  |  |
-| Important URLs – Home page and support |  |  |
-| Accelerators |  |  |
-| Favorites, Favorites bar, and feeds |  |  |
-| Browsing options |  |  |
-| First Run wizard and Welcome page options |  |  |
-| Connection manager |  |  |
-| Connection settings |  |  |
-| Automatic configuration |  |  |
-| Proxy settings |  |  |
-| Security and privacy settings |  |  |
-| Add a root certificate |  |  |
-| Programs |  |  |
-| Additional settings |  |  |
-| Wizard complete |  |  |
-
----
-
-
-## Customization guidelines
-
-Two installation modes are available to you, depending on how you are planning to use the customized browser created with the software. Each mode requires a separate installation of the software.
-
-- **External Distribution**
- This mode is available to anyone who wants to create a customized browser for distribution outside their company (for example, websites, magazines, retailers, non-profit organizations, independent hardware vendors, independent software vendors, Internet service providers, Internet content providers, software developers, and marketers).
-
-- **Internal Distribution**
- This mode is available to companies for the creation and distribution of a customized browser only to their employees over a corporate intranet.
-
-The table below identifies which customizations you may or may not perform based on the mode you selected.
-
-| **Feature Name** | **External Distribution** | **Internal Distribution** |
-|---------------------------------|:--------------------:|:-------------------:|
-| **Custom Components** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Title Bar** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Favorites** | One folder, containing any number of links. | Any number of folders/links. |
-| **Search Provider URLs** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Search Guide URL** | No | Yes |
-| **Online Support URL** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Web Slice** | Suggested maximum five Web Slices. | Any number of Web Slices. |
-| **Accelerator** | Search provider Accelerator must be the same as the search provider set for the Search Toolbox. We recommend that Any number of Accelerators/Accelerator Categories. Feature Name External Internal Accelerator category not exceed seven total categories, and each Accelerator category must be unique. We recommend each Accelerator category not have more than two Accelerators. The Accelerator display name should follow the syntax of verb + noun, such as "Map with Bing." | Any number of Accelerators/Accelerator Categories. |
-| **Homepage URLs** | Can add a maximum of three. | Unlimited. |
-| **First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options** | Cannot remove Internet Explorer 11 First Run wizard. Can customize **Welcome** page. | Customizable. |
-| **RSS Feeds** | One folder, containing any number of links. | Any number of folders/links. |
-| **Browsing Options** | No | Yes |
-| **Security and Privacy Settings** | No | Can add any number of sites. |
-| **Corporate Options** (Latest Updates, Default Browser, Uninstall Info, Additional Settings) | No | Yes |
-| **User Experience** (Setup/Restart) | No | Yes |
-| **User Agent String** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Compatibility View** | Yes | Yes |
-| **Connection Settings and Manage** | Yes | Yes |
-
-
-Support for some of the Internet Explorer settings on the wizard pages varies depending on your target operating system. For more information, see [Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 options](./ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md).
-
-## Distribution guidelines
-
-Two installation modes are available to you, depending on how you are planning to use the customized browser created with the software. Each mode requires a separate installation of the software.
-
-- **External Distribution**
- You shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the quality of (i) any non-Microsoft software distributed with Internet Explorer 11, and (ii) any media used for distribution (for example, optical media, flash drives), at a level that meets or exceeds the highest industry standards. If you distribute add-ons with Internet Explorer 11, those add-ons must comply with the [Microsoft browser extension policy](/legal/microsoft-edge/microsoft-browser-extension-policy).
-
-- **Internal Distribution - corporate intranet**
- The software is solely for use by your employees within your company's organization and affiliated companies through your corporate intranet. Neither you nor any of your employees may permit redistribution of the software to or for use by third parties other than for third parties such as consultants, contractors, and temporary staff accessing your corporate intranet.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f628def610..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Media\] .INS file setting to specify the types of media on which your custom install package is available.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c57bae60-d520-49a9-a77d-da43f7ebe5b8
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Media .INS file to specify your install media (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Media .INS file to specify your install media
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The types of media on which your custom install package is available.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|-----------------|
-|Build_LAN |
|Determines whether you want to create a LAN-based installation package. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ae7b3c6150..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the media type you’ll use to distribute your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: dd91f788-d05e-4f45-9fd5-d951abf04f2c
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Package Type Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick which type of media you’ll use to distribute your custom installation package. You can pick more than one type, if you need it.
-
-**Important**
You can't create a full installation package for deployment to Windows 10 computers. That option only works for computers running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1.
-
-**To use the File Locations page**
-
-1. Check the **Full Installation Package** box if you’re going to build your package on, or move your package to, a local area network (LAN). This media package includes the Internet Explorer 11 installation files, and is named **IE11-Setup-Full.exe**, in the `
You can’t include custom components in a configuration-only package.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Feature Selection](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Language Selection](language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 67d9caac65..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the specs for your employee devices that will get the install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9cbf5abd-86f7-42b6-9810-0b606bbe8218
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Platform Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the operating system and architecture (32-bit or 64-bit) for the devices on which you’re going to install the custom installation package.
-
-**To use the Platform Selection page**
-
-1. Pick the operating system and architecture for the devices on which you’re going to install the custom package.
To keep your settings across several operating system packages, you can specify the same destination folder. Then, after running the wizard, you can reuse the resulting .ins file. Any additional changes to the .ins file are saved. For more info about using .ins files, see [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md). For more info about adding in your .ins file, see [Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Language Selection](language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [File Locations](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4720c446af..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about what you need to do before you deploy your custom browser package using IEAK 11 over your network.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2c66d22a-4a94-47cc-82ab-7274abe1dfd6
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Employees can install the custom browser package using a network server. However, you must either lower the intranet security level or make the server a trusted site.
-
-**To lower your intranet security**
-
-1. In Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, **Internet Options**, and then the **Security** tab.
-
-2. Click **Local intranet**, and then **Sites**.
-
-3. Uncheck **Automatically detect intranet network**, uncheck **Include all network paths (UNC)**, and then click **OK**.
-
-**To make your server a trusted site**
-
-1. From the **Security** tab, click **Trusted sites**, and then **Sites**.
-
-2. Type the location of the server with the downloadable custom browser package, and then click **Add**.
-
-3. Repeat this step for every server that will include the custom browser package for download.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index acfbbc74ae..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the default programs to use for Internet services.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f715668f-a50d-4db0-b578-e6526fbfa1fc
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Programs** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the default programs to use for Internet services, like email, contact lists, and newsgroups, by importing settings from your computer.
-
-**Important**
The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-**To use the Programs page**
-
-1. Determine whether you want to customize your connection settings. You can pick:
-
- - **Do not customize Program Settings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to set program associations for your employee’s devices.
If you want to change any of your settings, you can click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, click **Set associations**, and make your changes.
-
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Add a Root Certificate](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 56a0823f9a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Learn about how to use a proxy auto-configuration (.pac) file to specify an automatic proxy URL.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6c94708d-71bd-44bd-a445-7e6763b374ae
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-These are various ways you can use a proxy auto-configuration (.pac) file to specify an automatic proxy URL. We've included some examples here to help guide you, but you'll need to change the proxy names, port numbers, and IP addresses to match your organization's info.
-
-Included examples:
-- [Example 1: Connect directly if the host is local](#example-1-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-local)
-- [Example 2: Connect directly if the host is inside the firewall](#example-2-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-inside-the-firewall)
-- [Example 3: Connect directly if the host name is resolvable](#example-3-connect-directly-if-the-host-name-is-resolvable)
-- [Example 4: Connect directly if the host is in specified subnet](#example-4-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-in-specified-subnet)
-- [Example 5: Determine the connection type based on the host domain](#example-5-determine-the-connection-type-based-on-the-host-domain)
-- [Example 6: Determine the connection type based on the protocol](#example-6-determine-the-connection-type-based-on-the-protocol)
-- [Example 7: Determine the proxy server based on the host name matching the IP address](#example-7-determine-the-proxy-server-based-on-the-host-name-matching-the-ip-address)
-- [Example 8: Connect using a proxy server if the host IP address matches the specified IP address](#example-8-connect-using-a-proxy-server-if-the-host-ip-address-matches-the-specified-ip-address)
-- [Example 9: Connect using a proxy server if there are periods in the host name](#example-9-connect-using-a-proxy-server-if-there-are-periods-in-the-host-name)
-- [Example 10: Connect using a proxy server based on specific days of the week](#example-10-connect-using-a-proxy-server-based-on-specific-days-of-the-week)
-
-
-## Example 1: Connect directly if the host is local
-In this example, if the host is local, it can connect directly. However, if the server isn't local, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `isPlainHostName` function looks to see if there are any periods (.) in the host name. If the function finds periods, it means the host isn’t local and it returns false. Otherwise, the function returns true.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isPlainHostName(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-## Example 2: Connect directly if the host is inside the firewall
-In this example, if the host is inside the firewall, it can connect directly. However, if the server is outside the firewall, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `localHostOrDomainIs` function only runs for URLs in the local domain. If the host domain name matches the provided domain information, the `dnsDomainIs` function returns true.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if ((isPlainHostName(host) ||
- dnsDomainIs(host, ".company.com")) &&
- !localHostOrDomainIs(host, "www.company.com") &&
- !localHostOrDoaminIs(host, "home.company.com"))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
-}
-```
-## Example 3: Connect directly if the host name is resolvable
-In this example, if the host name can be resolved, it can connect directly. However, if the name can’t be resolved, the server must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, this function requests the DNS server to resolve the host name it's passed. If the name can be resolved, a direct connection is made. If it can't, the connection is made using a proxy. This is particularly useful when an internal DNS server is used to resolve all internal host names.
-
-**Important**
The `isResolvable` function queries a Domain Name System (DNS) server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isResolvable(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-
-## Example 4: Connect directly if the host is in specified subnet
-In this example, if the host is in a specified subnet, it can connect directly. However, if the server is outside of the specified subnet, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `isInNet` (host, pattern, mask) function returns true if the host IP address matches the specified pattern. The mask indicates which part of the IP address to match (255=match, 0=ignore).
-
-**Important**
The `isInNet` function queries a DNS server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isInNet(host, "999.99.9.9", "255.0.255.0"))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-## Example 5: Determine the connection type based on the host domain
-In this example, if the host is local, the server can connect directly. However, if the host isn’t local, this function determines which proxy to use based on the host domain. Specifically, the `shExpMatch(str, shexp)` function returns true if `str` matches the `shexp` using shell expression patterns. This is particularly useful when the host domain name is one of the criteria for proxy selection.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isPlainHostName(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else if (shExpMatch(host, "*.com"))
- return "PROXY comproxy:80";
- else if (shExpMatch(host, "*.edu"))
- return "PROXY eduproxy:80";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy";
- }
-```
-## Example 6: Determine the connection type based on the protocol
-In this example, the in-use protocol is extracted from the server and used to make a proxy selection. If no protocol match occurs, the server is directly connected. Specifically the `substring` function extracts the specified number of characters from a string. This is particularly useful when protocol is one of the criteria for proxy selection.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (url.substring(0, 5) == "http:") {
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- else if (url.substring(0, 4) == "ftp:") {
- return "PROXY fproxy:80";
- }
- else if (url.substring(0, 6) == "https:") {
- return "PROXY secproxy:8080";
- }
- else {
- return "DIRECT";
- }
- }
-```
-## Example 7: Determine the proxy server based on the host name matching the IP address
-In this example, the proxy server is selected by translating the host name into an IP address and then comparing the address to a specified string.
-
-**Important**
The `dnsResolve` function queries a DNS server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (dnsResolve(host) == "999.99.99.999") { // = https://secproxy
- return "PROXY secproxy:8080";
- }
- else {
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- }
-```
-## Example 8: Connect using a proxy server if the host IP address matches the specified IP address
-In this example, the proxy server is selected by explicitly getting the IP address and then comparing it to a specified string. If no protocol match occurs, the server makes a direct connection. Specifically, the `myIpAddress` function returns the IP address (in integer-period format) for the host that the browser is running on.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (myIpAddress() == "999.99.999.99") {
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- else {
- return "DIRECT";
- }
- }
-```
-## Example 9: Connect using a proxy server if there are periods in the host name
-In this example, the function looks to see if there are periods (.) in the host name. If there are any periods, the connection occurs using a proxy server. If there are no periods, a direct connection occurs. Specifically, the `dnsDomainLevels` function returns an integer equal to the number of periods in the host name.
-
-**Note**
This is another way to determine connection types based on host name characteristics.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (dnsDomainLevels(host) > 0) { // if the number of periods in host > 0
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- return "DIRECT";
- }
-```
-## Example 10: Connect using a proxy server based on specific days of the week
-In this example, the function decides whether to connect to a proxy server, based on the days of the week. Connecting on days that don’t fall between the specified date parameters let the server make a direct connection. Specifically the `weekdayRange(day1 [,day2] [,GMT] )` function returns whether the current system time falls within the range specified by the parameters `day1`, `day2`, and `GMT`. Only the first parameter is required. The GMT parameter presumes time values are in Greenwich Mean Time rather than the local time zone. This function is particularly useful for situations where you want to use a proxy server for heavy traffic times, but allow a direct connection when traffic is light.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if(weekdayRange("WED", "SAT", "GMT"))
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- else
- return "DIRECT";
- }
-```
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9def48f2d3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Proxy\] .INS file setting to define whether to use a proxy server.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 30b03c2f-e3e5-48d2-9007-e3fd632f3c18
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Proxy .INS file to specify a proxy server (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Proxy .INS file to specify a proxy server
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about whether to use a proxy server. If yes, this also includes the host names for the proxy server.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|------------|
-|FTP_Proxy_Server |`
|Determines whether to use a proxy server. |
-|Proxy_Override |`
|Determines whether to use a single proxy server for all services. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba113af6cc..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the proxy servers used to connect to required services.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 1fa1eee3-e97d-41fa-a48c-4a6e0dc8b544
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Proxy Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the proxy servers used by your employees to connect for services required by the custom install package.
-
-Using a proxy server lets you limit access to the Internet. You can also use the **Additional Settings** page of the wizard to further restrict your employees from changing the proxy settings.
-
-**To use the Proxy Settings page**
-
-1. Check the **Enable proxy settings** box if you want to use proxy servers for any of your services.
-
-2. Type the address of the proxy server you want to use for your services into the **Address of proxy** box. In most cases, a single proxy server is used for all of your services.
IE11 also uses this registry key to verify that the component installed successfully during setup.
-
-|Subkey |Data type |Value |
-|-------|----------|-----------|
-|DisplayName |*string* |Friendly name for your uninstall app. This name must match your **Uninstall Key** in the **Add a Custom Component** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. For more info, see the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) page. |
-|UninstallString |*string* |Full command-line text, including the path, to uninstall your component. You must not use a batch file or a sub-process. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52e023abde..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-description: Learn how to use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your policy settings.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 0f21b320-e879-4a06-8589-aae6fc264666
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the RSoP snap-in to review policy settings (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to review policy settings
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you’ve deployed your custom Internet Explorer package to your employees, you can use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your created policy settings. The RSoP snap-in is a two-step process. First, you run the RSoP wizard to determine what information should be viewed. Second, you open the specific items in the console window to view the settings. For complete instructions about how to use RSoP, see [Resultant Set of Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc772175(v=ws.11)).
-
-**To add the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1. On the **Start** screen, type *MMC*.
The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 offers improved and extended search settings. However, you can still optionally include support for Search Suggestions and Favicons, as well as Accelerator previews by using an .ins file from a previous version of IEAK.
-
-**To use the Search Providers page**
-
-1. Click **Import** to automatically import your existing search providers from your current version of IE into this list.
-
-2. Click **Add** to add more providers.
To change your settings, click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, and then click the **Security** and **Privacy** tabs to make your changes.
-
-2. Decide if you want to customize your content ratings. You can pick:
-
- - **Do not customize content ratings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to customize content ratings.
-
- - **Import the current content ratings settings.** Pick this option to import your content rating settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s settings.
Not all Internet content is rated. If you choose to allow users to view unrated sites, some of those sites could contain inappropriate material. To change your settings, click **Modify Settings** to open the **Content Advisor** box, where you can make your changes.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Add a Root Certificate](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4fd0c45b2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Security Imports\] .INS file setting to decide whether to import security info to your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 19791c44-aaa7-4f37-9faa-85cbdf29f68e
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Security Imports .INS file to import security info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Security Imports .INS file to import security info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to import security information from your local device to your custom package.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|------------|
-|ImportAuthCode |
|Whether to import the existing Authenticode settings. |
-|ImportRatings |
|Whether to import the existing Content Ratings settings. |
-|ImportSecZones |
|Whether to import the existing Security Zone settings. |
-|ImportSiteCert |
|Whether to import the existing site certification authorities. |
-|Win16SiteCerts |
|Whether to use site certificates for computers running 16-bit versions of Windows. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e4fcd7c739..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Info about some of the known issues using the Internet Exporer Customization Wizard and a custom Internet Explorer install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9e22cc61-6c63-4cab-bfdf-6fe49db945e4
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-While the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard has been around for quite a while, there are still some known issues that you might encounter while deploying or managing your custom IE install package.
-
-## I am unable to locate some of the wizard pages
-The most common reasons you will not see certain pages is because:
-
-- **Your licensing agreement with Microsoft.** Your licensing agreement determines whether you install the **Internal** or **External** version of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, and there are different features available for each version. For info about which features are available for each version, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
-- **Your choice of operating system.** Depending on the operating system you picked from the **Platform Selection** page of the wizard, you might not see all of the pages. Some features aren’t available for all operating systems. For more information, see [Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-- **Your choice of features.** Depending on what you selected from the **Feature Selection** page of the wizard, you might not see all of the pages. You need to make sure that the features you want to customize are all checked. For more information, see [Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Internet Explorer Setup fails on user's devices
-Various issues can cause problems during Setup, including missing files, trust issues, or URL monikers. You can troubleshoot these issues by reviewing the Setup log file, located at `IE11\_main.log` from the **Windows** folder (typically, `C:\Windows`). The log file covers the entire Setup process from the moment IE11Setup.exe starts until the last .cab file finishes, providing error codes that you can use to help determine the cause of the failure.
-
-### Main.log file codes
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|0 |Initializing, making a temporary folder, and checking disk space. |
-|1 |Checking for all dependencies. |
-|2 |Downloading files from the server. |
-|3 |Copying files from download location to the temporary installation folder. |
-|4 |Restarting download and retrying Setup, because of a time-out error or other download error. |
-|5 |Checking trust and checking permissions. |
-|6 |Extracting files. |
-|7 |Running Setup program (an .inf or .exe file). |
-|8 |Installation is finished. |
-|9 |Download finished, and all files are downloaded. |
-
-### Main.log error codes
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|80100003 |Files are missing from the download folder during installation. |
-|800bxxxx |An error code starting with 800b is a trust failure. |
-|800Cxxxx |An error code starting with 800C is a Urlmon.dll failure. |
-
-
-## Internet Explorer Setup connection times out
-Internet Explorer Setup can switch servers during the installation process to maintain maximum throughput or to recover from a non-responsive download site (you receive less than 1 byte in 2 minutes). If the connection times out, but Setup is able to connect to the next download site on the list, your download starts over. If however the connection times out and Setup can’t connect to a different server, it’ll ask if you want to stop the installation or try again.
-
-To address connection issues (for example, as a result of server problems) where Setup can’t locate another download site by default, we recommend you overwrite your first download server using this workaround:
-
-``` syntax
-
|Determines whether to automatically configure the customized browser on your employee’s device. |
-|AutoConfigJSURL |`
|Determines whether to show the **Welcome** page the first time the browser’s used on an employee’s device. |
-|Quick_Link_1 |`
|Determines whether to make the Quick Links available for offline browsing. |
-|Search_Page |`
|Determines whether to use a local Internet Settings (.ins) file |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 364daedbbc..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to decide user interaction with the Setup process.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: d3378058-e4f0-4a11-a888-b550af994bfa
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **User Experience** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you decide how much you want your employees to interact with the custom package’s Setup process.
-
-**Note**
You’ll only see this page if you are running the **Internal** version of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11.
Record these settings and use them to help configure your on-premises Active Directory or Microsoft Entra ID to mirror the current behavior of your Chromebook environment.|
-|Password monitoring|This section is used to monitor the strength of user passwords. You don’t need to migrate any settings in this section.|
-|API reference|This section is used to enable access to various Google Apps Administrative APIs. You don’t need to migrate any settings in this section.|
-|Set up single sign-on (SSO)|This section is used to configure SSO for Google web-based apps (such as Google Apps Gmail or Google Apps Calendar). While you don’t need to migrate any settings in this section, you probably will want to configure Microsoft Entra synchronization to replace Google-based SSO.|
-|Advanced settings|This section is used to configure administrative access to user data and to configure the Google Secure Data Connector (which allows Google Apps to access data on your local network). You don’t need to migrate any settings in this section.|
-
-**Identify locally configured settings to migrate**
-
-In addition to the settings configured in the Google Admin Console, users may have locally configured their devices based on their own personal preferences (as shown in Figure 2). Table 4 lists the Chromebook user and device settings that you can locally configure. Review the settings and determine which settings you'll migrate to Windows. Some of the settings listed in Table 4 can only be seen when you click the **Show advanced settings** link (as shown in Figure 2).
-
-
-
-Figure 2. Locally configured settings on Chromebook
-
-Table 4. Locally configured settings
-
-| Section | Settings |
-|------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Internet connections | These settings configure the Internet connection for the devices, such as Wi-Fi and VPN connections. Record the network connection currently in use and configure the Windows device to use the same network connection settings. |
-| Appearances | These settings affect the appearance of the desktop. Record the wallpaper image file that is used. Migrate the image file to the Windows device and configure as the user’s wallpaper to maintain similar user experience. |
-| Search | These settings configure which search engine is used to search for content. Record this setting so that you can use as the search engine on the Windows device. |
-| Advanced sync settings | These settings configure which user settings are synchronized with the Google cloud, such as Apps, Extensions, History, Passwords, Settings, and so on. Record these settings and configure the Windows device with the same settings if you decide to continue to use Google Apps and other cloud services after you migrate to Windows devices. |
-| Date and time | These settings configure the time zone and if 24-hour clock time should be used. Record these settings and configure the Windows device to use these settings. |
-| Privacy | These settings configure Google Chrome web browser privacy settings (such as prediction service, phishing and malware protection, spelling errors, resource pre-fetch, and so on). Record these settings and configure Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, or the web browser of your choice with these settings. |
-| Bluetooth | This setting configures whether or not Bluetooth is enabled on the device. Record this setting and configure the Windows device similarly. |
-| Passwords and forms | These settings configure Google Chrome web browser to enable autofill of web forms and to save web passwords. Record these settings and configure Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, or the web browser of your choice with these settings. |
-| Smart lock | These settings configure the Chromebook when the user’s Android phone is nearby and unlocked, which eliminates the need to type a password. You don’t need to migrate settings in this section. |
-| Web content | These settings configure how the Chrome web browser displays content (such as font size and page zoom). Record these settings and configure Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, or the web browser of your choice with these settings. |
-| Languages | These settings configure the language in use for the Chromebook. Record these settings and configure the Windows device to support the same language. |
-| Downloads | These settings configure the default folder for file download, if the user should be prompted where to save files, and if the Google Drive account should be disconnected. Record these settings and configure the Windows device with similar settings. |
-| HTTPS/SSL | These settings configure client-side certificates that are used to authenticate the device. Depending on the services or apps that use these certificates, you may need to export and then migrate these certificates to the Windows device. Contact the service or app provider to determine if you can use the existing certificate or if a new certificate needs to be issued. Record these settings and migrate the certificate to the Windows device or enroll for a new certificate as required by the service or app. |
-| Google Cloud Print | These settings configure the printers that are available to the user. Record the list of printers available to the user and configure the Windows device to have the same printers available. Ensure that the user-friendly printer names in Windows are the same as for the Chromebook device. For example, if the Chromebook device has a printer named “Laser Printer in Registrar’s Office”, use that same name in Windows. |
-| On startup | These settings configure which web pages are opened when the Chrome web browser starts. Record these settings and configure Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, or the web browser of your choice with these settings. |
-| Accessibility | These settings configure the Chromebook ease of use (such as display of large mouse cursor, use of high contrast mode, enablement of the screen magnifier, and so on). Record these settings and configure the Windows device with similar settings. |
-| Powerwash | This action removes all user accounts and resets the Chromebook device back to factory settings. You don’t have to migrate any settings in this section. |
-| Reset settings | This action retains all user accounts, but restores all settings back to their default values. You don’t have to migrate any settings in this section. |
-
-
-
-Determine how many users have similar settings and then consider managing those settings centrally. For example, a large number of users may have many of the same Chrome web browser settings. You can centrally manage these settings in Windows after migration.
-
-Also, as a part of this planning process, consider settings that may not be currently managed centrally, but should be managed centrally. Record the settings that are currently being locally managed, but you want to manage centrally after the migration.
-
-**Prioritize settings to migrate**
-
-After you've collected all the Chromebook user, app, and device settings that you want to migrate, you need to prioritize each setting. Evaluate each setting and assign a priority to the setting based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
-
-Assign the setting-migration priority based on how critical the setting is to the faculty performing their day-to-day tasks and how the setting affects the curriculum in the classrooms. Focus on the migration of higher priority settings and put less effort into the migration of lower priority settings. There may be some settings that aren't necessary at all and can be dropped from your list of settings entirely. Record the setting priority in the list of settings you plan to migrate.
-
-## Plan for email migration
-
-
-Many of your users may be using Google Apps Gmail to manage their email, calendars, and contacts. You need to create the list of users you'll migrate and the best time to perform the migration.
-
-Office 365 supports automated migration from Google Apps Gmail to Office 365. For more information, see [Migrate Google Apps mailboxes to Office 365](/Exchange/mailbox-migration/migrating-imap-mailboxes/migrate-g-suite-mailboxes).
-
-**Identify the list of user mailboxes to migrate**
-
-With regard to creating the list of users you'll migrate, it might seem that the answer “all the users” might be the best one. However, depending on the time you select for migration, only a subset of the users may need to be migrated. For example, you may not persist student email accounts between semesters or between academic years. In this case, you would only need to migrate faculty and staff.
-
-Also, when you perform a migration, it's a great time to verify that all user mailboxes are active. In many environments there are a significant number of mailboxes that were provisioned for users that are no longer a part of the institution (such as interns or student assistants). You can eliminate these users from your list of user mailboxes to migrate.
-
-Create your list of user mailboxes to migrate in Excel 2016 based on the format described in step 7 in [Create a list of Gmail mailboxes to migrate](/Exchange/mailbox-migration/migrating-imap-mailboxes/migrate-g-suite-mailboxes). If you follow this format, you can use the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet to perform the actual migration later in the process.
-
-**Identify companion devices that access Google Apps Gmail**
-
-In addition to Chromebook devices, users may have companion devices (smartphones, tablets, desktops, laptops, and so on) that also access the Google Apps Gmail mailbox. You'll need to identify those companion devices and identify the proper configuration for those devices to access Office 365 mailboxes.
-
-After you've identified each companion device, verify the settings for the device that are used to access Office 365. You only need to test one type of each companion device. For example, if users use Android phones to access Google Apps Gmail mailboxes, configure the device to access Office 365 and then record those settings. You can publish those settings on a website or to your helpdesk staff so that users will know how to access their Office 365 mailbox.
-
-In most instances, users will only need to provide in their Office 365 email account and password. However, you should verify these credentials on each type of companion device. For more information about how to configure a companion device to work with Office 365, see [Compare how different mobile devices work with Office 365](https://support.microsoft.com/office/compare-how-different-mobile-devices-work-with-office-365-bdd06229-776a-4824-947c-82425d72597b).
-
-**Identify the optimal timing for the migration**
-
-Typically, the best time to perform the migration is between academic years or during semester breaks. Select the time of least activity for your institution. And during that time, the optimal time to perform the migration might be during an evening or over a weekend.
-
-Ensure that you communicate the time the migration will occur to your users well in advance. Also, ensure that users know how to access their Office 365 email after the migration is complete. Finally, ensure that your users know how to perform the common tasks they performed in Google Apps Gmail in Office 365 and/or Outlook 2016.
-
-## Plan for cloud storage migration
-
-
-Chromebook devices have limited local storage. So, most of your users will store data in cloud storage, such as Google Drive. You'll need to plan how to migrate your cloud storage as a part of the Chromebook migration process.
-
-In this section, you'll create a list of the existing cloud services, select the Microsoft cloud services that best meet your needs, and then optimize your cloud storage services migration plan.
-
-**Identify cloud storage services currently in use**
-
-Typically, most Chromebook users use Google Drive for cloud storage services because your educational institution purchased other Google cloud services and Google Drive is a part of those services. However, some users may use cloud storage services from other vendors. For each member of your faculty and staff and for each student, create a list of cloud storage services that includes the following details:
-
-- Name of the cloud storage service
-
-- Cloud storage service vendor
-
-- Associated licensing costs or fees
-
-- Approximate storage currently in use per user
-
-Use this information as the requirements for your cloud storage services after you migrate to Windows devices. If at the end of this discovery you determine there's no essential data being stored in cloud storage services that requires migration, then you can skip to the [Plan for cloud services migration](#plan-cloud-services) section.
-
-**Optimize cloud storage services migration plan**
-
-Now that you know the current cloud storage services configuration, you need to optimize your cloud storage services migration plan for Microsoft OneDrive for Business. Optimization helps ensure that your use only the cloud storage services resources that are necessary for your requirements.
-
-Consider the following to help optimize your cloud storage services migration plan:
-
-- **Eliminate inactive user storage.** Before you perform the cloud storage services migration, identify cloud storage that is currently allocated to inactive users. Remove this storage from your list of cloud storage to migrate.
-
-- **Eliminate or archive inactive files.** Review cloud storage to identify files that are inactive (haven't been accessed for some period of time). Eliminate or archive these files so that they don't consume cloud storage.
-
-- **Consolidate cloud storage services.** If multiple cloud storage services are in use, reduce the number of cloud storage services and standardize on one cloud storage service. This standardization will help reduce management complexity, support time, and typically will reduce cloud storage costs.
-
-Record your optimization changes in your cloud storage services migration plan.
-
-## Plan for cloud services migration
-
-
-Many of your users may use cloud services on their Chromebook device, such as Google Apps, Google Drive, or Google Apps Gmail. You've planned for these individual cloud services in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections.
-
-In this section, you'll create a combined list of these cloud services and then select the appropriate strategy to migrate these cloud services.
-
-###
-
-**Identify cloud services currently in use**
-
-You've already identified the individual cloud services that are currently in use in your educational institution in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections. Create a unified list of these cloud services and record the following about each service:
-
-- Cloud service name
-
-- Cloud service provider
-
-- Number of users that use the cloud service
-
-**Select cloud services to migrate**
-
-One of the first questions you should ask after you identify the cloud services currently in use is, “Why do we need to migrate from these cloud services?” The answer to this question largely comes down to finances and features.
-
-Here's a list of reasons that describe why you might want to migrate from an existing cloud service to Microsoft cloud services:
-
-- **Better integration with Office 365.** If your long-term strategy is to migrate to Office 365 apps (such as Word 2016 or Excel 2016), then a migration to Microsoft cloud services will provide better integration with these apps. The use of existing cloud services may not be as intuitive for users. For example, Office 365 apps will integrate better with OneDrive for Business compared to Google Drive.
-
-- **Online apps offer better document compatibility.** Microsoft Office apps (such as Word and Excel for the web) provide the highest level of compatibility with Microsoft Office documents. The Office apps allow you to open and edit documents directly from SharePoint or OneDrive for Business. Users can access the Office app from any device with Internet connectivity.
-
-- **Reduce licensing costs.** If you pay for Office 365 licenses, then Office 365 apps and cloud storage are included in those licenses. Although you could keep existing cloud services, you probably would pay more to keep those services.
-
-- **Improve storage capacity and cross-platform features.** Microsoft cloud services provide competitive storage capacity and provide more Windows-centric features than other cloud services providers. While the Microsoft cloud services user experience is highly optimized for Windows devices, Microsoft cloud services are also highly optimized for companion devices (such as iOS or Android devices).
-
-Review the list of existing cloud services that you created in the [Identify cloud services currently in use](#identify-cloud-services-inuse) section and identify the cloud services that you want to migrate to Microsoft cloud services. If you determine at the end of this task that there are no cloud services to be migrated, then skip to the [Plan for Windows device deployment](#plan-windevice-deploy) section. Also, skip the [Perform cloud services migration](#perform-cloud-services-migration) section later in this guide.
-
-**Prioritize cloud services**
-
-After you've created your aggregated list of cloud services currently in use by Chromebook users, prioritize each cloud service. Evaluate each cloud service and assign a priority based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
-
-Assign the priority based on how critical the cloud service is to the faculty and staff performing their day-to-day tasks and how the cloud service affects the curriculum in the classrooms. Also, make cloud services that are causing pain for the users a higher priority. For example, if users experience outages with a specific cloud service, then make migration of that cloud service a higher priority.
-
-Focus on the migration of higher priority cloud services first and put less effort into the migration of lower priority cloud services. There may be some cloud services that are unnecessary and you can remove them from your list of cloud services to migrate entirely. Record the cloud service migration priority in the list of cloud services you plan to migrate.
-
-###
-
-**Select cloud services migration strategy**
-
-When you deploy the Windows devices, should you migrate the faculty, staff, and students to the new cloud services? Perhaps. But, in most instances you'll want to select a migration strategy that introduces many small changes over a period of time.
-
-Consider the following when you create your cloud services migration strategy:
-
-- **Introduce small changes.** The move from Chrome OS to Windows will be simple for most users as most will have exposure to Windows from home, friends, or family. However, users may not be as familiar with the apps or cloud services. Consider the move to Windows first, and then make other changes as time progresses.
-
-- **Start off by using existing apps and cloud services.** Immediately after the migration to Windows devices, you may want to consider running the existing apps and cloud services (such Google Apps, Google Apps Gmail, and Google Drive). This option gives users a familiar method to perform their day-to-day tasks.
-
-- **Resolve pain points.** If some existing apps or cloud services cause problems, you may want to migrate them sooner rather than later. In most instances, users will be happy to go through the learning curve of a new app or cloud service if it's more reliable or intuitive for them to use.
-
-- **Migrate classrooms or users with common curriculum.** Migrate to Windows devices for an entire classroom or for multiple classrooms that share common curriculum. You must ensure that the necessary apps and cloud services are available for the curriculum prior to the migration of one or more classrooms.
-
-- **Migrate when the fewest number of active users are affected.** Migrate your cloud services at the end of an academic year or end of a semester. This migration will ensure you've minimal impact on faculty, staff, and students. Also, a migration during this time will minimize the learning curve for users as they're probably dealing with new curriculum for the next semester. Also, you may not need to migrate student apps and data because many educational institutions don't preserve data between semesters or academic years.
-
-- **Overlap existing and new cloud services.** For faculty and staff, consider overlapping the existing and new cloud services (having both services available) for one business cycle (end of semester or academic year) after migration. This overlap operation allows you to easily recover any data that might not have migrated successfully from the existing cloud services. At a minimum, overlap the user of existing and new cloud services until the user can verify the migration. The tradeoff for using this strategy is the cost of the existing cloud services. However, depending on when license renewal occurs, the cost may be minimal.
-
-## Plan for Windows device deployment
-
-
-You need to plan for Windows device deployment to help ensure that the devices are successfully installed and configured to replace the Chromebook devices. Even if the vendor that provides the devices pre-loads Windows 10 on them, you still will need to perform other tasks.
-
-In this section, you'll select a Windows device deployment strategy; plan for Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Microsoft Entra services; plan for device, user, and app management; and plan for any necessary network infrastructure remediation.
-
-###
-
-**Select a Windows device deployment strategy**
-
-What decisions need to be made about Windows device deployment? You just put the device on a desk, hook up power, connect to Wi-Fi, and then let the users operate the device, right? That approach is correct, but depending on the extent of your deployment and other factors, you need to consider different deployment strategies.
-
-For each classroom that has Chromebook devices, select a combination of the following device deployment strategies:
-
-- **Deploy one classroom at a time.** In most cases, you'll want to perform your deployment in batches of devices and a classroom is an excellent way to batch devices. You can treat each classroom as a unit and check each classroom off your list after you've deployed the devices.
-
-- **Deploy based on curriculum.** Deploy the Windows devices after you've confirmed that the curriculum is ready for the Windows devices. If you deploy Windows devices without the curriculum installed and tested, you could significantly reduce the ability for students and teachers to perform effectively in the classroom. Also, deployment based on curriculum has the advantage of letting you move from classroom to classroom quickly if multiple classrooms use the same curriculum.
-
-- **Deploy side-by-side.** In some instances, you may need to have both the Chromebook and Windows devices in one or more classrooms. You can use this strategy if some of the curriculum only works on Chromebook and other parts of the curriculum works on Windows devices. This method helps prevent delays in Windows device deployment, while ensuring that students and teachers can make optimal use of technology in their curriculum.
-
-- **Deploy after apps and cloud services migration.** If you deploy a Windows device without the necessary apps and cloud services to support the curriculum, this arrangement provides only a portion of your complete solution. Ensure that the apps and cloud services are tested, provisioned, and ready for use prior to the deployment of Windows devices.
-
-- **Deploy after the migration of user and device settings.** Ensure that you've identified the user and device settings that you plan to migrate and that those settings are ready to be applied to the new Windows devices. For example, you would want to create Group Policy Objects (GPOs) to apply the user and device settings to Windows devices.
-
- If you ensure that Windows devices closely mirror the Chromebook device configuration, you'll ease user learning curve and create a sense of familiarity. Also, when you've the settings ready to be applied to the devices, it helps ensure you'll deploy your new Windows devices in a secure configuration.
-
-Record the combination of Windows device deployment strategies that you selected.
-
-###
-
-**Plan for AD DS and Microsoft Entra services**
-
-The next decision you'll need to make concerns AD DS and Microsoft Entra services. You can run AD DS on-premises, in the cloud by using Microsoft Entra ID, or a combination of both (hybrid). The decision about which of these options is best is closely tied to how you'll manage your users, apps, and devices and if you'll use Office 365 and other Azure-based cloud services.
-
-In the hybrid configuration, your on-premises AD DS user and group objects are synchronized with Microsoft Entra ID (including passwords). The synchronization happens both directions so that changes are made in both your on-premises AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-Table 5 is a decision matrix that helps you decide if you can use only on-premises AD DS, only Microsoft Entra ID, or a combination of both (hybrid). If the requirements you select from the table require on-premises AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID, then you should select hybrid. For example, if you plan to use Office 365 and use Group Policy for management, then you would select hybrid. However, if you plan to use Office 365 and use Intune for management, then you would select only Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-Table 5. Select on-premises AD DS, Microsoft Entra ID, or hybrid
-
-|If you plan to...|On-premises AD DS|Microsoft Entra ID|Hybrid|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Use Office 365||✔️|✔️|
-|Use Intune for management||✔️|✔️|
-|Use Microsoft Configuration Manager for management|✔️||✔️|
-|Use Group Policy for management|✔️||✔️|
-|Have devices that are domain-joined|✔️||✔️|
-|Allow faculty and students to Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) which aren't domain-joined||✔️|✔️|
-
-###
-
-**Plan device, user, and app management**
-
-You may ask the question, “Why plan for device, user, and app management before you deploy the device?” The answer is that you'll only deploy the device once, but you'll manage the device throughout the remainder of the device's lifecycle.
-
-Also, planning management before deployment is essential to being ready to support the devices as you deploy them. You want to have your management processes and technology in place when the first teachers, facility, or students start using their new Windows device.
-
-Table 6 is a decision matrix that lists the device, user, and app management products and technologies and the features supported by each product or technology. The primary device, user, and app management products and technologies include Group Policy, Microsoft Configuration Manager, Intune, and the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT). Use this decision matrix to help you select the right combination of products and technologies for your plan.
-
-Table 6. Device, user, and app management products and technologies
-
-|Desired feature|Windows provisioning packages|Group Policy|Configuration Manager|Intune|MDT|Windows Software Update Services|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Deploy operating system images|✔️||✔️||✔️||
-|Deploy apps during operating system deployment|✔️||✔️||✔️||
-|Deploy apps after operating system deployment|✔️|✔️|✔️||||
-|Deploy software updates during operating system deployment|||✔️||✔️||
-|Deploy software updates after operating system deployment|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️||✔️|
-|Support devices that are domain-joined|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️||
-|Support devices that aren't domain-joined|✔️|||✔️|✔️||
-|Use on-premises resources|✔️|✔️|✔️||✔️||
-|Use cloud-based services||||✔️|||
-
-You can use Configuration Manager and Intune with each other to provide features from both products and technologies. In some instances, you may need only one of these products or technologies. In other instances, you may need two or more to meet the device, user, and app management needs for your institution.
-
-Record the device, user, and app management products and technologies that you selected.
-
-###
-
-**Plan network infrastructure remediation**
-
-In addition to AD DS, Microsoft Entra ID, and management components, there are other network infrastructure services that Windows devices need. In most instances, Windows devices have the same network infrastructure requirements as the existing Chromebook devices.
-
-Examine each of the following network infrastructure technologies and services and determine if any remediation is necessary:
-
-- **Domain Name System (DNS)** provides translation between a device name and its associated IP address. For Chromebook devices, public facing, Internet DNS services are the most important. For Windows devices that only access the Internet, they have the same requirements.
-
- However, if you intend to communicate between Windows devices (peer-to-peer or client/server) then you'll need local DNS services. Windows devices will register their name and IP address with the local DNS services so that Windows devices can locate each other.
-
-- **Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)** provides automatic IP configuration for devices. Your existing Chromebook devices probably use DHCP for configuration. If you plan to immediately replace the Chromebook devices with Windows devices, then you only need to release all the DHCP reservations for the Chromebook devices prior to the deployment of Windows devices.
-
- If you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, then you need to ensure that your DHCP service has adequate IP addresses available for both sets of devices.
-
-- **Wi-Fi.** Chromebook devices are designed to connect to Wi-Fi networks. Windows devices are the same. Your existing Wi-Fi network for the Chromebook devices should be adequate for the same number of Windows devices.
-
- If you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, then you need to ensure that Wi-Fi network can support the number of devices.
-
-- **Internet bandwidth.** Chromebook devices consume more Internet bandwidth (up to 700 times more) than Windows devices. This consumption behavior means that if your existing Internet bandwidth is adequate for the Chromebook devices, then the bandwidth will be more than adequate for Windows devices.
-
- However, if you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, then you need to ensure that your Internet connection can support the number of devices.
-
- For more information that compares Internet bandwidth consumption for Chromebook and Windows devices, see the following resources:
-
- - [Chromebook vs. Windows Notebook Network Traffic Analysis](https://www.principledtechnologies.com/Microsoft/Chromebook_PC_network_traffic_0613.pdf)
-
- - [Hidden Cost of Chromebook Deployments](https://www.principledtechnologies.com/Microsoft/Windows_Chromebook_bandwidth_0514.pdf)
-
- - [Microsoft Windows 8.1 Notebook vs. Chromebooks for Education](https://www.principledtechnologies.com/Microsoft/Windows_8.1_vs_Chromebooks_in_Education_0715.pdf)
-
-- **Power.** Although not specifically a network infrastructure, you need to ensure your classrooms have adequate power. Chromebook and Windows devices should consume similar amounts of power. This condition means that your existing power outlets should support the same number of Windows devices.
-
- If you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, you need to ensure that the power outlets, power strips, and other power management components can support the number of devices.
-
-At the end of this process, you may determine that no network infrastructure remediation is necessary. If so, you can skip the [Perform network infrastructure remediation](#network-infra-remediation) section of this guide.
-
-## Perform Chromebook migration
-
-
-Thus far, planning has been the primary focus. Believe it or not most of the work is now done. The rest of the Chromebook migration is just the implementation of the plan you've created.
-
-In this section, you'll perform the necessary steps for the Chromebook device migration. You'll perform the migration based on the planning decision that you made in the [Plan Chromebook migration](#plan-migration) section earlier in this guide.
-
-You must perform some of the steps in this section in a specific sequence. Each section has guidance about when to perform a step. You can perform other steps before, during, or after the migration. Again, each section will tell you if the sequence is important.
-
-## Perform network infrastructure remediation
-
-
-The first migration task is to perform any network infrastructure remediation. In the [Plan network infrastructure remediation](#plan-network-infra-remediation) section, you determined the network infrastructure remediation (if any) that you needed to perform.
-
-It's important that you perform any network infrastructure remediation first because the remaining migration steps are dependent on the network infrastructure. Use the following Microsoft network infrastructure products and technologies:
-
-- [Core network guidance for Windows Server](/windows-server/networking/core-network-guide/core-network-guide-windows-server)
-- [DHCP overview](/windows-server/networking/technologies/dhcp/dhcp-top)
-- [DNS overview](/windows-server/networking/dns/dns-top)
-
-If you use network infrastructure products and technologies from other vendors, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary remediation. If you determined that no remediation is necessary, you can skip this section.
-
-
-
-## Perform AD DS and Microsoft Entra services deployment or remediation
-
-
-It's important that you perform AD DS and Microsoft Entra services deployment or remediation right after you finish network infrastructure remediation. Many of the remaining migration steps are dependent on you having your identity system (AD DS or Microsoft Entra ID) in place and up to necessary expectations.
-
-In the [Plan for Active Directory services](#plan-adservices) section, you determined the AD DS and/or Microsoft Entra deployment or remediation (if any) that needed to be performed. Use the following resources to deploy or remediate on-premises AD DS, Microsoft Entra ID, or both:
-
-- [Core network guidance for Windows Server](/windows-server/networking/core-network-guide/core-network-guide-windows-server)
-- [AD DS overview](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/active-directory-domain-services)
-- [Microsoft Entra documentation](/azure/active-directory/)
-- [Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/details/active-directory/)
-- [Safely virtualizing Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS)](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/introduction-to-active-directory-domain-services-ad-ds-virtualization-level-100)|
-
-If you decided not to migrate to AD DS or Microsoft Entra ID as a part of the migration, or if you determined that no remediation is necessary, you can skip this section. If you use identity products and technologies from another vendor, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary steps.
-
-## Prepare device, user, and app management systems
-
-In the [Plan device, user, and app management](#plan-userdevapp-manage) section of this guide, you selected the products and technologies that you'll use to manage devices, users, and apps on Windows devices. You need to prepare your management systems prior to Windows 10 device deployment. You'll use these management systems to manage the user and device settings that you selected to migrate in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section. You need to prepare these systems prior to the migration of user and device settings.
-
-Use the following Microsoft management systems and the deployment resources to prepare (deploy or remediate) these management systems.
-
-- [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/setup-steps)
-
-- [Windows Autopilot](/mem/autopilot/windows-autopilot)
-
-- Microsoft Configuration Manager [core infrastructure documentation](/mem/configmgr/core/)
-
-- Provisioning packages:
-
- - [Build and apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
- - [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd)
- - [Step-By-Step: Building Windows 10 Provisioning Packages](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-building-windows-10-provisioning-packages)
-
-- Group policy
-
- - [Core Network Companion Guide: Group Policy Deployment](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj899807(v=ws.11))
- - [Deploying Group Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc737330(v=ws.10))
-
-If you determined that no new management system or no remediation of existing systems is necessary, you can skip this section. If you use a management system from another vendor, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary steps.
-
-## Perform app migration or replacement
-
-
-In the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace) section, you identified the apps currently in use on Chromebook devices and selected the Windows apps that will replace the Chromebook apps. You also performed app compatibility testing for web apps to ensure that web apps on the Chromebook devices would run on Microsoft Edge and Internet Explorer.
-
-In this step, you need to configure your management system to deploy the apps to the appropriate Windows users and devices. Use the following Microsoft management systems and the app deployment resources to configure these management systems to deploy the apps that you selected in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace) section of this guide.
-
-- [Manage apps in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/)
-- [App management in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/)
-- Group policy
- - [Edit an AppLocker policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10))
- - [Group policy software deployment background](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc739305(v=ws.10))
- - [Assigning and publishing software](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc783635(v=ws.10))
-
-If you determined that no deployment of apps is necessary, you can skip this section. If you use a management system from another vendor, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary steps.
-
-## Perform migration of user and device settings
-
-In the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section, you determined the user and device settings that you want to migrate. You selected settings that are configured in the Google Admin Console and locally on the Chromebook device.
-
-Perform the user and device setting migration by using the following steps:
-
-1. From the list of institution-wide settings that you created in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section, configure as many as possible in your management system (such as Group Policy, Configuration Manager, or Intune).
-
-2. From the list of device-specific settings that you created in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section, configure device-specific setting for higher priority settings.
-
-3. From the list of user-specific settings that you created in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section, configure user-specific setting for higher priority settings.
-
-4. Verify that all higher-priority user and device settings have been configured in your management system.
-
-If you do no want to migrate any user or device settings from the Chromebook devices to the Windows devices, you can skip this section.
-
-## Perform email migration
-
-
-In the [Plan for email migration](#plan-email-migrate) section, you identified the user mailboxes to migrate, identified the companion devices that access Google Apps Gmail, and identified the optimal timing for migration. You can perform this migration before or after you deploy the Windows devices.
-
-Office 365 supports automated migration from Google Apps Gmail to Office 365. For more information on how to automate the migration from Google Apps Gmail to Office 365, see [Migrate Google Apps mailboxes to Office 365](/Exchange/mailbox-migration/migrating-imap-mailboxes/migrate-g-suite-mailboxes).
-
-Alternatively, if you want to migrate to Office 365 from:
-
-- **On-premises Microsoft Exchange Server.** Use the following resources to migrate to Office 365 from an on-premises Microsoft Exchange Server:
-
- - [What you need to know about a cutover email migration in Exchange Online](/exchange/mailbox-migration/what-to-know-about-a-cutover-migration)
-
- - [Step-By-Step: Migration of Exchange 2003 Server to Office 365](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-migration-of-exchange-2003-server-to-office-365)
-
- - [Step-By-Step: Migrating from Exchange 2007 to Office 365](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-migrating-from-exchange-2007-to-office-365)
-
-- **Another on-premises or cloud-based email service.** Follow the guidance from that vendor.
-
-## Perform cloud storage migration
-
-In the [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) section, you identified the cloud storage services currently in use, selected the Microsoft cloud storage services that you'll use, and optimized your cloud storage services migration plan. You can perform the cloud storage migration before or after you deploy the Windows devices.
-
-Manually migrate the cloud storage migration by using the following steps:
-
-1. Install both Google Drive app and OneDrive for Business or OneDrive app on a device.
-
-2. Sign in as the user in the Google Drive app.
-
-3. Sign in as the user in the OneDrive for Business or OneDrive app.
-
-4. Copy the data from the Google Drive storage to the OneDrive for Business or OneDrive storage.
-
-5. Optionally uninstall the Google Drive app.
-
-There are also many software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from Google Drive to OneDrive for Business, Office 365 SharePoint, or OneDrive. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
-
-## Perform cloud services migration
-
-
-In the [Plan for cloud services migration](#plan-cloud-services)section, you identified the cloud services currently in use, selected the cloud services that you want to migrate, prioritized the cloud services to migrate, and then selected the cloud services migration strategy. You can perform the cloud services migration before or after you deploy the Windows devices.
-
-Migrate the cloud services that you currently use to the Microsoft cloud services that you selected. For example, you could migrate from a collaboration website to Office 365 SharePoint. Perform the cloud services migration based on the existing cloud services and the Microsoft cloud services that you selected.
-
-There are also many software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from other cloud services to Microsoft cloud services. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
-
-## Perform Windows device deployment
-
-
-In the [Select a Windows device deployment strategy](#select-windows-device-deploy) section, you selected how you wanted to deploy Windows 10 devices. The other migration task that you designed in the [Plan for Windows device deployment](#plan-windevice-deploy) section have already been performed. Now it's time to deploy the actual devices.
-
-For example, if you selected to deploy Windows devices by each classroom, start with the first classroom and then proceed through all of the classrooms until you’ve deployed all Windows devices.
-
-In some instances, you may receive the devices with Windows 10 already deployed, and want to use provisioning packages. In other cases, you may have a custom Windows 10 image that you want to deploy to the devices by using Configuration Manager or MDT. For more information on how to deploy Windows 10 images to the devices, see the following resources:
-
-- [OS deployment in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/)
-
-- [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd)
-
-- [Build and apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
-
-- [Step-By-Step: Installing Windows 8.1 From A USB Key](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-installing-windows-8-1-from-a-usb-key)
-
-In addition to the Windows 10 image deployment, you may need to perform the following tasks as a part of device deployment:
-
-- Enroll the device with your management system.
-
-- Ensure that Windows Defender is enabled and configured to receive updates.
-
-- Ensure that Windows Update is enabled and configured to receive updates.
-
-- Deploy any apps that you want the user to immediately be able to access when they start the device (such as Word 2016 or Excel 2016).
-
-After you complete these steps, your management system should take over the day-to-day maintenance tasks for the Windows 10 devices. Verify that the user and device settings migrated correctly as you deploy each batch of Windows 10 devices. Continue this process until you deploy all Windows 10 devices.
-
-## Related topics
-
-[Try it out: Windows 10 deployment (for education)](../index.yml)
-
-[Try it out: Windows 10 in the classroom](../index.yml)
diff --git a/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md b/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
index 8f3304ae76..54bf350d77 100644
--- a/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
+++ b/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
---
title: Configure federation between Google Workspace and Microsoft Entra ID
description: Configuration of a federated trust between Google Workspace and Microsoft Entra ID, with Google Workspace acting as an identity provider (IdP) for Microsoft Entra ID.
-ms.date: 09/11/2023
+ms.date: 04/10/2024
ms.topic: how-to
appliesto:
---
# Configure federation between Google Workspace and Microsoft Entra ID
-This article describes the steps required to configure Google Workspace as an identity provider (IdP) for Azure AD.\
-Once configured, users will be able to sign in to Microsoft Entra ID with their Google Workspace credentials.
+This article describes the steps required to configure Google Workspace as an identity provider (IdP) for Microsoft Entra ID.\
+Once configured, users can sign in to Microsoft Entra ID with their Google Workspace credentials.
## Prerequisites
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ To configure Google Workspace as an IdP for Microsoft Entra ID, the following pr
1. A Microsoft Entra tenant, with one or multiple custom DNS domains (that is, domains that aren't in the format \**.onmicrosoft.com*)
- If the federated domain hasn't yet been added to Microsoft Entra ID, you must have access to the DNS domain to create a DNS record. This is required to verify the ownership of the DNS namespace
- Learn how to [Add your custom domain name using the Microsoft Entra admin center](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom-domain)
-1. Access to Microsoft Entra ID with an account with the *Global Administrator* role
+1. Access to the [Microsoft Entra admin center](https://entra.microsoft.com) as at least a [External Identity Provider Administrator](/entra/identity/role-based-access-control/permissions-reference#external-identity-provider-administrator)
1. Access to Google Workspace with an account with *super admin* privileges
To test federation, the following prerequisites must be met:
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ To test federation, the following prerequisites must be met:
1. A Google Workspace environment, with users already created
> [!IMPORTANT]
> Users require an email address defined in Google Workspace, which is used to match the users in Microsoft Entra ID.
- > For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](federated-sign-in.md#identity-matching-in-azure-ad).
-1. Individual Microsoft Entra accounts already created: each Google Workspace user will require a matching account defined in Microsoft Entra ID. These accounts are commonly created through automated solutions, for example:
+ > For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](federated-sign-in.md#identity-matching-in-microsoft-entra-id).
+1. Individual Microsoft Entra accounts already created: each Google Workspace user requires a matching account defined in Microsoft Entra ID. These accounts are commonly created through automated solutions, for example:
- School Data Sync (SDS)
- Microsoft Entra Connect Sync for environment with on-premises AD DS
- PowerShell scripts that call the Microsoft Graph API
- - Provisioning tools offered by the IdP - this capability is offered by Google Workspace through [auto-provisioning](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7365072)
+ - Provisioning tools offered by the IdP - Google Workspace offers [autoprovisioning](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7365072)
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ To test federation, the following prerequisites must be met:
1. Select **Add app > Search for apps** and search for *microsoft*
1. In the search results page, hover over the *Microsoft Office 365 - Web (SAML)* app and select **Select**
:::image type="content" source="images/google/google-admin-search-app.png" alt-text="Screenshot showing Google Workspace and the search button for Microsoft Office 365 SAML app.":::
-1. On the **Google Identity Provider details** page, select **Download Metadata** and take note of the location where the **IdP metadata** - *GoogleIDPMetadata.xml* - file is saved, as it will be used to setup Microsoft Entra ID later
+1. On the **Google Identity Provider details** page, select **Download Metadata** and take note of the location where the **IdP metadata** - *GoogleIDPMetadata.xml* - file is saved, as it's used to set up Microsoft Entra ID later
1. On the **Service provider detail's** page
- Select the option **Signed response**
- Verify that the Name ID format is set to **PERSISTENT**
- - Depending on how the Microsoft Entra users have been provisioned in Microsoft Entra ID, you may need to adjust the **Name ID** mapping.\
- If using Google auto-provisioning, select **Basic Information > Primary email**
+ - Depending on how the Microsoft Entra users have been provisioned in Microsoft Entra ID, you might need to adjust the **Name ID** mapping.\
+ If using Google autoprovisioning, select **Basic Information > Primary email**
- Select **Continue**
1. On the **Attribute mapping** page, map the Google attributes to the Microsoft Entra attributes
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ To test federation, the following prerequisites must be met:
|Basic Information: Primary Email|App attributes: IDPEmail|
> [!IMPORTANT]
- > You must ensure that your the Microsoft Entra user accounts email match those in your Google Workspace.
+ > You must ensure that your Microsoft Entra user account's email matches that in your Google Workspace.
1. Select **Finish**
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Now that the app is configured, you must enable it for the users in Google Works
## Configure Microsoft Entra ID as a Service Provider (SP) for Google Workspace
The configuration of Microsoft Entra ID consists of changing the authentication method for the custom DNS domains. This configuration can be done using PowerShell.\
-Using the **IdP metadata** XML file downloaded from Google Workspace, modify the *$DomainName* variable of the following script to match your environment, and then run it in a PowerShell session. When prompted to authenticate to Microsoft Entra ID, use the credentials of an account with the *Global Administrator* role.
+Using the **IdP metadata** XML file downloaded from Google Workspace, modify the *$DomainName* variable of the following script to match your environment, and then run it in a PowerShell session. When prompted to authenticate to Microsoft Entra ID, sign in as at least a [External Identity Provider Administrator](/entra/identity/role-based-access-control/permissions-reference#external-identity-provider-administrator)
```powershell
Set-ExecutionPolicy -ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned -Scope CurrentUser -Force
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ AdditionalProperties : {}
From a private browser session, navigate to https://portal.azure.com and sign in with a Google Workspace account:
1. As username, use the email as defined in Google Workspace
-1. The user will be redirected to Google Workspace to sign in
-1. After Google Workspace authentication, the user will be redirected back to Microsoft Entra ID and signed in
+1. The user is redirected to Google Workspace to sign in
+1. After Google Workspace authentication, the user is redirected back to Microsoft Entra ID and signed in
:::image type="content" source="images/google/google-sso.gif" alt-text="A GIF that shows the user authenticating the Azure portal using a Google Workspace federated identity.":::
diff --git a/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md b/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d9b96510a0..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers
-description: Learn how to configure the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-# Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers
-
-Privacy is important to us, we want to provide you with ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, for usage with [education editions of Windows 10](windows-editions-for-education-customers.md) in education environments. These features work on all Windows 10 editions, but education editions of Windows 10 have the settings preconfigured. We recommend that all Windows 10 devices in an education setting be configured with **[SetEduPolicies](#setedupolicies)** enabled. For more information, see the following table. To learn more about Microsoft's commitment to privacy, see [Windows 10 and privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=809305).
-
-We want all students to have the chance to use the apps they need for success in the classroom and all school personnel to have apps they need for their job. Students and school personnel who use assistive technology apps not available in the Microsoft Store, and use devices running Windows 10 S, will be able to configure the device at no extra charge to Windows 10 Pro Education. To learn more about the steps to configure this device, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md).
-
-In Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update), it's straightforward to configure Windows to be education ready.
-
-| Area | How to configure | What this area does | Windows 10 Education | Windows 10 Pro Education | Windows 10 S |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| **Diagnostic Data** | **AllowTelemetry** | Sets Diagnostic Data to [Basic](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-telemetry-in-your-organization) | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
-| **Microsoft consumer experiences** | **SetEduPolicies** | Disables suggested content from Windows such as app recommendations | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
-| **Cortana** | **AllowCortana** | Disables Cortana * Cortana is enabled by default on all editions in Windows 10, version 1703 | If using Windows 10 Education, upgrading from Windows 10, version 1607 to Windows 10, version 1703 will enable Cortana. See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. | If using Windows 10 Pro Education, upgrading from Windows 10, version 1607 to Windows 10, version 1703 will enable Cortana. See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. | See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. |
-| **Safe search** | **SetEduPolicies** | Locks Bing safe search to Strict in Microsoft Edge | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
-| **Bing search advertising** | Ad free search with Bing | Disables ads when searching the internet with Bing in Microsoft Edge. See [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) |
-| **Apps** | **SetEduPolicies** | Preinstalled apps like Microsoft Edge, Movies & TV, Groove, and Skype become education ready * Any app can detect Windows is running in an education ready configuration through [IsEducationEnvironment](/uwp/api/windows.system.profile.educationsettings) | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
-
-
-## Recommended configuration
-It's easy to be education ready when using Microsoft products. We recommend the following configuration:
-
-1. Use an Office 365 Education tenant.
-
- With Office 365, you also have Microsoft Entra ID. To learn more about Office 365 Education features and pricing, see [Office 365 Education plans and pricing](https://products.office.com/en-us/academic/compare-office-365-education-plans).
-
-2. Activate Intune for Education in your tenant.
-
- You can [sign up to learn more about Intune for Education](https://info.microsoft.com/US-WNDWS-CNTNT-FY17-01Jan-17-IntuneforEducationlandingpageandnurture292531_01Registration-ForminBody.html).
-
-3. On PCs running Windows 10, version 1703:
- 1. Provision the PC using one of these methods:
- * [Provision PCs with the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) - The usage of this method will automatically set both **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
- * [Provision PCs with a custom package created with Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package) - Make sure to set both **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
- 2. Join the PC to Microsoft Entra ID.
- * Use Set up School PCs or Windows Configuration Designer to bulk enroll to Microsoft Entra ID.
- * Manually Microsoft Entra join the PC during the Windows device setup experience.
- 3. Enroll the PCs in MDM.
- * If you've activated Intune for Education in your Microsoft Entra tenant, enrollment will happen automatically when the PC is joined to Microsoft Entra ID. Intune for Education will automatically set **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
- 4. Ensure that needed assistive technology apps can be used.
- * If you've students or school personnel who rely on assistive technology apps that aren't available in the Microsoft Store, and who are using a Windows 10 S device, configure their device to Windows 10 Pro Education to allow the download and use of non-Microsoft Store assistive technology apps. See [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) for more info.
-
-4. Distribute the PCs to students.
-
- Students sign in with their Azure AD/Office 365 identity, which enables single sign-on to Bing in Microsoft Edge, enabling an ad-free search experience with Bing in Microsoft Edge.
-
-5. Ongoing management through Intune for Education.
-
- You can set many policies through Intune for Education, including **SetEduPolicies** and **AllowCortana**, for ongoing management of the PCs.
-
-## Configuring Windows
-You can configure Windows through provisioning or management tools including industry standard MDM.
-- Provisioning - A one-time setup process.
-- Management - A one-time and/or ongoing management of a PC by setting policies.
-
-You can set all the education compliance areas through both provisioning and management tools. Additionally, these Microsoft education tools will ensure PCs that you set up are education ready:
-- [Set up School PCs](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md)
-- [Intune for Education](/intune-education/available-settings)
-
-## AllowCortana
-**AllowCortana** is a policy that enables or disables Cortana. It's a policy node in the Policy configuration service provider, [AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcortana).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section for recommended Cortana settings.
-
-Use one of these methods to set this policy.
-
-### MDM
-- Intune for Education automatically sets this policy in the **All devices** group policy configuration.
-- If you're using an MDM provider other than Intune for Education, check your MDM provider documentation on how to set this policy.
- - If your MDM provider doesn't explicitly support this policy, you can manually set this policy if your MDM provider allows specific OMA-URIs to be manually set.
-
- For example, in Intune, create a new configuration policy and add an OMA-URI.
- - OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Experience/AllowCortana
- - Data type: Integer
- - Value: 0
-
-### Group Policy
-Set **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Search > AllowCortana** to **Disabled**.
-
-### Provisioning tools
-- [Set up School PCs](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) always sets this policy in provisioning packages it creates.
-- [Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
- - Under **Runtime settings**, click the **Policies** settings group, set **Experience > Cortana** to **No**.
-
-## SetEduPolicies
-**SetEduPolicies** is a policy that applies a set of configuration behaviors to Windows. It's a policy node in the [SharedPC configuration service provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp).
-
-Use one of these methods to set this policy.
-
-### MDM
-- Intune for Education automatically sets this policy in the **All devices** group policy configuration.
-- If you're using an MDM provider other than Intune for Education, check your MDM provider documentation on how to set this policy.
- - If your MDM provider doesn't explicitly support this policy, you can manually set this policy if your MDM provider allows specific OMA-URIs to be manually set.
-
- For example, in Intune, create a new configuration policy and add an OMA-URI.
- - OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/SharedPC/SetEduPolicies
- - Data type: Boolean
- - Value: true
-
- 
-
-### Group Policy
-**SetEduPolicies** isn't natively supported in Group Policy. Instead, use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal) to set the policy in [MDM SharedPC](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-sharedpc).
-
-For example:
-
-- Open PowerShell as an administrator and enter the following:
-
- ```
- $sharedPC = Get-CimInstance -Namespace "root\cimv2\mdm\dmmap" -ClassName "MDM_SharedPC"
-
- $sharedPC.SetEduPolicies = $True
-
- Set-CimInstance -CimInstance $sharedPC
-
- Get-CimInstance -Namespace $namespaceName -ClassName $MDM_SharedPCClass
- ```
-
-### Provisioning tools
-- [Set up School PCs](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) always sets this policy in provisioning packages it creates.
-- [Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
- - Under **Runtime settings**, click the **SharedPC** settings group, set **PolicyCustomization > SetEduPolicies** to **True**.
-
- 
-
-## Ad-free search with Bing
-Provide an ad-free experience that is a safer, more private search option for K–12 education institutions in the United States.
-
-### Configurations
-
-
-
-#### Microsoft Entra ID and Office 365 Education tenant
-To suppress ads when searching with Bing on Microsoft Edge on any network, follow these steps:
-
-1. Ensure your Office 365 tenant is registered as an education tenant. For more information, see [Verify your Office 365 domain to prove education status](https://support.office.com/article/Verify-your-Office-365-domain-to-prove-ownership-nonprofit-or-education-status-or-to-activate-viva-engage-87d1844e-aa47-4dc0-a61b-1b773fd4e590).
-2. Domain join the Windows 10 PCs to your Microsoft Entra tenant (this tenant is the same as your Office 365 tenant).
-3. Configure **SetEduPolicies** according to one of the methods described in the previous sections in this topic.
-4. Have students sign in with their Microsoft Entra identity, which is the same as your Office 365 identity, to use the PC.
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you are verifying your Office 365 domain to prove education status (step 1 above), you may need to wait up to 7 days for the ad-free experience to take effect. Microsoft recommends not to roll out the browser to your students until that time.
-
-#### Office 365 sign-in to Bing
-To suppress ads only when the student signs into Bing with their Office 365 account in Microsoft Edge, follow these steps:
-
-1. Configure **SetEduPolicies** according to one of the methods described in the previous sections in this topic.
-2. Have students sign into Bing with their Office 365 account.
-
-
-## Related topics
-[Deployment recommendations for school IT administrators](edu-deployment-recommendations.md)
diff --git a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 43162f541c..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1292 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploy Windows 10 in a school district
-description: Learn how to deploy Windows 10 in a school district. Integrate the school environment with Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Entra ID, use Microsoft Configuration Manager, Intune, and Group Policy to manage devices.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Deploy Windows 10 in a school district
-
-This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school district. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Entra ID; and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you'll perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
-
-## Prepare for district deployment
-
-Proper preparation is essential for a successful district deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical district configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your district and individual schools should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you'll manage the users, apps, and devices in your district. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your district.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This guide focuses on Windows 10 deployment and management in a district. For management of other devices and operating systems in education environments, see [Manage BYOD and corporate-owned devices with MDM solutions](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/mobile-device-management).
-
-### Plan a typical district configuration
-
-As part of preparing for your district deployment, you need to plan your district configuration — the focus of this guide. Figure 1 illustrates a typical finished district configuration that you can use as a model (the blueprint in our builder analogy) for the finished state.
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 1. Typical district configuration for this guide*
-
-A *district* consists of multiple schools, typically at different physical locations. Figure 2 illustrates a typical school configuration within the district that this guide uses.
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 2. Typical school configuration for this guide*
-
-Finally, each school consists of multiple classrooms. Figure 3 shows the classroom configuration this guide uses.
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 3. Typical classroom configuration in a school*
-
-This district configuration has the following characteristics:
-
-* It contains one or more admin devices.
-
-* It contains two or more schools.
-
-* Each school contains two or more classrooms.
-
-* Each classroom contains one teacher device.
-
-* The classrooms connect to each other through multiple subnets.
-
-* All devices in each classroom connect to a single subnet.
-
-* All devices have high-speed, persistent connections to each other and to the Internet.
-
-* All teachers and students have access to Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
-
-* You install a 64-bit version of Windows 10 on the admin device.
-
-* You install the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK) on the admin device.
-
-* You install the 64-bit version of the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013 Update 2 on the admin device.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > In this guide, all references to MDT refer to the 64-bit version of MDT 2013 Update 2.
-
-* The devices use Microsoft Entra ID in Office 365 Education for identity management.
-
-* If you've on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Microsoft Entra ID with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
-
-* Use [Intune](/intune/), [Mobile Device Management for Office 365](/microsoft-365/admin/basic-mobility-security/set-up), or [Group Policy in AD DS](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc725828(v=ws.10)) to manage devices.
-
-* Each device supports a one-student-per-device or multiple-students-per-device scenario.
-
-* The devices can be a mixture of different make, model, and processor architecture (32-bit or 64-bit) or be identical.
-
-* To initiate Windows 10 deployment, use a USB flash drive, DVD-ROM or CD-ROM, or Pre-Boot Execution Environment (PXE) boot.
-
-* The devices can be a mixture of different Windows 10 editions, such as Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, or Windows 10 Education.
-
-Use these characteristics at a minimum as you deploy your schools. If your district deployment is less complex, you may want to review the guidance in [Deploy Windows 10 in a school](./deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This guide focuses on Intune as the mobile device management (MDM) solution. If you want to use an MDM solution other than Intune, ignore the Intune-specific content in this guide. For each section, contact your MDM provider to determine the features and management capabilities for your institution.
-
-Office 365 Education allows:
-
-* Students and faculty to use Microsoft Office to create and edit Microsoft Word, OneNote, PowerPoint, and Excel documents in a browser.
-
-* Teachers to use the [OneNote Class Notebook app](https://www.onenote.com/classnotebook) to share content and collaborate with students.
-
-* Faculty to use the [OneNote Staff Notebooks app](https://www.onenote.com/staffnotebookedu) to collaborate with other teachers, the administration, and faculty.
-
-* Teachers to employ Sway to create interactive educational digital storytelling.
-
-* Students and faculty to use email and calendars, with mailboxes up to 50 GB per user.
-
-* Faculty to use advanced email features like email archiving and legal hold capabilities.
-
-* Faculty to help prevent unauthorized users from accessing documents and email by using Microsoft Azure Rights Management.
-
-* Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal.
-
-* Faculty to host online classes, parent–teacher conferences, and other collaboration in Skype for Business.
-
-* Students and faculty to access up to 1 TB of personal cloud storage that users inside and outside the educational institution can share through OneDrive for Business.
-
-* Teachers to provide collaboration in the classroom through Microsoft SharePoint Online team sites.
-
-* Students and faculty to use Office 365 Video to manage videos.
-
-* Students and faculty to use Viva Engage to collaborate through private social networking.
-
-* Students and faculty to access classroom resources from anywhere on any device (including iOS and Android devices).
-
-For more information about Office 365 Education features and an FAQ, go to [Office 365 Education plans and pricing](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/academic/compare-office-365-education-plans).
-
-### How to configure a district
-
-Now that you've the plan (blueprint) for your district and individual schools and classrooms, you’re ready to learn about the tools you'll use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
-
-The primary tool you'll use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
-
-You can use MDT as a stand-alone tool or integrate it with Microsoft Configuration Manager. As a stand-alone tool, MDT performs Lite Touch Installation (LTI) deployments—deployments that require minimal infrastructure and allow you to control the level of automation. When integrated with Configuration Manager, MDT performs Zero Touch Installation (ZTI) deployments, which require more infrastructure (such as Configuration Manager) but result in fully automated deployments.
-
-This guide focuses on LTI deployments to deploy the reference device. You can use ZTI deployments with Configuration Manager or LTI deployments to deploy the reference images to your faculty and student devices. If you want to only use MDT, see [Deploy Windows 10 in a school](./deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md).
-
-MDT includes the Deployment Workbench, a console from which you can manage the deployment of Windows 10 and your apps. You configure the deployment process in the Deployment Workbench, including the management of operating systems, device drivers, apps, and migration of user settings on existing devices.
-
-LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share* — a network-shared folder on the device on which you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You'll learn more about MDT in [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device), earlier in this article.
-
-The focus of MDT is deployment, so you also need tools that help you manage your Windows 10 devices and apps. You can manage Windows 10 devices and apps with Intune, the Compliance Management feature in Office 365, or Group Policy in AD DS. You can use any combination of these tools based on your school requirements.
-
-ZTI performs fully automated deployments using Configuration Manager and MDT. Although you could use Configuration Manager by itself, using Configuration Manager with MDT provides an easier process for deploying operating systems. MDT works with the operating system deployment feature in Configuration Manager.
-
-The configuration process requires the following devices:
-
-* **Admin device.** This device is the one you use for your day-to-day job functions. It’s also the one you use to create and manage the Windows 10 and app deployment process. You install the Windows ADK, MDT, and the Configuration Manager Console on this device.
-
-* **Reference devices.** These devices are the ones that you'll use as a template for the faculty and student devices. You install Windows 10 and Windows desktop apps on these devices, and then capture an image (.wim file) of the devices.
-
- You'll have a reference device for each type of device in your district. For example, if your district has Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you would have a reference device for each model. For more information about approved Windows 10 devices, see [Explore devices](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/view-all).
-
-* **Faculty and staff devices.** These devices are the ones that the teachers, faculty, and staff use for their day-to-day job functions. You use the admin device to deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to these devices.
-
-* **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You'll use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
-
-The high-level process for deploying and configuring devices within individual classrooms, individual schools, and the district as a whole is as follows and illustrated in Figure 4:
-
-1. Prepare the admin device for use, which includes installing the Windows ADK, MDT, and the Configuration Manager console.
-
-2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you'll use for the district’s classrooms.
-
-3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID (if you've an on premises AD DS configuration).
-
-4. On the admin device, create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal.
-
-5. On the admin device, prepare for management of the Windows 10 devices after deployment.
-
-6. On the reference devices, deploy Windows 10 and the Windows desktop apps on the device, and then capture the reference image from the devices.
-
-7. Import the captured reference images into MDT or Microsoft Configuration Manager.
-
-8. On the student and faculty devices, deploy Windows 10 to new or existing devices, or upgrade eligible devices to Windows 10.
-
-9. On the admin device, manage the Windows 10 devices and apps, the Office 365 subscription, and the AD DS–Microsoft Entra integration.
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 4. How district configuration works*
-
-Each step illustrated in Figure 4 directly corresponds to the remaining high-level sections in this guide.
-
-#### Summary
-
-In this district, you looked at the final configuration of your individual classrooms, individual schools, and the district as a whole upon completion of this guide. You also learned the high-level steps for deploying the faculty and student devices in your district.
-
-## Select deployment and management methods
-
-Now that you know what a typical district looks like and how to configure the devices in your district, you need to make a few decisions. You must select the methods you’ll use to deploy Windows 10 to the faculty and student devices in your district. Next, you must select the method you’ll use to manage configuration settings for your users and devices. Finally, you must select the method you’ll use to manage Windows desktop apps, Microsoft Store apps, and software updates.
-
-### Typical deployment and management scenarios
-
-Before you select the deployment and management methods, you need to review the typical deployment and management scenarios (the cloud-centric scenario and the on-premises and cloud scenario). Table 1 lists the scenario feature and the corresponding products and technologies for that feature in each scenario.
-
-|Scenario feature |Cloud-centric|On-premises and cloud|
-|---|---|---|
-|Identity management | Microsoft Entra ID (stand-alone or integrated with on-premises AD DS) | AD DS integrated with Microsoft Entra ID |
-|Windows 10 deployment | MDT only | Microsoft Configuration Manager with MDT |
-|Configuration setting management | Intune | Group Policy
Intune|
-|App and update management | Intune |Microsoft Configuration Manager
Intune|
-
-*Table 1. Deployment and management scenarios*
-
-These scenarios assume the need to support:
-
-* Institution-owned and personal devices.
-* AD DS domain-joined and nondomain-joined devices.
-
-Some constraints exist in these scenarios. As you select the deployment and management methods for your device, keep the following constraints in mind:
-
-* You can use Group Policy or Intune to manage configuration settings on a device but not both.
-* You can use Configuration Manager or Intune to manage apps and updates on a device but not both.
-* You can't manage multiple users on a device with Intune if the device is AD DS domain joined.
-
-Use the cloud-centric scenario and on-premises and cloud scenario as a guide for your district. You may need to customize these scenarios, however, based on your district. As you go through the [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods), [Select the configuration setting management methods](#select-the-configuration-setting-management-methods), and the [Select the app and update management products](#select-the-app-and-update-management-products) sections, remember these scenarios and use them as the basis for your district.
-
-### Select the deployment methods
-
-To deploy Windows 10 and your apps, you can use MDT by itself or Microsoft Configuration Manager and MDT together. For a district, there are a few ways to deploy Windows 10 to devices. Table 2 lists the methods that this guide describes and recommends. Use this information to determine which combination of deployment methods is right for your institution.
-
-|Method|Description|
-|--- |--- |
-|MDT|MDT is an on-premises solution that supports initial operating system deployment and upgrade. You can use MDT to deploy and upgrade Windows 10. In addition, you can initially deploy Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps and software updates.
Select this method when you:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
Select this method when you:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
Select this method when you
The advantages of this method include:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
Intune is the cloud-based management system described in this guide, but you can use other MDM providers. If you use an MDM provider other than Intune, integration with Configuration Manager is unavailable.
Select this method when you:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
Select this method when you:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
Configuration Manager and Intune in the hybrid configuration allows you to support application management throughout the entire application life cycle. You can deploy, upgrade, manage multiple versions, and retire applications by using Configuration Manager, and you can manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store applications for both institution-owned and personal devices.
Select this method when you:
The advantages of this method are that:
The disadvantages of this method are that it:
|
|
- |Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
|
|
-
- *Table 8. Comparison of standard and Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise plans*
-
- The best user experience is to run Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise or use native Office apps on mobile devices. If neither of these options is available, use Office applications online. In addition, all Office 365 plans provide a better user experience by storing documents in OneDrive for Business, which is included in all Office 365 plans. OneDrive for Business keeps content in sync among devices and helps ensure that users always have access to their documents on any device.
-
-3. Determine whether students or faculty need Azure Rights Management.
-
- You can use Azure Rights Management to protect classroom information against unauthorized access. Azure Rights Management protects your information inside or outside the classroom through encryption, identity, and authorization policies, securing your files and email. You can retain control of the information, even when it’s shared with people outside the classroom or your educational institution. Azure Rights Management is free to use with all Office 365 Education license plans. For more information, see [Azure Rights Management Documentation](/rights-management/).
-
-4. Record the Office 365 Education license plans needed for the classroom in Table 9.
-
- |Quantity |Plan |
- |---------|-----|
- | |Office 365 Education for students|
- | |Office 365 Education for faculty|
- | |Azure Rights Management for students|
- | |Azure Rights Management for faculty|
-
- *Table 9. Office 365 Education license plans needed for the classroom*
-
-You'll use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 9 in [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) later in this guide.
-
-### Create a new Office 365 Education subscription
-
-To create a new Office 365 Education subscription for use in the classroom, use your educational institution’s email account. There are no costs to you or to students for signing up for Office 365 Education subscriptions.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you already have an Office 365 Education subscription, you can use that subscription and continue to the next section, [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365).
-
-#### To create a new Office 365 subscription
-
-1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, type `https://portal.office.com/start?sku=faculty` in the address bar.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you've already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you'll be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window by using one of the following methods:
- >
- > - In Microsoft Edge, open the Microsoft Edge app (press Ctrl+Shift+P, or click or tap More actions), and then click or tap New InPrivate window.
- >
- > - In Internet Explorer 11, open Internet Explorer 11 (press Ctrl+Shift+P, or click or tap Settings), click or tap Safety, and then click or tap InPrivate Browsing.
-
-
-2. On the **Get started** page, in **Enter your school email address**, type your school email address, and then click **Sign up**.
-
- You'll receive an email in your school email account.
-3. Click the hyperlink in the email in your school email account.
-
-4. On the **One last thing** page, complete your user information, and then click **Start**.
-
-
-The wizard creates your new Office 365 Education subscription, and you’re automatically signed in as the administrative user you specified when you created the subscription.
-
-### Add domains and subdomains
-
-Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has contoso.edu as the primary domain name but you've subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
-
-#### To add more domains and subdomains
-
-1. In the admin center, in the list view, click **DOMAINS**.
-
-2. In the details pane, above the list of domains, on the menu bar, click **Add domain**.
-
-3. In the Add a New Domain in Office 365 Wizard, on the **Verify domain** wizard page, click **Let’s get started**.
-
-4. On the **Verify domain** wizard page, in **Enter a domain you already own**, type your domain name, and then click **Next**.
-
-5. Sign in to your domain name management provider (for example, Network Solutions or GoDaddy), and then complete the steps for your provider.
-
-6. Repeat these steps for each domain and subdomain you want faculty and students to use for your institution.
-
-### Configure automatic tenant join
-
-To make it easier for faculty and students to join your Office 365 Education subscription (or *tenant*), allow them to automatically sign up to your tenant (*automatic tenant join*). In automatic tenant join, when a faculty member or student signs up for Office 365, Office 365 automatically adds (joins) the user to your Office 365 tenant.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> By default, automatic tenant join is enabled in Office 365 Education, with the exception of certain areas in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. These countries/regions require opt-in steps to add new users to existing Office 365 tenants. Check your country/region requirements to determine the automatic tenant join default configuration. Also, if you use Microsoft Entra Connect, then automatic tenant join is disabled. For more information, see [Office 365 Education Self-Sign up FAQ](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up).
-
-Office 365 uses the domain portion of the user’s email address to know which Office 365 tenant to join. For example, if a faculty member or student provides an email address of user@contoso.edu, then Office 365 automatically performs one of the following tasks:
-
-* If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) exists, Office 365 automatically adds the user to that tenant.
-* If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) doesn't exist, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
-
-You'll always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before you allow other faculty and students to join Office 365.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can't merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
-
-By default, all new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant join enabled, but you can enable or disable automatic tenant join by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 10. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up).
-
-|Action |Windows PowerShell command|
-|-------|--------------------------|
-|Enable |`Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowEmailVerifiedUsers $true` |
-|Disable |`Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowEmailVerifiedUsers $false` |
-
-*Table 10. Windows PowerShell commands to enable or disable automatic tenant join*
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution has AD DS, then disable automatic tenant join. Instead, use Microsoft Entra integration with AD DS to add users to your Office 365 tenant.
-
-### Disable automatic licensing
-
-To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that don't require administrative approval.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> By default, automatic licensing is enabled in Office 365 Education. If you want to use automatic licensing, then skip this section and go to the next section.
-
-Although all new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic licensing enabled by default, you can enable or disable it for your Office 365 tenant by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 11. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up).
-
-|Action |Windows PowerShell command|
-|-------|--------------------------|
-|Enable |`Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowAdHocSubscriptions $true` |
-|Disable|`Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowAdHocSubscriptions $false`|
-
-*Table 11. Windows PowerShell commands to enable or disable automatic licensing*
-
-
-
-### Enable Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2
-
-When you create your Office 365 subscription, you create an Office 365 tenant that includes a Microsoft Entra directory, the centralized repository for all your student and faculty accounts in Office 365, Intune, and other Microsoft Entra integrated apps. Microsoft Entra ID is available in Free, Basic, and Premium editions. Microsoft Entra ID Free, which is included in Office 365 Education, has fewer features than Microsoft Entra Basic, which in turn has fewer features than Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2.
-
-Educational institutions can obtain Microsoft Entra Basic edition licenses at no cost if they have a volume license agreement. After your institution obtains its licenses, activate your Microsoft Entra ID access by completing the steps in [Step 3: Activate your Microsoft Entra ID access](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium#step-3-activate-your-azure-active-directory-access).
-
-The following Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 features aren't in Microsoft Entra Basic:
-
-* Allow designated users to manage group membership
-* Dynamic group membership based on user metadata
-* Microsoft Entra multifactor authentication (MFA; see [What is Microsoft Entra multifactor authentication](/azure/active-directory/authentication/concept-mfa-howitworks))
-* Identify cloud apps that your users run
-* Self-service recovery of BitLocker
-* Add local administrator accounts to Windows 10 devices
-* Microsoft Entra Connect Health monitoring
-* Extended reporting capabilities
-
-You can assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to the users who need these features. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 to only those users.
-
-You can sign up for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2. You'll assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to users later in the deployment process.
-
-For more information about:
-
-* Microsoft Entra editions and the features in each, see [Microsoft Entra editions](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-whatis).
-* How to enable Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2, see [Associate a Microsoft Entra directory with a new Azure subscription](/previous-versions/azure/azure-services/jj573650(v=azure.100)#create_tenant3).
-
-#### Summary
-
-You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 enabled (if necessary), you’re ready to select the method you'll use to create user accounts in Office 365.
-
-## Select an Office 365 user account–creation method
-
-Now that you've an Office 365 subscription, you must determine how you’ll create your Office 365 user accounts. Use one of the following methods to make your decision:
-
-* Method 1: Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID. Select this method if you've an on-premises AD DS domain.
-* Method 2: Bulk-import the user accounts from a .csv file (based on information from other sources) into Microsoft Entra ID. Select this method if you don’t have an on-premises AD DS domain.
-
-
-
-### Method 1: Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID
-
-In this method, you've an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, the Microsoft Entra Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Microsoft Entra Connector tool automatically updates Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Microsoft Entra Connect also supports synchronization from any Lightweight Directory Access Protocol version 3 (LDAPv3)–compliant directory by using the information provided in [Generic LDAP Connector for FIM 2010 R2 Technical Reference](/previous-versions/mim/dn510997(v=ws.10)).
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 5. Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID*
-
-For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Integrate on-premises AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID](#integrate-on-premises-ad-ds-with-azure-ad) section later in this guide.
-
-
-
-### Method 2: Bulk import into Microsoft Entra ID from a .csv file
-
-In this method, you've no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 6, you manually prepare a .csv file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Microsoft Entra ID. The .csv file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
-
-> [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
-> 
-
-*Figure 6. Bulk import into Microsoft Entra ID from other sources*
-
-To implement this method, perform the following steps:
-
-1. Export the student information from the source.
-
- Put the student information in the format the bulk-import feature requires.
-2. Bulk-import the student information into Microsoft Entra ID.
-
- For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Bulk-import user and group accounts into Office 365](#bulk-import-user-and-group-accounts-into-office-365) section.
-
-#### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected the method for creating user accounts in your Office 365 subscription. Ultimately, these user accounts are in Microsoft Entra ID (which is the identity management system for Office 365). Now, you’re ready to create your Office 365 accounts.
-
-
-
-## Integrate on-premises AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID
-
-You can integrate your on-premises AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID to provide identity management for your Office 365 tenant. With this integration, you can synchronize the users, security groups, and distribution lists in your AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID with the Microsoft Entra Connect tool. Users will be able to sign in to Office 365 automatically by using their email account and the same password they use to sign in to AD DS.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution doesn't have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
-
-### Select a synchronization model
-
-Before you deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization, determine where you want to deploy the server that runs Microsoft Entra Connect.
-
-You can deploy the Microsoft Entra Connect tool:
-
-- **On premises.** As shown in Figure 7, Microsoft Entra Connect runs on premises which has the advantage of not requiring a VPN connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
-
- > [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
- > 
-
- *Figure 7. Microsoft Entra Connect on premises*
-
-- **In Azure.** As shown in Figure 8, Microsoft Entra Connect runs on a VM in Microsoft Entra ID, which has the advantages of being faster to provision (than a physical, on-premises server), offers better site availability, and helps reduce the number of on-premises servers. The disadvantage is that you need to deploy a VPN gateway on premises.
-
- > [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
- > 
-
- *Figure 8. Microsoft Entra Connect in Azure*
-
-This guide describes how to run Microsoft Entra Connect on premises. For information about running Microsoft Entra Connect in Azure, see [Deploy Office 365 Directory Synchronization (DirSync) in Microsoft Azure](/microsoft-365/enterprise/deploy-microsoft-365-directory-synchronization-dirsync-in-microsoft-azure).
-
-
-
-### Deploy Microsoft Entra Connect on premises
-
-In this synchronization model (illustrated in Figure 7), you run Microsoft Entra Connect on premises on a physical device or in a VM. Microsoft Entra Connect synchronizes AD DS user and group accounts with Microsoft Entra ID and includes a wizard that helps you configure Microsoft Entra Connect for your AD DS domain and Office 365 subscription. First, you install Microsoft Entra Connect; then, you run the wizard to configure it for your institution.
-
-
-
-#### To deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization
-
-1. Configure your environment to meet the prerequisites for installing Microsoft Entra Connect by performing the steps in [Prerequisites for Microsoft Entra Connect](/azure/active-directory/cloud-sync/how-to-prerequisites).
-
-2. In the VM or on the physical device that will run Microsoft Entra Connect, sign in with a domain administrator account.
-
-3. Install Microsoft Entra Connect by performing the steps in [Install Microsoft Entra Connect](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity#install-azure-ad-connect).
-
-4. Configure Microsoft Entra Connect features based on your institution’s requirements by performing the steps in [Configure sync features](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity#configure-sync-features).
-
-Now that you've used on premises Microsoft Entra Connect to deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Microsoft Entra Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-### Verify synchronization
-
-Microsoft Entra Connect should start synchronization immediately. Depending on the number of users in your AD DS domain, the synchronization process can take some time. To monitor the process, view the number of AD DS users and groups the tool has synchronized with Microsoft Entra ID in the Office 365 admin console.
-
-
-
-#### To verify AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization
-
-1. Open https://portal.office.com in your web browser.
-
-2. Using the administrative account that you created in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) section, sign in to Office 365.
-
-3. In the list view, expand USERS, and then click **Active Users**.
-
-4. In the details pane, view the list of users.
-
- The list of users should mirror the users in AD DS.
-5. In the list view, click **GROUPS**.
-
-6. In the details pane, view the list of security groups.
-
- The list of users should mirror the security groups in AD DS.
-7. In the details pane, double-click one of the security groups.
-
- The list of security group members should mirror the group membership for the corresponding security group in AD DS.
-8. Close the browser.
-
-Now that you've verified Microsoft Entra Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2.
-
-#### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected your synchronization model, deployed Microsoft Entra Connect, and verified that Microsoft Entra ID is synchronizing properly.
-
-## Bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS
-
-You can bulk-import user and group accounts into your on-premises AD DS domain. Bulk-importing accounts helps reduce the time and effort needed to create users compared to creating the accounts manually in the Office 365 Admin portal. First, you select the appropriate method for bulk-importing user accounts into AD DS. Next, you create the .csv file that contains the user accounts. Finally, you use the selected method to import the .csv file into AD DS.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution doesn’t have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
-
-### Select the bulk import method
-
-Several methods are available to bulk-import user accounts into AD DS domains. Table 12 lists the methods that the Windows Server operating system supports natively. In addition, you can use partner solutions to bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS.
-
-|Method |Description and reason to select this method |
-|-------|---------------------------------------------|
-|Ldifde.exe|This command-line tool allows you to import and export objects (such as user accounts) from AD DS. Select this method if you aren't comfortable with Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition (VBScript), Windows PowerShell, or other scripting languages. For more information about using Ldifde.exe, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)).|
-|VBScript|This scripting language uses the Active Directory Services Interfaces (ADSI) Component Object Model interface to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with VBScript. For more information about using VBScript, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)).|
-|Windows PowerShell|This scripting language natively supports cmdlets to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with Windows PowerShell scripting. For more information about using Windows PowerShell, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx).|
-
-*Table 12. AD DS bulk-import account methods*
-
-### Create a source file that contains the user and group accounts
-
-After you've selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 13 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
-
-|Method |Source file format |
-|-------|-------------------|
-|Ldifde.exe |Ldifde.exe requires a specific format for the source file. Use Ldifde.exe to export existing user and group accounts so that you can see the format. For examples of the format that Ldifde.exe requires, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)).|
-|VBScript |VBScript can use any .csv file format to create a source file for the bulk-import process. To create the .csv file, use software such as Excel. For examples of how to format your source file in comma-separated values (CSV) format, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)).|
-|Windows PowerShell |Windows PowerShell can use any .csv file format you want to create as a source file for the bulk-import process. To create the .csv file, use software such as Excel. For examples of how to format your source file in CSV format, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx). |
-
-*Table 13. Source file format for each bulk import method*
-
-### Import the user accounts into AD DS
-
-With the bulk-import source file finished, you’re ready to import the user and group accounts into AD DS. The steps for importing the file are slightly different for each method.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Bulk-import your group accounts first, and then import your user accounts. Importing in this order allows you to specify group membership when you import your user accounts.
-
-For more information about how to import user accounts into AD DS by using:
-
-* Ldifde.exe, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)).
-* VBScript, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)).
-* Windows PowerShell, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx).
-
-#### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts into AD DS. If you've Microsoft Entra Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Microsoft Entra ID. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 in the [Assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
-
-## Bulk-import user and group accounts into Office 365
-
-You can bulk-import user and group accounts directly into Office 365, reducing the time and effort required to create users. First, you bulk-import the user accounts into Office 365. Then, you create the security groups for your institution. Finally, you create the email distribution groups your institution requires.
-
-### Create user accounts in Office 365
-
-Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution has AD DS, don’t create security accounts in Office 365. Instead, create the security groups in AD DS, and then use Microsoft Entra integration to synchronize the security groups with your Office 365 tenant.
-
-You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you've many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
-
-The bulk-add process assigns the same Office 365 Education license plan to all users on the list. Therefore, you must create a separate list for each license plan you recorded in Table 9. Depending on the number of faculty members who need to use the classroom, you may want to add the faculty Office 365 accounts manually; however, use the bulk-add process to add student accounts.
-
-For more information about how to bulk-add users to Office 365, see [Add several users at the same time to Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/enterprise/add-several-users-at-the-same-time).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you encountered errors during bulk add, resolve them before you continue the bulk-add process. You can view the log file to see which users caused the errors, and then modify the .csv file to correct the problems. Click **Back** to retry the verification process.
-
-The email accounts are assigned temporary passwords on creation. You must communicate these temporary passwords to your users before they can sign in to Office 365.
-
-### Create Office 365 security groups
-
-Assign SharePoint Online resource permissions to Office 365 security groups, not individual user accounts. For example, create one security group for faculty members and another for students. Then, you can assign unique SharePoint Online resource permissions to faculty members and a different set of permissions to students. Add or remove users from the security groups to grant or revoke access to SharePoint Online resources.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution has AD DS, don’t create security accounts in Office 365. Instead, create the security groups in AD DS, and then use Microsoft Entra integration to synchronize the security groups with your Office 365 tenant.
-
-For information about creating security groups, see [Create an Office 365 Group in the admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
-
-You can add and remove users from security groups at any time.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 evaluates group membership when users sign in. If you change group membership for a user, that user may have to sign out, and then sign in again for the change to take effect.
-
-### Create email distribution groups
-
-Microsoft Exchange Online uses an email distribution group as a single email recipient for multiple users. For example, you could create an email distribution group that contains all students. Then, you could send a message to the email distribution group instead of individually addressing the message to each student.
-
-You can create email distribution groups based on job role (such as teacher, administration, or student) or specific interests (such as robotics, drama club, or soccer team). You can create any number of distribution groups, and users can be members of more than one group.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You'll have to wait until the creation process ends before you can perform the following steps.
-
-
-For information about creating email distribution groups, see [Create a Microsoft 365 group in the admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
-
-#### Summary
-
-You've bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2.
-
-
-
-## Assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2
-
-If you enabled Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 in the [Enable Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2](#enable-azure-ad-premium) section, you must now assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to the users who need the features this edition offers. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 only to those users.
-
-For more information about assigning user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2, see [How to assign EMS/Azure AD Premium licenses to user accounts](https://channel9.msdn.com/Series/Azure-Active-Directory-Videos-Demos/How-to-assign-Azure-AD-Premium-Licenses-to-user-accounts).
-
-## Create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-Microsoft Store for Business allows you to create your own private portal to manage Microsoft Store apps in your institution. With Microsoft Store for Business, you can:
-
-* Find and acquire Microsoft Store apps.
-* Manage apps, app licenses, and updates.
-* Distribute apps to your users.
-
-
-For more information about Microsoft Store for Business, see [Microsoft Store for Business overview](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-overview).
-
-This section shows you how to create a Microsoft Store for Business portal and configure it for your school.
-
-### Create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-To create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal, use the administrative account for your Office 365 subscription to sign in to Microsoft Store for Business. Microsoft Store for Business automatically creates a portal for your institution and uses your account as its administrator.
-
-#### To create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, type `https://microsoft.com/business-store` in the address bar.
-
-2. On the **Microsoft Store for Business** page, click **Sign in with an organizational account**.
-
-3. On the Microsoft Store for Business sign-in page, use the administrative account for the Office 365 subscription you created in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) section to sign in.
-
-4. On the **Microsoft Store for Business Services Agreement** page, review the agreement, select the **I accept this agreement and certify that I have the authority to bind my organization to its terms** check box, and then click **Accept**.
-
-5. In the **Welcome to the Microsoft Store for Business** dialog box, click **OK**.
-
-After you create the Microsoft Store for Business portal, configure it by using the commands in the **Settings** menu listed in Table 14. Depending on your institution, you may (or may not) need to change these settings to further customize your portal.
-
-|Menu selection|What can you do in this menu|
-|--------------|----------------------------|
-|Account information |Displays information about your Microsoft Store for Business account (no settings can be changed). You make changes to this information in Office 365 or the Azure Management Portal. For more information, see [Update Microsoft Store for Business account settings](/microsoft-store/update-microsoft-store-for-business-account-settings).|
-|Device Guard signing |Allows you to upload and sign Device Guard catalog and policy files. For more information about Device Guard, see [Device Guard deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control-deployment-guide).|
-|LOB publishers |Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps).|
-|Management tools |Allows you to add tools that you can use to distribute (deploy) apps in your private store. For more information, see [Distribute apps with a management tool](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-with-management-tool).|
-|Offline licensing|Allows you to show (or not show) offline licensed apps to people shopping in your private store. For more information, see the “Licensing model: online and offline licenses” section in [Apps in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/apps-in-microsoft-store-for-business#licensing-model).|
-|Permissions |Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you've previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business).|
-|Private store |Allows you to change the organization name used in your Microsoft Store for Business portal. When you create your portal, the private store uses the organization name that you used to create your Office 365 subscription. For more information, see [Distribute apps using your private store](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-from-your-private-store).|
-
-*Table 14. Menu selections to configure Microsoft Store for Business settings*
-
-### Find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal
-
-Now that you've created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you'll add to your portal. You do this task from the **Inventory** page in Microsoft Store for Business.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Your educational institution can now use a credit card or purchase order to pay for apps in Microsoft Store for Business.
-
-You can deploy apps to individual users or make apps available to users through your private store. Deploying apps to individual users restricts the app to those specified users. Making apps available through your private store allows all your users to install the apps.
-
-For more information about how to find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal, see [App inventory management for Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/app-inventory-management-microsoft-store-for-business).
-
-#### Summary
-
-At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You've also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
-
-## Plan for deployment
-
-You'll use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you'll use, the approach you'll use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you'll use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
-
-### Select the operating systems
-
-Later in the process, you'll import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. In the case of:
-
-* New devices or refreshing existing devices, you'll completely replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
-* Upgrading existing devices, you'll upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
-
-
-Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the following Windows 10 editions:
-
-- **Windows 10 Pro.** Use this operating system to:
- * Upgrade existing eligible institution-owned and personal devices running Windows 8.1 Pro or Windows 7 Professional to Windows 10 Pro.
- * Deploy new instances of Windows 10 Pro to devices so that new devices have a known configuration.
-
-- **Windows 10 Education.** Use this operating system to:
- * Upgrade institution-owned devices to Windows 10 Education.
- * Deploy new instances of Windows 10 Education so that new devices have a known configuration.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Although you can use Windows 10 Home on institution-owned devices, Microsoft recommends that you use Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Education, instead. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Education provide support for MDM, policy-based management, and Microsoft Store for Business—features not available in Windows 10 Home. For more information about how to upgrade Windows 10 Home to Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Education, see [Windows 10 edition upgrade](/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades).
-
-For more information about the Windows 10 editions, see [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
-
-One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you'll support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you've devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you'll need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> On devices that have minimal system resources (such as devices with only 2 GB of memory or 32 GB of storage), use 32-bit versions of Windows 10 because 64-bit versions of Windows 10 place more stress on device system resources.
-
-Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). Of course, you can't standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
-
-### Select an image approach
-
-A key operating system image decision is whether to use a thin or thick image. *Thin images* contain only the operating system, and MDT installs the necessary device drivers and apps after the operating system has been installed. *Thick images* contain the operating system, “core” apps (such as Office), and device drivers. With thick images, MDT installs any device drivers and apps not included in the thick image after the operating system has been installed.
-
-The advantage to a thin image is that the final deployment configuration is dynamic: you can easily change the configuration without having to capture another image. The disadvantage of a thin image is that it takes longer to complete the deployment.
-
-The advantage of a thick image is that the deployment takes less time than it would for a thin image. The disadvantage of a thick image is that you need to capture a new image each time you want to make a change to the operating system, apps, or other software in the image.
-
-This guide discusses thick image deployment. For information about thin image deployments, see [Deploy Windows 10 in a school](./deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md).
-
-### Select a method to initiate deployment
-The LTI deployment process is highly automated: it requires minimal information to deploy or upgrade Windows 10. The ZTI deployment process is fully automated, but you must manually initiate it. To do so, use the method listed in Table 15 that best meets the needs of your institution.
-
-|Method|Description and reason to select this method|
-|--- |--- |
-|Windows Deployment Services|This method:
Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and perform diskless booting. The advantage of this method is that the diskless media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (LTI and ZTI access the centrally located deployment content over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployments from local media, and you must deploy a Windows Deployment Services server.|
-|Bootable media|This method:
Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over the network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (LTI and ZTI access the centrally located deployment content over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media.|
-|Deployment media|This method:
Select this method when you want to perform local deployments and are willing to boot the target device from a local USB hard disk. The advantage of this method is that local deployments are faster than over-the-network deployments. The disadvantage of this method is that each time you change the deployment share or distribution point content, you must regenerate the deployment media and update the USB hard disk.
-
-*Table 15. Methods to initiate LTI and ZTI deployments*
-
-#### Summary
-At the end of this section, you should know the Windows 10 editions and processor architecture that you want to deploy (and will import later in the process). You also determined whether you want to use thin or thick images. Finally, you selected the method for initiating your LTI or ZTI deployment. Now, you can prepare for Windows 10 deployment.
-
-## Prepare for deployment
-
-Before you can deploy Windows 10 and your apps to devices, you need to prepare your MDT environment, Windows Deployment Services, and Microsoft Configuration Manager (if you selected it to do operating system deployment in the [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods) section). In this section, you ensure that the deployment methods you selected in the [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods) section have the necessary Windows 10 editions and versions, Windows desktop apps, Microsoft Store apps, and device drivers.
-
-### Configure the MDT deployment share
-
-The first step in preparing for Windows 10 deployment is to configure—that is, *populate*—the MDT deployment share. Table 16 lists the MDT deployment share configuration tasks that you must perform. Perform the tasks in the order represented in Table 16.
-
-|Task|Description|
-|--- |--- |
-|1. Import operating systems|Import the operating systems that you selected in the [Select the operating systems](#select-the-operating-systems) section into the deployment share. For more information about how to import operating systems, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench)|
-|2. Import device drivers|Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device can't play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device can't take photos or use video chat.
Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench)|
-|3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps|Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the **Add-AppxPackage** Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.
Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you'll use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you'll need to obtain the .appx files by performing one of the following tasks:
If you are unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
If you've Intune or Microsoft Configuration Manager, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune) and [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-configuration-manager). This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This is the preferred method of deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.
In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:
To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in[Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source).
If you've Intune, you can [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune), as described in the Deploy and manage apps by using Intune section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps.
This is the preferred method for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.
**Note:** You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune)
For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt).|
-|5. Create task sequences|You must create separate task sequences for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education, (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education, or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:
Again, you'll create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
-|6. Update the deployment share|Updating a deployment share generates the MDT boot images you use to initiate the Windows 10 deployment process. You can configure the process to create 32-bit and 64-bit versions of the .iso and .wim files you can use to create bootable media or in Windows Deployment Services.
For more information about how to update a deployment share, see [Update a Deployment Share in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#UpdateaDeploymentShareintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
-
-*Table 16. Tasks to configure the MDT deployment share*
-
-### Configure Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you've already configured your Microsoft Configuration Manager infrastructure to support the operating system deployment feature or if you selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next section.
-
-Before you can use Configuration Manager to deploy Windows 10 and manage your apps and devices, you must configure Configuration Manager to support the operating system deployment feature. If you don’t have an existing Configuration Manager infrastructure, you'll need to deploy a new infrastructure.
-
-Deploying a new Configuration Manager infrastructure is beyond the scope of this guide, but the following resources can help you deploy a new Configuration Manager infrastructure:
-
-* [Get ready for Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/core/plan-design/get-ready)
-* [Start using Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/core/servers/deploy/start-using)
-
-
-#### To configure an existing Microsoft Configuration Manager infrastructure for operating system deployment
-
-1. Perform any necessary infrastructure remediation.
-
- Ensure that your existing infrastructure can support the operating system deployment feature. For more information, see [Infrastructure requirements for operating system deployment in Microsoft Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/plan-design/infrastructure-requirements-for-operating-system-deployment).
-2. Add the Windows PE boot images, Windows 10 operating systems, and other content.
-
- You need to add the Windows PE boot images, Windows 10 operating system images, and other deployment content that you'll use to deploy Windows 10 with ZTI. To add this content, use the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard.
-
- You can add this content by using Microsoft Configuration Manager only (without MDT), but the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard is the preferred method because the wizard prompts you for all the deployment content you need for a task sequence and provides a much more intuitive user experience. For more information, see [Create ZTI Task Sequences Using the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateZTITaskSequencesUsingtheCreateMDTTaskSequenceWizardinConfigurationManager).
-3. Add device drivers.
-
- You must add device drivers for the different device types in your district. For example, if you've a mixture of Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you must have the device drivers for each device.
-
- Create a Microsoft Configuration Manager driver package for each device type in your district. For more information, see [Manage drivers in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/manage-drivers).
-4. Add Windows apps.
-
- Install the Windows apps (Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps) that you want to deploy after the task sequence deploys your customized image (a thick, reference image that includes Windows 10 and your core Windows desktop apps). These apps are in addition to the apps included in your reference image. You can only deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10 because you can't capture Microsoft Store apps in a reference image. Microsoft Store apps target users, not devices.
-
- Create a Configuration Manager application for each Windows desktop or Microsoft Store app that you want to deploy after you apply the reference image to a device. For more information, see [Deploy and manage applications with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/deploy-use/deploy-applications).
-
-### Configure Windows Deployment Services for MDT
-
-You can use Windows Deployment Services in conjunction with MDT to automatically initiate boot images on target devices. These boot images can be Windows PE images (which you generated in step 6 in Table 16) or custom images that can deploy operating systems directly to the target devices.
-
-#### To configure Windows Deployment Services for MDT
-
-1. Set up and configure Windows Deployment Services.
-
- Windows Deployment Services is a server role available in all Windows Server editions. You can enable the Windows Deployment Services server role on a new server or on any server running Windows Server in your institution.
-
- For more information about how to perform this step, see the following resources:
-
- * [Windows Deployment Services Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831764(v=ws.11))
- * The Windows Deployment Services Help file, included in Windows Deployment Services
- * [Windows Deployment Services Getting Started Guide for Windows Server 2012](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj648426(v=ws.11))
-
-2. Add LTI boot images (Windows PE images) to Windows Deployment Services.
-
- The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you'll add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the deployment share’s Boot subfolder.
-
- For more information about how to perform this step, see [Add LTI Boot Images to Windows Deployment Services](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#AddLTIBootImagestoWindowsDeploymentServices).
-
-### Configure Windows Deployment Services for Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you've already configured your Microsoft Configuration Manager infrastructure to support PXE boot or selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next.
-
-You can use Windows Deployment Services in conjunction with Configuration Manager to automatically initiate boot images on target devices. These boot images are Windows PE images that you use to boot the target devices, and then initiate Windows 10, app, and device driver deployment.
-
-#### To configure Windows Deployment Services for Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-1. Set up and configure Windows Deployment Services.
-
- Windows Deployment Services is a server role available in all Windows Server editions. You can enable the Windows Deployment Services server role on a new server or on any server running Windows Server in your institution.
-
- For more information about how to perform this step, see the following resources:
- * [Windows Deployment Services Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831764(v=ws.11))
- * The Windows Deployment Services Help file, included in Windows Deployment Services
- * [Windows Deployment Services Getting Started Guide for Windows Server 2012](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj648426(v=ws.11))
-
-2. Configure a distribution point to accept PXE requests in Configuration Manager.
-
- To support PXE boot requests, you install the PXE service point site system role. Then, you must configure one or more distribution points to respond to PXE boot request.
- For more information about how to perform this step, see [Install site system roles for Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/core/servers/deploy/configure/install-site-system-roles), [Use PXE to deploy Windows over the network with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/use-pxe-to-deploy-windows-over-the-network), and [Configuring distribution points to accept PXE requests](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/prepare-site-system-roles-for-operating-system-deployments#BKMK_PXEDistributionPoint).
-3. Configure the appropriate boot images (Windows PE images) to deploy from the PXE-enabled distribution point.
-
- Before a device can start a boot image from a PXE-enabled distribution point, you must change the properties of the boot image to enable PXE booting. Typically, you create this boot image when you created your MDT task sequence in the Configuration Manager console.
-
- For more information about how to perform this step, see [Configure a boot image to deploy from a PXE-enabled distribution point](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/manage-boot-images#BKMK_BootImagePXE) and [Manage boot images with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/manage-boot-images).
-
-#### Summary
-
-Your MDT deployment share and Microsoft Configuration Manager are now ready for deployment. Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI or ZTI deployment process. You've set up and configured Windows Deployment Services for MDT and for Configuration Manager. You've also ensured that your boot images are available to Windows Deployment Services (for LTI) or the distribution points (for ZTI and Configuration Manager). Now, you’re ready to capture the reference images for the different devices you've in your district.
-
-## Capture the reference image
-
-The reference device is a device that you use as the template for all the other devices in your district. On this device, you install any Windows desktop apps the classroom needs. For example, install the Windows desktop apps for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise if you selected that student license plan.
-
-After you deploy Windows 10 and the desktop apps to the reference device, you capture an image of the device (the reference image). You import the reference image to an MDT deployment share or into Configuration Manager. Finally, you create a task sequence to deploy the reference image to faculty and student devices.
-
-You'll capture multiple reference images, one for each type of device that you've in your organization. You perform the steps in this section for each image (device) that you've in your district. Use LTI in MDT to automate the deployment and capture of the reference image.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can use LTI in MDT or Configuration Manager to automate the deployment and capture of the reference image, but this guide only discusses how to use LTI in MDT to capture the reference image.
-
-### Customize the MDT deployment share
-
-You initially configured the MDT deployment share in the [Configure the MDT deployment share](#configure-the-mdt-deployment-share) section earlier in this guide. In that section, you configured the deployment share for generic use. Now, you need to customize the deployment share to deploy the appropriate Windows 10 edition, desktop apps, and device drivers to each reference device.
-
-#### To customize the MDT deployment share
-
-1. Create a task sequence to deploy the appropriate Windows 10 edition.
-
- A task sequence can deploy only one Windows 10 edition or version, which means that you must create a task sequence for each Windows 10 edition and version you selected in the [Select the operating systems](#select-the-operating-systems) section earlier in this guide. To create task sequences, use the New Task Sequence Wizard.
-
- For more information, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench).
-2. Create an MDT application for each desktop app you want to include in your reference image.
-
- You create MDT applications by using the New Application Wizard in the Deployment Workbench. As part of creating the MDT application, specify the command-line parameters used to install the app without user intervention (unattended installation). For more information, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench).
-3. Customize the task sequence to install the MDT applications that you created in step 2.
-
- You can add an **Install Application** task sequence step to your task sequence. Then, you can customize the **Install Application** task sequence step to install a specific app, which automatically installs the app with no user interaction required when your run the task sequence.
-
- You need to add an **Install Application** task sequence step for each app you want to include in your reference image. For more information, see [Customize Application Installation in Task Sequences](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CustomizeApplicationInstallationinTaskSequences).
-4. Create a selection profile that contains the drivers for the device.
-
- A *selection profile* lets you select specific device drivers. For example, if you want to deploy the device drivers for a Surface Pro 4 device, you can create a selection profile that contains only the Surface Pro 4 device drivers.
-
- First, in the Out-of-Box Drivers node in the Deployment Workbench, create a folder that will contain your device drivers. Next, import the device drivers into the folder you created. Finally, create the selection profile and specify the folder that contains the device drivers. For more information, see the following resources:
-
- * [Create Folders to Organize Device Drivers for LTI Deployments](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateFolderstoOrganizeDeviceDriversforLTIDeployments)
- * [Create Selection Profiles to Select the Device Drivers for LTI Deployments](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateSelectionProfilestoSelecttheDeviceDriversforLTIDeployments)
-
-5. Customize the task sequence to use the selection profile that you created in step 4.
-
- You can customize the **Inject Driver** task sequence step in the **Preinstall** task sequence group in your task sequence to deploy only the device drivers in the selection profile. For more information, see [Configure Task Sequences to Deploy Device Drivers in Selection Profiles for LTI Deployments](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ConfigureTaskSequencestoDeployDeviceDriversinSelectionProfilesforLTIDeployments).
-
-### Capture reference image
-
-To capture the reference image, run the LTI task sequence that you created in the previous section. The LTI task sequence will allow you to specify a storage location and file name for the .wim file, which contains the captured image.
-
-Use the Deployment Wizard to deploy Windows 10, your apps, and device drivers to the device, and then capture the .wim file. The LTI deployment process is almost fully automated: you provide only minimal information to the Deployment Wizard at the beginning of the process. After the wizard collects the necessary information, the remainder of the process is fully automated.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> To fully automate the LTI deployment process, complete the steps in the “Fully Automated LTI Deployment Scenario” section of [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit Samples Guide](/mem/configmgr/mdt/samples-guide#Anchor_6).
-
-In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do deployments experience problems.
-
-#### To deploy Windows 10
-
-1. **Initiate the LTI deployment process.** Initiate the LTI deployment process booting over the network (PXE boot) or from local media. You selected the method for initiating the LTI deployment process in the [Select method to initiate deployment](#select-a-method-to-initiate-deployment) section earlier in this guide.
-
-2. **Complete the Deployment Wizard.** For more information about how to complete the Deployment Wizard, see the “Running the Deployment Wizard” section in [Using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#Anchor_5).
-
-### Import reference image
-
-After you've captured the reference image (.wim file), import the image into the MDT deployment share or into Configuration Manager (depending on which method you selected to perform Windows 10 deployments). You'll deploy the reference image to the student and faculty devices in your district.
-
-Both the Deployment Workbench and the Configuration Manager console have wizards that help you import the reference image. After you import the reference image, you need to create a task sequence that will deploy the reference image.
-
-For more information about how to import the reference image into:
-
-* An MDT deployment share, see [Import a Previously Captured Image of a Reference Computer](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportaPreviouslyCapturedImageofaReferenceComputer).
-* Microsoft Configuration Manager, see [Manage operating system images with Microsoft Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/manage-operating-system-images) and [Customize operating system images with Microsoft Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/customize-operating-system-images).
-
-### Create a task sequence to deploy the reference image
-
-You created an LTI task sequence in the Deployment Workbench earlier in this process to deploy Windows 10 and your desktop apps to the reference device. Now that you've captured and imported your reference image, you need to create a tasks sequence to deploy it.
-
-As you might expect, both the Deployment Workbench and the Configuration Manager console have wizards that help you create a starting task sequence. After you create your task sequence, in most instances you'll need to customize it to deploy more apps, device drivers, and other software.
-
-For more information about how to create a task sequence in the:
-
-* Deployment Workbench for a deployment share, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench).
-* Configuration Manager console, see [Create a task sequence to install an operating system in Microsoft Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/create-a-task-sequence-to-install-an-operating-system).
-
-#### Summary
-In this section, you customized the MDT deployment share to deploy Windows 10 and desktop apps to one or more reference devices by creating and customizing MDT applications, device drivers, and applications. Next, you ran the task sequence, which deploys Windows 10, deploys your apps, deploys the appropriate device drivers, and captures an image of the reference device. Then, you imported the captured reference image into a deployment share or Microsoft Configuration Manager. Finally, you created a task sequence to deploy your captured reference image to faculty and student devices. At this point in the process, you’re ready to deploy Windows 10 and your apps to your devices.
-
-## Prepare for device management
-
-Before you deploy Windows 10 in your district, you must prepare for device management. You'll deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
-
-You also want to deploy apps and software updates after you deploy Windows 10. You need to manage apps and updates by using Configuration Manager, Intune, or a combination of both (hybrid model).
-
-### Select Microsoft-recommended settings
-
-Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 17 lists them, provides a brief description of why you need to configure them, and recommends methods for configuring the settings. Review the settings in Table 17 and evaluate their relevancy to your institution.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The settings for Intune in Table 17 also apply to the Configuration Manager and Intune management (hybrid) method.
-
-Use the information in Table 17 to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you'll use to do so. At the end, you'll have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you'll use to configure the settings.
-
-|Recommendation|Description|
-|--- |--- |
-|Use of Microsoft accounts|You want faculty and students to use only Microsoft Entra accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, don't use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Microsoft Entra accounts.
**Note** Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Microsoft Entra account on these devices.
**Group Policy.** Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)) Group Policy setting to use the **Users can’t add Microsoft accounts** setting option.
****Intune**.** To enable or disable the use of Microsoft accounts, use the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy.|
-|Restrict the local administrator accounts on the devices|Ensure that only authorized users are local administrators on institution-owned devices. Typically, you don’t want students to be administrators on instruction-owned devices. Explicitly specify the users who will be local administrators on a group of devices.
**Group Policy**. Create a Local Group Policy preference to limit the local administrators group membership. Select the Delete all member users and Delete all member groups check boxes to remove any existing members. For more information about how to configure Local Group preferences, see Configure a Local Group Item.
**Intune**. Not available.|
-|Manage the built-in administrator account created during device deployment|When you use MDT to deploy Windows 10, the MDT deployment process automatically creates a local Administrator account with the password you specified. As a security best practice, rename the built-in Administrator account and (optionally) disable it.
**Group Policy**. To rename the built-in Administrator account, use the Accounts: Rename administrator account Group policy setting. For more information about how to rename the built-in Administrator account, see [To rename the Administrator account using the Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-essentials-sbs/cc747484(v=ws.10)). You specify the new name for the Administrator account. To disable the built-in Administrator account, use the Accounts: Administrator account status Group policy setting. For more information about how to disable the built-in Administrator account, see [Accounts: Administrator account status](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj852165(v=ws.11)).
**Intune**. Not available.|
-|Control Microsoft Store access|You can control access to Microsoft Store and whether existing Microsoft Store apps receive updates. You can only disable the Microsoft Store app in Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
**Group policy**. To disable the Microsoft Store app, use the Turn off the Store Application group policy setting. To prevent Microsoft Store apps from receiving updates, use the Turn off Automatic Download and Install of updates Group Policy setting. For more information about configuring these settings, see Can I use Group Policy to control the Microsoft Store in my enterprise environment?
**Intune**. To enable or disable Microsoft Store access, use the Allow application store policy setting in the Apps section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Use of Remote Desktop connections to devices|Remote Desktop connections could allow unauthorized access to the device. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable Remote Desktop connections on your devices.
**Group policy**. To enable or disable Remote Desktop connections to devices, use the Allow Users to connect remotely using Remote Desktop setting in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Connections.
**Intune**. Not available.|
-|Use of camera|A device’s camera can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the camera on your devices.
**Group policy**. Not available.
**Intune**. To enable or disable the camera, use the Allow camera policy setting in the Hardware section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Use of audio recording|Audio recording (by using the Sound Recorder app) can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the Sound Recorder app on your devices.
**Group policy**. To disable the Sound Recorder app, use the don't allow Sound Recorder to run Group Policy setting. You can disable other audio recording apps by using AppLocker policies. To create AppLocker policies, use the information in [Editing an AppLocker Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10)) and [Create Your AppLocker Policies](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/ee791899(v=ws.11)).
**Intune**. To enable or disable audio recording, use the Allow voice recording policy setting in the Features section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Use of screen capture|Screen captures can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the ability to perform screen captures on your devices.
**Group policy**. Not available.
**Intune**. To enable or disable screen capture, use the Allow screen capture policy setting in the System section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Use of location services|Providing a device’s location can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the location service on your devices.
**Group policy**. To enable or disable location services, use the Turn off location group policy setting in User Configuration\Windows Components\Location and Sensors.
**Intune**. To enable or disable location services, use the Allow geolocation policy setting in the Hardware section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Changing wallpaper|Custom wallpapers can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment (if the wallpaper displays information about the user or device). Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to prevent users from changing the wallpaper on institution-owned devices.
**Group policy**. To configure the wallpaper, use the Desktop WallPaper setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Desktop\Desktop.
**Intune**. Not available.|
-
-
-
-Table 17. Recommended settings for educational institutions
-
-### Configure settings by using Group Policy
-
-Now, you’re ready to use Group Policy to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you've an AD DS infrastructure. Here, you configure the Group Policy settings you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
-
-For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployment Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754948(v=ws.10)).
-
-#### To configure Group Policy settings
-
-1. Create a Group Policy object (GPO) to contain your Group Policy settings by completing the steps in [Create a new Group Policy object](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738830(v=ws.10)).
-
-2. Configure the settings in the GPO by completing the steps in [Edit a Group Policy object](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc739902(v=ws.10)).
-
-3. Link the GPO to the appropriate AD DS site, domain, or organizational unit by completing the steps in [Link a Group Policy object to a site, domain, or organizational unit](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738954(v=ws.10)).
-
-### Configure settings by using Intune
-
-Now, you’re ready to use Intune to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you've an Office 365 subscription. Here, you configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
-
-For more information about Intune, see [Microsoft Intune Documentation](/intune/).
-
-#### To configure Intune settings
-
-1. Add Intune to your Office 365 subscription by completing the steps in [Manage Intune licenses](/mem/intune/fundamentals/licenses-assign).
-
-2. Enroll devices with Intune by completing the steps in [Get ready to enroll devices in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/enrollment/quickstart-enroll-windows-device).
-
-3. Configure the settings in Intune Windows 10 policies by completing the steps in [Manage settings and features on your devices with Microsoft Intune policies](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profiles).
-
-4. Manage Windows 10 devices by completing the steps in [Manage Windows PCs with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/remote-actions/device-management).
-
-### Deploy and manage apps by using Intune
-
-If you selected to deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Configuration Manager and Intune in a hybrid configuration, then skip this section and continue to the [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-configuration-manager) section.
-
-You can use Intune to deploy Microsoft Store and Windows desktop apps. Intune provides improved control over which users receive specific apps. In addition, Intune allows you to deploy apps to companion devices (such as iOS or Android devices). Finally, Intune helps you manage app security and features, such as mobile application management policies that let you manage apps on devices that aren't enrolled in Intune or that another solution manages.
-
-For more information about how to configure Intune to manage your apps, see the following resources:
-
-- [Add apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-add)
-- [Deploy apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-windows-10-app-deploy)
-- [Protect apps and data with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/app-protection-policy)
-- [Help protect your data with full or selective wipe using Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/remote-actions/devices-wipe)
-
-### Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-You can use Microsoft Configuration Manager to deploy Microsoft Store and Windows desktop apps. Configuration Manager allows you to create a Configuration Manager application that you can use to deploy apps to different devices (such as Windows 10 desktop, iOS, or Android devices) by using *deployment types*. You can think of a Configuration Manager application as a box. You can think of deployment types as one or more sets of installation files and installation instructions within that box.
-
-For example, you could create a Skype application that contains a deployment type for Windows 10 desktop, iOS, and Android. You can deploy the one application to multiple device types.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> When you configure Configuration Manager and Intune in a hybrid model, you deploy apps by using Configuration Manager as described in this section.
-
-Configuration Manager helps you manage apps by monitoring app installation. You can determine how many of your devices have a specific app installed. Finally, you can allow users to install apps at their discretion or make apps mandatory.
-
-For more information about how to configure Configuration Manager to deploy and manage your apps, see [Deploy and manage applications with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/deploy-use/deploy-applications).
-
-### Manage updates by using Intune
-
-If you selected to manage updates by using Configuration Manager and Intune in a hybrid configuration, then skip this section and continue to the [Manage updates by using Microsoft Configuration Manager](#manage-updates-by-using-microsoft-configuration-manager) section.
-
-To help ensure that your users have the most current features and security protection, keep Windows 10 and your apps current with updates. To configure Windows 10 and app updates, use the **Updates** workspace in Intune.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can only manage updates (including antivirus and antimalware updates) for Windows 10 desktop operating systems (not iOS or Android).
-
-For more information about how to configure Intune to manage updates and malware protection, see the following resources:
-
-- [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-for-business-configure)
-- [Help secure Windows PCs with Endpoint Protection for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/endpoint-protection-configure)
-
-### Manage updates by using Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-To ensure that your users have the most current features and security protection, use the software updates feature in Configuration Manager to manage updates. The software updates feature works in conjunction with WSUS to manage updates for Windows 10 devices.
-
-You configure the software updates feature to manage updates for specific versions of Windows and apps. Then, the software updates feature obtains the updates from Windows Updates by using the WSUS server in your environment. This integration provides greater granularity of control over updates and more specific targeting of updates to users and devices (compared to WSUS alone or Intune alone), which allows you to ensure that the right user or device gets the right updates.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> When you configure Configuration Manager and Intune in a hybrid model, you use Configuration manager to manage updates as described in this section.
-
-For more information about how to configure Configuration Manager to manage Windows 10 and app updates, see [Deploy and manage software updates in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/sum/understand/software-updates-introduction).
-
-#### Summary
-
-In this section, you prepared your institution for device management. You identified the configuration settings that you want to use to manage your users and devices. You configured Group Policy or Intune to manage these configuration settings. You configured Intune or Microsoft Configuration Manager to manage your apps. Finally, you configured Intune or Microsoft Configuration Manager to manage software updates for Windows 10 and your apps.
-
-## Deploy Windows 10 to devices
-
-You’re ready to deploy Windows 10 to faculty and student devices. You must complete the steps in this section for each student device in the classrooms and for any new student devices you add in the future. You can also perform these actions for any device that’s eligible for a Windows 10 upgrade. This section discusses deploying Windows 10 to new devices, refreshing Windows 10 on existing devices, and upgrading existing devices that are running eligible versions of Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10.
-
-### Prepare for deployment
-
-Prior to deployment of Windows 10, complete the tasks in Table 18. Most of these tasks are already complete, but use this step to make sure.
-
-| | Task |
-|:---|:---|
-|**1.** |Ensure that the target devices have sufficient system resources to run Windows 10.|
-|**2.** |Identify the necessary devices drivers, and then import them into the MDT deployment share or Microsoft Configuration Manager.|
-|**3.** |For each Microsoft Store and Windows desktop app, create an MDT application or Configuration Manager application.|
-|**4.** |Notify the students and faculty about the deployment.|
-
-*Table 18. Deployment preparation checklist*
-
-### Perform the deployment
-
-Use the Deployment Wizard to deploy Windows 10. With the LTI deployment process, you provide only minimal information to the Deployment Wizard at the beginning of the process. After the wizard collects the necessary information, the remainder of the process is fully automated.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> To fully automate the LTI deployment process, complete the steps in the “Fully Automated LTI Deployment Scenario” section in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit Samples Guide](/mem/configmgr/mdt/samples-guide#Anchor_6).
-
-
-In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do deployments experience problems.
-
-#### To use LTI to deploy Windows 10
-
-1. **Initiate the LTI deployment process.** Initiate the LTI deployment process by booting over the network (PXE boot) or from local media. You selected the method for initiating the LTI deployment process in the [Select a method to initiate deployment](#select-a-method-to-initiate-deployment) section earlier in this guide.
-
-2. **Complete the Deployment Wizard.** For more information about how to complete the Deployment Wizard, see the “Running the Deployment Wizard” section of [Using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#Anchor_5).
-
-#### To use ZTI to deploy Windows 10
-
-1. **Initiate the ZTI deployment process.** Initiate the ZTI deployment process by booting over the network (PXE boot) or from local media. You selected the method for initiating the ZTI deployment process in the [Select a method to initiate deployment](#select-a-method-to-initiate-deployment) section earlier in this guide.
-
-### Set up printers
-
-After you've deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you’re performing an upgrade instead of a new deployment, the printers remain configured as they were in the previous version of Windows. As a result, you can skip this section and proceed to [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment).
-
-#### To set up printers
-
-1. Review the printer manufacturer’s instructions for installing the printer drivers.
-
-2. On the admin device, download the printer drivers.
-
-3. Copy the printer drivers to a USB drive.
-
-4. On a device, use the same account you used to set up Windows 10 in the [Prepare for deployment](#prepare-for-deployment) section to sign in to the device.
-
-5. Plug the USB drive into the device.
-
-6. Follow the printer manufacturer’s instructions to install the printer drivers from the USB drive.
-
-7. Verify that the printer drivers were installed correctly by printing a test page.
-
-8. Complete steps 1–8 for each printer.
-
-### Verify deployment
-
-As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that all apps run. Microsoft recommends that you perform all the tasks that the user would perform. Specifically, verify that:
-
-* The device can connect to the Internet and view the appropriate web content in Microsoft Edge.
-* Windows Update is active and current with software updates.
-* Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
-* Windows Defender SmartScreen is active.
-* All Microsoft Store apps are properly installed and updated.
-* All Windows desktop apps are properly installed and updated.
-* Printers are properly configured.
-
-When you've verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
-
-#### Summary
-
-You prepared the devices for deployment by verifying that they have adequate system resources and that the resources in the devices have corresponding Windows 10 device drivers. You performed device deployment over the network or by using local MDT media. Next, you configured the appropriate printers on the devices. Finally, you verified that the devices are properly configured and ready for use.
-
-## Maintain Windows devices and Office 365
-
-After the initial deployment, you need to perform certain tasks to maintain the Windows 10 devices and your Office 365 Education subscription. You should perform these tasks on the following schedule:
-
-- **Monthly.** These tasks help ensure that the devices are current with software updates and properly protected against viruses and malware.
-- **New semester or academic year.** Perform these tasks prior to the start of a new curriculum—for example, at the start of a new academic year or semester. These tasks help ensure that the classroom environments are ready for the next group of students.
-- **As required (ad hoc).** Perform these tasks as necessary in a classroom. For example, a new version of an app may be available, or a student may inadvertently corrupt a device so that you must restore it to the default configuration.
-
-Table 19 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resources for performing the tasks, and the schedule (or frequency) on which you should perform the tasks.
-
-|Task and resources|Monthly|New semester or academic year|As required|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Verify that Windows Update is active and current with operating system and software updates.
For more information about completing this task when you have:
Neither Intune, Group Policy, nor WSUS, see "Install, upgrade, & activate" in Windows 10 help.|✔️|✔️|✔️|
-|Verify that Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
For more information about completing this task, see [Turn Windows Defender on or off](/mem/intune/user-help/turn-on-defender-windows) and [Updating Windows Defender](/mem/intune/user-help/turn-on-defender-windows).|✔️|✔️|✔️|
-|Verify that Windows Defender has run a scan in the past week and that no viruses or malware were found.
For more information about completing this task, see the “How do I find and remove a virus?” topic in [Protect my PC from viruses](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17228/windows-protect-my-pc-from-viruses).|✔️|✔️|✔️|
-|Download and approve updates for Windows 10, apps, device driver, and other software.
For more information, see:
For more information about Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades, see [Windows 10 servicing options](/windows/deployment/update/).||✔️|✔️|
-|Refresh the operating system and apps on devices.
For more information about completing this task, see the following resources:
For more information, see:
Microsoft Store apps are automatically updated from Microsoft Store. The menu bar in the Microsoft Store app shows whether any Microsoft Store app updates are available for download.
You can also deploy Microsoft Store apps directly to devices by using Intune, Microsoft Configuration Manager, or both in a hybrid configuration.
For more information, see:
For more information about how to:
For more information about how to:
For more information about how to:
For more information about how to:
For more information about how to:
For more information about how to create or modify Exchange Online or Exchange Server distribution lists in Office 365, see [Create and manage distribution groups](/exchange/recipients-in-exchange-online/manage-distribution-groups/manage-distribution-groups) and [Create, edit, or delete a security group](/microsoft-365/admin/email/create-edit-or-delete-a-security-group).||✔️|✔️|
-|Install new student devices.
Follow the same steps you followed in the[Deploy Windows 10 to devices](#deploy-windows-10-to-devices) section.|||✔️|
-
-*Table 19. School and individual classroom maintenance tasks, with resources and the schedule for performing them*
-
-#### Summary
-
-You've now identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your district and individual school configuration should match the typical school configuration you saw in the [Plan a typical district configuration](#plan-a-typical-district-configuration) section. By performing these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your district as a whole stays secure and is configured as you specified.
-
-## Related topics
-
-* [Try it out: Windows 10 deployment (for educational institutions)](../index.yml)
-* [Try it out: Windows 10 in the classroom](../index.yml)
-* [Chromebook migration guide](./chromebook-migration-guide.md)
-* [Deploy Windows 10 in a school](./deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md)
-* [Automate common Windows 10 deployment and configuration tasks for a school environment (video)](./index.yml)
-* [Deploy a custom Windows 10 Start menu layout for a school (video)](./index.yml)
-* [Manage Windows 10 updates and upgrades in a school environment (video)](./index.yml)
-* [Reprovision devices at the end of the school year (video)](./index.yml)
-* [Use MDT to deploy Windows 10 in a school (video)](./index.yml)
-* [Use Microsoft Store for Business in a school environment (video)](./index.yml)
diff --git a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c9aea19e..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,894 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploy Windows 10 in a school
-description: Learn how to integrate your school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Entra ID. Deploy Windows 10 and apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. Manage faculty, students, and devices by using Microsoft Intune and Group Policy.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Deploy Windows 10 in a school
-
-This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school environment. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Entra ID; and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Intune and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you'll perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
-
-## Prepare for school deployment
-
-Proper preparation is essential for a successful school deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical school configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your school should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you'll configure your school. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your school.
-
-### Plan a typical school configuration
-
-As part of preparing for your school deployment, you need to plan your configuration—the focus of this guide. Figure 1 illustrates a typical finished school configuration that you can use as a model (the blueprint in our builder analogy) for the finished state.
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure1.png" alt-text="A finished school configuration for a Windows client deployment.":::
-
-*Figure 1. Typical school configuration for this guide*
-
-Figure 2 shows the classroom configuration this guide uses.
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure2.png" alt-text="See the classroom configuration used in this Windows client deployment guide.":::
-
-*Figure 2. Typical classroom configuration in a school*
-
-This school configuration has the following characteristics:
-- It contains one or more admin devices.
-- It contains two or more classrooms.
-- Each classroom contains one teacher device.
-- The classrooms connect to each other through multiple subnets.
-- All devices in each classroom connect to a single subnet.
-- All devices have high-speed, persistent connections to each other and to the Internet.
-- All teachers and students have access to Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
-- All devices receive software updates from Intune (or another device management system).
-- You install a 64-bit version of Windows 10 on the admin device.
-- You install the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK) on the admin device.
-- You install the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK) on the admin device.
-- You install the 64-bit version of the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013 Update 2 on the admin device.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > In this guide, all references to MDT refer to the 64-bit version of MDT 2013 Update 2.
-
-- The devices use Microsoft Entra ID in Office 365 Education for identity management.
-- If you've on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Microsoft Entra ID with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
-- Use [Intune](/mem/intune/), [Set up Basic Mobility and Security](/microsoft-365/admin/basic-mobility-security/set-up), or Group Policy in AD DS to manage devices.
-- Each device supports a one-student-per-device or multiple-students-per-device scenario.
-- The devices can be a mixture of different make, model, and processor architecture (32 bit or 64 bit) or be identical.
-- To start a Windows 10 deployment, use a USB flash drive, DVD-ROM or CD-ROM, or Pre-Boot Execution Environment Boot (PXE Boot).
-- The devices can be a mixture of different Windows 10 editions, such as Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, and Windows 10 Education.
-
-Office 365 Education allows:
-
-- Students and faculty to use Microsoft Office to create and edit Microsoft Word, OneNote, PowerPoint, and Excel documents in a browser.
-- Teachers to use the [OneNote Class Notebook app](https://www.onenote.com/classnotebook) to share content and collaborate with students.
-- Faculty to use the [OneNote Staff Notebooks app](https://www.onenote.com/staffnotebookedu) to collaborate with other teachers, administration, and faculty.
-- Teachers to employ Sway to create interactive educational digital storytelling.
-- Students and faculty to use email and calendars, with mailboxes up to 50 GB per user.
-- Faculty to use advanced email features like email archiving and legal hold capabilities.
-- Faculty to help prevent unauthorized users from accessing documents and email by using Azure Rights Management.
-- Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal.
-- Faculty to host online classes, parent–teacher conferences, and other collaboration in Skype for Business or Skype.
-- Students and faculty to access up to 1 TB of personal cloud storage that users inside and outside the educational institution can share through OneDrive for Business.
-- Teachers to provide collaboration in the classroom through Microsoft SharePoint Online team sites.
-- Students and faculty to use Office 365 Video to manage videos.
-- Students and faculty to use Viva Engage to collaborate through private social networking.
-- Students and faculty to access classroom resources from anywhere on any device (including iOS and Android devices).
-
-For more information about Office 365 Education features and a FAQ, go to [Office 365 Education](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/academic/compare-office-365-education-plans).
-
-## How to configure a school
-
-Now that you've the plan (blueprint) for your classroom, you’re ready to learn about the tools you'll use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
-
-The primary tool you'll use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
-
-You can use MDT as a stand-alone tool or integrate it with Microsoft Configuration Manager. As a stand-alone tool, MDT performs Lite Touch Installation (LTI) deployments—deployments that require minimal infrastructure and allow you to control the level of automation. When integrated with Configuration Manager, MDT performs Zero Touch Installation (ZTI) deployments, which require more infrastructure (such as Configuration Manager) but result in fully automated deployments.
-
-MDT includes the Deployment Workbench—a console from which you can manage the deployment of Windows 10 and your apps. You configure the deployment process in the Deployment Workbench, including the management of operating systems, device drivers, apps, and migration of user settings on existing devices.
-
-LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share*—a network-shared folder on the device where you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You'll learn more about MDT in the [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device) section.
-
-The focus of MDT is deployment, so you also need tools that help you manage your Windows 10 devices and apps. You can manage Windows 10 devices and apps with [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune), [Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/core/understand/introduction), the Compliance Management feature in Office 365, or Group Policy in AD DS. You can use any combination of these tools based on your school requirements.
-
-The configuration process requires the following devices:
-
-- **Admin device.** This is the device you use for your day-to-day job functions. It’s also the one you use to create and manage the Windows 10 and app deployment process. You install the Windows ADK and MDT on this device.
-- **Faculty devices.** These are the devices that the teachers and other faculty use for their day-to-day job functions. You use the admin device to deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to these devices.
-- **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You'll use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
-
-The high-level process for deploying and configuring devices within individual classrooms and the school as a whole is as follows and illustrated in Figure 3:
-
-1. Prepare the admin device for use, which includes installing the Windows ADK and MDT.
-2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you'll use for each classroom in the school.
-3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID (if you've an on premises AD DS configuration).
-4. On the admin device, create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal.
-5. On the admin device, prepare for management of the Windows 10 devices after deployment.
-6. On the student and faculty devices, deploy Windows 10 to new or existing devices, or upgrade eligible devices to Windows 10.
-7. On the admin device, manage the Windows 10 devices and apps, the Office 365 subscription, and the AD DS and Microsoft Entra integration.
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure3.png" alt-text="See the high level process of configuring Windows client devices in a classroom and the school":::
-
-*Figure 3. How school configuration works*
-
-Each of the steps illustrated in Figure 3 directly correspond to the remaining high-level sections in this guide.
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you looked at the final configuration of your individual classrooms and the school as a whole upon completion of this guide. You also learned the high-level steps you need to perform to deploy the faculty and student devices in your school.
-
-## Prepare the admin device
-
-Now, you’re ready to prepare the admin device for use in the school. This process includes installing the Windows ADK, installing the MDT, and creating the MDT deployment share.
-
-### Install the Windows ADK
-
-The first step in preparing the admin device is to install the Windows ADK. The Windows ADK contains the deployment tools that MDT uses, including the Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), the Windows User State Migration Tool (USMT), and Deployment Image Servicing and Management.
-
-When you install the Windows ADK on the admin device, select the following features:
-
-- Deployment tools
-- Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE)
-- User State Migration Tool (USMT)
-
-For more information about installing the Windows ADK, see [Step 2-2: Install the Windows ADK](/mem/configmgr/mdt/lite-touch-installation-guide#InstallWindowsADK).
-
-### Install MDT
-
-Next, install MDT. MDT uses the Windows ADK to help you manage and perform Windows 10 and app deployment and is a free tool available directly from Microsoft.
-
-You can use MDT to deploy 32-bit or 64-bit versions of Windows 10. Install the 64-bit version of MDT to support deployment of 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you install the 32-bit version of MDT, you can install only 32-bit versions of Windows 10. Ensure that you download and install the 64-bit version of MDT so that you can install 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the operating system.
-
-For more information about installing MDT on the admin device, see [Installing a New Instance of MDT](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#InstallingaNewInstanceofMDT).
-
-Now, you’re ready to create the MDT deployment share and populate it with the operating system, apps, and device drivers you want to deploy to your devices.
-
-### Create a deployment share
-
-MDT includes the Deployment Workbench, a graphical user interface that you can use to manage MDT deployment shares. A deployment share is a shared folder that contains all the MDT deployment content. The LTI Deployment Wizard accesses the deployment content over the network or from a local copy of the deployment share (known as MDT deployment media).
-
-For more information about how to create a deployment share, see [Step 3-1: Create an MDT Deployment Share](/mem/configmgr/mdt/lite-touch-installation-guide#step-3-configure-mdt-to-create-the-reference-computer).
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you installed the Windows ADK and MDT on the admin device. You also created the MDT deployment share that you'll configure and use later in the LTI deployment process.
-
-## Create and configure Office 365
-
-Office 365 is one of the core components of your classroom environment. You create and manage student identities in Office 365, and students and teachers use the suite as their email, contacts, and calendar system. Teachers and students use Office 365 collaboration features such as SharePoint, OneNote, and OneDrive for Business.
-
-As a first step in deploying your classroom, create an Office 365 Education subscription, and then configure Office 365 for the classroom. For more information about Office 365 Education deployment, see [School deployment of Office 365 Education](https://www.microsoft.com/education/products/office).
-
-### Select the appropriate Office 365 Education license plan
-
-Complete the following steps to select the appropriate Office 365 Education license plan for your school:
-
-- Determine the number of faculty members and students who will use the classroom. Office 365 Education licensing plans are available specifically for faculty and students. You must assign faculty and students the correct licensing plan.
-
-- Determine the faculty members and students who need to install Office applications on devices (if any). Faculty and students can use Office applications online (standard plans) or run them locally (Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise plans). Table 1 lists the advantages and disadvantages of standard and Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise plans.
-
-*Table 1. Comparison of standard and Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise plans*
-
----
-| Plan | Advantages | Disadvantages |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| Standard | - Less expensive than Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
- Can be run from any device
- No installation necessary | - Must have an Internet connection to use it
- Doesn't support all the features found in Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
-| Office ProPlus | - Only requires an Internet connection every 30 days (for activation)
- Supports full set of Office features | - Requires installation
- Can be installed on only five devices per user (there's no limit to the number of devices on which you can run Office apps online) |
-
----
-
-The best user experience is to run Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise or use native Office apps on mobile devices. If neither of these options is available, use Office applications online. In addition, all Office 365 plans provide a better user experience by storing documents in OneDrive for Business, which is included in all Office 365 plans. OneDrive for Business keeps content in sync among devices and helps ensure that users always have access to their documents on any device.
-
-- Determine whether students or faculty need Azure Rights Management.
-
- You can use Azure Rights Management to protect classroom information against unauthorized access. Azure Rights Management protects your information inside or outside the classroom through encryption, identity, and authorization policies, securing your files and email. You can retain control of the information, even when it’s shared with people outside the classroom or your educational institution. Azure Rights Management is free to use with all Office 365 Education license plans. For more information, see [Azure Rights Management](/information-protection/).
-
-- Record the Office 365 Education license plans needed for the classroom in Table 2.
-
-*Table 2. Office 365 Education license plans needed for the classroom*
-
----
-| Quantity | Plan |
-| --- | --- |
-| | Office 365 Education for students |
-| | Office 365 Education for faculty |
-| | Azure Rights Management for students |
-| | Azure Rights Management for faculty |
-
----
-
-You'll use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 2 in the [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) section of this guide.
-
-### Create a new Office 365 Education subscription
-
-To create a new Office 365 Education subscription for use in the classroom, use your educational institution’s email account. There are no costs to you or to students for signing up for Office 365 Education subscriptions.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you already have an Office 365 Education subscription, you can use that subscription and continue to the next section, [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains).
-
-#### To create a new Office 365 subscription
-
-1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, type `https://portal.office.com/start?sku=faculty` in the address bar.
-
- If you've already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you'll be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window. Your options:
-
- - In Microsoft Edge, select Ctrl+Shift+N. Or, select **More actions** > **New InPrivate window**.
- - In Internet Explorer, select Ctrl+Shift+P. Or, select **Settings** > **Safety** > **InPrivate Browsing**.
-
-2. On the **Get started** page, type your school email address in the **Enter your school email address** box, and then click **Sign up**. You'll receive an email in your school email account.
-3. Click the hyperlink in the email in your school email account.
-4. On the **One last thing** page, complete your user information, and then click **Start**. The wizard creates your new Office 365 Education subscription, and you're automatically signed in as the administrative user you specified when you created the subscription.
-
-### Add domains and subdomains
-
-Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has `contoso.edu` as the primary domain name but you've subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
-
-#### To add more domains and subdomains
-
-1. In the admin center, in the list view, click **DOMAINS**.
-2. In the details pane, above the list of domains, on the menu bar, click **Add domain**.
-3. In the Add a New Domain in Office 365 Wizard, on the **Verify domain wizard** page, click **Let’s get started**.
-4. On the **Verify domain** wizard page, in the **Enter a domain you already own** box, type your domain name, and then click **Next**.
-5. Sign in to your domain name management provider (for example, Network Solutions or GoDaddy), and then complete the steps for your provider.
-6. Repeat these steps for each domain and subdomain you want faculty and students to use for your institution.
-
-### Configure automatic tenant join
-
-To make it easier for faculty and students to join your Office 365 Education subscription (or *tenant*), allow them to automatically sign up to your tenant (*automatic tenant join*). In automatic tenant join, when a faculty member or student signs up for Office 365, Office 365 automatically adds (joins) the user to your Office 365 tenant.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> By default, automatic tenant join is enabled in Office 365 Education, except for certain areas in Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. These countries/regions require opt-in steps to add new users to existing Office 365 tenants. Check your country/region requirements to determine the automatic tenant join default configuration. Also, if you use Microsoft Entra Connect, then automatic tenant join is disabled.
-
-Office 365 uses the domain portion of the user’s email address to know which Office 365 tenant to join. For example, if a faculty member or student provides an email address of user@contoso.edu, then Office 365 automatically performs one of the following tasks:
-
-- If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) exists, Office 365 automatically adds the user to that tenant.
-- If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) doesn't exists, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
-
-You'll always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before allowing other faculty and students to join Office 365.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> You can't merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
-
-All new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant join enabled by default, but you can enable or disable automatic tenant join by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 3. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up#how-can-i-prevent-students-from-joining-my-existing-office-365-tenant).
-
-*Table 3. Windows PowerShell commands to enable or disable Automatic Tenant Join*
-
----
-| Action | Windows PowerShell command |
-|---------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
-| Enable | `Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowEmailVerifiedUsers $true` |
-| Disable | `Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowEmailVerifiedUsers $false` |
-
----
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution has AD DS, then disable automatic tenant join. Instead, use Microsoft Entra integration with AD DS to add users to your Office 365 tenant.
-
-### Disable automatic licensing
-
-To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that don't require administrative approval.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> By default, automatic licensing is enabled in Office 365 Education. If you want to use automatic licensing, then skip this section and go to the next section.
-
-Although all new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic licensing enabled by default, you can enable or disable it for your Office 365 tenant by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 4. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up#how-can-i-prevent-students-from-joining-my-existing-office-365-tenant).
-
-*Table 4. Windows PowerShell commands to enable or disable automatic licensing*
-
----
-| Action | Windows PowerShell command |
-|---------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
-| Enable | `Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowAdHocSubscriptions $true` |
-| Disable | `Set-MsolCompanySettings -AllowAdHocSubscriptions $false` |
-
----
-
-
-
-### Enable Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2
-
-When you create your Office 365 subscription, you create an Office 365 tenant that includes a Microsoft Entra directory. Microsoft Entra ID is the centralized repository for all your student and faculty accounts in Office 365, Intune, and other Microsoft Entra ID–integrated apps. Microsoft Entra ID has different editions, which may include Office 365 Education. For more information, see [Introduction to Microsoft Entra tenants](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/intro-azure-active-directory).
-
-Educational institutions can obtain Microsoft Entra Basic edition licenses at no cost. After you obtain your licenses, activate your Microsoft Entra ID access by completing the steps in [Step 3: Activate your Microsoft Entra ID access](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium#step-3-activate-your-azure-active-directory-access).
-
-The Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 features that aren't in Microsoft Entra Basic include:
-
-- Allow designated users to manage group membership
-- Dynamic group membership based on user metadata
-- Multifactor authentication (MFA)
-- Identify cloud apps that your users run
-- Automatic enrollment in a mobile device management (MDM) system (such as Intune)
-- Self-service recovery of BitLocker
-- Add local administrator accounts to Windows 10 devices
-- Microsoft Entra Connect Health monitoring
-- Extended reporting capabilities
-
-You can assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to the users who need these features. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 to only those users.
-
-You can sign up for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2. You'll assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to users later in the deployment process.
-
-For more information, see:
-
-- [Microsoft Entra ID licenses](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-whatis)
-- [Sign up for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium)
-
-### Summary
-You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of the initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 enabled (if necessary), you’re ready to select the method you'll use to create user accounts in Office 365.
-
-## Select an Office 365 user account–creation method
-
-
-Now that you've an Office 365 subscription, you need to determine how you'll create your Office 365 user accounts. Use the following methods to create Office 365 user accounts:
-
-- **Method 1:** Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID. Select this method if you've an on-premises AD DS domain.
-- **Method 2:** Bulk-import the user accounts from a .csv file (based on information from other sources) into Microsoft Entra ID. Select this method if you don’t have an on-premises AD DS domain.
-
-
-
-### Method 1: Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID
-
-In this method, you've an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 4, the Microsoft Entra Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Microsoft Entra Connector tool automatically updates Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Microsoft Entra Connect also supports synchronization from any Lightweight Directory Access Protocol version 3 (LDAPv3)–compliant directory by using the information provided in [LDAP synchronization with Microsoft Entra ID](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/sync-ldap).
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure4.png" alt-text="See the automatic synchronization between Active Directory Directory Services and Azure AD.":::
-
-*Figure 4. Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Microsoft Entra ID*
-
-For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Integrate on-premises AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID](#integrate-on-premises-ad-ds-with-azure-ad) section in this guide.
-
-
-
-### Method 2: Bulk import into Microsoft Entra ID from a .csv file
-
-In this method, you've no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, you manually prepare a `.csv` file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Microsoft Entra ID. The `.csv` file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure5.png" alt-text="Create a csv file with student information, and import the csv file into Azure AD.":::
-
-*Figure 5. Bulk import into Microsoft Entra ID from other sources*
-
-To implement this method, perform the following steps:
-
-1. Export the student information from the source. Ultimately, you want to format the student information in the format the bulk-import feature requires.
-2. Bulk-import the student information into Microsoft Entra ID. For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Bulk-import user accounts into Office 365](#bulk-import-user-accounts-into-office-365) section.
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected the method for creating user accounts in your Office 365 subscription. Ultimately, these user accounts are in Microsoft Entra ID (which is the identity management system for Office 365). Now, you’re ready to create your Office 365 accounts.
-
-
-
-## Integrate on-premises AD DS with Microsoft Entra ID
-
-You can integrate your on-premises AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID to provide identity management for your Office 365 tenant. With this integration, you can synchronize the users, security groups, and distribution lists in your AD DS domain with Microsoft Entra ID with the Microsoft Entra Connect tool. Users will be able to sign in to Office 365 automatically by using their email account and the same password they use to sign in to AD DS.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution doesn't have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
-
-### Select synchronization model
-
-Before you deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization, you need to determine where you want to deploy the server that runs Microsoft Entra Connect.
-
-You can deploy the Microsoft Entra Connect tool by using one of the following methods:
-
-- **On premises**: As shown in Figure 6, Microsoft Entra Connect runs on premises, which have the advantage of not requiring a virtual private network (VPN) connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
-
- :::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure6.png" alt-text="Microsoft Entra Connect runs on-premises and uses a virtual machine.":::
-
- *Figure 6. Microsoft Entra Connect on premises*
-
-- **In Azure**: As shown in Figure 7, Microsoft Entra Connect runs on a VM in Microsoft Entra which has the advantages of being faster to provision (than a physical, on-premises server), offers better site availability, and helps reduce the number of on-premises servers. The disadvantage is that you need to deploy a VPN gateway on premises.
-
- :::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure7.png" alt-text="Microsoft Entra Connect runs on a VM in Microsoft Entra ID, and uses a VPN gateway on-premises.":::
-
- *Figure 7. Microsoft Entra Connect in Azure*
-
-This guide describes how to run Microsoft Entra Connect on premises. For information about running Microsoft Entra Connect in Azure, see [Deploy Office 365 Directory Synchronization (DirSync) in Microsoft Azure](/microsoft-365/enterprise/deploy-microsoft-365-directory-synchronization-dirsync-in-microsoft-azure).
-
-
-
-### Deploy Microsoft Entra Connect on premises
-
-In this synchronization model (illustrated in Figure 6), you run Microsoft Entra Connect on premises on a physical device or VM. Microsoft Entra Connect synchronizes AD DS user and group accounts with Microsoft Entra ID. Microsoft Entra Connect includes a wizard that helps you configure Microsoft Entra Connect for your AD DS domain and Office 365 subscription. First, you install Microsoft Entra Connect; then, you run the wizard to configure it for your institution.
-
-
-
-#### To deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization
-
-1. Configure your environment to meet the prerequisites for installing Microsoft Entra Connect by performing the steps in [Prerequisites for Microsoft Entra Connect](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-install-prerequisites).
-2. On the VM or physical device that will run Microsoft Entra Connect, sign in with a domain administrator account.
-3. Install Microsoft Entra Connect by performing the steps in [Install Microsoft Entra Connect](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-install-select-installation).
-4. Configure Microsoft Entra Connect features based on your institution’s requirements. For more information, see [Microsoft Entra Connect Sync: Understand and customize synchronization](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-sync-whatis).
-
-Now that you've used on premises Microsoft Entra Connect to deploy AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Microsoft Entra Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-### Verify synchronization
-
-Microsoft Entra Connect should start synchronization immediately. Depending on the number of users in your AD DS domain, the synchronization process can take some time. To monitor the process, view the number of AD DS users and groups the tool has synchronized with Microsoft Entra ID in the Office 365 admin console.
-
-
-
-#### To verify AD DS and Microsoft Entra synchronization
-
-1. In your web browser, go to [https://portal.office.com](https://portal.office.com).
-2. Using the administrative account that you created in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) section, sign in to Office 365.
-3. In the list view, expand **USERS**, and then click **Active Users**.
-4. In the details pane, view the list of users. The list of users should mirror the users in AD DS.
-5. In the list view, click **GROUPS**.
-6. In the details pane, view the list of security groups. The list of users should mirror the security groups in AD DS.
-7. In the details pane, double-click one of the security groups.
-8. The list of security group members should mirror the group membership for the corresponding security group in AD DS.
-9. Close the browser.
-
-Now that you've verified Microsoft Entra Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2.
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected your synchronization model, deployed Microsoft Entra Connect, and verified that Microsoft Entra ID is synchronizing properly.
-
-## Bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS
-
-You can bulk-import user and group accounts into your on-premises AD DS domain. Bulk-importing accounts helps reduce the time and effort needed to create users compared to creating the accounts manually in the Office 365 Admin portal. First, you select the appropriate method for bulk-importing user accounts into AD DS. Next, you create the .csv file that contains the user accounts. Finally, you use the selected method to import the .csv file into AD DS.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution doesn’t have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
-
-### Select the bulk import method
-
-Several methods are available to bulk-import user accounts into AD DS domains. Table 5 lists the methods that the Windows Server operating system supports natively. In addition, you can use partner solutions to bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS.
-
-*Table 5. AD DS bulk-import account methods*
-
----
-| Method | Description and reason to select this method |
-|---|---|
-| **Ldifde.exe** | This command-line tool allows you to import and export objects (such as user accounts) from AD DS. Select this method if you aren’t comfortable with Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition (VBScript), Windows PowerShell, or other scripting languages. For more information about using Ldifde.exe, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)). |
-| **VBScript** | This scripting language uses the Active Directory Services Interfaces (ADSI) Component Object Model interface to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with VBScript. For more information about using VBScript and ADSI, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx). |
-| **Windows PowerShell** | This scripting language natively supports cmdlets to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with Windows PowerShell scripting. For more information about using Windows PowerShell, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx). |
-
----
-
-### Create a source file that contains the user and group accounts
-
-After you've selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 6 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
-
-*Table 6. Source file format for each bulk import method*
-
----
-| Method | Source file format |
-|---|---|
-| **Ldifde.exe** | Ldifde.exe requires a specific format for the source file. Use Ldifde.exe to export existing user and group accounts so that you can see the format. For examples of the format that Ldifde.exe requires, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)). |
-| **VBScript** | VBScript can use any .csv file format to create a source file for the bulk-import process. To create the .csv file, use software such as Excel. For examples of how to format your source file in comma-separated values (CSV) format, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx) |
-| **Windows PowerShell** | Windows PowerShell can use any .csv file format you want to create as a source file for the bulk-import process. To create the .csv file, use software such as Excel. For examples of how to format your source file in CSV format, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx). |
-
----
-
-### Import the user accounts into AD DS
-
-With the bulk-import source file finished, you’re ready to import the user and group accounts into AD DS. The steps for importing the file are slightly different for each method.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Bulk-import your group accounts first, and then import your user accounts. Importing in this order allows you to specify group membership when you import your user accounts.
-
-For more information about how to import user accounts into AD DS by using:
-
-- Ldifde.exe: See [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)).
-- VBScript: See [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/116.active-directory-step-by-step-guide-bulk-import-and-export.aspx).
-- Windows PowerShell: See [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx).
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts in to AD DS. If you've Microsoft Entra Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Microsoft Entra ID. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 in the [Assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
-
-## Bulk-import user accounts into Office 365
-
-You can bulk-import user and group accounts directly into Office 365, reducing the time and effort required to create users. First, you bulk-import the user accounts into Office 365. Then, you create the security groups for your institution. Finally, you create the email distribution groups your institution requires.
-
-### Create user accounts in Office 365
-
-Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
-
-You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you've many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
-
-The bulk-add process assigns the same Office 365 Education license plan to all users on the list. Therefore, you must create a separate list for each license plan you recorded in Table 2. Depending on the number of faculty members who need to use the classroom, you may want to add the faculty Office 365 accounts manually; however, use the bulk-add process to add student accounts.
-
-For more information about how to bulk-add users to Office 365, see [Add several users at the same time to Office 365](/microsoft-365/enterprise/add-several-users-at-the-same-time).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you encountered errors during bulk add, resolve them before you continue the bulk-add process. You can view the log file to see which users caused the errors, and then modify the .csv file to correct the problems. Click **Back** to retry the verification process.
-
-The email accounts are assigned temporary passwords upon creation. Communicate these temporary passwords to your users before they can sign in to Office 365.
-
-### Create Office 365 security groups
-
-Assign SharePoint Online resource permissions to Office 365 security groups, not individual user accounts. For example, create one security group for faculty members and another for students. Then, you can assign unique SharePoint Online resource permissions to faculty members and a different set of permissions to students. Add or remove users from the security groups to grant or revoke access to SharePoint Online resources.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your institution has AD DS, don’t create security accounts in Office 365. Instead, create the security groups in AD DS, and then use Microsoft Entra integration to synchronize the security groups with your Office 365 tenant.
-
-For information about creating security groups, see [Create a group in the Microsoft 365 admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
-
-You can add and remove users from security groups at any time.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 evaluates group membership when users sign in. If you change group membership for a user, that user may need to sign out, and then sign in again for the change to take effect.
-
-### Create email distribution groups
-
-Microsoft Exchange Online uses an email distribution group as a single email recipient for multiple users. For example, you could create an email distribution group that contains all students. Then, you could send a message to the email distribution group instead of individually addressing the message to each student.
-
-You can create email distribution groups based on job role (such as teachers, administration, or students) or specific interests (such as robotics, drama club, or soccer team). You can create any number of distribution groups, and users can be members of more than one group.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You'll have to wait until Office 365 completes the Exchange Online creation process before you can perform the following steps.
-
-For information about how to create security groups, see [Create a group in the Microsoft 365 admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
-
-### Summary
-
-Now, you've bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2.
-
-
-
-## Assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2
-
-Microsoft Entra ID is available in Free, Basic, and Premium editions. Microsoft Entra ID Free, which is included in Office 365 Education, has fewer features than Microsoft Entra Basic, which in turn has fewer features than Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2. Educational institutions can obtain Microsoft Entra Basic licenses at no cost and Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses at a reduced cost.
-
-You can assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 licenses to the users who need the features this edition offers. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 only to those users.
-
-For more information about:
-
-- Microsoft Entra editions, see [Microsoft Entra editions](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-whatis).
-- How to assign user licenses for Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2, see [How to assign EMS/Azure AD Premium licenses to user accounts](https://channel9.msdn.com/Series/Azure-Active-Directory-Videos-Demos/How-to-assign-Azure-AD-Premium-Licenses-to-user-accounts).
-
-## Create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-Microsoft Store for Business allows you to create your own private portal to manage Microsoft Store apps in your institution. With Microsoft Store for Business, you can do the following:
-
-- Find and acquire Microsoft Store apps.
-- Manage apps, app licenses, and updates.
-- Distribute apps to your users.
-
-For more information, see [Microsoft Store for Business overview](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-overview).
-
-The following section shows you how to create a Microsoft Store for Business portal and configure it for your school.
-
-### Create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-To create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal, use the administrative account for your Office 365 subscription to sign in to Microsoft Store for Business. Microsoft Store for Business automatically creates a portal for your institution and uses your account as its administrator.
-
-#### To create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal
-
-1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, go to [https://microsoft.com/business-store](https://microsoft.com/business-store).
-2. On the **Microsoft Store for Business** page, click **Sign in with an organizational account**.
-
- If your institution has AD DS, then don’t create security accounts in Office 365. Instead, create the security groups in AD DS, and then use Microsoft Entra integration to synchronize the security groups with your Office 365 tenant.
-
-1. On the Microsoft Store for Business sign-in page, use the administrative account for the Office 365 subscription you created in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) section to sign in.
-2. On the **Microsoft Store for Business Services Agreement** page, review the agreement, select the **I accept this agreement and certify that I have the authority to bind my organization to its terms** check box, and then click **Accept**
-3. In the **Welcome to the Microsoft Store for Business** dialog box, click **OK**.
-
-After you create the Microsoft Store for Business portal, configure it by using the commands in the settings menu listed in Table 7. Depending on your institution, you may (or may not) need to change these settings to further customize your portal.
-
-*Table 7. Menu selections to configure Microsoft Store for Business settings*
-
----
-| Menu selection | What you can do in this menu |
-|---|---|
-| Account information | Displays information about your Microsoft Store for Business account (no settings can be changed). You make changes to this information in Office 365 or the Azure portal. For more information, see [Update Microsoft Store for Business account settings](/microsoft-store/update-microsoft-store-for-business-account-settings).|
-| Device Guard signing | Allows you to upload and sign Device Guard catalog and policy files. For more information about Device Guard, see [Device Guard deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control-deployment-guide). |
-| LOB publishers | Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps). |
-| Management tools | Allows you to add tools that you can use to distribute (deploy) apps in your private store. For more information, see [Distribute apps with a management tool](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-with-management-tool). |
-| Offline licensing | Allows you to show (or not show) offline licensed apps to people shopping in your private store. For more information, see [Licensing model: online and offline licenses](/microsoft-store/apps-in-microsoft-store-for-business#licensing-model). |
-| Permissions | Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you've previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business). |
-| Private store | Allows you to change the organization name used in your Microsoft Store for Business portal. When you create your portal, the private store uses the organization name that you used to create your Office 365 subscription. For more information, see [Distribute apps using your private store](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-from-your-private-store). |
-
----
-
-### Find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal
-
-Now that you've created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you'll add to your portal. You do this task by using the Inventory page in Microsoft Store for Business.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Your educational institution can now use a credit card to pay for apps in Microsoft Store for Business.
-
-You can deploy apps to individual users or make apps available to users through your private store. Deploying apps to individual users restricts the app to those specified users. Making apps available through your private store allows all your users.
-
-For more information about how to find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal, see [App inventory management for Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/app-inventory-management-microsoft-store-for-business).
-
-### Summary
-
-At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You've also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
-
-## Plan for deployment
-
-You'll use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you'll use, the approach you'll use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you'll use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
-
-### Select the operating systems
-
-Later in the process, you'll import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. If:
-
-- New devices or refreshing existing devices, you'll complete replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
-- Upgrading existing devices, you'll upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
-
-Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the following Windows 10 editions:
-
-- **Windows 10 Home**. Use this operating system to upgrade existing eligible institution-owned and personal devices that are running Windows 8.1 Home or Windows 7 Home to Windows 10 Home.
-- **Windows 10 Pro**. Use this operating system to:
- - Upgrade existing eligible institution-owned and personal devices running Windows 8.1 Pro or Windows 7 Professional to Windows 10 Pro.
- - Deploy new instances of Windows 10 Pro to devices so that new devices have a known configuration.
-- **Windows 10 Education**. Use this operating system to:
- - Upgrade institution-owned devices to Windows 10 Education.
- - Deploy new instances of Windows 10 Education so that new devices have a known configuration.
-- **Windows 10 Pro Education**. Use this operating system to upgrade existing eligible institution-owned devices running Windows 10 Pro Education, version 1903 or later, to Windows 10 Education using [subscription activation](/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Although you can use Windows 10 Home on institution-owned devices, Microsoft recommends that you use Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Education, instead. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Education provide support for MDM, policy-based management, and Microsoft Store for Business. These features aren't available in Windows 10 Home.
-
-One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you'll support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you've devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you'll need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> On devices that have minimal system resources (such as devices with only 2 GB of memory or 32 GB of storage), use 32-bit versions of Windows 10 because 64-bit versions of Windows 10 place more stress on device system resources.
-
-Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). You can't standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
-
-### Select an image approach
-
-A key operating system image decision is whether to use a “thin” or “thick” image. *Thin images* contain only the operating system, and MDT installs the necessary device drivers and apps after the operating system has been installed. *Thick images* contain the operating system, “core” apps (such as Office), and device drivers. With thick images, MDT installs any device drivers and apps not included in the thick image after the operating system has been installed.
-
-The advantage to a thin image is that the final deployment configuration is dynamic, and you can easily change the configuration without having to capture another image. The disadvantage of a thin image is that it takes longer to complete the deployment.
-
-The advantage of a thick image is that the deployment takes less time than it would for a thin image. The disadvantage of a thick image is that you need to capture a new image each time you want to make a change to the operating system, apps, or other software in the image.
-
-### Select a method to initiate deployment
-
-The MDT deployment process is highly automated, requiring minimal information to deploy or upgrade Windows 10, but you must manually initiate the MDT deployment process. To do so, use the method listed in Table 8 that best meets the needs of your institution.
-
-*Table 8. Methods to initiate MDT deployment*
-
----
-| Method | Description and reason to select this method |
-| --- | --- |
-| **Windows Deployment Services** | This method:
- Uses diskless booting to initiate MDT deployment
- Works only with devices that support PXE boot.
- Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media.
-Deploys images more slowly than when using local media.
- Requires that you deploy a Windows Deployment Services server.
Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and perform diskless booting. The advantage of this method is that the diskless media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (the Deployment Wizard accesses the centrally located deployment share over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployments from local media, and you must deploy a Windows Deployment Services server. |
-| **Bootable media** | This method:
- Initiates MDT deployment by booting from local media, including from USB drives, DVD-ROM, or CD-ROM.
- Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media.
- Deploys images more slowly than when using local media.
- Requires no extra infrastructure.
Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (the Deployment Wizard accesses the centrally located deployment share over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media. |
-| **MDT deployment media** | This method:
- Initiates MDT deployment by booting from a local USB hard disk.
- Deploys Windows 10 from local media, which consumes less network bandwidth than over-the-network methods.
- Deploys images more quickly than network-based methods do.
- Requires a USB hard disk because of the deployment share’s storage requirements (up to 100 GB).
Select this method when you want to perform local deployments and are willing to boot the target device from a local USB hard disk. The advantage of this method is that local deployments are faster than over-the-network deployments. The disadvantage of this method is that each time you change the deployment share, you must regenerate the MDT deployment media and update the USB hard disk. |
-
----
-
-### Summary
-
-At the end of this section, you should know the Windows 10 editions and processor architecture that you want to deploy (and will import later in the process). You also determined whether you want to use thin or thick images. Finally, you selected the method for initiating your LTI deployment. Now, you can prepare for Windows 10 deployment.
-
-## Prepare for deployment
-
-To deploy Windows 10 to devices, using the LTI deployment method in MDT. In this section, you prepare your MDT environment and Windows Deployment Services for Windows 10 deployment.
-
-### Configure the MDT deployment share
-
-The first step in preparation for Windows 10 deployment is to configure—that is, *populate*—the MDT deployment share. Table 9 lists the MDT deployment share configuration tasks that you must perform. Perform the tasks in the order represented in Table 9.
-
-*Table 9. Tasks to configure the MDT deployment share*
-
----
-| Task | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| **1. Import operating systems** | Import the operating systems that you selected in the [Select operating systems](#select-the-operating-systems) section into the deployment share. For more information about how to import operating systems, see [Import an Operating System into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportanOperatingSystemintotheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **2. Import device drives** | Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device can't play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device can't take photos or use video chat.
Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps** | Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the Add-AppxPackage Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.
Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you'll use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you'll need to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor directly. If you're unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
If you've Intune, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This method is the preferred one for deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.
In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading (deploying) Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:
- Prepare your environment for sideloading, see [Sideload LOB apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10).
- Create an MDT application, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **4. Create MDT applications for Windows desktop apps** | You need to create an MDT application for each Windows desktop app you want to deploy. You can obtain the Windows desktop apps from any source, but ensure that you've sufficient licenses for them.
To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in [Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source?f=255&MSPPError=-2147217396).
If you've Intune, you can deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps. This method is the preferred one for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.
You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section.
For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **5. Create task sequences.** | You must create a separate task sequence for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in Step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education; (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education; or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32 bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:
- Deploy Windows 10 Education 64-bit to devices.
- Deploy Windows 10 Education 32-bit to devices.
- Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 64-bit.
- Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 32-bit.
Again, you'll create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in Step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **6. Update the deployment share.** | Updating a deployment share generates the MDT boot images you use to initiate the Windows 10 deployment process. You can configure the process to create 32 bit and 64-bit versions of the .iso and .wim files you can use to create bootable media or in Windows Deployment Services.
For more information about how to update a deployment share, see [Update a Deployment Share in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#UpdateaDeploymentShareintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
-
----
-
-### Configure Windows Deployment Services for MDT
-
-You can use Windows Deployment Services with MDT to automatically initiate boot images on target computers. These boot images can be Windows PE images (which you generated in Step 6 in Table 9) or custom images that can deploy operating systems directly to the target computers.
-
-#### To configure Windows Deployment Services for MDT
-
-1. Set up and configure Windows Deployment Services.
-
- Windows Deployment Services is a server role available in all Windows Server editions. You can enable the Windows Deployment Services server role on a new server or on any server running Windows Server in your institution. For more information about how to perform this step, see the following resources:
-
- - [Windows Deployment Services overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831764(v=ws.11))
- - The Windows Deployment Services Help file, included in Windows Deployment Services
- - [Windows Deployment Services Getting Started Guide for Windows Server 2012](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj648426(v=ws.11))
-
-2. Add LTI boot images (Windows PE images) to Windows Deployment Services.
-
- The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you'll add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the Boot subfolder in the deployment share. For more information about how to perform this step, see [Add LTI Boot Images to Windows Deployment Services](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#AddLTIBootImagestoWindowsDeploymentServices).
-
-### Summary
-
-Now, Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI deployment process in MDT. You've set up and configured Windows Deployment Services and added the LTI boot images, which you generated in the previous section, to Windows Deployment Services. Now, you’re ready to prepare to manage the devices in your institution.
-
-## Prepare for device management
-
-Before you deploy Windows 10 in your institution, you must prepare for device management. You'll deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
-
-### Select the management method
-
-If you've only one device to configure, manually configuring that one device is tedious but possible. When you've multiple classrooms of devices to configure, however, manually configuring each device becomes overwhelming. In addition, manually keeping an identical configuration on each device is difficult as the number of devices in the school increases.
-
-For a school, there are many ways to manage devices. Table 10 lists the methods that this guide describes and recommends. Use the information in Table 10 to determine which combination of management methods is right for your institution.
-
-*Table 10. School management methods*
-
----
-| Method | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| **Group Policy** | Group Policy is an integral part of AD DS and allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and previous versions of Windows. Select this method when you:
- Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personally owned devices are typically not domain joined).
- Want more granular control of device and user settings.
- Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
- Typically manage on-premises devices.
- Can manage a required setting only by using Group Policy.
The advantages of this method include:
- No cost beyond the AD DS infrastructure.
- A larger number of settings.
The disadvantages of this method are:
- Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
- Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't have AD DS already).
- Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices connect by using a VPN or DirectAccess). |
-| **Intune** | Intune is a cloud-based management system that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and other operating systems, such as iOS/iPadOS, macOS, and Android. Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Microsoft 365 and Azure AD.
Select this method when you:
- Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (doesn't require that the device be domain joined).
- Don’t require the level of granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
- Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
- Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
- Can manage a required setting only by using Intune.
The advantages of this method are:
- You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
- It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
- It doesn’t require any on-premises infrastructure.
- It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
The disadvantages of this method are:
- Carries an extra cost for subscription.
- Doesn’t have a granular level control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy). |
-
----
-
-### Select Microsoft-recommended settings
-
-Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 11 lists them, provides a brief description of why you need to configure them, and recommends methods for configuring the settings. Review the settings in Table 11 and evaluate their relevancy to your institution. Use the information to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you'll use to do so. At the end, you'll have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you'll use to configure the settings.
-
-*Table 11. Recommended settings for educational institutions*
-
----
-| Recommendation | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| **Use of Microsoft accounts** | You want faculty and students to use only Microsoft Entra accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, don't use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Microsoft Entra accounts.
Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Microsoft Entra account on these devices.
**Group Policy**: Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)?amp;MSPPError=-2147217396&f=255) Group Policy setting to use the Users can’t add Microsoft accounts setting option.
**Intune**: Enable or disable Microsoft accounts by using the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Restrict local administrator accounts on the devices** | Ensure that only authorized users are local administrators on institution-owned devices. Typically, you don’t want students to be administrators on instruction-owned devices. Explicitly specify the users who will be local administrators on a group of devices.
**Group Policy**: Create a **Local Group** Group Policy preference to limit the local administrators group membership. Select the **Delete all member users** and **Delete all member groups** check boxes to remove any existing members. For more information about how to configure Local Group preferences, see [Configure a Local Group Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732525(v=ws.11)).
**Intune**: Not available |
-| **Manage the built-in administrator account created during device deployment** | When you use MDT to deploy Windows 10, the MDT deployment process automatically creates a local Administrator account with the password you specified. As a security best practice, rename the built-in Administrator account and optionally disable it.
**Group Policy**: Rename the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Rename administrator account** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to rename the built-in Administrator account, see [To rename the Administrator account using the Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-essentials-sbs/cc747484(v=ws.10)). You'll specify the new name for the Administrator account. You can disable the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Administrator account status** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to disable the built-in Administrator account, see [Accounts: Administrator account status](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj852165(v=ws.11)).
**Intune**: Not available. |
-| **Control Microsoft Store access** | You can control access to Microsoft Store and whether existing Microsoft Store apps receive updates. You can only disable the Microsoft Store app in Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
**Group Policy**: You can disable the Microsoft Store app by using the **Turn off the Store Application** Group Policy setting. You can prevent Microsoft Store apps from receiving updates by using the **Turn off Automatic Download and Install of updates** Group Policy setting. For more information about configuring these settings, see [Can I use Group Policy to control the Microsoft Store in my enterprise environment?](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh832040(v=ws.11)#BKMK_UseGP).
**Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow application store** policy setting in the **Apps** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Use of Remote Desktop connections to devices** | Remote Desktop connections could allow unauthorized access to the device. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable Remote Desktop connections on your devices.
**Group Policy**: You can enable or disable Remote Desktop connections to devices by using the **Allow Users to connect remotely using Remote Desktop setting** in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Connections.
**Intune**: Not available. |
-| **Use of camera** | A device’s camera can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the camera on your devices.
**Group Policy**: Not available.
**Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow camera** policy setting in the **Hardware** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Use of audio recording** | Audio recording (by using the Sound Recorder app) can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the Sound Recorder app on your devices.
**Group Policy**: You can disable the Sound Recorder app by using the **Do not allow Sound Recorder to run** Group Policy setting. You can disable other audio recording apps by using AppLocker policies. Create AppLocker policies by using the information in [Editing an AppLocker Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10)) and [Create Your AppLocker Policies](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/ee791899(v=ws.11))
**Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow voice recording** policy setting in the **Features** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Use of screen capture** | Screen captures can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the ability to perform screen captures on your devices.
**Group Policy**: Not available.
**Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow screen capture** policy setting in the **System** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Use of location services** | Providing a device’s location can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the location service on your devices.
**Group Policy**: You can enable or disable location services by using the **Turn off location** Group Policy setting in User Configuration\Windows Components\Location and Sensors.
**Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow geolocation** policy setting in the **Hardware** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
-| **Changing wallpaper** | Displaying a custom wallpaper can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment (if the wallpaper displays information about the user or the device). Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to prevent users from changing the wallpaper on your devices.
**Group Policy**: You can configure the wallpaper by using the **Desktop WallPaper** setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Desktop\Desktop.
**Intune**: Not available. |
-
----
-
-### Configure settings by using Group Policy
-
-Now, you’re ready to configure settings by using Group Policy. The steps in this section assume that you've an AD DS infrastructure. You'll configure the Group Policy settings you select in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
-
-For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployment Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754948(v=ws.10)).
-
-#### To configure Group Policy settings
-
-1. Create a Group Policy object (GPO) that will contain the Group Policy settings by completing the steps in [Create a new Group Policy object](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738830(v=ws.10)).
-2. Configure the settings in the GPO by completing the steps in [Edit a Group Policy object](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc739902(v=ws.10)).
-3. Link the GPO to the appropriate AD DS site, domain, or organizational unit by completing the steps in [Link a Group Policy object to a site, domain, or organizational unit](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738954(v=ws.10)).
-
-### Configure settings by using Intune
-
-Now, you’re ready to configure settings using Intune. The steps in this section assume that you've an Office 365 subscription. You'll configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
-
-For more information about Intune, see [Documentation for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/).
-
-#### To configure Intune settings
-
-1. Check your Intune licensing. If you've a Microsoft 365 subscription, you may already have Intune. For more information, see [Microsoft Intune licensing](/mem/intune/fundamentals/licenses).
-2. Enroll devices in Microsoft Intune. For more information on your enrollment options, see [Intune enrollment methods for Windows devices](/mem/intune/enrollment/windows-enrollment-methods).
-3. Configure the [compliance settings](/mem/intune/protect/device-compliance-get-started) and [configuration settings](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profiles) that meet your school system's needs.
-4. Use the reporting features in Intune to monitor devices. For more information, see [Intune reports](/mem/intune/fundamentals/reports).
-
-### Deploy apps by using Intune
-
-You can use Intune to deploy apps to Android, iOS/iPadOS, macOS, and Windows devices. You can manage app security and features on organization-owned devices and personal devices.
-
-For more information about how to configure Intune to manage your apps, see:
-
-- [What is Microsoft Intune app management?](/mem/intune/apps/app-management)
-- [App protection policies overview](/mem/intune/apps/app-protection-policy)
-
-### Summary
-
-In this section, you prepared your institution for device management. You determined whether you want to use Group Policy or Intune to manage your devices. You identified the configuration settings that you want to use to manage your users and devices. Finally, you configured the Group Policy and Intune settings in Group Policy and Intune, respectively.
-
-## Deploy Windows 10 to devices
-
-You’re ready to deploy Windows 10 to faculty and student devices. You must complete the steps in this section for each student device in the classrooms and for any new student devices you add in the future. You can also perform these actions for any device that’s eligible for a Windows 10 upgrade. This section discusses deploying Windows 10 to new devices, refreshing Windows 10 on existing devices, and upgrading existing devices that are running eligible versions of Windows 8.1 or Windows to Windows 10.
-
-### Prepare for deployment
-
-Prior to deployment of Windows 10, ensure that you complete the tasks listed in Table 12. Most of these tasks are already complete, but use this step to make sure.
-
-*Table 12. Deployment preparation checklist*
-
----
-| Tasks |
-|-------|
-| The target devices have sufficient system resources to run Windows 10. |
-| Identify the necessary devices drivers, and import them to the MDT deployment share. |
-| Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store and Windows desktop app. |
-| Notify the students and faculty about the deployment. |
-
----
-
-### Perform the deployment
-
-Use the Deployment Wizard to deploy Windows 10. The LTI deployment process is almost fully automated: You provide only minimal information to the Deployment Wizard at the beginning of the process. After the wizard collects the necessary information, the remainder of the process is fully automated.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> To fully automate the LTI deployment process, complete the steps in the “Fully Automated LTI Deployment Scenario” section in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit Samples Guide](/mem/configmgr/mdt/samples-guide).
-
-In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do deployments experience problems.
-
-#### To deploy Windows 10
-
-1. **Initiate the LTI deployment process**. Initiate the LTI deployment process booting over the network (PXE boot) or from local media. You selected the method for initiating the LTI deployment process in the [Select a method to initiate deployment](#select-a-method-to-initiate-deployment) section earlier in this guide.
-2. **Complete the Deployment Wizard**. For more information about how to complete the Deployment Wizard, see the “Running the Deployment Wizard” topic in [Using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#Running%20the%20Deployment%20Wizard).
-
-### Set up printers
-
-After you've deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to the [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment) section.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you’re performing an upgrade instead of a new deployment, the printers remain configured as they were in the previous version of Windows. As a result, you can skip this section and proceed to the [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment) section.
-
-#### To set up printers
-
-1. Review the printer manufacturer’s instructions for installing the printer drivers.
-2. On the admin device, download the printer drivers.
-3. Copy the printer drivers to a USB drive.
-4. On a device, use the same account you used to set up Windows 10 in the [Perform the deployment](#perform-the-deployment) section to sign in to the device.
-5. Insert the USB drive in the device.
-6. Follow the printer manufacturer’s instructions to install the printer drivers from the USB drive.
-7. Verify that the printer drivers were installed correctly by printing a test page.
-8. Complete steps 1–8 for each printer.
-
-### Verify deployment
-
-As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that all apps run. Microsoft recommends that you perform all the tasks that the user would perform. Specifically, verify the following requirements:
-
-- The device can connect to the Internet and view the appropriate web content in Microsoft Edge.
-- Windows Update is active and current with software updates.
-- Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
-- Windows Defender SmartScreen is active.
-- All Microsoft Store apps are properly installed and updated.
-- All Windows desktop apps are properly installed and updated.
-- Printers are properly configured.
-
-When you've verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
-
-### Summary
-
-You prepared the devices for deployment by verifying that they have adequate system resources and that the resources in the devices have corresponding Windows 10 device drivers. You performed device deployment over the network or by using local MDT media. Next, you configured the appropriate printers on the devices. Finally, you verified that the devices are properly configured and ready for use.
-
-## Maintain Windows devices and Office 365
-
-After the initial deployment, you'll need to perform certain tasks to maintain the Windows 10 devices and your Office 365 Education subscription. You should perform these tasks on the following schedule:
-
-- **Monthly.** These tasks help ensure that the devices are current with software updates and properly protected against viruses and malware.
-- **New semester or academic year.** Perform these tasks prior to the start of a new curriculum—for example, at the start of a new academic year or semester. These tasks help ensure that the classroom environments are ready for the next group of students.
-- **As required (ad hoc).** Perform these tasks as necessary in a classroom. For example, a new version of an app may be available, or a student may inadvertently corrupt a device so that you must restore it to the default configuration.
-
-Table 13 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resources for performing the tasks, and the schedule (or frequency) on which you should perform the tasks.
-
-*Table 13. School and individual classroom maintenance tasks, with resources and the schedule for performing them*
-
----
-| Task and resources | Monthly | New semester or academic year | As required |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| Verify that Windows Update is active and current with operating system and software updates.
For more information about completing this task, see:
- Intune: See [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/insidetrack/keeping-windows-10-devices-up-to-date-with-microsoft-intune-and-windows-update-for-business)
- Group Policy: See [Windows Update for Business](/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb)
- Windows Server Update Services (WSUS): See [Deploy Windows Server Update Services](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/deploy/deploy-windows-server-update-services)
- Neither Intune, Group Policy, or WSUS: See [Update Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/update-windows-3c5ae7fc-9fb6-9af1-1984-b5e0412c556a). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Verify that Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
For more information, see [Enforce compliance for Microsoft Defender for Endpoint with Conditional Access in Intune](/mem/intune/protect/advanced-threat-protection) and [Enable and configure Microsoft Defender Antivirus always-on protection in Group Policy](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/configure-real-time-protection-microsoft-defender-antivirus)). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Verify that Windows Defender has run a scan in the past week and that no viruses or malware were found.
For more information about completing this task, see [Protect my PC from viruses](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/protect-my-pc-from-viruses-b2025ed1-02d5-1e87-ba5f-71999008e026). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Verify that you're using the appropriate Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades (such as selecting whether you want to use Current Branch or Current Branch for Business).
For more information about Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades, see [Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades](/windows/deployment/update/). | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Refresh the operating system and apps on devices.
For more information about completing this task, see the [Deploy Windows 10 to devices](#deploy-windows-10-to-devices) section. | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Install any new Windows desktop apps or update any Windows desktop apps that are used in the curriculum.
For more information, see the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Install new or update existing Microsoft Store apps that are used in the curriculum.
Microsoft Store apps are automatically updated from Microsoft Store. The menu bar in the Microsoft Store app shows whether any Microsoft Store app updates are available for download.
You can also deploy Microsoft Store apps directly to devices by using Intune. For more information, see the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Remove unnecessary user accounts (and corresponding licenses) from Office 365.
For more information, see:
- Remove unnecessary user accounts, see [Delete a user from your organization](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/delete-a-user).
- Unassign licenses, see [Add users and assign licenses at the same time](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users). | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Add new accounts (and corresponding licenses) to Office 365.
For more information, see [Add users and assign licenses at the same time](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users) and [Assign licenses to users](/microsoft-365/admin/manage/assign-licenses-to-users). | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Create or modify security groups and manage group membership in Office 365.
For more information, see:
- [Create a group in the Microsoft 365 admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups)
- [Add or remove members from Microsoft 365 groups using the admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/add-or-remove-members-from-groups) | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Create or modify Exchange Online or Microsoft Exchange Server distribution lists in Office 365.
For more information, see [Create and manage distribution list groups in Exchange Online](/exchange/recipients-in-exchange-online/manage-distribution-groups/manage-distribution-groups) and [Create, edit, or delete a security group in the Microsoft 365 admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/email/create-edit-or-delete-a-security-group) | | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Install new student devices
Follow the same steps in the [Deploy Windows 10 to devices](#deploy-windows-10-to-devices) section. | | | ✔️ |
-
----
-
-### Summary
-
-Now, you've identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your school configuration should match the typical school configuration that you saw in the [Plan a typical school configuration](#plan-a-typical-school-configuration) section. By running these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your school stays secure and is configured as you specified.
-
-## Related resources
-
-- [Try it out: Windows 10 deployment (for educational institutions)](../index.yml)
-- [Try it out: Windows 10 in the classroom](../index.yml)
-- [Chromebook migration guide](/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide)
diff --git a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-overview.md b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bbe2d5fc6c..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Windows 10 for Education
-description: Learn how to use Windows 10 in schools.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Windows 10 for Education
-
-## Learn
-
-**[Windows 10 editions for education customers](windows-editions-for-education-customers.md)**
-
-Windows 10, version 1607 introduces two editions designed for the unique needs of K-12 institutions: Windows 10 Pro Education and Windows 10 Education. These editions provide education-specific default settings for the evolving landscape in K-12 education IT environments.
-
-**[Compare each Windows edition](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/Compare)**
-
-Find out more about the features and functionality we support in each edition of Windows.
-
-**[Get Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro Education](https://www.microsoft.com/education/buy-license/overview-of-how-to-buy/default.aspx?tabshow=schools)**
-
-When you've made your decision, find out how to buy Windows for your school.
-
-## Plan
-
-**[Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md)**
-
-Provides guidance on ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school.
-
-**[Deployment recommendations for school IT administrators](edu-deployment-recommendations.md)**
-
-Learn how to customize the OS privacy settings, Skype, and Xbox for Windows-based devices used in schools so that you can choose what information is shared with Microsoft.
-
-**[Get Minecraft Education Edition](get-minecraft-for-education.md)**
-
-Minecraft Education Edition is built for learning. Learn how to get early access and add it to your Microsoft Store for Business for distribution.
-
-**[Take tests in Windows](take-tests-in-windows.md)**
-
-Take a Test is a new app that lets you create the right environment for taking tests. Learn how to use and get it set up.
-
-**[Chromebook migration guide](chromebook-migration-guide.md)**
-
-Find out how you can migrate a Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment.
-
-## Deploy
-
-**[Set up Windows devices for education](set-up-windows-10.md)**
-
-Depending on your school's device management needs, you can use the Set up School PCs app or the Windows Configuration Designer tool to quickly set up student PCs.
-
-**[Deploy Windows 10 in a school](deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md)**
-
-Get step-by-step guidance to help you deploy Windows 10 in a school environment.
-
-**[Deploy Windows 10 in a school district](deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md)**
-
-Get step-by-step guidance on how to deploy Windows 10 to PCs and devices across a school district.
-
-**[Test Windows 10 S on existing Windows 10 education devices](test-windows10s-for-edu.md)**
-
-Test Windows 10 S on various Windows 10 devices (except Windows 10 Home) in your school and share your feedback with us.
-
-## Switch
-
-**[Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md)**
-
-If you have an education tenant and use Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S in your schools, find out how you can opt-in to a free switch to Windows 10 Pro Education.
-
-## Windows 8.1
-
-Follow these links to find step-by-step guidance on how to deploy Windows 8.1 in an academic environment.
-
-
Explore key considerations and questions that should be answered when planning for Windows 8.1 deployment.
Get an overview of Windows 8.1 deployment to PCs in an educational environment.
Explore Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) considerations, including device types, infrastructure, and deployment models.
Get step-by-step instructions on how to configure and deploy Windows RT devices (like Surface and other tablets) in educational environments.
Learn how to address challenges related to BYOD scenarios using Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI).
Explore Microsoft Store app deployment strategies and considerations for educational institutions running Windows 8.1.
Learn about the benefits, limitations, and processes involved in deploying Windows To Go.
- `samlidp.clever.com`
- `clever.com`
- `mobile-redirector.clever.com` |
| Authentication | Configure Webcam Access Domain Names | This setting is optional, and it should be configured if you need to use the webcam during the sign-in process. Specify the list of domains that are allowed to use the webcam during the sign-in process, separated by a semicolon. For example: `clever.com` |
[!INCLUDE [intune-settings-catalog-2](../../includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md)]
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Review the following instructions to configure your shared devices using either
| Education | Is Education Environment | Enabled |
| SharedPC | Enable Shared PC Mode With OneDrive Sync | True |
| Authentication | Enable Web Sign In | Enabled |
-| Authentication | Configure Web Sign In Allowed Urls | Semicolon separated list of domains, for example: `samlidp.clever.com;clever.com;mobile-redirector.clever.com` |
+| Authentication | Configure Web Sign In Allowed Urls | Enter the list of domains, with each URL in a separate row. For example:
- `samlidp.clever.com`
- `clever.com`
- `mobile-redirector.clever.com` |
| Authentication | Configure Webcam Access Domain Names | This setting is optional, and it should be configured if you need to use the webcam during the sign-in process. Specify the list of domains that are allowed to use the webcam during the sign-in process, separated by a semicolon. For example: `clever.com` |
[!INCLUDE [intune-settings-catalog-2](../../includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md)]
@@ -201,8 +201,6 @@ The following issues are known to affect student shared devices:
For student shared devices, it's recommended to configure the account management policies to automatically delete the user profiles after a certain period of inactivity or disk levels. For more information, see [Set up a shared or guest Windows device][WIN-3].
-
-
### Preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name
To improve the user experience, you can configure the *preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name* feature.\
@@ -210,8 +208,6 @@ When using preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name, the users bypass the disambigu
For more information about preferred tenant name, see [Authentication CSP - PreferredAadTenantDomainName][WIN-4].
-
-
### Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID
When a Microsoft Entra user is federated, the user's identity from the IdP must match an existing user object in Microsoft Entra ID.
diff --git a/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md b/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
index 4e8222d98d..d5a0cb61fa 100644
--- a/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
+++ b/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: Get and deploy Minecraft Education
description: Learn how to obtain and distribute Minecraft Education to Windows devices.
ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 09/11/2023
+ms.date: 04/10/2024
ms.collection:
- education
- tier2
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ Minecraft Education is a game-based platform that inspires creative and inclusiv
**Prepare students for the future**: learners develop key skills like problem solving, collaboration, digital citizenship, and critical thinking to help them thrive now and in the future workplace. Spark a passion for STEM.
-**Game based learning**: unlock creativity and deep learning with immersive content created with partners including BBC Earth, NASA, and the Nobel Peace Center. Inspire students to engage in real-world topics, with culturally relevant lessons and build challenges.
+**Game based learning**: unlock creativity and deep learning with immersive content created with partners including BBC Earth, NASA, and the Nobel Peace Center. Inspire students to engage in real-world topics, with culturally relevant lessons and build challenges.
## Minecraft Education key features
-- Multiplayer mode enables collaboration in-game across platforms, devices, and hybrid environments
-- Code Builder supports block-based coding, JavaScript, and Python with intuitive interface and in-game execution
-- Immersive Reader helps players read and translate text
-- Camera and Book & Quill items allow documentation and export of in-game creations
-- Integration with Microsoft Teams and Flipgrid supports assessment and teacher controls
+- Multiplayer mode enables collaboration in-game across platforms, devices, and hybrid environments
+- Code Builder supports block-based coding, JavaScript, and Python with intuitive interface and in-game execution
+- Immersive Reader helps players read and translate text
+- Camera and Book & Quill items allow documentation and export of in-game creations
+- Integration with Microsoft Teams and Flipgrid supports assessment and teacher controls
## Try or purchase Minecraft Education
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Organizations can [purchase subscriptions][EDU-2] directly in the *Microsoft 3
When you sign up for a Minecraft Education trial, or purchase a subscription, Minecraft Education licenses are linked to your Microsoft Entra tenant. If you don't have a Microsoft Entra tenant:
-- Microsoft-verified academic organizations can set up a free [Office 365 Education subscription][EDU-3], which includes a Microsoft Entra tenant
+- Microsoft-verified academic organizations can set up a free [Office 365 Education subscription][EDU-3], which includes a Microsoft Entra tenant
- Non-Microsoft-verified academic organizations can set up a free Microsoft Entra tenant when they [purchase Minecraft Education commercial licenses][EDU-4]
### Direct purchase
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ To pay with an invoice:
1. During the purchase, select **Add a new payment method.**
2. Select the **Invoice** option, and provide the information needed for an invoice. The **PO number** item allows you to add a tracking number or info that is meaningful to your organization.
-For more information about invoices and how to pay by invoice, see [Payment options for your Microsoft subscription][M365-1].
+For more information about invoices and how to pay by invoice, see [Payment options for your Microsoft subscription][M365-1].
## Assign Minecraft Education licenses
diff --git a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-customlogin.png b/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-customlogin.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d86cb57895..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-customlogin.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-lockscreen.png b/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-lockscreen.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f6fa6d3467..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-lockscreen.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-provisioningcomplete.png b/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-provisioningcomplete.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dd62db8c72..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/autopilot-reset-provisioningcomplete.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/chromebook-fig1-googleadmin.png b/education/windows/images/chromebook-fig1-googleadmin.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b3d42e5ff2..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/chromebook-fig1-googleadmin.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure1.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66113dcce1..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure2.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0227f8dbaa..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure3.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b39b5cc14..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure4.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 09552a448a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure5.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure5.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 550386f1ce..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure5.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure6.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure6.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 09552a448a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure6.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure7.png b/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure7.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e7581007a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/deploy-win-10-school-figure7.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig1.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e9cd6c238..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig2.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dfa00a0132..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig3.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0227f8dbaa..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig4.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ca07e5a968..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig5.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig5.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 09552a448a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig5.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig6.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig6.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 550386f1ce..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig6.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig7.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig7.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 09552a448a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig7.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig8.png b/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig8.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e7581007a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/edu-districtdeploy-fig8.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/fig2-locallyconfig.png b/education/windows/images/fig2-locallyconfig.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d2fe9820da..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/fig2-locallyconfig.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/i4e_editionupgrade.png b/education/windows/images/i4e_editionupgrade.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ed5b281086..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/i4e_editionupgrade.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/icons/powershell.svg b/education/windows/images/icons/powershell.svg
index ab2d5152ca..b23a99c61d 100644
--- a/education/windows/images/icons/powershell.svg
+++ b/education/windows/images/icons/powershell.svg
@@ -1,20 +1,9 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/education/windows/images/icons/settings.svg b/education/windows/images/icons/settings.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ec19d16aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/education/windows/images/icons/settings.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+
diff --git a/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_benefits_checktoconfirm.png b/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_benefits_checktoconfirm.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 90df941e00..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_benefits_checktoconfirm.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_reverttowin10pro.png b/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_reverttowin10pro.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 30d0313f9b..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/msfe_manage_reverttowin10pro.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.PNG b/education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index eb3d9e216c..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/settings_connectedtoazuread_3.png b/education/windows/images/settings_connectedtoazuread_3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7311392405..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/settings_connectedtoazuread_3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/settings_setupworkorschoolaccount_2.png b/education/windows/images/settings_setupworkorschoolaccount_2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 78237cfa31..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/settings_setupworkorschoolaccount_2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/settings_workorschool_1.png b/education/windows/images/settings_workorschool_1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c53e6b3e2..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/settings_workorschool_1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/1812_Add_Apps_SUSPC.png b/education/windows/images/suspcs/1812_Add_Apps_SUSPC.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b494aea2dd..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/suspcs/1812_Add_Apps_SUSPC.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/2023-02-16_13-02-37.png b/education/windows/images/suspcs/2023-02-16_13-02-37.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dc396099bf..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/suspcs/2023-02-16_13-02-37.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg b/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 68c0080b22..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.PNG b/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.PNG b/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.PNG b/education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index e240063f68..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_productkey.png b/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_productkey.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fbbfda7eb9..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_productkey.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.PNG b/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 443a5d0688..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-activated-subscription-active.png b/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-activated-subscription-active.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d29fa0e0e5..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-activated-subscription-active.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-not-activated-subscription-active.PNG b/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-not-activated-subscription-active.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e9242c0ba..0000000000
Binary files a/education/windows/images/win-10-pro-edu-not-activated-subscription-active.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/windows/index.yml b/education/windows/index.yml
index 3c3dfae79b..0cd20e659d 100644
--- a/education/windows/index.yml
+++ b/education/windows/index.yml
@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ brand: windows
metadata:
ms.topic: hub-page
- ms.prod: windows-client
- ms.technology: itpro-edu
ms.collection:
- education
- tier1
@@ -64,10 +62,8 @@ productDirectory:
- title: Learn how to manage Windows devices
imageSrc: /media/common/i_management.svg
links:
- - url: tutorial-school-deployment/manage-overview.md
+ - url: /mem/intune/industry/education/tutorial-school-deployment/manage-overview
text: Manage devices with Microsoft Intune
- - url: tutorial-school-deployment/manage-surface-devices.md
- text: Management functionalities for Surface devices
- url: /education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education
text: Get and deploy Minecraft Education
- url: /windows/client-management
@@ -140,4 +136,4 @@ additionalContent:
- text: Microsoft Intune community
url: https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-intune/bd-p/Microsoft-Intune
- text: Microsoft Support community
- url: https://answers.microsoft.com/windows/forum
\ No newline at end of file
+ url: https://answers.microsoft.com/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 27bffd9a4e..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Entra join with Set up School PCs app
-description: Learn how Microsoft Entra join is configured in the Set up School PCs app.
-ms.topic: reference
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Microsoft Entra join for school PCs
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Set up School PCs app uses Microsoft Entra join to configure PCs. The app is helpful if you use the cloud based directory, Microsoft Entra ID. If your organization uses Active Directory or requires no account to connect, install and use [Windows Configuration
-> Designer](set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md) to
-> join your PCs to your school's domain.
-
-Set up School PCs lets you create a provisioning package that automates Microsoft Entra ID
-Join on your devices. This feature eliminates the need to manually:
-
-- Connect to your school's network.
-- Join your organization's domain.
-
-## Automated connection to school domain
-
-During initial device setup, Microsoft Entra join automatically connects your PCs to your school's Microsoft Entra domain. You can skip all of the Windows setup experience that is typically a part of the out-of-the-box-experience (OOBE). Devices that are managed by a mobile device manager, such as Intune, are automatically enrolled with the provider upon initial device startup.
-
-Students who sign in to their PCs with their Microsoft Entra credentials get access to on-premises apps and the following cloud apps:
-* Office 365
-* OneDrive
-* OneNote
-
-
-
-## Enable Microsoft Entra join
-
-Learn how to enable Microsoft Entra join for your school. After you configure this setting, you'll be able to request an automated Microsoft Entra bulk token, which you need to create a provisioning package.
-
-1. Sign in to the Azure portal with your organization's credentials.
-2. Go to **Azure
-Active Directory** \> **Devices** \> **Device settings**.
-3. Enable the setting
-for Microsoft Entra ID by selecting **All** or **Selected**. If you choose the latter
-option, select the teachers and IT staff to allow them to connect to Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-
-
-You can also create an account that holds the exclusive rights to join devices. When a student PC has to be set up, provide the account credentials to the appropriate teachers or staff.
-
-## All Device Settings
-
-The following table describes each setting within **Device Settings**.
-
-| Setting | Description |
-|------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Users may join devices to Microsoft Entra ID | Choose the scope of people in your organization that are allowed to join devices to Microsoft Entra ID. **All** allows all users and groups within your tenant to join devices. **Selected** prompts you to choose specific users or groups to allow. **None** allows no one in your tenant to join devices to Microsoft Entra ID. |
-| More local administrators on Microsoft Entra joined devices | Only applicable to Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 tenants. Grant extra local administrator rights on devices, to selected users. Global administrators and the device owner are granted local administrator rights by default. |
-| Users may register their devices with Microsoft Entra ID | Allow all or none of your users to register their devices with Microsoft Entra ID (Workplace Join). If you're enrolled in Microsoft Intune or Mobile Device Management for Office 365, your devices are required to be registered. In this case, **All** is automatically selected for you. |
-| Require Multi-Factor Authentication to join devices | Recommended when adding devices to Microsoft Entra ID. When set to **Yes**, users that are setting up devices must enter a second method of authentication. |
-| Maximum number of devices per user | Set the maximum number of devices a user is allowed to have in Microsoft Entra ID. If the maximum is exceeded, the user must remove one or more existing devices before more devices are added. |
-| Users may sync settings and enterprise app data | Allow all or none of your users to sync settings and app data across multiple devices. Tenants with Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 are permitted to select specific users to allow. |
-
-
-
-## Clear Microsoft Entra tokens
-
-Your Intune tenant can only have 500 active Microsoft Entra tokens, or packages, at a time. You'll receive a notification in the Intune portal when you reach 500 active tokens.
-
-To reduce your inventory, clear out all unnecessary and inactive tokens.
-1. Go to **Microsoft Entra ID** > **Users** > **All users**
-2. In the **User Name** column, select and delete all accounts with a **package\ _**
-prefix. These accounts are created at a 1:1 ratio for every token and are safe
-to delete.
-3. Select and delete inactive and expired user accounts.
-
-### How do I know if my package expired?
-Automated Microsoft Entra tokens expire after 180 days. The expiration date for each token is appended to the end of the saved provisioning package, on the USB drive. After this date, you must create a new package. Be careful that you don't delete active accounts.
-
-
-
-## Next steps
-Learn more about setting up devices with the Set up School PCs app.
-* [What's in my provisioning package?](set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md)
-* [Set up School PCs technical reference](set-up-school-pcs-technical.md)
-* [Set up Windows 10 devices for education](set-up-windows-10.md)
-
-When you're ready to create and apply your provisioning package, see [Use Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md).
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
index 0396303749..8b49992af0 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
---
title: What's in Set up School PCs provisioning package
description: Learn about the settings that are configured in the provisioning package created with the Set up School PCs app.
-ms.date: 06/02/2023
+ms.date: 04/10/2024
ms.topic: reference
appliesto:
- ✅ Windows 10
----
+---
# What's in my provisioning package?
@@ -34,21 +34,21 @@ For a more detailed look at the policies, see the Windows article [Set up shared
| Disk level caching | 50% | Sets 50% of total disk space to be used as the disk space threshold for account caching. |
| Disk level deletion | For shared device setup, 25%; for single device-student setup, 0%. | When devices are optimized for shared use, the policy sets 25% of total disk space as the disk space threshold for account caching. When devices are optimized for use by a single student, the policy sets the value to 0% and doesn't delete accounts. |
| Enable account manager | True | Enables automatic account management. |
-| Inactive threshold | For shared device setup, 30 days; for single device-student setup, 180 days. | After 30 or 180 days, respectively, if an account hasn't signed in, it will be deleted. |
+| Inactive threshold | For shared device setup, 30 days; for single device-student setup, 180 days. | After the threshold, if an account hasn't signed in, its user profile is deleted. |
| Kiosk Mode AMUID | `Microsoft.Windows.SecureAssessmentBrowser_cw5n1h2txyewy!App` | Configures the kiosk account on student devices to only run the Take a Test secure assessment browser. |
| Kiosk Mode User Tile Display Text | Take a Test | Displays "Take a Test" as the name of the kiosk account on student devices. |
| Restrict local storage | For shared device setup, True; for single device-student setup, False. | When devices are optimized for shared use across multiple PCs, this policy forces students to save to the cloud to prevent data loss. When your devices are optimized for use by a single student, this policy doesn't prevent students from saving on the PCs local hard drive. |
| Maintenance start time | 0 - midnight | The maintenance start time when automatic maintenance tasks, such as Windows Update, run on student devices. |
-| Max page file size in MB | 1024 | Sets the maximum size of the paging file to 1024 MB. Applies only to systems with less than 32-GB storage and at least 3 GB of RAM. |
+| Max page file size in MB | 1024 | Sets the maximum size of the paging file to 1,024 MB. Applies only to systems with less than 32-GB storage and at least 3 GB of RAM. |
| Set power policies | True | Prevents users from changing power settings and turns off hibernate. Also overrides all power state transitions to sleep, such as lid close. |
| Sign in on resume | True | Requires the device user to sign in with a password when the PC wakes from sleep. |
-| Sleep timeout | 3600 seconds | Specifies the maximum idle time before the PC should sleep. If you don't set sleep timeout, the default time, 3600 seconds (1 hour), is applied. |
+| Sleep timeout | 3,600 seconds | Specifies the maximum idle time before the PC should sleep. If you don't set sleep timeout, the default time, 3,600 seconds (1 hour), is applied. |
## MDM and local group policies
This section lists only the MDM and local group policies that are configured uniquely for the Set up School PCs app.
-For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) in the Windows IT Pro Center documentation.
+For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) in the Windows IT Pro Center documentation.
| Policy name | Default value | Description |
|--|--|--|
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
| Hide OOBE for desktop | True | Hides the interactive OOBE flow for Windows 10. |
| Download Mode | 1 - HTTP blended with peering behind the same NAT | Specifies the download method that Delivery Optimization can use in downloads of Windows Updates, Apps, and App updates |
| Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received | 32 - Semi-annual Channel. Device gets feature updates from Semi-annual Channel | Specifies how frequently devices receive preview builds and feature updates. |
-| Allow auto update | 4 - Auto-installs and restarts without device-user control | When an auto update is available, it auto-installs and restarts the device without any input or action from the device user. |
+| Allow auto update | 4 - Autoinstalls and restarts without device-user control | When an auto update is available, it autoinstalls and restarts the device without any input or action from the device user. |
| Configure automatic updates | 3 - Set to install at 3am | Scheduled time to install updates. |
| Update power policy for cart restarts | 1 - Configured | Skips all restart checks to ensure that the reboot will happen at the scheduled install time. |
| Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received | 365 days | Defers Feature Updates for the specified number of days. When not specified, defaults to 365 days. |
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
| Allow add provisioning package | Disabled | Students can't add and upload new provisioning packages to their device. |
| Allow remove provisioning package | Disabled | Students can't remove packages that you've uploaded to their device, including the Set up School PCs app |
| Start Layout | Enabled | Lets you specify the Start layout for users and prevents them from changing the configuration. |
-| Import Edge Assets | Enabled | Import Microsoft Edge assets, such as PNG and JPG files, for secondary tiles on the Start layout. Tiles will appear as weblinks and will be tied to the relevant image asset files. |
+| Import Microsoft Edge Assets | Enabled | Import Microsoft Edge assets, such as PNG and JPG files, for secondary tiles on the Start layout. Tiles will appear as weblinks and will be tied to the relevant image asset files. |
| Allow pinned folder downloads | 1 - The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app | Makes the Downloads shortcut on the Start menu visible to students. |
| Allow pinned folder File Explorer | 1 - The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app | Makes the File Explorer shortcut on the Start menu visible to students. |
| Personalization | Deploy lock screen image | Set to the image you picked when you customized the lock screen during device setup. If you didn't customize the image, the computer will show the default. |
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
## Apps uninstalled from Windows devices
-Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. The policy identifies default apps that aren't relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device. The apps uninstalled from Windows devices are:
+Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. The policy identifies default apps that aren't relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device. The apps uninstalled from Windows devices are:
- Mixed Reality Viewer
-- Weather
+- Weather
- Desktop App Installer
- Tips
- Messaging
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ Set up School PCs uses the Universal app install policy to install school-releva
## Provisioning time estimates
-The time it takes to install a package on a device depends on the:
+The time it takes to install a package on a device depends on the:
- Strength of network connection
- Number of policies and apps within the package
-- Other configurations made to the device
+- Other configurations made to the device
-Review the table below to estimate your expected provisioning time. A package that only applies Set Up School PC's default configurations will provision the fastest. A package that removes preinstalled apps, through CleanPC, will take much longer to provision.
+Review the table below to estimate your expected provisioning time. A package that only applies Set Up School PC's default configurations provisions the fastest. A package that removes preinstalled apps, through CleanPC, will take longer to provision.
| Configurations | Connection type | Estimated provisioning time |
|--|--|--|
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-technical.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-technical.md
index 8dd635d04e..213c75c26f 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-technical.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-technical.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
title: Set up School PCs app technical reference overview
description: Describes the purpose of the Set up School PCs app for Windows 10 devices.
ms.topic: overview
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
+ms.date: 01/16/2024
appliesto:
- ✅ Windows 10
---
@@ -14,47 +14,36 @@ The **Set up School PCs** app helps you configure new Windows 10 PCs for school
If your school uses Microsoft Entra ID or Office 365, the Set up
School PCs app will create a setup file. This file joins the PC to your Microsoft Entra tenant. The app also helps set up PCs for use with or without Internet connectivity.
-
+## Join devices to Microsoft Entra ID
-## Join PC to Microsoft Entra ID
-If your school uses Microsoft Entra ID or Office 365, the Set up
-School PCs app creates a setup file that joins your PC to your Azure Active
-Directory tenant.
+If your school uses Microsoft Entra ID or Office 365, the Set up School PCs app creates a setup file that joins your PC to your Microsoft Entra ID tenant.
The app also helps set up PCs for use with or without Internet connectivity.
## List of Set up School PCs features
+
The following table describes the Set up School PCs app features and lists each type of Intune subscription. An X indicates that the feature is available with the specific subscription.
-| Feature | No Internet | Microsoft Entra ID | Office 365 | Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------|----------|------------|------------------|
-| **Fast sign-in** | X | X | X | X |
-| Students sign in and start using the computer in under a minute, even on initial sign-in. | | | | |
-| **Custom Start experience** | X | X | X | X |
-| Necessary classroom apps are pinned to Start and unnecessary apps are removed. | | | | |
-| **Guest account, no sign-in required** | X | X | X | X |
-| Set up computers for use by anyone with or without an account. | | | | |
-| **School policies** | X | X | X | X |
-| Settings create a relevant, useful learning environment and optimal computer performance. | | | | |
-| **Microsoft Entra join** | | X | X | X |
-| Computers join with your existing Microsoft Entra ID or Office 365 subscription for centralized management. | | | | |
-| **Single sign-on to Office 365** | | | X | X |
-| Students sign in with their IDs to access all Office 365 web apps or installed Office apps. | | | | |
-| **Take a Test app** | | | | X |
-| Administer quizzes and assessments through test providers such as Smarter Balanced. | | | | |
-| [Settings roaming](/azure/active-directory/devices/enterprise-state-roaming-overview) **via Microsoft Entra ID** | | | | X |
-| Synchronize student and application data across devices for a personalized experience. | | | | |
+| Feature | No Internet | Microsoft Entra ID | Office 365 | Microsoft Entra ID P1 or P2 |
+|--|--|--|--|--|
+| **Fast sign-in** | X | X | X | X |
+| Students sign in and start using the computer in under a minute, even on initial sign-in. | | | | |
+| **Custom Start experience** | X | X | X | X |
+| Necessary classroom apps are pinned to Start and unnecessary apps are removed. | | | | |
+| **Guest account, no sign-in required** | X | X | X | X |
+| Set up computers for use by anyone with or without an account. | | | | |
+| **School policies** | X | X | X | X |
+| Settings create a relevant, useful learning environment and optimal computer performance. | | | | |
+| **Microsoft Entra join** | | X | X | X |
+| Computers join with your existing Microsoft Entra ID or Office 365 subscription for centralized management. | | | | |
+| **Single sign-on to Office 365** | | | X | X |
+| Students sign in with their IDs to access all Office 365 web apps or installed Office apps. | | | | |
+| **Take a Test app** | | | | X |
+| Administer quizzes and assessments through test providers such as Smarter Balanced. | | | | |
+| [Settings roaming](/azure/active-directory/devices/enterprise-state-roaming-overview) **via Microsoft Entra ID** | | | | X |
+| Synchronize student and application data across devices for a personalized experience. | | | | |
-> [!NOTE]
-> If your school uses Active Directory, use [Windows Configuration
-> Designer](set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md)
-> to configure your PCs to join the domain. You can only use the Set up School
-> PCs app to set up PCs that are connected to Microsoft Entra ID.
-
-## Next steps
-Learn more about setting up devices with the Set up School PCs app.
-* [Microsoft Entra join with Set up School PCs](set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md)
-* [What's in my provisioning package](set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md)
-* [Set up Windows 10 devices for education](set-up-windows-10.md)
+>[!NOTE]
+>You can only use the Set up School PCs app to set up PCs that are connected to Microsoft Entra ID.
When you're ready to create and apply your provisioning package, see [Use Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md).
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91f2ad28d1..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Set up student PCs to join domain
-description: Learn how to use Windows Configuration Designer to provision student devices to join Active Directory.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Set up student PCs to join domain
-
-If your school uses Active Directory, use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package that will configure a PC for student use that is joined to the Active Directory domain.
-
-## Install Windows Configuration Designer
-Follow the instructions in [Install Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd).
-
-## Create the provisioning package
-Follow the steps in [Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (desktop wizard)](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment). However, make a note of these steps to further customize the provisioning package for use in a school that will join a student PC to a domain:
-
-1. In the **Account Management** step:
-
- > [!WARNING]
- > If you don't create a local administrator account and the device fails to enroll in Active Directory for any reason, you'll have to reimage the device and start over. As a best practice, we recommend:
- > - Use a least-privileged domain account to join the device to the domain.
- > - Create a temporary administrator account to use for debugging or reprovisioning if the device fails to enroll successfully.
- > - [Use Group Policy to delete the temporary administrator account](/archive/blogs/canitpro/group-policy-creating-a-standard-local-admin-account) after the device is enrolled in Active Directory.
-
-2. After you're done with the wizard, don't click **Create**. Instead, click the **Switch to advanced editor** to switch the project to the advanced editor to see all the available **Runtime settings**.
-3. Find the **SharedPC** settings group.
- - Set **EnableSharedPCMode** to **TRUE** to configure the PC for shared use.
-4. (Optional) To configure the PC for secure testing, follow these steps.
- 1. Under **Runtime settings**, go to **AssignedAccess > AssignedAccessSettings**.
- 2. Enter **{"Account":"*redmond\\kioskuser*","AUMID":” Microsoft.Windows.SecureAssessmentBrowser_cw5n1h2txyewy!App "}**, using the account that you want to set up.
-
- **Figure 7** - Add the account to use for test-taking
-
- 
-
- The account can be in one of the following formats:
- - username
- - domain\username
- - computer name\\username
- - username@tenant.com
-
- 3. Under **Runtime settings**, go to **TakeATest** and configure the following settings:
- 1. In **LaunchURI**, enter the assessment URL.
- 2. In **TesterAccount**, enter the test account you entered in the previous step.
-
-5. To configure other settings to make Windows education ready, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md) and follow the guidance on what settings you can set using Windows Configuration Designer.
-
-6. Follow the steps to [build a package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package#build-package).
- - You'll see the file path for your provisioning package. By default, this path is set to %windir%\Users\*your_username\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\*Project name).
- - Copy the provisioning package to a USB drive.
-
- > [!IMPORTANT]
- > When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
-
-## Apply package
-Follow the steps in [Apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package) to apply the package that you created.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 669dc2484c..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Provision student PCs with apps
-description: Learn how to use Windows Configuration Designer to easily provision student devices to join Active Directory.
-ms.topic: how-to
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-# Provision student PCs with apps
-
-To create and apply a provisioning package that contains apps to a device running all desktop editions of Windows 10 except Windows 10 Home, follow the steps in [Provision PCs with apps](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps).
-
-Provisioning packages can include management instructions and policies, installation of specific apps, customization of network connections and policies, and more.
-
-You can apply a provisioning package on a USB drive to off-the-shelf devices during setup, making it fast and easy to configure new devices.
-
-- If you want to [provision a school PC to join a domain](set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md) and add apps in the same provisioning package, follow the steps in [Provision PCs with apps](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps).
-
-- If you want to provision a school PC to join Microsoft Entra ID, set up the PC using the steps in [Use Set up School PCs App](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md). Set up School PCs now lets you add recommended apps from the Store so you can add these apps while you're creating your package through Set up School PCs. You can also follow the steps in [Provision PCs with apps](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps) if you want to add apps to student PCs after initial setup with the Set up School PCs package.
-
-## Learn more
-
--[Develop Universal Windows Education apps](/windows/uwp/apps-for-education/)
-
-- [Build and apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-windows-10.md b/education/windows/set-up-windows-10.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 784d5978ac..0000000000
--- a/education/windows/set-up-windows-10.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Set up Windows devices for education
-description: Decide which option for setting up Windows 10 is right for you.
-ms.topic: overview
-ms.date: 08/10/2022
-appliesto:
- - ✅ Windows 10
----
-
-# Set up Windows devices for education
-
-You have two tools to choose from to set up PCs for your classroom:
-
-- Set up School PCs
-- Windows Configuration Designer
-
-Choose the tool that is appropriate for how your students will sign in (Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID, or no account).
-
-You can use the following diagram to compare the tools.
-
-
-
-## In this section
-
-- [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md)
-- [Technical reference for the Set up School PCs app](set-up-school-pcs-technical.md)
-- [Set up student PCs to join domain](set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md)
-- [Provision student PCs with apps](set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md)
-
-## Related topics
-
-[Take tests in Windows](take-tests-in-windows.md)
-[Deploy Windows 10 in a school](deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md)S
diff --git a/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows.md b/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows.md
index d9663d6d32..8c46ac4b93 100644
--- a/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows.md
+++ b/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
title: Take tests and assessments in Windows
description: Learn about the built-in Take a Test app for Windows and how to use it.
-ms.date: 03/31/2023
+ms.date: 02/29/2024
ms.topic: how-to
---
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This is an ideal option for teachers who want to create a link to a specific ass
For this option, you embed a URL with a specific prefix and specify parameters depending on what you want to allow during the test.
The URL must be in the following format:
-```
+```text
ms-edu-secureassessment:
- Removing a package
- Unpublishing a package
- Terminating a virtual environment
- Terminating a process|
-|Package name contains **$**|If a package name contains the character \$\, you must use a single-quote ( **'** ).
For example:
```Add-AppvClientPackage 'Contoso$App.appv'```|
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf6f1e8a76..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/08/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) management server to manage packages, connection groups, and package access in your environment. The server publishes application icons, shortcuts, and file type associations to authorized computers running the App-V client. One or more management servers typically share a common data store for configuration and package information.
-
-The management server uses Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) groups to manage user authorization and has SQL Server installed to manage the database and data store.
-
-Because the management servers stream applications to end users on demand, these servers are ideally suited for system configurations that have reliable, high-bandwidth LANs. The management server consists of the following components:
-
-- The **management server** manages packages and connection groups.
-- The **publishing server** deploys packages to computers running the App-V Client.
-- The **management database** manages the package access publishes the server’s synchronization with the management server.
-
-## Management Console tasks
-
-Here are some articles that can show you how to perform the most common tasks that the App-V Management Console is used for:
-
-- [How to connect to the Management Console](appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to add or upgrade packages by using the Management Console](appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to configure access to packages by using the Management Console](appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to publish a package by using the Management Console](appv-publish-a-packages-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to delete a package in the Management Console](appv-delete-a-package-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to add or remove an administrator by using the Management Console](appv-add-or-remove-an-administrator-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to register and unregister a publishing server by using the Management Console](appv-register-and-unregister-a-publishing-server-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to create a custom configuration file by using the App-V Management Console](appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to transfer access and configurations to another version of a package by using the Management Console](appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to customize virtual application extensions for a specific AD group by using the Management Console](appv-customize-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [How to view and configure applications and default virtual application extensions by using the Management Console](appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md)
-
-The main elements of the App-V Management Console are:
-
-|Management Console tab|Description|
-|---|---|
-|Packages tab|Use the **Packages** tab to add or upgrade packages.|
-|Connection Groups tab|Use the **Connection Groups** tab to manage connection groups.|
-|Servers tab|Use the **Servers** tab to register a new server.|
-|Administrators tab|Use the **Administrators** tab to register, add, or remove administrators in your App-V environment.|
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->The browser you're using to open the Web Management Console must have JavaScript enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Other resources for this App-V deployment
-
-- [Application Virtualization (App-V) overview](appv-for-windows.md)
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a02875375a..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Only Allow Admins to Enable Connection Groups (Windows 10/11)
-description: Configure the App-V client so that only administrators, not users, can enable or disable connection groups.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/08/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# How to allow only administrators to enable connection groups
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-You can configure the App-V client so that only administrators, not users, can enable or disable connection groups. In earlier versions of App-V, there was no way to restrict access to disabling connection groups to users.
-
->[!NOTE]
->This feature is supported starting in App-V 5.0 SP3.
-
-Use one of the following methods to allow only administrators to enable or disable connection groups.
-
-|Method|Steps|
-|---|---|
-|Group Policy setting|Enable the “Require publish as administrator” Group Policy setting, which is located in the following Group Policy Object node:
**Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V** > **Publishing**|
-|Windows PowerShell cmdlet|Run the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** cmdlet with the *-RequirePublishAsAdmin* parameter.
Parameter values:
- **0** – False
- **1** – True
Example: ```Set-AppvClientConfiguration -RequirePublishAsAdmin 1```|
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 025efdca77..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,899 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Application Publishing and Client Interaction (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn technical information about common App-V Client operations and their integration with the local operating system.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/08/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# Application publishing and client interaction
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-This article provides technical information about common App-V Client operations and their integration with the local operating system.
-
-## App-V package files created by the Sequencer
-
-The Sequencer creates App-V packages and produces a virtualized application. The sequencing process creates the following files:
-
-|File|Description|
-|---|---|
-|.appv|- The primary package file, which contains captured assets and state information from the sequencing process.
- Architecture of the package file, publishing information, and registry in a tokenized form that can be reapplied to a machine and to a specific user upon delivery.|
-|.MSI|Executable deployment wrapper that you can use to deploy .appv files manually or by using a third-party deployment platform.|
-|_DeploymentConfig.XML|File used to customize the default publishing parameters for all applications in a package that is deployed globally to all users on a computer that is running the App-V Client.|
-|_UserConfig.XML|File used to customize the publishing parameters for all applications in a package that is a deployed to a specific user on a computer that is running the App-V Client.|
-|Report.xml|Summary of messages resulting from the sequencing process, including omitted drivers, files, and registry locations.|
-|.CAB|Optional: Package accelerator file used to automatically rebuild a previously sequenced virtual application package.|
-|.appvt|Optional: Sequencer template file used to retain commonly reused Sequencer settings.|
-
-To learn more about sequencing, see [How to Sequence a New Application with App-V](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md).
-
-## What’s in the appv file?
-
-The appv file is a container that stores XML and non-XML files together in a single entity. This file is built from the AppX format, which is based on the Open Packaging Conventions (OPC) standard.
-
-To view the appv file contents, make a copy of the package, and then rename the copied file to a .zip extension.
-
-The appv file contains the following folder and files, which are used when creating and publishing a virtual application:
-
-| Name | Type | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-| Root | File folder | Directory that contains the file system for the virtualized application captured during sequencing. |
-| [Content_Types].xml | XML File | List of the core content types in the appv file (for example, DLL, EXE, BIN). |
-| AppxBlockMap.xml | XML File | Layout of the appv file, which uses File, Block, and BlockMap elements that enable location and validation of files in the App-V package.|
-| AppxManifest.xml | XML File | Metadata for the package that contains the required information for adding, publishing, and launching the package. Includes extension points (file type associations and shortcuts) and the names and GUIDs associated with the package.|
-| FilesystemMetadata.xml | XML File | List of the files captured during sequencing, including attributes (such as directories, files, opaque directories, empty directories, and long and short names). |
-| PackageHistory.xml | XML File | Information about the sequencing computer (operating system version, Internet Explorer version, .Net Framework version) and process (upgrade, package version).|
-| Registry.dat | DAT File | Registry keys and values captured during the sequencing process for the package.|
-| StreamMap.xml | XML File | List of files for the primary and publishing feature block. The publishing feature block contains the ICO files and required portions of files (EXE and DLL) for publishing the package. When present, the primary feature block includes files that have been optimized for streaming during the sequencing process.|
-
-## App-V Client data storage locations
-
-The App-V Client performs tasks to keep virtual applications running properly and working like locally installed applications. The process of opening and running virtual applications requires mapping from the virtual file system and registry to ensure the application has the required components of a traditional application expected by users. This section describes the assets that are required to run virtual applications and lists the location where App-V stores the assets.
-
-| Name | Location | Description |
-|---|---|---|
-| Package Store | %ProgramData%\App-V| Default location for read-only package files.|
-| Machine Catalog | %ProgramData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog| Contains per-machine configuration documents.|
-| User Catalog | %AppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog| Contains per-user configuration documents.|
-| Shortcut Backups | %AppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration\ShortCutBackups| Stores previous integration points that enable restore on package unpublish.|
-| Copy on Write (COW) Roaming | %AppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS| Writeable roaming location for package modification.|
-| Copy on Write (COW) Local | %LocalAppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS| Writeable non-roaming location for package modification.|
-| Machine Registry | HKLM\Software\Microsoft\AppV| Contains package state information, including VReg for machine or globally published packages (Machine hive).|
-| User Registry | HKCU\Software\Microsoft\AppV| Contains user package state information including VReg.|
-| User Registry Classes | HKCU\Software\Classes\AppV| Contains more user package state information.|
-
-More details for the table are provided in the section below and throughout the document.
-
-### Package store
-
-The App-V Client manages the applications assets mounted in the package store. This default storage location is %ProgramData%\App-V, but you can configure it during or after setup by using the **Set-AppVClientConfiguration** Windows PowerShell cmdlet, which modifies the local registry (**PackageInstallationRoot** value under the HKLM\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Streaming key). The package store must be located at a local path on the client operating system. The individual packages are stored in the package store in subdirectories named after the Package GUID and Version GUID.
-
-The following is an example of a path to a specific application:
-
-```syntax
-C:\ProgramData\App-V\PackGUID\VersionGUID
-```
-
-To change the default location of the package store during setup, see [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).
-
-### Shared Content Store
-
-If the App-V Client is configured in Shared Content Store mode, no data is written to disk when a stream fault occurs, which means that the packages require minimal local disk space (publishing data). In VDI environments where local storage can be limited, it's important to use as little disk space as possible. You can minimize disk space usage by streaming applications from a high-performance network location (such as a SAN). For more information, see [Shared Content Store in Microsoft App-V 5.0 - Behind the Scenes](/archive/blogs/appv/shared-content-store-in-microsoft-app-v-5-0-behind-the-scenes).
-
->[!NOTE]
->The machine and package store must be located on a local drive, even when you’re using Shared Content Store configurations for the App-V Client.
-
-### Package catalogs
-
-The App-V Client manages the following file-based locations:
-
-- **Catalogs (user and machine).**
-- **Registry locations**—depends on how the package is targeted for publishing. There's a Catalog (data store) for the computer, and a catalog for each individual user. The Machine catalog stores global information applicable to all users or any specific user, and the User catalog stores information applicable to a specific user. The catalog is a collection of Dynamic Configurations and manifest files; there's discrete data for both file and registry per package version.
-
-### Machine catalog
-
-The locations described in this table can be found in the %programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\ folder.
-
-| | Location |
-|:---|:---|
-|**Description**|Stores package documents that are available to users on the machine when packages are added and published. However, if a package is “global” at publishing time, the integrations are available to all users.
If a package is non-global, the integrations are published only for specific users, but there are still global resources that are modified and visible to anyone on the client computer (such as when the package directory is in a shared disk location).
If a package is available to a user on the computer (global or non-global), the manifest is stored in the Machine Catalog. When a package is published globally, there's a Dynamic Configuration file, stored in the Machine Catalog; therefore, the determination of whether a package is global is defined according to whether there's a policy file (UserDeploymentConfiguration file) in the Machine Catalog.|
-|**Default storage location**|%programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\
This location isn't the same as the Package Store location. The Package Store is the golden or pristine copy of the package files.|
-|**Files in the machine catalog**|- Manifest.xml
- DeploymentConfiguration.xml
- UserManifest.xml (Globally Published Package)
- UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml (Globally Published Package)|
-|**Additional machine catalog location, used when the package is part of a connection group**|The following location is in addition to the specific package location mentioned previously as the default storage location:
%programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\PackageGroups\ConGroupGUID\ConGroupVerGUID|
-|**Additional files in the machine catalog when the package is part of a connection group**|- PackageGroupDescriptor.xml
- UserPackageGroupDescriptor.xml (globally published Connection Group)|
-
-### User catalog
-
-The locations described in this table can be found in the appdata\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\ folder.
-
-|| Location |
-|:---|:---|
-|**Description**|Created during the publishing process. Contains information used for publishing the package, and for making sure that a package is provisioned to a specific user at launch. Created in a roaming location and includes user-specific publishing information.
When a package is published for a user, the policy file is stored in the User Catalog. At the same time, a copy of the manifest is also stored in the User Catalog. When a package entitlement is removed for a user, the relevant package files are removed from the User Catalog. Looking at the user catalog, an administrator can view the presence of a Dynamic Configuration file, which indicates that the package is entitled for that user.
For roaming users, the User Catalog needs to be in a roaming or shared location to preserve the legacy App-V behavior of targeting users by default. Entitlement and policy are tied to a user, not a computer, so they should roam with the user once they're provisioned.|
-|**Default storage location**|appdata\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\Packages\PkgGUID\VerGUID|
-|**Files in the user catalog**|- UserManifest.xml
- DynamicConfiguration.xml or UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml|
-|**Additional user catalog location, used when the package is part of a connection group**|The following location is in addition to the specific package location mentioned above:
appdata\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\PackageGroups\PkgGroupGUID\PkgGroupVerGUID|
-|**Additional file in the machine catalog when the package is part of a connection group**|UserPackageGroupDescriptor.xml|
-
-### Shortcut backups
-
-During the publishing process, the App-V Client backs up any shortcuts and integration points to %AppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration\ShortCutBackups. This backup lets integration points restore to the previous versions when the package is unpublished.
-
-### Copy on Write files
-
-The Package Store contains a pristine copy of the package files that have been streamed from the publishing server. During normal operation of an App-V application, the user or service may require changes to the files. However, these changes aren't made in the package store to preserve your ability to repair the application, which removes these changes. These locations, called Copy on Write (COW), support both roaming and non-roaming locations. The location where the modifications are stored depends where the application has been programmed to write changes to in a native experience.
-
-### COW roaming
-
-The COW Roaming location described above stores changes to files and directories that are targeted to the typical %AppData% location or \\Users\\*<username>*\\AppData\\Roaming location. These directories and files are then roamed based on the operating system settings.
-
-### COW local
-
-The COW Local location is similar to the roaming location, but the directories and files aren't roamed to other computers, even if roaming support has been configured. The COW Local location described above stores changes applicable to typical windows and not the %AppData% location. The directories listed will vary but there will be two locations for any typical Windows locations (for example, Common AppData and Common AppDataS). The **S** signifies the restricted location when the virtual service requests the change as a different elevated user from the signed-in users. The non-**S** location stores user-based changes.
-
-## Package registry
-
-Before an application can access the package registry data, the App-V Client must make the package registry data available to the applications. The App-V Client uses the real registry as a backing store for all registry data.
-
-When a new package is added to the App-V Client, a copy of the REGISTRY.DAT file from the package is created at %ProgramData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VREG\{Version GUID}.dat. The name of the file is the version GUID with the .DAT extension. The reason this copy is made is to ensure that the actual hive file in the package is never in use, which would prevent the removal of the package at a later time.
-
-**Registry.dat from Package Store** > **%ProgramData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Vreg\\{VersionGUID}.dat**
-
-When the first application from the package is launched on the client, the client stages or copies the contents out of the hive file, re-creating the package registry data in an alternate location under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\PackageGuid\Versions\VersionGUID\REGISTRY. The staged registry data has two distinct types of machine data and user data. Machine data is shared across all users on the machine. User data is staged for each user to a user-specific location HKCU\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\PackageGUID\Registry\User. The machine data is ultimately removed at package removal time, and the user data is removed on a user unpublish operation.
-
-### Package registry staging vs. connection group registry staging
-
-When connection groups are present, the previous process of staging the registry holds true, but instead of having one hive file to process, there are more than one. The files are processed in the order in which they appear in the connection group XML, with the first writer winning any conflicts.
-
-The staged registry persists the same way as in the single package case. Staged user registry data remains for the connection group until it's disabled; staged machine registry data is removed on connection group removal.
-
-### Virtual registry
-
-The purpose of the virtual registry (VREG) is to provide a single merged view of the package registry and the native registry to applications. It also provides copy-on-write (COW) functionality—that is, any changes made to the registry from the context of a virtual process are made to a separate COW location. This functionality means that the VREG must combine up to three separate registry locations into a single view based on the populated locations in the **registry COW** > **package** > **native**. When a request is made for a registry data it will locate in order until it finds the data it was requesting. Meaning if there's a value stored in a COW location it will not proceed to other locations, however, if there's no data in the COW location it will proceed to the Package and then Native location until it finds the appropriate data.
-
-### Registry locations
-
-There are two package registry locations and two connection group locations where the App-V Client stores registry information, depending on whether the Package is published individually or as part of a connection group. There are three COW locations for packages and three for connection groups, which are created and managed by the VREG. Settings for packages and connection groups aren't shared:
-
-#### Single Package VReg
-
-The registries in the following table are located in the Registry\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\ folder.
-
-|Location|Description|
-|---|---|
-|COW|- Machine Registry\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\REGISTRY (Only elevate process can write)
- User Registry\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\REGISTRY (User Roaming anything written under HKCU except Software\Classes
- User Registry Classes\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\REGISTRY (HKCU\Software\Classes writes and HKLM for non-elevated process)|
-|Package|- Machine Registry\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\Versions\VerGuid\Registry\Machine
- User Registry Classes\Client\Packages\PkgGUID\Versions\VerGUID\Registry|
-|Native|- Native application registry location|
-
-#### Connection Group VReg
-
-The registries in the following table are located in the Machine Registry\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\ and User Registry Classes\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\ folders.
-
-|Location|Description|
-|---|---|
-|COW|- Machine Registry\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\REGISTRY (only elevate process can write)
- User Registry\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\REGISTRY (Anything written to HKCU except Software\Classes)
- User Registry Classes\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\REGISTRY|
-|Package|- Machine Registry\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\Versions\VerGUID\REGISTRY
- User Registry Classes\Client\PackageGroups\GrpGUID\Versions\VerGUID\REGISTRY|
-|Native|- Native application registry location|
-
-There are two COW locations for HKLM: elevated and non-elevated processes. Elevated processes always write HKLM changes to the secure COW under HKLM. Non-elevated processes always write HKLM changes to the non-secure COW under HKCU\\Software\\Classes. When an application reads changes from HKLM, elevated processes will read changes from the secure COW under HKLM. Non-elevated reads from both, favoring the changes made in the unsecure COW first.
-
-### Pass-through keys
-
-An administrator can use pass-through keys to configure certain keys to only be read from the native registry, bypassing the Package and COW locations. Pass-through locations are global to the machine (not package-specific) and can be configured by adding the path to the key, which should be treated as pass-through to the **REG\_MULTI\_SZ** value called **PassThroughPaths** of the key HKLM\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Subsystem\VirtualRegistry. Any key that appears under this multi-string value (and their children) will be treated as pass-through.
-
-The following locations are configured as pass-through locations by default:
-
-- HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Classes\\Local Settings\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\AppModel
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Classes\\Local Settings\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\AppModel
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\WINEVT
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SYSTEM\\CurrentControlSet\\services\\eventlog\\Application
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SYSTEM\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\WMI\\Autologger
-
-- HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Internet Settings
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Perflib
-
-- HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Policies
-
-- HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Policies
-
-The purpose of pass-through keys is to ensure that a virtual application doesn't write registry data in the VReg that is required for non-virtual applications for successful operation or integration. The Policies key ensures that Group Policy-based settings set by the administrator are utilized and not per package settings. The AppModel key is required for integration with Windows Modern UI-based applications. Administers ideally shouldn't modify any of the default pass-through keys, but in some instances, the admin may need to add more pass-through keys to adjust application behavior.
-
-## App-V package store behavior
-
-App-V manages the Package Store, which is the location where the expanded asset files from the appv file are stored. By default, this location is stored at %ProgramData%\\App-V, and is limited in terms of storage capabilities only by free disk space. The package store is organized by the GUIDs for the package and version as mentioned in the previous section.
-
-### Add packages
-
-App-V Packages are staged upon addition to the computer with the App-V Client. The App-V Client provides on-demand staging. When publishing or manually entering the **Add-AppVClientPackage** cmdlet, the data structure is built in the package store (C:\\programdata\\App-V\\{PkgGUID}\\{VerGUID}). The package files identified in the publishing block defined in the StreamMap.xml file are added to the system, and the top level folders and child files are staged to ensure proper application assets exist at launch.
-
-### Mounting packages
-
-Packages can be explicitly loaded by entering the **Mount-AppVClientPackage** PowerShell cmdlet or by using the **App-V Client UI** to download a package. This operation completely loads the entire package into the package store.
-
-### Streaming packages
-
-The App-V Client can be configured to change the default behavior of streaming. All streaming policies are stored under the following registry key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Streaming. Policies are set by entering the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** PowerShell cmdlet. The following policies apply to streaming:
-
-|Policy|Description|
-|---|---|
-|AllowHighCostLaunch|Allows streaming over 3G and cellular networks|
-|AutoLoad|Specifies the Background Load setting:
0 – Disabled
1 – Previously Used Packages only
2 – All Packages|
-|PackageInstallationRoot|The root folder for the package store in the local machine|
-|PackageSourceRoot|The root override where packages should be streamed from|
-|SharedContentStoreMode|Enables the use of Shared Content Store for VDI scenarios|
-
-These settings affect the behavior of streaming App-V package assets to the client. By default, App-V only downloads the assets required after downloading the initial publishing and primary feature blocks. There are three specific behaviors in streaming packages that are important to understand:
-
-- Background Streaming
-- Optimized Streaming
-- Stream Faults
-
-### Background streaming
-
-The Windows PowerShell cmdlet **Get-AppvClientConfiguration** can be used to determine the current mode for background streaming with the AutoLoad setting and modified with either the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** cmdlet or from the registry (HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\AppV\\ClientStreaming key). Background streaming is a default setting where the Autoload setting is set to download previously used packages. The behavior based on default setting (value=1) downloads App-V data blocks in the background after the application has been launched. This setting can either be disabled altogether (value=0) or enabled for all packages (value=2), regardless of whether they've been launched.
-
-### Optimized streaming
-
-App-V packages can be configured with a primary feature block during sequencing. This setting allows the sequencing engineer to monitor launch files for a specific application, or applications, and mark the blocks of data in the App-V package for streaming at first launch of any application in the package.
-
-### Stream faults
-
-After the initial stream of any publishing data and the primary feature block, requests for more files perform stream faults. These blocks of data are downloaded to the package store on an as-needed basis. This flexibility allows a user to download only a small part of the package, typically enough to launch the package and run normal tasks. All other blocks are downloaded when a user initiates an operation that requires data not currently in the package store.
-
-### Package upgrades
-
-App-V Packages require updating throughout the lifecycle of the application. App-V Package upgrades are like the package publish operation, as each version will be created in its own PackageRoot location: %ProgramData%\App-V\{PkgGUID}\{newVerGUID}. The upgrade operation is optimized by creating hard links to identical and streamed files from other versions of the same package.
-
-### Package removal
-
-The App-V Client's behavior when packages are removed depends on the package removal method. Using an App-V full infrastructure to unpublish the application, the user catalog files (machine catalog for globally published applications) are removed, but the package store location and COW locations remain. When the **Remove-AppVClientPackge** Windows PowerShell cmdlet is used to remove an App-V Package, the package store location is cleaned. Remember that unpublishing an App-V Package from the Management Server doesn't perform a Remove operation. Neither operation will remove the Package Store package files.
-
-## Roaming registry and data
-
-App-V is able to provide a near-native experience when roaming, depending on how the application being used is written. By default, App-V roams AppData that is stored in the roaming location, based on the roaming configuration of the operating system. Other locations for storage of file-based data don't roam from computer to computer, since they're in locations that aren't roamed.
-
-### Roaming requirements and user catalog data storage
-
-App-V stores data, which represents the state of the user’s catalog, in the form of:
-
-- Files under %appdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Catalog
-- Registry settings under HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages
-
-Together, these files and registry settings represent the user’s catalog, so either both must be roamed, or neither must be roamed for a given user. App-V doesn't support roaming %AppData%, but not roaming the user’s profile (registry), or vice versa.
-
->[!NOTE]
->The **Repair-AppvClientPackage** cmdlet doesn't repair the publishing state of packages where the user’s App-V state under HKEY_CURRENT_USER is missing or mismatched with the data in %appdata%.
-
-### Registry-based data
-
-App-V registry roaming falls into two scenarios, as shown in the following table.
-
-|Scenario|Description|
-|---|---|
-|Applications that are run as standard users|When a standard user launches an App-V application, both HKLM and HKCU for App-V applications are stored in the HKCU hive on the machine. This scenario presents two distinct paths:
- HKLM's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Classes\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
- HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\USER\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE
The locations are enabled for roaming based on the operating system settings.|
-|Applications that are run with elevation|When an application is launched with elevation:
- HKLM data is stored in the HKLM hive on the local computer
- HKCU data is stored in the User Registry location
In this scenario, these settings aren't roamed with normal operating system roaming configurations, and the resulting registry keys and values are stored in the following locations:
- HKLM's location is HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\{UserSID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
- HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\Registry\User\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE|
-
-### App-V and folder redirection
-
-App-V supports folder redirection of the roaming AppData folder (%AppData%). When the virtual environment is started, the roaming AppData state from the user’s roaming AppData directory is copied to the local cache. Conversely, when the virtual environment is shut down, the local cache that is associated with a specific user’s roaming AppData is transferred to the actual location of that user’s roaming AppData directory.
-
-A typical package has several locations mapped in the user’s backing store for settings in both AppData\\Local and AppData\\Roaming. These locations are the Copy on Write locations that are stored per user in the user’s profile, and that are used to store changes made to the package VFS directories and to protect the default package VFS.
-
-The following table shows local and roaming locations when folder redirection hasn't been implemented.
-
-| VFS directory in package | Mapped location of backing store |
-|---|---|
-| ProgramFilesX86 | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\ProgramFilesX86 |
-| SystemX86 | C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\SystemX86 |
-| Windows | C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\Windows |
-| appv\_ROOT | C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\appv_ROOT|
-| AppData | C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\AppData |
-
-The following table shows local and roaming locations when folder redirection has been implemented for %AppData% and the location has been redirected (typically to a network location).
-
-| VFS directory in package | Mapped location of backing store |
-|---|---|
-| ProgramFilesX86 | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\ProgramFilesX86 |
-| SystemX86 | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\SystemX86 |
-| Windows | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\Windows |
-| appv_ROOT | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\appv\_ROOT |
-| AppData | \\Fileserver\users\Local\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\AppData |
-
-The current App-V Client VFS driver can't write to network locations, so the App-V Client detects the presence of folder redirection and copies the data on the local drive during publishing and when the virtual environment starts. After the user closes the App-V application and the App-V Client closes the virtual environment, the local storage of the VFS AppData is copied back to the network, enabling roaming to more machines, where the process will be repeated. Here's what happens during the process:
-
-1. During publishing or virtual environment startup, the App-V Client detects the location of the AppData directory.
-2. If the roaming AppData path is local or no AppData\\Roaming location is mapped, nothing happens.
-3. If the roaming AppData path isn't local, the VFS AppData directory is mapped to the local AppData directory.
-
-This process solves the problem of a non-local %AppData% that isn't supported by the App-V Client VFS driver. However, the data stored in this new location isn't roamed with folder redirection. All changes during the running of the application happen to the local AppData location and must be copied to the redirected location. The process does the following things:
-
-1. Shuts down the App-V application, which also shuts down the virtual environment.
-2. Compresses the local cache of the roaming AppData location and store it in a .zip file.
-3. Uses the time stamp at the end of the .zip packaging process to name the file.
-4. Records the time stamp in the HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Packages\\<GUID>\\AppDataTime registry as the last known AppData time stamp.
-5. Calls the folder redirection process to evaluate and initiate the .zip file uploaded to the roaming AppData directory.
-
-The time stamp is used to determine a “last writer wins” scenario if there's a conflict and is used to optimize the download of the data when the App-V application is published, or the virtual environment is started. Folder redirection will make the data available from any other clients covered by the supporting policy and will initiate the process of storing the AppData\\Roaming data to the local AppData location on the client. Here's what happens during the process:
-
-1. The user starts an application, which also starts the virtual environment.
-2. The application’s virtual environment checks for the most recent time stamped .zip file, if present.
-3. The virtual environment checks the registry for the last known uploaded time stamp, if present.
-4. The virtual environment downloads the most recent .zip file unless the local last known upload time stamp is greater than or equal to the time stamp from the .zip file.
-5. If the local last known upload time stamp is earlier than that of the most recent .zip file in the roaming AppData location, the virtual environment extracts the .zip file to the local temp directory in the user’s profile.
-6. After the .zip file is successfully extracted, the local cache of the roaming AppData directory is renamed and the new data moved into place.
-7. The renamed directory is deleted and the application opens with the most recently saved roaming AppData data.
-
-This process completes the successful roaming of application settings that are present in AppData\\Roaming locations. The only other condition that must be addressed is a package repair operation. The process does the following things:
-
-1. During repair, detects if the path to the user’s roaming AppData directory isn't local.
-2. Maps the non-local roaming AppData path targets, recreating the expected roaming and local AppData locations.
-3. Deletes the time stamp stored in the registry, if present.
-
-This process will recreate both the local and network locations for AppData and remove the registry record of the time stamp.
-
-## App-V Client application lifecycle management
-
-In an App-V Full Infrastructure, after applications are sequenced, they're managed and published to users or computers through the App-V Management and Publishing servers. This section details the operations that occur during the common App-V application lifecycle operations (Add, publishing, launch, upgrade, and removal) and the file and registry locations that are changed and modified from the App-V Client perspective. The App-V Client operations are input as PowerShell commands on the computer running the App-V Client.
-
-This document focuses on App-V Full Infrastructure solutions. For specific information on App-V Integration with Microsoft Configuration Manager, see [Deploy App-V virtual applications with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/get-started/deploying-app-v-virtual-applications).
-
-The App-V application lifecycle tasks are triggered at user sign in (default), machine startup, or as background timed operations. The settings for the App-V Client operations, including Publishing Servers, refresh intervals, package script enablement, and others, are configured (after the client is enabled) with Windows PowerShell commands. See [App-V Client Configuration Settings: Windows PowerShell](appv-client-configuration-settings.md#app-v-client-configuration-settings-windows-powershell).
-
-### Publishing refresh
-
-The publishing refresh process comprises several smaller operations that are performed on the App-V Client. Since App-V is an application virtualization technology and not a task scheduling technology, the Windows Task Scheduler is utilized to enable the process when the user signs in, the machine turns on, and at scheduled intervals. The client configuration during setup listed in the previous section is the preferred method when distributing the client to a large group of computers with the correct settings. These client settings can be configured with the following Windows PowerShell cmdlets:
-
-- **Add-AppVPublishingServer** configures the client with an App-V Publishing Server that provides App-V packages.
-- **Set-AppVPublishingServer** modifies the current settings for the App-V Publishing Server.
-- **Set-AppVClientConfiguration** modifies the currents settings for the App-V Client.
-- **Sync-AppVPublishingServer** initiates an App-V Publishing Refresh process manually. This process is also utilized in the scheduled tasks created during configuration of the publishing server.
-
-The following sections will elaborate what goes on during the publishing refresh process.
-
-#### Adding an App-V package
-
-Adding an App-V package to the client is the first step of the publishing refresh process. The end result is the same as the **Add-AppVClientPackage** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell, except the publishing refresh add process contacts the configured publishing server and passes a high-level list of applications back to the client to pull more detailed information, rather than just doing a single package add operation.
-
-The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions or updates, then accesses the appv file. Next, the contents of the appv file are expanded and placed on the local operating system in the appropriate locations. The following steps are a detailed workflow of the process, assuming the package is configured for Fault Streaming.
-
-#### How to add an App-V package
-
-1. Initiate installation manually through Windows PowerShell or Task Sequence initiation of the Publishing Refresh process.
-
- 1. The App-V Client makes an HTTP connection and requests a list of applications based on the target. The Publishing refresh process supports targeting machines or users.
-
- 2. The App-V Publishing Server uses the identity of the initiating target, user or machine, and queries the database for a list of entitled applications. The list of applications is provided as an XML response, which the client uses to send more requests to the server for more information on a per-package basis.
-
-2. The Publishing Agent on the App-V Client will evaluate any connection groups that are unpublished or disabled, since package version updates that are part of the connection group can't be processed.
-
-3. Configure the packages by identifying the **Add** or **Update** operations.
-
- 1. The App-V Client utilizes the AppX API from Windows and accesses the appv file from the publishing server.
-
- 2. The package file is opened and the **AppXManifest.xml** and **StreamMap.xml** files are downloaded to the Package Store.
-
- 3. Completely stream publishing block data defined in the **StreamMap.xml** file. Publishing block data is stored in Package Store\\PkgGUID\\VerGUID\\Root.
-
- - Icons: Targets of extension points.
- - Portable Executable Headers (PE Headers): Targets of extension points that contain the base information about the image need on disk, accessed directly or through file types.
- - Scripts: Download scripts directory for use throughout the publishing process.
-
- 4. Populate the Package store by performing the following sub-steps:
-
- 1. Create sparse files on disk that represent the extracted package for any directories listed.
-
- 2. Stage top-level files and directories under root.
-
- All other files are created when the directory is listed as sparse on disk and streamed on demand.
-
- 5. Create the machine catalog entries. Create the **Manifest.xml** and **DeploymentConfiguration.xml** files from the package files (if no **DeploymentConfiguration.xml** file in the package a placeholder is created).
-
- 6. Create location of the package store in the registry **HKLM\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Packages\\PkgGUID\\Versions\\VerGUID\\Catalog**.
-
- 7. Create the **Registry.dat** file from the package store to **%ProgramData%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\VReg\\{VersionGUID}.dat**.
-
- 8. Register the package with the App-V Kernel Mode Driver at **HKLM\\Microsoft\\Software\\AppV\\MAV**.
-
- 9. Invoke scripting from the **AppxManifest.xml** or **DeploymentConfig.xml** file for Package Add timing.
-
-4. Configure Connection Groups by adding and enabling or disabling.
-
-5. Remove objects that aren't published to the target (user or machine).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >This will not perform a package deletion but rather remove integration points for the specific target (user or machine) and remove user catalog files (machine catalog files for globally published).
-
-6. Invoke background load mounting based on client configuration.
-
-7. Packages that already have publishing information for the machine or user are immediately restored.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >This condition occurs as a product of removal without unpublishing with background addition of the package.
-
-This process completes an App-V package add for the publishing refresh process. The next step is publishing the package to a specific target (machine or user).
-
-
-
-**Package add file and registry data**
-
-#### Publishing an App-V package
-
-During the Publishing Refresh operation, the specific publishing operation, **Publish-AppVClientPackage**, adds entries to the user catalog, maps entitlement to the user, identifies the local store, and finishes by completing any integration steps.
-
-#### How to publish an App-V package
-
-1. Package entries are added to the user catalog
-
- 1. User targeted packages: the **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml** and **UserManifest.xml** files are placed on the machine in the User Catalog.
-
- 2. Machine targeted (global) packages: the **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml** is placed in the Machine Catalog.
-
-2. Register the package with the kernel mode driver for the user at **HKLM\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\MAV**.
-
-3. Perform integration tasks.
-
- 1. Create extension points.
-
- 2. Store backup information in the user’s registry and roaming profile (Shortcut Backups).
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >This enables restore extension points if the package is unpublished.
-
- 3. Run scripts targeted for publishing timing.
-
-Publishing an App-V Package that is part of a Connection Group is similar to the above process. For connection groups, the path that stores the specific catalog information includes PackageGroups as a child of the Catalog Directory. Review the Machine and User Catalog information in the preceding sections for details.
-
-
-
-**Package add file and registry data—global**
-
-### Application launch
-
-After the Publishing Refresh process, the user launches and then relaunches an App-V application. The App-V Client checks the path to the user catalog for files created during publishing. After establishing rights to launch the package, the App-V Client creates a virtual environment, begins streaming any necessary data, and applies the appropriate manifest and deployment configuration files during virtual environment creation. Once the virtual environment created and configured for the specific package and application, the application starts. This might seem like a lot, but the process in action is fast, and is optimized to minimize network traffic.
-
-#### How to launch App-V applications
-
-1. User launches the application by selecting a shortcut or file type invocation.
-
-2. The App-V Client verifies existence in the User Catalog for the following files
-
- - **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml**
- - **UserManifest.xml**
-
-3. If the files are present, the application is entitled for that specific user and the application will start the process for launch. There's no network traffic at this point.
-
-4. Next, the App-V Client checks that the path for the package registered for the App-V Client service is found in the registry.
-
-5. Upon finding the path to the package store, the virtual environment is created.
-
- If this process execution is the first launch, the Primary Feature Block downloads if present.
-
-6. After downloading, the App-V Client service consumes the manifest and deployment configuration files to configure the virtual environment and all App-V subsystems are loaded.
-
-7. The Application launches. For any missing files in the package store (sparse files), App-V will stream fault the files on an as-needed basis.
-
- 
-
- **Package add file and registry data—stream**
-
-### Upgrading an App-V package
-
-The current version of App-V's package upgrade process differs from the older versions in its storage optimization. App-V supports multiple versions of the same package on a machine entitled to different users. Package versions can be added at any time, as the package store and catalogs are updated with the new resources. During an upgrade in the new version, only new files are added to the new version store location, and hard links are created for unchanged files. Such results reduce overall storage by only presenting the file on one disk location, then projecting it into all folders with a file location entry on the disk.
-
-#### How to upgrade an App-V package
-
-1. The App-V Client performs a Publishing Refresh and discovers a newer version of an App-V Package.
-
-2. Package entries are added to the appropriate catalog for the new version.
-
- 1. User targeted packages: the **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml** and **UserManifest.xml** files are placed on the machine in the user catalog at **appdata\\roaming\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Catalog\\Packages\\PkgGUID\\VerGUID**.
-
- 2. Machine targeted (global) packages: the **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml** is placed in the machine catalog at **%programdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Catalog\\Packages\\PkgGUID\\VerGUID**.
-
-3. Register the package with the kernel mode driver for the user at **HKLM\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\MAV**.
-
-4. Perform integration tasks.
-
- 1. Integrate extensions points (EP) from the Manifest and Dynamic Configuration files.
-
- 2. File based EP data is stored in the AppData folder utilizing Junction Points from the package store.
-
- 3. Version 1 EPs already exist when a new version becomes available.
-
- 4. The extension points are switched to the Version 2 location in machine or user catalogs for any newer or updated extension points.
-
-5. Run scripts targeted for publishing timing.
-
-6. Install Side-by-Side assemblies as required.
-
-### Upgrading an in-use App-V package
-
-If you try to upgrade a package that is currently in use, the upgrade task is placed in a pending state. The upgrade will run later, according to the following rules:
-
-| Task type | Applicable rule |
-|---|---|
-| User-based tasks, such as publishing a package to a user | The pending task will be performed after the user signs out and then signs back in. |
-| Globally based tasks, such as enabling a connection group globally | The pending task will be performed when the computer is shut down and then restarted. |
-
-When a task is placed in a pending state, the App-V Client also generates a registry key for the pending task, as follows:
-
-| User-based or globally based task | Where the registry key is generated |
-|---|---|
-| User-based tasks | HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\PendingTasks |
-| Globally based tasks | HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\PendingTasks |
-
-The following operations must be completed before users can use the newer version of the package:
-
-| Task | Details |
-|---|---|
-| Add the package to the computer | This task is computer-specific and you can perform it at any time by completing the steps in [How to add an App-V package](#how-to-add-an-app-v-package). |
-| Publish the package | See the Package Publishing section above for steps. This process requires that you update extension points on the system. You can't complete this task while the application is in use. |
-
-Use the following example scenarios as a guide for updating packages.
-
-| Scenario | Requirements |
-|---|---|
-| App-V package isn't in use when you try to upgrade | None of the following components of the package can be in use: virtual application, COM server, or shell extensions.
The administrator publishes a newer version of the package and the upgrade works the next time a component or application inside the package is launched. The new version of the package is streamed and ran. |
-| App-V package is in use when the administrator publishes a newer version of the package | The App-V Client sets the operation to "pending," which means that it's queued and will be carried out later when the package isn't in use.
If the package application is in use, the user shuts down the virtual application, after which the upgrade can occur.
If the package has shell extensions, which are permanently loaded by Windows Explorer, the user won't be able to sign in. Users must sign off and then sign back in to initiate the App-V package upgrade.|
-
-### Global vs. user publishing
-
-App-V Packages can be published in one of two ways; as user, which entitles an App-V package to a specific user or group of users, or as global, which entitles the App-V package to the entire machine for all users of the machine. Once a package upgrade has been pended and the App-V package isn't in use, consider the two types of publishing:
-
-- Global publishing is when the application is published to a machine; all users on that machine can use it. The upgrade will happen when the App-V Client Service starts, which effectively means a machine restart.
-- User publishing is when the application is published to a user. If there are multiple users on the machine, the application can be published to a subset of the users. The upgrade will happen when the user signs in or when it's published again (periodically, ConfigMgr Policy refresh and evaluation, or an App-V periodic publishing/refresh, or explicitly through Windows PowerShell commands).
-
-### Removing an App-V package
-
-Removing App-V applications in a Full Infrastructure is an unpublish operation and doesn't perform a package removal. The process is the same as the publish process above, but instead of adding the removal process reverses the changes that have been made for App-V Packages.
-
-### Repairing an App-V package
-
-The repair operation is easy to do but may affect many locations on the machine. The previously mentioned Copy on Write (COW) locations are removed, and extension points are deintegrated and then reintegrated. Before repairing, please review where the COW data placement locations are registered in the registry. To perform a Repair operation, all you need to do is initiate it from the App-V Client Console or through the **Repair-AppVClientPackage** PowerShell cmdlet. After that, the operation is completed automatically.
-
-## Integration of App-V packages
-
-The App-V Client and package architecture provides specific integration with the local operating system during the addition and publishing of packages. Three files define the integration or extension points for an App-V Package:
-
-- AppXManifest.xml is stored inside of the package with fallback copies stored in the package store and the user profile. Contains the options created during the sequencing process.
-- DeploymentConfig.xml provides configuration information of computer- and user-based integration extension points.
-- UserConfig.xml is a subset of the Deploymentconfig.xml file that only provides user-based configurations and only targets user-based extension points.
-
-### Rules of integration
-
-When App-V applications are published to a computer with the App-V Client, some specific actions take place as described in the following list:
-
-- Global Publishing: Shortcuts are stored in the All Users profile location and other extension points are stored in the registry in the HKLM hive.
-- User Publishing: Shortcuts are stored in the current user account profile and other extension points are stored in the registry in the HKCU hive.
-- Backup and Restore: Existing native application data and registry (such as FTA registrations) are backed up during publishing.
-
- 1. App-V packages are given ownership based on the last integrated package where the ownership is passed to the newest published App-V application.
- 2. Ownership transfers from one App-V package to another when the owning App-V package is unpublished. This transfer won't initiate a restore of the data or registry.
- 3. Restore the backed-up data when the last package is unpublished or removed on a per-extension point basis.
-
-### Extension points
-
-The App-V publishing files (manifest and dynamic configuration) provide several extension points to integrate the application with the local operating system. These extension points perform typical application installation tasks, such as placing shortcuts, creating file type associations, and registering components. As these are virtualized applications that aren't installed in the same manner a traditional application, there are some differences. The following is a list of extension points covered in this section:
-
-- Shortcuts
-- File type associations
-- Shell extensions
-- COM
-- Software clients
-- Application capabilities
-- URL Protocol handler
-- AppPath
-- Virtual application
-
-### Shortcuts
-
-The shortcut is one of the basic elements of integration with the OS and is the interface for direct user launch of an App-V application. During the publishing and unpublishing of App-V applications.
-
-From the package manifest and dynamic configuration XML files, the path to a specific application executable can be found in a section as shown in the following example:
-
-```XML
-
AppVPublishing/LastSync/LastError|String|Read-only data, provided by your App-V packages.|
-|LastErrorDescription|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/ AppVPublishing/LastSync/LastErrorDescription|String|- **0**: No errors returned during publish.
- **1**: Unpublish groups failed during publish.
- **2**: Publish no-group packages failed during publish.
- **3**: Publish group packages failed during publish.
- **4**: Unpublish packages failed during publish.
- **5**: New policy write failed during publish.
- **6**: Multiple non-fatal errors occurred during publish.|
-|SyncStatusDescription|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/ AppVPublishing/LastSync/SyncStatusDescription|String|- **0**: App-V publishing is idle.
- **1**: App-V connection groups publish in progress.
- **2**: App-V packages (non-connection group) publish in progress.
- **3**: App-V packages (connection group) publish in progress.
- **4**: App-V packages unpublish in progress.|
-|SyncProgress|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/ AppVPublishing/LastSync/SyncProgress|String|- **0**: App-V Sync is idle.
- **1**: App-V Sync is initializing.
- **2**: App-V Sync is in progress.
- **3**: App-V Sync is complete.
- **4**: App-V Sync requires device reboot.|
-|PublishXML|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/
AppVPublishing/Sync/PublishXML|String|Custom value, entered by admin.|
-|Policy|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/
AppVDynamicPolicy/configurationid/Policy|String|Custom value, entered by admin.|
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b7edc6c54..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
----
-title: App-V Capacity Planning (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use these recommendations as a baseline to help determine capacity planning information that is appropriate to your organization’s App-V infrastructure.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# App-V Capacity Planning
-
->Applies to: Windows Server 2016
-
-The following recommendations can be used as a baseline to help determine capacity planning information that is appropriate to your organization’s App-V infrastructure.
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->Use the information in this section only as a general guide for planning your App-V deployment. Your system capacity requirements will depend on the specific details of your hardware and application environment. Additionally, the performance numbers displayed in this document are examples and your results may vary.
-
-## Determine the project scope
-
-Before you design the App-V infrastructure, determining which applications will be available virtually, and also identify the target users and their locations. This information will determine what type of App-V infrastructure your project should implement. You should base your decisions about your project's scope on your organization's specific needs.
-
-|Task|More information|
-|----|----------------|
-|Determine application scope|The App-V infrastructure can be set up in different ways depending on which applications you want to virtualize. This customization in set up means your first task is to define which applications you want to virtualize.|
-|Determine location scope|"Location scope" refers to the physical locations where you plan to run the virtualized applications (for example, enterprise-wide or a specific geographic location). It can also refer to the user population that will run the virtual applications (for example, a single department). You should obtain a network map that includes the connection paths, the available bandwidth for each location, the number of users using virtualized applications, and the WAN link speed.|
-
-## Determine which App-V infrastructure is required
-
-You can also manage your App-V environment using an electronic software distribution (ESD) solution such as Microsoft Systems Center Configuration Manager. For more information, see [How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution](appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
-
-* **Standalone model**—The standalone model allows virtual applications to be Windows Installer-enabled for distribution without streaming. App-V in Standalone mode only needs the sequencer and the client; no extra components are required. Applications are prepared for virtualization using a process called sequencing. For more information, see [Planning for the App-V Sequencer and Client deployment](appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md). The standalone model is recommended for the following scenarios:
-
- * When there are disconnected remote users who can't connect to the App-V infrastructure.
- * When you're running a software management system, such as Configuration Manager.
- * When network bandwidth limitations inhibit electronic software distribution.
-* **Full infrastructure model**—The full infrastructure model provides for software distribution, management, and reporting capabilities; it also includes the streaming of applications across the network. The App-V full infrastructure model consists of one or more App-V management servers that can be used to publish applications to all clients. Publishing places the virtual application icons and shortcuts on the target computer. It can also stream applications to local users. For more information about how to install the management server, see [Planning for App-V Server deployment](appv-planning-for-appv-server-deployment.md). The full infrastructure model is recommended for the following scenarios:
-
- * When you want to use the Management Server to publish the application to target computers.
- * For rapid provisioning of applications to target computers.
- * When you want to use App-V reporting.
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->The App-V full infrastructure model requires Microsoft SQL Server to store configuration data. For more information, see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
-
-## End-to-end server sizing guidance
-
-The following section describes end-to-end App-V sizing and planning. For more specific information, refer to the subsequent sections.
-
->[!NOTE]
->Round trip response time on the client is the time taken by the computer running the App-V client to receive a successful notification from the publishing server. Round trip response time on the publishing server is the time taken by the computer running the publishing server to receive a successful package metadata update from the management server.
-
-* 20,000 clients can target a single publishing server to obtain the package refreshes in an acceptable round trip time (<3 seconds).
-* A single management server can support up to 50 publishing servers for package metadata refreshes in an acceptable round trip time (<5 seconds).
-
-## App-V Management Server capacity planning recommendations
-
-The App-V publishing servers require the management server for package refresh requests and package refresh responses. The management server then sends the information to the management database to retrieve information. For more information about App-V management server supported configurations, see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
-
->[!NOTE]
->The default refresh time on the App-V publishing server is ten minutes.
-
-When multiple simultaneous publishing servers contact a single management server for package metadata refreshes, the following three factors will influence the publishing server's round-trip response time:
-
-1. The number of publishing servers making simultaneous requests.
-2. The number of connection groups configured on the management server.
-3. The number of access groups configured on the management server.
-
-The following table describes each factor that impacts round-trip time in more detail.
-
->[!NOTE]
->Round trip response time is the time taken by the computer running the App-V publishing server to receive a successful package metadata update from the management server.
-
-|Factors impacting round-trip response time|Description|
-|------------------------------------------|-----------|
-|The number of publishing servers simultaneously requesting package metadata refreshes.|A single management server can respond to up to 320 publishing servers simultaneously requesting publishing metadata. For example, in a case with 30 publishing servers simultaneously requesting publishing metadata, the round-trip response time is about 40 seconds, while for less than 50 servers it's less than 5 seconds. From 50 to 320 publishing servers, response team increases linearly (approximately 2×).|
-|The number of connection groups configured on the management server.|For up to 100 connection groups, there's no significant change in the round-trip response time on the publishing server. For 100–400 connection groups, there's a minor linear increase in the round-trip response time.|
-|The number of access groups configured on the management server.|For up to 40 access groups, there's a linear (approximately 3×) increase in the round-trip response time on the publishing server.|
-
-The following table displays sample values for each of the previous factors. In each variation, 120 packages are refreshed from the App-V management server.
-
-|Scenario|Variation|Number of connection groups|Number of access groups|Number of publishing servers|Network connection type|Round-trip response time (seconds)|Management server CPU utilization|
-|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
-|Publishing servers contact management server for publishing metadata at same time|Number of publishing servers.|0
0
0
0
0
0|1
1
1
1
1
1|50
100
200
300
315
320|LAN|5
10
19
32
30
37|17
17
17
15
17
15|
-|Publishing metadata contains connection groups|Number of connection groups|10
20
100
150
300
400|1
1
1
1
1
1|100
100
100
100
100
100|LAN|10
11
11
16
22
25|17
19
22
19
20
20|
-|Publishing metadata contains access groups|Number of access groups|0
0
0
0|1
10
20
40|100
100
100
100|LAN|10
43
153
535|17
26
24
24|
-
-The CPU utilization of the computer running the management server is around 25% irrespective of the number of publishing servers targeting it. The Microsoft SQL Server database transactions/sec, batch requests/sec and user connections are identical irrespective of the number of publishing servers. For example, transactions/sec is approximately 30, batch requests approximately 200, and user connects approximately six.
-
-Through a geographically distributed deployment, where the management server and publishing servers utilize a slow link network between them, the round-trip response time on the publishing servers is within acceptable time limits (<5 seconds), even for 100 simultaneous requests on a single management server.
-
-|Scenario|Variation|Number of connection groups|Number of access groups|Number of publishing servers|Network connection type|Round-trip response time (seconds)|Management server CPU utilization (in %)|
-|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
-|Network connection between the publishing server and management server|1.5 Mbps Slow link Network|0
0|1
1|50
100|1.5 Mbps Cable DSL|4
5|1
2|
-|Network connection between the publishing server and management server|LAN/WiFi Network|0
0|1
1|100
200|WiFi|11
20|15
17|
-
-Whether the management server and publishing servers are connected over a slow link network, or a high speed network, the management server can handle approximately 15,000 package refresh requests in 30 minutes.
-
-## App-V Reporting Server capacity planning recommendations
-
-App-V clients send reporting data to the reporting server. The reporting server then records the information in the Microsoft SQL Server database and returns a successful notification back to the computer running App-V client. For more information about the App-V Reporting Server's supported configurations, see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
-
->[!NOTE]
->Round-trip response time is the time taken by the computer running the App-V client to send the reporting information to the reporting server and receive a successful notification from the reporting server.
-
-|Scenario|Summary|
-|---|---|
-|Multiple App-V clients send reporting information to the reporting server simultaneously.|Round-trip response time from the reporting server is 2.6 seconds for 500 clients. Round-trip response time from the reporting server is 5.65 seconds for 1000 clients. Round-trip response time increases linearly depending on number of clients.|
-|Requests per second processed by the reporting server.|A single reporting server and a single database can process a maximum of 139 requests per second. The average is 121 requests/second. With the help of two reporting servers that report to the same Microsoft SQL Server database, the average requests/second, like a single reporting server, is about 127, with a max of 278 requests/second. A single reporting server can process 500 concurrent/active connections. A single reporting server can process a maximum 1,500 concurrent connections.|
-|Reporting database.|Lock contention on the computer running Microsoft SQL Server is the limiting factor for requests/second. Throughput and response time are independent of database size.|
-
-### Calculating random delay
-
-The random delay specifies the maximum delay (in minutes) for data to be sent to the reporting server. When the scheduled task is started, the client generates a random delay between **0** and **ReportingRandomDelay** and will wait the specified duration before sending data.
-
-*Random delay = 4 × number of clients/average requests per second*.
-
-Example: Random delay for 500 clients with 120 requests per second is *4 × 500/120 = about 17 minutes*.
-
-## App-V publishing server capacity planning recommendations
-
-Computers running the App-V client connect to the App-V publishing server to send a publishing refresh request and receive a response. Round trip response time is measured on the computer running the App-V client, while processor time is measured on the publishing server. For more information about App-V Publishing Server supported configurations, see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The following list displays the main factors to consider when setting up the App-V publishing server:
-> * The number of clients connecting simultaneously to a single publishing server.
-> * The number of packages in each refresh.
-> * The available network bandwidth in your environment between the client and the App-V publishing server.
-
-|Scenario|Summary|
-|---|---|
-|Multiple App-V clients connect to a single publishing server simultaneously.|A publishing server running dual core processors can respond to at most 5000 clients requesting a refresh simultaneously. For 5,000–10,000 clients, the publishing server requires a minimum quad core. For 10,000–20,000 clients, the publishing server should have dual quad cores for more efficient response times. A publishing server with a quad core can refresh up to 10,000 packages within three seconds. (Supports 10,000 simultaneous clients.)|
-|Number of packages in each refresh.|Increasing number of packages will increase response time by about 40% (up to 1,000 packages).|
-|Network between the App-V client and the publishing server.|Across a slow network (1.5-Mbps bandwidth), there's a 97% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 1,000 users).|
-
->[!NOTE]
->The publishing server CPU usage is always high during the time interval when it must process simultaneous requests (>90% in most cases). The publishing server can handle about 1,500 client requests in one second.
-
-|Scenario|Variation|Number of App-V clients|Number of packages|Processor configuration on publishing server|Network connection type|App-V client round-trip time (in seconds)|Publishing server CPU utilization (in %)|
-|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
-|App-V client sends publishing refresh request and receives response, each request containing 120 packages|Number of clients|100
1,000
5,000
10,000|120
120
120
120|Dual Core
Dual Core
Quad Core
Quad Core|LAN|1
2
2
3|100
99
89
77|
-|Multiple packages in each refresh.|Number of packages|1,000
1,000|500
1,000|Quad Core|LAN|2
3|92
91|
-|Network between client and publishing server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network|100
500
1,000|120
120
120|Quad Core|1.5-Mbps intra-continental network|3
10 (0.2% failure rate)
7 (1% failure rate)||
-
-## App-V streaming capacity planning recommendations
-
-Computers running the App-V client stream the virtual application package from the streaming server. Round trip response time is measured on the computer running the App-V client, and is the time taken to stream the entire package.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The following list identifies the main factors to consider when setting up the App-V streaming server:
-> * The number of clients streaming application packages simultaneously from a single streaming server.
-> * The size of the package being streamed.
-> * The available network bandwidth in your environment between the client and the streaming server.
-
-|Scenario|Summary|
-|---|---|
-|Multiple App-V clients stream applications from a single streaming server simultaneously.|If the number of clients simultaneously streaming from the same server increases, there's a linear relationship with the package download/streaming time.|
-|Size of the package being streamed.|The package size has a significant impact on the streaming/download time only for larger packages with a size of about 1 GB. For package sizes ranging from 3 MB to 100 MB, the streaming time ranges from 20 seconds to 100 seconds, with 100 simultaneous clients.|
-|Network between the App-V client and the streaming server.|Across a slow network (1.5-Mbps bandwidth), there's a 70–80% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 100 users).|
-
-The following table displays sample values for each of the factors in the previous list:
-
-|Scenario|Variation|Number of App-V clients|Size of each package|Network connection type|Round-trip time on the App-V client (in seconds)|
-|---|---|---|---|---|---|
-|Multiple App-V clients streaming virtual application packages from a streaming server.|Number of clients.|100
200
1,000
100
200
1,000|3.5 MB
3.5 MB
3.5 MB
5 MB
5 MB
5 MB|LAN|29
39
391
35
68
461|
-|Size of each package being streamed.|Size of each package.|100
200
100
200|21 MB
21 MB
109 MB
109 MB|LAN|33
83
100
160|
-|Network connection between client and App-V streaming server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network.|100
100|3.5 MB
5 MB|1.5-Mbps intra-continental network|102
121|
-
-Each App-V streaming server should be able to handle a minimum of 200 clients concurrently streaming virtualized applications.
-
->[!NOTE]
->The actual time to it will take to stream is determined primarily by the number of clients streaming simultaneously, number of packages, package size, the server’s network activity, and network conditions.
-
-For example, an average user can stream a 100-MB package in less than 2 minutes, when 100 simultaneous clients are streaming from the server. However, a package of size 1 GB could take up to 30 minutes. In most real-world environments, streaming demand isn't uniformly distributed, you'll need to understand the approximate peak streaming requirements present in your environment to properly size the number of required streaming servers.
-
-The number of clients a streaming server can support can be increased and the peak streaming requirements reduced if you pre-cache your applications. You can also increase the number of clients a streaming server can support by using on-demand streaming delivery and stream optimized packages.
-
-## Combining App-V server roles
-
-Discounting scaling and fault-tolerance requirements, the minimum number of servers that a location with Active Directory connectivity needs to function is 1. This server will host the management server, management server service, and Microsoft SQL Server roles. This coverage means that you can arrange server roles in any combination you like, as they don't conflict with one another.
-
-Notwithstanding scaling requirements, the minimum number of servers that a fault-tolerant implementation needs to function is four. The management server and Microsoft SQL Server roles support placement in fault-tolerant configurations. The management server service can be combined with any of the roles, but remains a single point of failure.
-
-Although there are many fault-tolerance strategies and technologies you can use, not all are applicable to a given service. Additionally, if App-V roles are combined, the resulting incompatibilities could cause certain fault-tolerance options to stop working.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md)
-* [Planning for high availability with App-V](appv-planning-for-high-availability-with-appv.md)
-* [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d87457a13f..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
----
-title: About Client Configuration Settings (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn about the App-V client configuration settings and how to use Windows PowerShell to modify the client configuration settings.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# About Client Configuration Settings
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-The Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) client stores its configuration in the registry. Understanding how the register's format for data works can help you better understand the client, as you can configure many client actions by changing registry entries. This topic lists the App-V client configuration settings and explains their uses. You can use Windows PowerShell to modify the client configuration settings. For more information about using Windows PowerShell and App-V, see [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md).
-
-You can use Group Policy to configure App-V client settings by navigating to the **Group Policy management console** at **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V**.
-
-## App-V Client Configuration Settings: Windows PowerShell
-
-The following table provides information about App-V client configuration settings that can be configured through Windows PowerShell cmdlets:
-
-
-| Windows PowerShell cmdlet or cmdlets,
**Option**
Type | Description | Disabled policy state keys and values |
-|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------|
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-PackageInstallationRoot**
String | Specifies directory where all new applications and updates will be installed. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-PackageSourceRoot**
String | Overrides source location for downloading package content. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-AllowHighCostLaunch**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | This setting controls whether virtualized applications are launched on Windows client machines connected by a metered network connection (for example, 4G). | 0 |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReestablishmentRetries**
Integer (0–99) | Specifies the number of times to retry a dropped session. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReestablishmentInterval**
Integer (0–3600) | Specifies the number of seconds between attempts to reestablish a dropped session. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-LocationProvider**
String | Specifies the CLSID for a compatible implementation of the IAppvPackageLocationProvider interface. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-CertFilterForClientSsl**
String | Specifies the path to a valid certificate in the certificate store. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-VerifyCertificateRevocationList**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Verifies Server certificate revocation status before streaming with HTTPS. | 0 |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-SharedContentStoreMode**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Specifies that streamed package contents will not be saved to the local hard disk. | 0 |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-Name**
String | Displays the name of publishing server. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-URL**
String | Displays the URL of publishing server. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-GlobalRefreshEnabled**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean) | False |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-GlobalRefreshOnLogon**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Triggers a global publishing refresh on sign in. (Boolean) | False |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-GlobalRefreshInterval**
Integer (0–744) | Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, specify 0. | 0 |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit**
0 for hour, 1 for day | Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0–23, Day 0–31). | 1 |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-UserRefreshEnabled**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean) | False |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-UserRefreshOnLogon**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Triggers a user publishing refresh on sign in. (Boolean) Word count (with spaces): 60 | False |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-UserRefreshInterval**
Word count (with spaces): 85
Integer (0–744 Hours) | Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0. | 0 |
-| Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-UserRefreshIntervalUnit**
0 for hour, 1 for day | Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0–23, Day 0–31). | 1 |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-MigrationMode**
True (enabled state); False (Disabled state) | Migration mode allows the App-V client to modify shortcuts and FTAs for packages created by a previous version of App-V. | |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-EnablePackageScripts**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Enables scripts defined in the package manifest of configuration files that should run. | |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration
**-RoamingFileExclusions**
String | Specifies the file paths relative to %userprofile% that don't roam with a user's profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGFILEEXCLUSIONS='desktop;my pictures'``` | |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-RoamingRegistryExclusions**
String | Specifies the registry paths that don't roam with a user profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGREGISTRYEXCLUSIONS=software\\classes;software\\clients``` | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-IntegrationRootUser**
String | Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a per-user published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links won't be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%localappdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-IntegrationRootGlobal**
String | Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a globally published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links won't be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%allusersprofile%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-VirtualizableExtensions**
String | A comma-delineated list of file name extensions that can be used to determine if a locally installed application can be run in the virtual environment. When shortcuts, FTAs, and other extension points are created during publishing, App-V will compare the file name extension to the list if the application associated with the extension point is locally installed. If the extension is located, the **RunVirtual** command-line parameter will be added, and the application will run virtually. For more information about the **RunVirtual** parameter, see [Running a locally installed application inside a virtual environment with virtualized applications](appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md). | Policy value not written |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingEnabled**
True (enabled); False (Disabled state) | Returns information to a reporting server. | False |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingServerURL**
String | Specifies the location on the reporting server where client information is saved. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingDataCacheLimit**
Integer \[0–1024\] | Specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over. Set between 0 and 1024. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingDataBlockSize**
Integer \[1024 - Unlimited\] | Specifies the maximum size in bytes to transmit to the server for reporting upload requests. This limit can help avoid permanent transmission failures when the log has reached a significant size. Set between 1024 and unlimited. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingStartTime**
Integer (0–23) | Specifies the time to initiate the client to send data to the reporting server. You must specify a valid integer between 0–23 corresponding to the hour of the day. By default the **ReportingStartTime** will start on the current day at 10 P.M.or 22.
**Note** You should configure this setting to a time when computers running the App-V client are least likely to be offline. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingInterval**
Integer | Specifies the retry interval that the client will use to resend data to the reporting server. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ReportingRandomDelay**
Integer \[0 - ReportingRandomDelay\] | Specifies the maximum delay (in minutes) for data to be sent to the reporting server. When the scheduled task is started, the client generates a random delay between 0 and **ReportingRandomDelay** and will wait the specified duration before sending data. This method can help to prevent collisions on the server. | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
-EnableDynamicVirtualization
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | Enables supported Shell Extensions, Browser Helper Objects, and Active X controls to be virtualized and run with virtual applications. | |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-EnablePublishingRefreshUI**
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | Enables the publishing refresh progress bar for the computer running the App-V Client. | |
-| Sync-AppvPublishingServer
**-HidePublishingRefreshUI**
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | Hides the publishing refresh progress bar. | |
-| Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
Set-AppvPublishingServer
**-ProcessesUsingVirtualComponents**
String | Specifies a list of process paths (that may contain wildcards) that are candidates for using dynamic virtualization (such as supported shell extensions, browser helper objects, and ActiveX controls). Only processes whose full path matches one of these items can use dynamic virtualization. | Empty string. |
-
-## App-V client configuration settings: registry keys
-
-The following table provides information about App-V client configuration settings that can be configured through the registry:
-
-
-| **Setting name**
Type | Registry key value | Disabled policy state keys and values |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------|
-| **PackageInstallationRoot**
String | Streaming\\PackageInstallationRoot | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **PackageSourceRoot**
String | Streaming\\PackageSourceRoot | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **AllowHighCostLaunch**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Streaming\\AllowHighCostLaunch | 0 |
-| **ReestablishmentRetries**
Integer (0–99) | Streaming\\ReestablishmentRetries | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReestablishmentInterval**
Integer (0–3600) | Streaming\\ReestablishmentInterval | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **LocationProvider**
String | Streaming\\LocationProvider | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **CertFilterForClientSsl**
String | Streaming\\CertFilterForClientSsl | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **VerifyCertificateRevocationList**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Streaming\\VerifyCertificateRevocationList | 0 |
-| **SharedContentStoreMode**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Streaming\\SharedContentStoreMode | 0 |
-| **Name**
String | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\FriendlyName | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **URL**
String | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\URL | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **GlobalRefreshEnabled**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\GlobalEnabled | False |
-| **GlobalRefreshOnLogon**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\GlobalLogonRefresh | False |
-| **GlobalRefreshInterval**
Integer (0–744) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\GlobalPeriodicRefreshInterval | 0 |
-| **GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit**
0 for hour, 1 for day | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\GlobalPeriodicRefreshIntervalUnit | 1 |
-| **UserRefreshEnabled**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\UserEnabled | False |
-| **UserRefreshOnLogon**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\UserLogonRefresh | False |
-| **UserRefreshInterval**
Word count (with spaces): 85; Integer (0–744 Hours) | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\UserPeriodicRefreshInterval | 0 |
-| **UserRefreshIntervalUnit**
0 for hour, 1 for day | Publishing\\Servers{serverId}\\UserPeriodicRefreshIntervalUnit | 1 |
-| **MigrationMode**
True(Enabled state); False (Disabled state) | Coexistence\\MigrationMode | |
-| **EnablePackageScripts**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | \\Scripting\\EnablePackageScripts | |
-| **RoamingFileExclusions**
String | | |
-| **RoamingRegistryExclusions**
String | Integration\\RoamingRegistryExclusions | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **IntegrationRootUser**
String | Integration\\IntegrationRootUser | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **IntegrationRootGlobal**
String | Integration\\IntegrationRootGlobal | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **VirtualizableExtensions**
String | Integration\\VirtualizableExtensions | Policy value not written |
-| **ReportingEnabled**
True (Enabled); False (Disabled state) | Reporting\\EnableReporting | False |
-| **ReportingServerURL**
String | Reporting\\ReportingServer | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReportingDataCacheLimit**
Integer \[0–1024\] | Reporting\\DataCacheLimit | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReportingDataBlockSize**
Integer \[1024–Unlimited\] | Reporting\\DataBlockSize | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReportingStartTime**
Integer (0–23) | Reporting\\ StartTime | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReportingInterval**
Integer | Reporting\\RetryInterval | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| **ReportingRandomDelay**
Integer \[0 - ReportingRandomDelay\] | Reporting\\RandomDelay | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-| EnableDynamicVirtualization
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Virtualization | |
-| **EnablePublishingRefreshUI**
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Publishing | |
-| **HidePublishingRefreshUI**
1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled) | | |
-| **ProcessesUsingVirtualComponents**
String | Virtualization\\ProcessesUsingVirtualComponents | Empty string. |
-
-## Related topics
-
-* [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ab350e2a83..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to configure access to packages by using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to configure access to packages by using the App-V Management Console.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# How to configure access to packages by using the Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Before you deploy an App-V virtualized package, you must configure the Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) security groups that will be allowed to access and run the applications. The security groups may contain computers or users. Entitling a package to a computer group publishes the package globally to all computers in the group.
-
-Use the following procedure to configure access to virtualized packages.
-
-## Grant access to an App-V package
-
-1. Find the package you want to configure:
-
- 1. Open the App-V Management console.
-
- 1. Right-click the package to be configured, then select **Edit active directory access** to display the **AD Access** page. Alternatively, select the package and select **Edit** in the **AD Access** pane.
-
-2. Provision a security group for the package:
-
- 1. Go to the **Find valid Active Directory names and grant access** page.
-
- 1. Using the format **mydomain** \\ **groupname**, enter the name or part of the name of an Active Directory group object, then select **Check**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > Ensure that you provide an associated domain name for the group that you are searching for.
-
-3. Grant access to the package by first selecting the desired group, then selecting **Grant Access**. The newly added group is displayed in the **AD entities with access** pane.
-
-4. Select **Close** to accept the default configuration settings and close the AD Access page.
-
- To customize configurations for a specific group, select the **Assigned configurations** drop-down menu, then select **Custom**. To make changes to your custom configurations, select **Edit**. After you grant access, select **Close**.
-
-## Remove access to an App-V package
-
-1. Find the package you want to configure:
-
- 1. Open the App-V Management console.
-
- 1. To display the **AD Access** page, right-click the package to be configured, then select **Edit active directory access**. Alternatively, select the package, then select **Edit** in the **AD Access** pane.
-
-2. Select the group you want to remove, then select **Delete**.
-
-3. Select **Close**.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e7f90b5a1..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to make a connection group ignore the package version (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to make a connection group ignore the package version with the App-V Server Management Console.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-# How to make a connection group ignore the package version
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-You can use Application Virtualization (App-V) to configure a connection group to use any version of a package, simplifying package upgrades and reducing the number of connection groups you need to create.
-
-You can also configure a connection group to accept any version of a package, so that you can upgrade the package without having to disable the connection group.
-
-- If the connection group has access to multiple versions of a package, App-V will use the latest version.
-
-- If the connection group contains an optional package with an incorrect version, App-V ignores the package and won't block the connection group's virtual environment from being created.
-
-- If the connection group contains a non-optional package that has an incorrect version, App-V won't be able to create the connection group's virtual environment.
-
-## Make a connection group ignore the package version with the App-V Server Management Console
-
-1. In the Management Console, select **Connection Groups**.
-
-2. Select the correct connection group from the Connection Groups library.
-
-3. Select **Edit** in the Connected Packages pane.
-
-4. Select the **Use Any Version** check box next to the package name, then select **Apply**.
-
-For more about adding or upgrading packages, see [How to add or upgrade packages by using the Management Console](appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md).
-
-## Make a connection group ignore the package version from the App-V client on a stand-alone computer
-
-1. Create the connection group XML document.
-
-2. Set the **Package** tag attribute **VersionID** to an asterisk (*) to upgrade the package.
-
-3. Enter the following cmdlet (including the path to the connection group XML document) to add the connection group:
-
- ```PowerShell
- Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup
- ```
-
- For more information about how to use the **Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup** cmdlet, see [**Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientconnectiongroup).
-
-4. When you upgrade a package, use the following cmdlets to remove the old package, add the upgraded package, and publish the upgraded package:
-
- - [**Remove-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/remove-appvclientpackage)
- - [**Add-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientpackage)
- - [**Publish-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/publish-appvclientpackage)
-
-For more information, see [How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone computer by using Windows PowerShell](appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md).
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Managing connection groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 687c339a07..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/25/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-The App-V publishing server's single-point management and high scalability lets you deploy packages and connection groups and keep them up to date.
-
-This article will tell you how to configure the App-V client to receive updates from the publishing server.
-
->[!NOTE]
->The following example has the management server installed on a computer named **MyMgmtSrv**, and the publishing server installed on a computer named **MyPubSrv**. If the computers you'll be configuring the App-V client on have different names, you should replace the example's names with your computer's names.
-
-## Configure the App-V client to receive updates from the publishing server
-
-1. Deploy the App-V management and publishing servers, and add the required packages and connection groups. For more information about adding packages and connection groups, see [How to add or upgrade packages by using the Management Console](appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md) and [How to create a connection group](appv-create-a-connection-group.md).
-2. To open the management console, open a web browser and enter the following URL: `https://MyMgmtSrv/AppvManagement/Console.html`. Import, publish, and entitle all packages and connection groups that your users will need.
-3. On the computer running the App-V client, open an elevated Windows PowerShell command prompt, and run the following command:
-
- ```PowerShell
- Add-AppvPublishingServer -Name ABC -URL https://MyPubSrv/AppvPublishing
- ```
-
- This command will configure the specified publishing server. You should see output similar to the following:
-
- ```PowerShell
- Id : 1
- SetByGroupPolicy : False
- Name : ABC
- URL : https://MyPubSrv/AppvPublishing
- GlobalRefreshEnabled : False
- GlobalRefreshOnLogon : False
- GlobalRefreshInterval : 0
- GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit : Day
- UserRefreshEnabled : True
- UserRefreshOnLogon : True
- UserRefreshInterval : 0
- UserRefreshIntervalUnit : Day
- ```
-
-4. On the computer running the App-V client, open a Windows PowerShell command prompt and enter the following cmdlet:
-
- ```PowerShell
- Sync-AppvPublishingServer -ServerId 1
- ```
-
- This cmdlet will query the publishing server for which packages and connection groups need to be added or removed for this particular client based on your configured entitlements for the packages and connection groups on the management server.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related article
-
-* [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 95ec5914c4..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to connect to the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: In this article, learn the procedure for connecting to the App-V Management Console through your web browser.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/25/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to connect to the Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following procedure to connect to the App-V Management Console.
-
-## Connect to the App-V Management Console
-
-1. Open your web browser and enter the address for the App-V Management server. For example, **https://\<_management server name_\>:\<_management service port number_\>/console.html**.
-
-2. To view different sections of the console, select your desired section in the navigation pane.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index df85debbf2..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
----
-title: About the connection group file (Windows 10/11)
-description: A summary of what the connection group file is and how to configure it.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 06/25/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# About the connection group file
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-## Connection group file overview
-
-### What is a connection group?
-
-A connection group is an App-V feature that can group packages together to create a virtual environment where applications within that package group can interact with each other.
-
-For example, let's say you want to use plug-ins with Microsoft Office. You can create one package that contains the plug-ins and another package that contains Office, and then add both packages to the same connection group to enable Office to use those plug-ins.
-
-### How a connection group file works
-
-When you apply an App-V connection group file, all packages specified in the file will be combined at runtime into a single virtual environment. Use the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) connection group file to configure existing App-V connection groups.
-
-An example file path for a package file would be %APPDATA%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\PackageGroups\{6CCC7575-162E-4152-9407-ED411DA138F4}\{4D1E16E1-8EF8-41ED-92D5-8910A8527F96}.
-
-## Structure of the connection group XML file
-
-This section will tell you more about the components of the connection group XML file.
-
-### Parameters that define the connection group
-
-The following table describes the parameters in the XML file that define the connection group itself, not the packages.
-
-|Field|Description|
-|-----|-----------|
-|Schema name|Name of the schema.If you want to use the “optional packages” and “use any version” features described in this table, you must specify the following schema in the XML file:`xmlns="https://schemas.microsoft.com/appv/2014/virtualapplicationconnectiongroup"`|
-|AppConnectionGroupId|Unique GUID identifier for this connection group. The connection group state is associated with this identifier. Specify this identifier only when you create the connection group.You can create a new GUID by entering **[Guid]::NewGuid()**.|
-|VersionId|Version GUID identifier for this version of the connection group.When you update a connection group (for example, by adding or updating a new package), you must update the version GUID to reflect the new version.|
-|DisplayName|Display name of the connection group.|
-|Priority|Optional priority field for the connection group.A value of **0** indicates the highest priority.If a priority is required but has not been configured, the package will fail because it can't determine the correct connection group to use.|
-
-### Parameters that define the packages in the connection group
-
-In the **<Packages>** section of the connection group XML file, you list the member packages in the connection group by specifying each package’s unique package identifier and version identifier, as described in the following table. The first package in the list has the highest precedence.
-
-|Field|Description|
-|---|---|
-|PackageId|Unique GUID identifier for this package. This GUID doesn’t change when newer versions of the package are published.|
-|VersionId|Unique GUID identifier for the version of the package. If you specify “*” for the package version, the GUID of the latest available package version is dynamically inserted.|
-|IsOptional|Parameter that enables you to make a package optional within the connection group. Valid entries are:- “**true**”—package is optional in the connection group- “**false**”—package is required in the connection group|
-
-### App-V example connection group XML file
-
-The following example connection group XML file shows examples of the fields listed in the previous tables.
-
-```XML
-
-
Use the format **INSTANCENAME**. The assumed installation location is the local computer.
Not supported: A server name using the format **ServerName**\\**INSTANCE**.|
- | You are using a custom database name. | Select **Custom configuration** and type the database name.
The database name must be unique, or the installation will fail.|
-
-8. On the **Configure** page, accept the default value, **Use this local computer**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you're installing the Management server and Management database side-by-side, the appropriate options are selected by default and cannot be changed.
-
-9. On the initial **Create New Reporting Database** page, configure the **Microsoft SQL Server instance** and **Reporting Server database** by selecting the appropriate option below.
-
- | Method | What you need to do |
- |---|---|
- | You are using a custom Microsoft SQL Server instance. | Select **Use the custom instance**, and type the name of the instance.
Use the format **INSTANCENAME**. The assumed installation location is the local computer.
Not supported: A server name using the format **ServerName**\\**INSTANCE**.|
- | You are using a custom database name. | Select **Custom configuration** and type the database name.
The database name must be unique, or the installation will fail.|
-
-10. On the **Configure** page, accept the default value: **Use this local computer**.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- > If you're installing the Management server and Management database side-by-side, the appropriate options are selected by default and cannot be changed.
-
-11. On the **Configure** (Management Server Configuration) page, specify the following:
-
- | Item to configure | Description and examples |
- |---|---|
- | Specify AD group | Specify the AD group with sufficient permissions to manage the App-V environment. Example: MyDomain\MyUser
After installation, you can add users or groups on the management console. However, global security groups and Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) distribution groups are not supported. You must use Domain local or Universal groups to perform this action.|
- |Website name | Specify the custom name that will be used to run the publishing service.
If you do not have a custom name, you don't have to change it.|
- |Port binding | Specify a unique port number that will be used by App-V. Example: **12345**
Ensure that the port specified is not being used by another website. |
-
-12. On the **Configure Publishing Server Configuration** page, specify the following:
-
- | Item to configure | Description and examples |
- |---|---|
- | Specify the management service URL | Example: http://localhost:12345 |
- | Website name | Specify the custom website name that will be used to run the publishing service.
If you do not have a custom name, do not make any changes. |
- | Port binding | Specify a unique port number that will be used by App-V. Example: 54321
Ensure that the port specified is not being used by another website. |
-
-13. On the **Reporting Server** page, specify the following:
-
- | Item to configure | Description and examples |
- |---|---|
- | Website name | Specify the custom name that will be used to run the Reporting Service.
If you do not have a custom name, do not make any changes. |
- | Port binding | Specify a unique port number that will be used by App-V. Example: 55555
Ensure that the port specified is not being used by another website.|
-
-14. To start the installation, click **Install** on the **Ready** page, and then click **Close** on the **Finished** page.
-
-15. To verify that the setup completed successfully, open a web browser, and type the following URL with the bracketed variables adjusted according to your specifications in the earlier steps:
-
- `http://
- Package Accelerator
- Office Deployment Kit|
-|Supported licensing|Volume Licensing|
-|Supported deployments|- Desktop
- Personal VDI
- RDS|
-
-## Creating Office 2010 App-V using the sequencer
-
-Sequencing Office 2010 is one of the main methods for creating an Office 2010 package on App-V. For more information, see [How to Sequence a New Application with App-V 5.0](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/appv-v5/how-to-sequence-a-new-application-with-app-v-50-beta-gb18030).
-
-## Deploying the Microsoft Office package for App-V
-
-You can deploy Office 2010 packages by using any of the following App-V deployment methods:
-
-* Microsoft Configuration Manager
-* App-V server
-* Stand-alone through Windows PowerShell commands
-
-## Office App-V package management and customization
-
-Office 2010 packages can be managed like any other App-V packages through known package management mechanisms. No special instructions are needed, for example, to add, publish, unpublish, or remove Office packages.
-
-## Microsoft Office integration with Windows
-
-The following table provides a full list of supported integration points for Office 2010.
-
-(POPULATE THE THIRD COLUMN)
-
-|Extension Point|Description|Office 2010|
-|---|---|---|
-|Lync meeting Join Plug-in for Firefox and Chrome|User can join Lync meetings from Firefox and Chrome||
-|Sent to OneNote Print Driver|User can print to OneNote|Yes|
-|OneNote Linked Notes|OneNote Linked Notes||
-|Send to OneNote Internet Explorer Add-In|User can send to OneNote from IE||
-|Firewall Exception for Lync and Outlook|Firewall Exception for Lync and Outlook||
-|MAPI Client|Native apps and add-ins can interact with virtual Outlook through MAPI||
-|SharePoint Plugin for Firefox|User can use SharePoint features in Firefox||
-|Mail Control Panel Applet|User gets the mail control panel applet in Outlook|Yes|
-|Primary Interop Assemblies|Support managed add-ins||
-|Office Document Cache Handler|Allows Document Cache for Office applications||
-|Outlook Protocol Search handler|User can search in Outlook|Yes|
-|Active X Controls:
- Groove.SiteClient
- PortalConnect.PersonalSite
- SharePoint.openDocuments
- SharePoint.ExportDatabase
- SharePoint.SpreadSheetLauncher
- SharePoint.StssyncHander
- SharePoint.DragUploadCtl
- SharePoint.DragDownloadCtl
- Sharpoint.OpenXMLDocuments
- Sharepoint.ClipboardCtl
- WinProj.Activator
- Name.NameCtrl
- STSUPld.CopyCtl
- CommunicatorMeetingJoinAx.JoinManager
- LISTNET.Listnet
- OneDrive Pro Browser Helper|Active X Control.
For more information about ActiveX controls, see the [ActiveX Control API Reference](/previous-versions/office/developer/sharepoint-2010/ms440037(v=office.14)).||
-|OneDrive Pro Icon Overlays|Windows explorer shell icon overlays when users look at folders OneDrive Pro folders||
-
-### Connection Groups
-
-* [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
-
-### Dynamic Configuration
-
-* [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cb31fa36f..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,430 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by Using App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2013 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by Using App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the information in this article to use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2013 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization. For information about using App-V to deliver Office 2010, see [Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by Using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md). To successfully deploy Office 2013 with App-V, you need to be familiar with Office 2013 and App-V.
-
-## What to know before you start
-
-Before you deploy Office 2013 with App-V, review the following planning information.
-
-### Supported Office versions and Office coexistence
-
-The following table will direct you to more information about which versions of Office App-V supports and how to run App-V with coexisting versions of Office.
-
-|Information to review|Description|
-|---|---|
-|[Supported versions of Microsoft Office](appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md#supported-versions-of-microsoft-office)|- Supported versions of Office
- Supported deployment types like desktop, personal Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI), and pooled VDI
- Office licensing options.|
-|[Planning for using App-V with coexisting versions of Office](appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md#before-you-implement-office-coexistence)|Considerations for installing different versions of Office on the same computer.|
-
-### Packaging, publishing, and deployment requirements
-
-Before you deploy Office with App-V, review the following requirements.
-
-|Task|Requirement|
-|---|---|
-|Packaging|All Office applications you wish to deploy to users must be in a single package.
In App-V and later, you must use the Office Deployment Tool to create packages. The Sequencer doesn't support package creation.
If you're deploying Microsoft Visio 2013 and Microsoft Project 2013 along with Office, you must include them in the same package with Office. For more information, see [Deploying Visio 2013 and Project 2013 with Office](#deploying-visio-2013-and-project-2013-with-office).|
-|Publishing|You can only publish one Office package per client computer.
You must publish the Office package globally, not to the user.|
-|Deploying Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise, Visio Pro for Office 365, or Project Pro for Office 365 to a shared computer using Remote Desktop Services.|You must enable [shared computer activation](/DeployOffice/overview-of-shared-computer-activation-for-office-365-proplus).
You don’t need to use shared computer activation if you’re deploying a volume licensed product, such as Office Professional Plus 2013, Visio Professional 2013, or Project Professional 2013.|
-
-### Excluding Office applications from a package
-
-The following table describes the recommended methods for excluding specific Office applications from a package.
-
-|Task|Details|
-|---|---|
-|Use the **ExcludeApp** setting when you create the package by using the Office Deployment Tool.|Enables you to exclude specific Office applications from the package when the Office Deployment Tool creates the package. For example, you can use this setting to create a package that contains only Microsoft Word.
For more information, see [ExcludeApp element](/DeployOffice/configuration-options-for-the-office-2016-deployment-tool?ad=US&rs=en-US&ui=en-US#excludeapp-element).|
-|Modify the **DeploymentConfig.xml** file|Modify the **DeploymentConfig.xml** file after creating the package. This file contains the default package settings for all users on a computer running the App-V Client.
For more information, see [Disabling Office 2013 applications](#disabling-office-2013-applications).|
-
-## Creating an Office 2013 package for App-V with the Office Deployment Tool
-
-Complete the following steps to create an Office 2013 package for App-V or later.
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->In App-V and later, you must the Office Deployment Tool to create a package. You cannot use the Sequencer to create packages.
-
-### Review prerequisites for using the Office Deployment Tool
-
-Before you start, ensure that the computer on which you're installing the Office Deployment Tool has the following prerequisites fulfilled:
-
-|Prerequisite|Description|
-|---|---|
-|Prerequisite software|.NET Framework 4|
-|Supported operating systems|64-bit version of Windows 8 or later
64-bit version of Windows 7|
-
->[!NOTE]
->In this topic, the term “Office 2013 App-V package” refers to subscription licensing and volume licensing.
-
-### Create Office 2013 App-V packages using Office Deployment Tool
-
-You create Office 2013 App-V packages with the Office Deployment Tool. The following instructions explain how to create an Office 2013 App-V package with Volume Licensing or Subscription Licensing.
-
-Create Office 2013 App-V packages on 64-bit Windows computers. Once created, the Office 2013 App-V package will run on 32-bit and 64-bit Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10/11 computers.
-
-### Download the Office Deployment Tool
-
-Office 2013 App-V Packages are created using the Office Deployment Tool, which generates an Office 2013 App-V Package. The App-V sequencer can't create or modify packages. To create a package:
-
-1. Download the [Office 2013 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=36778).
-2. Run the .exe file and extract its features into the desired location. To make this process easier, you can create a shared network folder where the features will be saved.
-
- Example: \\\\Server\\Office2013
-3. Check that a **setup.exe** and a **configuration.xml** file exist and are in the location you specified.
-
-### Download Office 2013 applications
-
-After you download the Office Deployment Tool, you can use it to get the latest Office 2013 applications. You can create the Office 2013 App-V package after getting all the Office applications.
-
-The XML file included in the Office Deployment Tool specifies the product details, such as the languages and Office applications included.
-
-1. **Customize the sample XML configuration file:** Use the sample XML configuration file that you downloaded with the Office Deployment Tool to customize the Office applications:
-
- 1. Open the sample XML file in Notepad or your favorite text editor.
-
- 2. With the sample configuration.xml file open and ready for editing, you can specify products, languages, and the path to which you save the Office 2013 applications. The following example denotes a configuration.xml file:
-
- ```XML
-
Specifies the products and languages to include in the package.|N/A|
-|OfficeClientEdition (attribute of Add element):
Specifies the edition of Office 2013 product to use: 32-bit or 64-bit. The operation fails if **OfficeClientEdition** isn't set to a valid value.|```OfficeClientEdition="32"```
```OfficeClientEdition="64"```|
-|Product element:
Specifies the application. Project 2013 and Visio 2013 must be specified here as an added product to be included in the applications.|```Product ID="O365ProPlusRetail"```
```Product ID="VisioProRetail"```
```Product ID="ProjectProRetail"```
```Product ID="ProPlusVolume"```
```Product ID="ProjectProVolume"```|
-|Language element:
Specifies the language supported in the applications.|```Language ID="en-us"```|
-|Version (attribute of Add element):
Optional. Specifies a build to use for the package. Defaults to latest advertised build (as defined in v32.CAB at the Office source).|```15.1.2.3```|
-|SourcePath (attribute of Add element):
Specifies the location where the applications will be saved to.|```Sourcepath="\Server\Office2013”```|
-
-### Convert the Office applications into an App-V package
-
-After you download the Office 2013 applications through the Office Deployment Tool, use the Office Deployment Tool to convert them into an Office 2013 App-V package. You'll need to make sure to have the right procedure depending on your licensing model.
-
-#### What you'll need to do
-
-* Create the Office 2013 App-V packages on 64-bit Windows computers. However, the package will run on 32-bit and 64-bit Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10/11 computers.
-* Create an Office App-V package for either the Subscription Licensing package or Volume Licensing by using the Office Deployment Tool, then modify the **Customconfig.xml** configuration file.
-
- The following table summarizes the values you need to enter in the **Customconfig.xml** file for the licensing model you’re using. The steps in the sections that follow the table will specify the exact entries you need to make.
-
-|Product ID|Volume Licensing|Subscription Licensing|
-|---|---|---|
-|Office 2013|ProPlusVolume|O365ProPlusRetail|
-|Office 2013 with Visio 2013|ProPlusVolume
VisioProVolume|O365ProPlusRetail
VisioProRetail|
-|Office 2013 with Visio 2013 and Project 2013|ProPlusVolume
VisioProVolume
ProjectProVolume|O365ProPlusRetail
VisioProRetail
ProjectProRetail|
-
-#### How to convert the Office applications into an App-V package
-
-1. In Notepad, reopen the CustomConfig.xml file, and make the following changes to the file:
-
- * **SourcePath**: Point to the Office applications downloaded earlier.
- * **ProductID**: Specify the type of licensing, as shown in the following examples:
- * Subscription Licensing:
- ```XML
-
- * **WorkingDir**
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >To troubleshoot any issues, see the log files in the %temp% directory (default).
-3. Verify that the Office 2013 App-V package works correctly:
-
- 1. Publish the Office 2013 App-V package that you created globally to a test computer and verify that the Office 2013 shortcuts appear.
- 2. Start a few Office 2013 applications, such as Excel or Word, to test that your package is working as expected.
-
-## Publishing the Office package for App-V
-
-Use the following information to publish an Office package.
-
-### Methods for publishing Office App-V packages
-
-Deploy the App-V package for Office 2013 by using the same methods you use for any other package:
-
-* Microsoft Configuration Manager
-* App-V Server
-* Stand-alone through Windows PowerShell commands
-
-### Publishing prerequisites and requirements
-
-|Prerequisite or requirement|Details|
-|---|---|
-|Enable Windows PowerShell scripting on the App-V clients.|To publish Office 2013 packages, you must run a script. Package scripts are disabled by default on App-V clients. To enable scripting, run the following Windows PowerShell command:
```Set-AppvClientConfiguration –EnablePackageScripts 1```|
-|Publish the Office 2013 package globally.|Extension points in the Office App-V package require installation at the computer level.
When you publish at the computer level, no prerequisite actions or redistributables are needed, and the Office 2013 package globally enables its applications to work like natively installed Office, eliminating the need for administrators to customize packages.|
-
-### How to publish an Office package
-
-Run the following command to publish an Office package globally, with the bracketed value replaced by the path to the App-V package:
-
-```PowerShell
-Add-AppvClientPackage
A package that contains only Office—deploy to computers whose users need only Office.
A package that contains Office, Visio, and Project—deploy to computers whose users need all three applications.|
-|Create just one package for the whole organization, or for users who share computers|Follow these steps:
1. Create a package that contains Office, Visio, and Project.
2. Deploy the package to all users.
3. Use [AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/applocker/applocker-overview) to prevent specific users from using Visio and Project.|
-
-## Additional resources
-
-### Additional resources for Office 2013 App-V Packages
-
-* [Office 2013 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=36778)
-
-### Additional resources for Connection Groups
-
-* [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
-* [Connection groups on the App-V team blog](/archive/blogs/gladiator/app-v-5-more-on-connection-groups)
-
-### Additional resources for Dynamic Configuration
-
-* [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ee4cbe5751..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploying Microsoft Office 2016 by using App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2016 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Deploying Microsoft Office 2016 by using App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the information in this article to use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2016 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization. For information about using App-V to deliver Office 2013, see [Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md). For information about using App-V to deliver Office 2010, see [Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md).
-
-## What to know before you start
-
-Before you deploy Office 2016 with App-V, review the following planning information.
-
-### Supported Office versions and Office coexistence
-
-Use the following table to get information about supported versions of Office and running coexisting versions of Office.
-
-|Information to review|Description|
-|---|---|
-|[Supported versions of Microsoft Office](appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md#supported-versions-of-microsoft-office)|Supported versions of Office and deployment types (for example, desktop, personal Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI), and pooled VDI), and Office licensing options.|
-|[Planning for using App-V with coexisting versions of Office](appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md#before-you-implement-office-coexistence)|Considerations for installing different versions of Office on the same computer.|
-
-### Packaging, publishing, and deployment requirements
-
-Before you deploy Office with App-V, review the following requirements.
-
-|Task|Requirement|
-|-----------|-------------------|
-| Packaging. | All Office applications that you deploy to users must be in a single package.
In App-V 5.0 and later, you must use the Office Deployment Tool to create packages. The Sequencer doesn't support package creation.
If you're deploying Microsoft Visio 2016 and Microsoft Project 2016 at the same time as Office, you must put them all in the same package. For more information, see [Deploying Visio 2016 and Project 2016 with Office](#deploying-visio-2016-and-project-2016-with-office). |
-| Publishing. | You can only publish one Office package per client computer.
You must publish the Office package globally, not to the user. |
-| Deploying Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise, Visio Pro for Office 365, or Project Pro for Office 365 to a shared computer with Remote Desktop Services. | You must enable [shared computer activation](/DeployOffice/overview-of-shared-computer-activation-for-office-365-proplus). |
-
-### Excluding Office applications from a package
-
-The following table describes the recommended methods for excluding specific Office applications from a package.
-
-|Task|Details|
-|-------------|---------------|
-| Use the **ExcludeApp** setting when you create the package by using the Office Deployment Tool. | With this setting, you can exclude specific Office applications from the package that the Office Deployment Tool creates. For example, you can use this setting to create a package that contains only Microsoft Word.
For more information, see [ExcludeApp element](/DeployOffice/configuration-options-for-the-office-2016-deployment-tool?ad=US&rs=en-US&ui=en-US#excludeapp-element). |
-| Modify the DeploymentConfig.xml file | Modify the DeploymentConfig.xml file after the package has been created. This file contains the default package settings for all users on a computer that is running the App-V Client.
For more information, see [Disabling Office 2016 applications](#disabling-office-2016-applications). |
-
-## Creating an Office 2016 package for App-V with the Office Deployment Tool
-
-Complete the following steps to create an Office 2016 package for App-V.
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->In App-V 5.0 and later, you must use the Office Deployment Tool to create a package. You can't use the Sequencer to create packages.
-
-### Review prerequisites for using the Office Deployment Tool
-
-The computer on which you're installing the Office Deployment Tool must have the following:
-
-| Prerequisite | Description |
-|----------------------|--------------------|
-| Prerequisite software | .NET Framework 4 |
-| Supported operating systems | 64-bit version of Windows 10/11
64-bit version of Windows 8 or 8.1
64-bit version of Windows 7 |
-
->[!NOTE]
->In this topic, the term “Office 2016 App-V package” refers to subscription licensing.
-
-### Create Office 2016 App-V packages with the Office Deployment Tool
-
-You create Office 2016 App-V packages by using the Office Deployment Tool. The following instructions explain how to create an Office 2016 App-V package with subscription licensing.
-
-Create Office 2016 App-V packages on 64-bit Windows computers. Once created, the Office 2016 App-V package will run on 32-bit and 64-bit Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10/11 computers.
-
-### Download the Office Deployment Tool
-
-Office 2016 App-V packages are created using the Office Deployment Tool, which generates an Office 2016 App-V Package. The package can't be created or modified through the App-V sequencer. To begin package creation, follow these steps:
-
-1. Download the [Office 2016 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49117).
-
- >[!IMPORTANT]
- >You must use the Office 2016 Deployment Tool to create Office 2016 App-V Packages.
-2. Run the .exe file and extract its features into the desired location. To make this process easier, you can create a shared network folder where the features will be saved.
-
- Example location: \\\\Server\\Office2016
-3. Check that the **setup.exe** and **configuration.xml** files exist and are in the location you specified.
-
-### Download Office 2016 applications
-
-After you download the Office Deployment Tool, you can use it to get the latest Office 2016 applications. After getting the Office applications, you create the Office 2016 App-V package.
-
-The XML file included in the Office Deployment Tool specifies the product details, such as the languages and Office applications included.
-
-1. **Customize the sample XML configuration file:** Use the sample XML configuration file that you downloaded with the Office Deployment Tool to customize the Office applications:
- 1. Open the sample XML file in Notepad or your favorite text editor.
- 2. With the sample **configuration.xml** file open and ready for editing, you can specify products, languages, and the path to which you save the Office 2016 applications. The following is a basic example of the **configuration.xml** file:
-
- ```XML
-
`OfficeClientEdition="64"` |
- | Product element | Specifies the application. Project 2016 and Visio 2016 must be specified here as added products to include them in the applications.
For more information about Product IDs, see [Product IDs that are supported by the Office Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](/office365/troubleshoot/installation/product-ids-supported-office-deployment-click-to-run). | `Product ID ="O365ProPlusRetail"`
`Product ID ="VisioProRetail"`
`Product ID ="ProjectProRetail"` |
- | Language element | Specifies which language the applications support. | `Language ID="en-us"` |
- | Version (attribute of **Add** element) | Optional. Specifies which build the package will use.
Defaults to latest advertised build (as defined in v32.CAB at the Office source). | `16.1.2.3` |
- | SourcePath (attribute of **Add** element) | Specifies the location the applications will be saved to. | `Sourcepath = "\\Server\Office2016"` |
- | Channel (part of **Add** element) | Optional. Defines which channel will be used to update Office after installation.
The default is **Deferred** for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise and **Current** for Visio Pro for Office 365 and Project Desktop Client.
For more information about update channels, see [Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise](/DeployOffice/overview-of-update-channels-for-office-365-proplus). | `Channel="Current"`
`Channel="Deferred"`
`Channel="FirstReleaseDeferred"`
`Channel="FirstReleaseCurrent"` |
-
-After editing the **configuration.xml** file to specify the desired product, languages, and the location where the Office 2016 applications will be saved to, you can save the configuration file under a name of your choice, such as "Customconfig.xml."
-2. **Download the applications into the specified location:** Use an elevated command prompt and a 64-bit operating system to download the Office 2016 applications that will later be converted into an App-V package. An example command is:
-
- `\\server\Office2016\setup.exe /download \\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml`
-
- The following table describes the example command's elements:
-
- | Element | Description |
- |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------|
- | ```\\server\Office2016``` | This network share location is the one that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom **Configuration.xml** file, which in this example is **Customconfig.xml**. |
- | ``Setup.exe`` | This element is the Office Deployment Tool. |
- | ```/download``` | Downloads the Office 2016 applications that you specify in the **Customconfig.xml** file. |
- | ```\\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml```| This element passes the XML configuration file required to complete the download process. In this example, the file used is **Customconfig.xml**. After the download command is used, Office applications should be found in the location specified in the configuration file, which in this example is ```\\Server\Office2016```. |
-
-### Convert the Office applications into an App-V package
-
-After you download the Office 2016 applications through the Office Deployment Tool, use the Office Deployment Tool to convert them into an Office 2016 App-V package. Complete the steps that correspond to your licensing model.
-
-#### What you’ll need to do
-
-* Create the Office 2016 App-V packages on 64-bit Windows computers. However, the package will run on 32-bit and 64-bit Windows 7, Windows 8 or 8.1, and Windows 10/11 computers.
-* Create an Office App-V package for either Subscription Licensing package by using the Office Deployment Tool, and then modify the **Customconfig.xml** configuration file.
-
- The following table summarizes the values you need to enter in the **Customconfig.xml** file. The steps in the sections that follow the table will specify the exact entries you need to make.
-
->[!NOTE]
->You can use the Office Deployment Tool to create App-V packages for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise. Creating packages for the volume-licensed versions of Office Professional Plus or Office Standard is not supported.
-
-| Product ID | Subscription licensing |
-|---|---|
-| Office 2016| O365ProPlusRetail |
-| Office 2016 with Visio 2016 | O365ProPlusRetail
VisioProRetail |
-| Office 2016 with Visio 2016 and Project 2016 | O365ProPlusRetail
VisioProRetail
ProjectProRetail |
-
-#### How to convert the Office applications into an App-V package
-
-1. In Notepad, reopen the CustomConfig.xml file, and make the following changes to the file:
-
- * **SourcePath**: Change to the location where you saved the Office applications you downloaded during setup.
- * **ProductID**: Specify the type of licensing, as shown in the following example:
-
- * Subscription Licensing:
- ```XML
-
`Set-AppvClientConfiguration -EnablePackageScripts 1` |
-| Publish the Office 2016 package globally. | Extension points in the Office App-V package require installation at the computer level.
When you publish at the computer level, no prerequisite actions or redistributables are needed. The Office 2016 package globally enables its applications to work like natively installed Office, eliminating the need for administrators to customize packages. |
-
-### How to publish an Office package
-
-Run the following command to publish an Office package globally:
-
-```PowerShell
-Add-AppvClientPackage
If you're not deploying Office, you can create a package that contains Visio and/or Project, as long as you follow the packaging, publishing, and deployment requirements described in this topic. |
-| How can I deploy Visio 2016 and Project 2016 to specific users? | Use one of the following methods:
**To create two different packages and deploy each one to a different group of users**:
Create and deploy the following packages:
- A package that contains only Office—deploy to computers whose users need only Office.
- A package that contains Office, Visio, and Project—deploy to computers whose users need all three applications.
**To create only one package for the whole organization, or to create a package intended for users who share computers**:
1. Create a package that contains Office, Visio, and Project.
2. Deploy the package to all users.
3. Use [AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/applocker/applocker-overview) to prevent specific users from using Visio and Project. |
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Deploying App-V for Windows client](appv-deploying-appv.md)
-* [Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md)
-* [Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md)
-* [Office 2016 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49117)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 20e131feb1..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
-description: Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 09/27/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-You can deploy App-V packages using an electronic software distribution (ESD) solution. For information about planning to deploy App-V packages with an ESD, see [Planning to deploy App-V with an electronic software distribution system](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
-
-To learn how to deploy App-V packages with Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, see [Introduction to application management in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682125(v=technet.10)#BKMK_Appv)
-
-## How to deploy virtualized packages using an ESD
-
-To learn more about how to deploy virtualized packages using an ESD, see [How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution](appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
-
-## How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD
-
-To learn how to configure the App-V client to enable only administrators to publish and unpublish packages when you’re using an ESD, see [How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD](appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [App-V and Citrix integration](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40885)
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e2fd60d1e8..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to deploy the App-V Sequencer and configure the client by using the ADMX template and Group Policy.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-The App-V Sequencer and client let administrators virtualize and run virtual applications.
-
-## Enable the client
-
-The App-V client is the component that runs a virtualized application on a target computer. The client lets users interact with icons and file types, starting virtualized applications. The client can also get the virtual application content from the management server.
-
->[!NOTE]
->Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, App-V is included with the operating system. You only need to enable it.
-
-[Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md)
-
-## Client configuration settings
-
-The App-V client stores its configuration in the registry. Understanding the format used in the data registry can help you learn useful information about the client. For information about client settings that you can configure through Windows PowerShell or through the registry, see [About client configuration settings](appv-client-configuration-settings.md).
-
-## Configure the client by using the ADMX template and Group Policy
-
-You can use Group Policy to configure the client settings for the App-V client and the Remote Desktop Services client.
-
-To manage the ADMX template, perform the following steps on the computer that you'll use to manage Group Policy. This computer is typically the Domain Controller.
-
-1. Save the **.admx** file to the following directory: ```Windows\PolicyDefinitions```
-2. Save the **.adml** file to the following directory: ```Windows\PolicyDefinitions\
[Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md)
[How to deploy the App-V server](appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md)||
-
->[!NOTE]
->Keep track of server names and associated URLs you create during installation. You'll need this information throughout the installation process.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 03ba41c6d2..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,617 +0,0 @@
----
-title: About App-V Dynamic Configuration (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to create or edit an existing Application Virtualization (App-V) dynamic configuration file.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 09/27/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# About App-V dynamic configuration
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-You can use dynamic configuration to customize an App-V package for a user. This article will tell you how to create or edit an existing dynamic configuration file.
-
-When you edit the Dynamic Configuration file, it customizes how an App-V package will run for a user or group. Therefore, package customization is made more convenient by removing the need to resequence packages using the desired settings and provides a way to keep package content and custom settings independent.
-
-## Advanced: dynamic configuration
-
-Virtual application packages contain a manifest that provides all the core information for the package. This information includes the defaults for the package settings and determines settings in the most basic form (with no further customization). If you want to adjust these defaults for a particular user or group, you can create and edit the following files:
-
-- User Configuration file
-- Deployment Configuration file
-
-These .xml files specify package settings let you customize packages without directly affecting the packages. When a package is created, the sequencer automatically generates default deployment and user configuration .xml files using the package manifest data. These automatically generated configuration files reflect the package's default settings that were configured during sequencing. If you apply these configuration files to a package in the form generated by the sequencer, the packages will have the same default settings that came from their manifest. This result provides you with a package-specific template to get started if any of the defaults must be changed.
-
->[!NOTE]
->The following information can only be used to modify sequencer generated configuration files to customize packages to meet specific user or group requirements.
-
-## Dynamic Configuration file contents
-
-All of the additions, deletions, and updates in the configuration files need to be made in relation to the default values specified by the package's manifest information. The following list represents the relationship between these files in how they'll be read, from most to least precedence:
-
-- User Configuration .xml file
-- Deployment Configuration .xml file
-- Package Manifest
-
-The first item represents what will be read last. Therefore, its content takes precedence. All packages inherently contain and provide default settings from the Package Manifest, but it also has the least precedence. If you apply a Deployment Configuration .xml file with customized settings, it will override the Package Manifest's defaults. If you apply a User Configuration .xml file with customized settings prior to the override of the Package Manifest's defaults, it will override both the deployment configuration and the Package Manifest's defaults.
-
-There are two types of configuration files:
-
-- **User Configuration file (UserConfig)**: Allows you to specify or modify custom settings for a package. These settings will be applied for a specific user when the package is deployed to a computer running the App-V client.
-- **Deployment Configuration file (DeploymentConfig)**: Allows you to specify or modify the default settings for a package. These settings will be applied for all users when a package is deployed to a computer running the App-V client.
-
-You can use the UserConfig file to customize the settings for a package for a specific set of users on a computer or make changes that will be applied to local user locations such as HKCU. You can use the DeploymentConfig file to modify the default settings of a package for all users on a machine or make changes that will be applied to global locations such as HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE and the All Users folder.
-
-The UserConfig file provides configuration settings that you can apply to a single user without affecting any other users on a client:
-
-- Extensions that will be integrated into the native system per user: shortcuts, File-Type associations, URL Protocols, AppPaths, Software Clients, and COM.
-- Virtual Subsystems: Application Objects, Environment variables, Registry modifications, Services, and Fonts.
-- Scripts (user context only).
-
-The DeploymentConfig file provides configuration settings in two sections, one relative to the machine context and one relative to the user context providing the same capabilities listed in the preceding UserConfig list:
-
-- All UserConfig settings from the preceding section in this topic
-- Extensions that can only be applied globally for all users
-- Virtual Subsystems that can be configured for global machine locations, such as the registry
-- Product Source URL
-- Scripts (Machine context only)
-- Controls to terminate child processes
-
-## File structure
-
-The structure of the App-V Dynamic Configuration file is explained in the following section.
-
-## Dynamic User Configuration file
-
-### Header
-
-An example of a Dynamic User Configuration file's header is:
-
-```xml
-
-
Although ScriptRunner.exe is included in the App-V client, the App-V client's location must be in %path% or ScriptRunner won't run. `ScriptRunner.exe` is typically located in the C:\Program Files\Microsoft Application Virtualization\Client folder.|
-|`-appvscript script1.exe arg1 arg2 –appvscriptrunnerparameters –wait –timeout=10`
`-appvscript script2.vbs arg1 arg2`
`-appvscript script3.bat arg1 arg2 –appvscriptrunnerparameters –wait –timeout=30 -rollbackonerror`|`-appvscript`—token that represents the actual script you want to run.
`script1.exe`—name of the script you want to run.
`arg1 arg2`—arguments for the script you want to run.
`-appvscriptrunnerparameters`—token that represents the execution options for script1.exe.
`-wait`—token that tells ScriptRunner to wait for execution of script1.exe to finish before proceeding to the next script.
`-timeout=x`—token that informs ScriptRunner to stop running the current script after *x* number of seconds. All other specified scripts will still run.
`-rollbackonerror`—token that tells ScriptRunner to stop running all scripts that haven't yet run and roll back an error to the App-V client.|
-|`
Set the timeout value for the overall runner to be greater than or equal to the sum of the timeout values on the individual scripts.
If any individual script reported an error and rollbackonerror was set to True, then ScriptRunner should report the error to App-V client.|
-
-ScriptRunner will run any script whose file type is associated with an application installed on the computer. If the associated application is missing, or the script’s file type isn't associated with any of the computer's applications, the script won't run.
-
-### Create a Dynamic Configuration file using an App-V Manifest file
-
-You can create the Dynamic Configuration file using one of three methods: manually, using the App-V Management Console, or by sequencing a package, which will generate a package with two sample files.
-
-For more information about how to create the file using the App-V Management Console, see [How to create a Custom Configuration file by using the App-V Management Console](appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md).
-
-To create the file manually, you can combine the components listed in the previous sections into a single file. However, we recommend you use files generated by the sequencer instead of manually created ones.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [How to Apply the Deployment Configuration File by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md)
-- [How to Apply the User Configuration File by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md)
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c19cab0aa..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD
-description: Learn how to enable only administrators to publish packages by bsing an electronic software delivery (ESD).
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
-ms.date: 05/02/2022
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: how-to
----
-
-# How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Starting in App-V 5.0 SP3, you can configure the App-V client so that only administrators (not end users) can publish or unpublish packages. In earlier versions of App-V, you couldn't prevent end users from performing these tasks.
-
-Here's how to enable only administrators to publish or unpublish packages:
-
-1. Navigate to the following Group Policy Object node:
-
- **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V** > **Publishing**.
-
-2. Enable the **Require publish as administrator** Group Policy setting.
-
- To instead use Windows PowerShell to set this item, see [Understanding pending packages: UserPending and GlobalPending](appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md#about-pending-packages-userpending-and-globalpending).
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cc71b17cb7..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following procedure to configure the App-V for reporting.
-
-**To configure the computer running the App-V client for reporting**
-
-1. Enable the App-V client. For more information, see [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).
-
-2. After you have enabled the App-V client, use the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** cmdlet to configure appropriate Reporting Configuration settings:
-
-|Setting|Description|
-|--- |--- |
-|ReportingEnabled|Enables the client to return information to a reporting server. This setting is required for the client to collect the reporting data on the client.|
-|ReportingServerURL|Specifies the location on the reporting server where client information is saved. For example, https://<reportingservername>:<reportingportnumber>.
**Note:**
This is the port number that was assigned during the Reporting Server setup|
-|Reporting Start Time|This is set to schedule the client to automatically send the data to the server. This setting will indicate the hour at which the reporting data will start to send. It is in the 24 hour format and will take a number between 0-23.|
-|ReportingRandomDelay|Specifies the maximum delay (in minutes) for data to be sent to the reporting server. When the scheduled task is started, the client generates a random delay between 0 and ReportingRandomDelay and will wait the specified duration before sending data.|
-|ReportingInterval|Specifies the retry interval that the client will use to resend data to the reporting server.|
-|ReportingDataCacheLimit|Specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over.|
-|ReportingDataBlockSize|Specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over.|
-
-3. After the appropriate settings have been configured, the computer running the App-V client will automatically collect data and will send the data back to the reporting server.
-
- Additionally, administrators can manually send the data back in an on-demand manner using the **Send-AppvClientReport** cmdlet.
-
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-
-[Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b65a93ac1..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Enable the App-V in-box client (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to enable the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) in-box client installed with Windows 10/11.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Enable the App-V in-box client
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-The App-V client is the component that runs virtualized applications on user devices. Once you enable the client, users can interact with icons and file names to start virtualized applications. The client can also get virtual application content from the management server.
-
-Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, the App-V client is installed automatically. However, you'll still need to enable the client yourself to allow user devices to access and run virtual applications. You can set up the client with the Group Policy editor or with Windows PowerShell.
-
-Here's how to enable the App-V client with Group Policy:
-
-1. Open the device’s **Group Policy Editor**.
-2. Navigate to **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V**.
-3. Run **Enables App-V Client**, then select **Enabled**.
-4. Restart the device.
-
-Here's how to enable the App-V client with Windows PowerShell:
-
-1. Open Windows PowerShell.
-2. Enter **Enable-Appv**, then select the Enter key.
-3. Restart the device.
-4. To verify that the App-V client is working, enter **Get-AppvStatus**, then select the Enter key.
-
-Check out these articles for more information about how to configure the App-V client:
-
-* [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md)
-* [How to modify client configuration by using Windows PowerShell](appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md)
-* [Using the client management console](appv-using-the-client-management-console.md)
-* [How to configure the client to receive package and connection group updates from the Publishing server](appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md)
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6874ebc260..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Evaluating App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to evaluate App-V for Windows 10/11 in a lab environment before deploying into a production environment.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Evaluating App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> [!INCLUDE [Application Virtualization will be end of life in April 2026](../includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md)]
-
-Before you deploy App-V into a production environment, you should evaluate it in a lab environment. You can use the information in this article to set up App-V in a lab environment for evaluation purposes only.
-
-## Configure lab computers for App-V Evaluation
-
-Use the following links for information about setting up the App-V sequencer on a computer in your lab environment.
-
-### Installing the App-V Sequencer and Creating Packages
-
-Use the following links for information about setting up the App-V sequencer and creating packages in your lab environment.
-
-- [How to Install the Sequencer](appv-install-the-sequencer.md)
-
-- [Creating and Managing App-V Virtualized Applications](appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md)
-
-### Configuring the App-V Server
-
-Use the following links for information about setting up the App-V server in your lab environment.
-
-- [How to Deploy the App-V server](appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md)
-
-- [Administering App-V Virtual Applications by Using the Management Console](appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md)
-
-### Enabling the App-V Client
-
-Use the following links for more information about creating and managing virtualized packages in your lab environment.
-
-- [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md)
-
-- [How to Configure the Client to Receive Package and Connection Groups Updates From the Publishing Server](appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md)
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Getting Started with App-V](appv-getting-started.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ecb4183907..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Application Virtualization (App-V) (Windows 10/11)
-description: See various articles that can help you administer Application Virtualization (App-V) and its components.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 09/27/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows client overview
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> [!INCLUDE [Application Virtualization will be end of life in April 2026](../includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md)]
-
-The articles in this section provide information and instructions to help you administer App-V and its components. This information is for system administrators who manage large installations with many servers and clients, and for support personnel who interact directly with the computers or users.
-
-[Getting started with App-V](appv-getting-started.md)
-
-- [What's new in App-V](appv-about-appv.md)
-- [Evaluating App-V](appv-evaluating-appv.md)
-- [High-level architecture for App-V](appv-high-level-architecture.md)
-
-[Planning for App-V](appv-planning-for-appv.md)
-
-- [Preparing your environment for App-V](appv-preparing-your-environment.md)
-- [App-V prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md)
-- [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
-- [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md)
-- [App-V planning checklist](appv-planning-checklist.md)
-
-[Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
-
-- [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md)
-- [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md)
-- [App-V deployment checklist](appv-deployment-checklist.md)
-- [Deploying Microsoft Office 2016 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md)
-- [Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md)
-- [Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md)
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-
-- [Creating and managing App-V virtualized applications](appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md)
-- [Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md)
-- [Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md)
-- [Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-updating.md)
-- [Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console](appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md)
-- [Managing connection groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
-- [Deploying App-V packages by using Electronic Software Distribution (ESD)](appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md)
-- [Using the App-V Client Management Console](appv-using-the-client-management-console.md)
-- [Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client](appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md)
-- [Migrating to App-V from a previous version](appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md)
-- [Maintaining App-V](appv-maintaining-appv.md)
-- [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
-
-[Troubleshooting App-V](appv-troubleshooting.md)
-
-[Technical reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
-
-- [Performance guidance for Application Virtualization](appv-performance-guidance.md)
-- [Application publishing and client interaction](appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md)
-- [Viewing App-V Server publishing metadata](appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md)
-- [Running a locally installed application inside a virtual environment with virtualized applications](appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md)
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f851ca2a85..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Getting Started with App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Get started with Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11. App-V for Windows client devices delivers Win32 applications to users as virtual applications.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Getting started with App-V for Windows client
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> [!INCLUDE [Application Virtualization will be end of life in April 2026](../includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md)]
-
-Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows delivers Win32 applications to users as virtual applications. Virtual applications are installed on centrally managed servers and delivered to users as a service in real time and on an as-needed basis. Users launch virtual applications from familiar access points and interact with them as if they were installed locally.
-
-Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, App-V is included with the [Windows 10 for Enterprise edition](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/windows-for-enterprise). If you're new to Windows client and App-V, you’ll need to download, activate, and install server- and client-side components to start delivering virtual applications to users. To learn what you need to know before getting started with App-V, see the [Application Virtualization (App-V) overview](appv-for-windows.md).
-
-If you’re already using App-V, performing an in-place upgrade to Windows 10/11 on user devices automatically installs the App-V client and migrates users’ App-V applications and settings. For more information about how to configure an existing App-V installation after upgrading user devices to Windows 10/11, see [Upgrading to App-V for Windows from an existing installation](appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md).
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->You can upgrade your existing App-V installation to App-V for Windows from App-V versions 5.0 SP2 and higher only. If you are using an earlier version of App-V, you’ll need to upgrade your existing App-V installation to App-V 5.0 SP2 before upgrading to App-V for Windows.
-
-To learn more about previous versions of App-V, see [MDOP information experience](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/index).
-
-## Getting started with App-V for Windows (new installations)
-
-To start using App-V to deliver virtual applications to users, you’ll need to download, enable, and install server- and client-side components. The following table describes the App-V for Windows client components, what they do, and where to find them.
-
-
-
-| Component | What it does | Where to find it |
-|------------|--|------|
-| App-V server components | App-V offers five server components that work together to allow you to host and publish virtual applications, generate usage reports, and manage your App-V environment. For more information, see [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).
If you're already using App-V 5.x, you don't need to redeploy the App-V server components, as they haven't changed since App-V 5.0's release. | The App-V server components are included in the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) 2015 ISO package that can be downloaded from the following locations:
If you have a Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN) subscription, use the [MSDN (Microsoft Developer Network) subscriptions site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/subscriptions/downloads/default.aspx#FileId=65215) to download the MDOP ISO package.
If you're using [Windows client for Enterprise or Education](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/windows-product-home), download it from the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/default.aspx).
For more information about installing and using the server components, see [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).|
-| App-V client and App-V Remote Desktop Services (RDS) client | The App-V client is the component that runs virtualized applications on user devices, allowing users to interact with icons and file names to start virtualized applications. | Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, the App-V client is automatically installed.
To learn how to enable the client, see [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md). |
-| App-V sequencer | Use the App-V sequencer to convert Win32 applications into virtual packages for deployment to user devices. Devices must run the App-V client to allow users to interact with virtual applications. | Installed with the [Windows Assessment and Deployment kit (ADK) for Windows client](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit). |
-
-For more information about these components, see [High Level Architecture for App-V](appv-high-level-architecture.md).
-
-If you're new to App-V, it's a good idea to read the documentation thoroughly. Before deploying App-V in a production environment, you can ensure installation goes smoothly by validating your deployment plan in a test network environment. You might also consider taking a class about relevant technologies. To get started, see the [Microsoft Training Overview](https://www.microsoft.com/learning/default.aspx).
-
-## Getting started with App-V
-
-[What's new in App-V](appv-about-appv.md) provides a high-level overview of App-V and how it can be used in your organization?
-
-[Evaluating App-V](appv-evaluating-appv.md) provides information about how you can best evaluate App-V for use in your organization.
-
-[High Level Architecture for App-V](appv-high-level-architecture.md) provides a description of the App-V features and how they work together.
-
-## Other resources for this product
-
-* [Application Virtualization (App-V) overview](appv-for-windows.md)
-* [Planning for App-V](appv-planning-for-appv.md)
-* [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
-* [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-* [Troubleshooting App-V](appv-troubleshooting.md)
-* [Technical reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 437b20eeb1..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: High-level architecture for App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use the information in this article to simplify your Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) deployment.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# High-level architecture for App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following information to simplify your Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) deployment.
-
-## Architecture overview
-
-A typical App-V implementation consists of the following elements.
-
-|Element|Description|
-|---|---|
-|App-V Management server|The App-V Management server provides overall management functionality for the App-V infrastructure. Additionally, you can install more than one instance of the management server in your environment, which provides the following benefits:
**Fault tolerance and high availability**—installing and configuring the App-V Management server on two separate computers can help in situations when one of the servers is unavailable or offline. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Management server on multiple computers. In this scenario, consider using a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.
**Scalability**—you can add more management servers as necessary to support a high load. For example, you can install multiple servers behind a load balancer.|
-|App-V Publishing Server|The App-V publishing server provides functionality for virtual application hosting and streaming. The publishing server doesn't require a database connection and supports HTTP and HTTPS protocols.
You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Publishing server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
-|App-V Reporting Server|The App-V Reporting server lets authorized users run and view existing App-V reports and unplanned reports for managing App-V infrastructure. The Reporting server requires a connection to the App-V reporting database. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Reporting server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
-|App-V Client|The App-V client enables packages created using App-V to run on target computers.|
-
->[!NOTE]
->If you are using App-V with electronic software distribution (ESD), you aren't required to use the App-V Management server. However, you can still use App-V's reporting and streaming functionality.
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Getting Started with App-V](appv-getting-started.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md
deleted file mode 100644
index acc244a595..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-
-# How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell
-
-**Applies to**
-- Windows Server 2016
-
-Use the following Windows PowerShell procedure to convert any number of Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user or machine accounts into formatted Security Identifiers (SIDs) both in the standard format and in the hexadecimal format used by Microsoft SQL Server when running SQL scripts.
-
-Before attempting this procedure, you should read and understand the information and examples displayed in the following list:
-
-- **.INPUTS** – The account or accounts used to convert to SID format. This item can be a single account name or an array of account names.
-
-- **.OUTPUTS** - A list of account names with the corresponding SID in standard and hexadecimal formats.
-
-- **Examples** -
-
- **.\\ConvertToSID.ps1 DOMAIN\\user\_account1 DOMAIN\\machine\_account1$ DOMAIN\\user\_account2 | Format-List**.
-
- **$accountsArray = @("DOMAIN\\user\_account1", "DOMAIN\\machine\_account1$", "DOMAIN\_user\_account2")**
-
- **.\\ConvertToSID.ps1 $accountsArray | Write-Output -FilePath .\\SIDs.txt -Width 200**
-
- \#>
-
-**To convert any number of Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user or machine accounts into formatted Security Identifiers (SIDs)**
-
-1. Copy the following script into a text editor and save it as a Windows PowerShell script file, for example **ConvertToSIDs.ps1**.
-
-2. To open a Windows PowerShell console, click **Start** and type **PowerShell**. Right-click **Windows PowerShell** and select **Run as Administrator**.
-
- ```powershell
- <#
- .SYNOPSIS
- This Windows PowerShell script will take an array of account names and try to convert each of them to the corresponding SID in standard and hexadecimal formats.
- .DESCRIPTION
- This is a Windows PowerShell script that converts any number of Active Directory (AD) user or machine accounts into formatted Security Identifiers (SIDs) both in the standard format and in the hexadecimal format used by SQL server when running SQL scripts.
- .INPUTS
- The account(s) to convert to SID format. This can be a single account name or an array of account names. Please see examples below.
- .OUTPUTS
- A list of account names with the corresponding SID in standard and hexadecimal formats
- .EXAMPLE
- .\ConvertToSID.ps1 DOMAIN\user_account1 DOMAIN\machine_account1$ DOMAIN\user_account2 | Format-List
- .EXAMPLE
- $accountsArray = @("DOMAIN\user_account1", "DOMAIN\machine_account1$", "DOMAIN_user_account2")
- .\ConvertToSID.ps1 $accountsArray | Write-Output -FilePath .\SIDs.txt -Width 200
- #>
-
- function ConvertSIDToHexFormat
- {
- param([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier]$sidToConvert)
- $sb = New-Object System.Text.StringBuilder
- [int] $binLength = $sidToConvert.BinaryLength
- [Byte[]] $byteArray = New-Object Byte[] $binLength
- $sidToConvert.GetBinaryForm($byteArray, 0)
- foreach($byte in $byteArray)
- {
- $sb.Append($byte.ToString("X2")) |Out-Null
- }
- return $sb.ToString()
- }
- [string[]]$myArgs = $args
- if(($myArgs.Length -lt 1) -or ($myArgs[0].CompareTo("/?") -eq 0))
- {
- [string]::Format("{0}====== Description ======{0}{0}" +
- " Converts any number of user or machine account names to string and hexadecimal SIDs.{0}" +
- " Pass the account(s) as space separated command line parameters. (For example 'ConvertToSID.exe DOMAIN\\Account1 DOMAIN\\Account2 ...'){0}" +
- " The output is written to the console in the format 'Account name SID as string SID as hexadecimal'{0}" +
- " And can be written out to a file using standard Windows PowerShell redirection{0}" +
- " Please specify user accounts in the format 'DOMAIN\username'{0}" +
- " Please specify machine accounts in the format 'DOMAIN\machinename$'{0}" +
- " For more help content, please run 'Get-Help ConvertToSID.ps1'{0}" +
- "{0}====== Arguments ======{0}" +
- "{0} /? Show this help message", [Environment]::NewLine)
- {
- else
- {
- #If an array was passed in, try to split it
- if($myArgs.Length -eq 1)
- {
- $myArgs = $myArgs.Split(' ')
- }
-
- #Parse the arguments for account names
- foreach($accountName in $myArgs)
- {
- [string[]] $splitString = $accountName.Split('\') # We're looking for the format "DOMAIN\Account" so anything that does not match, we reject
- if($splitString.Length -ne 2)
- {
- $message = [string]::Format("{0} is not a valid account name. Expected format 'Domain\username' for user accounts or 'DOMAIN\machinename$' for machine accounts.", $accountName)
- Write-Error -Message $message
- continue
- }
- #Convert any account names to SIDs
- try
- {
- [System.Security.Principal.NTAccount] $account = New-Object System.Security.Principal.NTAccount($splitString[0], $splitString[1])
- [System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier] $SID = [System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier]($account.Translate([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier]))
- }
- catch [System.Security.Principal.IdentityNotMappedException]
- {
- $message = [string]::Format("Failed to translate account object '{0}' to a SID. Please verify that this is a valid user or machine account.", $account.ToString())
- Write-Error -Message $message
- continue
- }
-
- #Convert regular SID to binary format used by SQL
- $hexSIDString = ConvertSIDToHexFormat $SID
- $SIDs = New-Object PSObject
- $SIDs | Add-Member NoteProperty Account $accountName
- $SIDs | Add-Member NoteProperty SID $SID.ToString()
- $SIDs | Add-Member NoteProperty Hexadecimal $hexSIDString
-
- Write-Output $SIDs
- }
- }
- ```
-
-3. Run the script you saved in Step 1 of this procedure passing the accounts to convert as arguments.
-
- For example,
-
- **.\\ConvertToSID.ps1 DOMAIN\\user\_account1 DOMAIN\\machine\_account1$ DOMAIN\\user\_account2 | Format-List” or “$accountsArray = @("DOMAIN\\user\_account1", "DOMAIN\\machine\_account1$", "DOMAIN\_user\_account2")**
-
- **.\\ConvertToSID.ps1 $accountsArray | Write-Output -FilePath .\\SIDs.txt -Width 200”**
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ae2e2b56c3..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services
-
->Applies to: Windows Server 2016
-
-Use the following procedure to install the database server and management server on different computers. The computer you plan to install the database server on must be running a supported version of Microsoft SQL or the installation will fail.
-
->[!NOTE]
->After you complete the deployment, the administrator installing the service will need the Microsoft SQL Server name, instance name and the database name to connect to these databases.
-
-## Installing the management database and the management server on separate computers
-
-1. Copy the App-V server installation files to the computer you want to install it on. To start the App-V server installation, run **appv\_server\_setup.exe** as an administrator, then select **Install**.
-2. On the **Getting started** page, review and accept the license terms, then select **Next**.
-3. On the **Use Microsoft Update to help keep your computer secure and up-to-date** page, to enable Microsoft updates, select **Use Microsoft Update when I check for updates (recommended).** To disable Microsoft updates, select **I don’t want to use Microsoft Update**, then select **Next**.
-4. On the **Feature selection** page, select the components you want to install by first selecting the **Management Server Database** checkbox, then selecting **Next**.
-5. On the **Installation location** page, accept the default location and select **Next**.
-6. On the initial **Create new management server database** page, accept the default selections if appropriate, then select **Next**.
- * If you are using a custom SQL Server instance, select **Use a custom instance** and enter the name of the instance.
- * If you are using a custom database name, select **Custom configuration** and enter the database name.
-7. On the next **Create new management server database** page, select **Use a remote computer**, then enter the remote machine account using the following format: ```Domain\MachineAccount```.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >If you plan to deploy the management server on the same computer you must select **Use this local computer**. Specify the user name for the management server **Install Administrator** using the following format: ```Domain\AdministratorLoginName```. After that, select **Next**.
-8. To start the installation, select **Install**.
-
-## Installing the reporting database and the reporting server on separate computers
-
-1. Copy the App-V server installation files to the computer you want to install it on. To start the App-V server installation, run **appv\_server\_setup.exe** as an administrator, then select **Install**.
-2. On the **Getting started** page, review and accept the license terms, then select **Next**.
-3. On the **Use Microsoft Update to help keep your computer secure and up-to-date** page, to enable Microsoft Update, select **Use Microsoft Update when I check for updates (recommended)**. To disable Microsoft Update, select **I don’t want to use Microsoft Update**. After that, select **Next**.
-4. On the **Feature selection** page, select the components you want to install by first selecting the **Reporting Server Database** checkbox, then selecting **Next**.
-5. On the **Installation Location** page, accept the default location and select **Next**.
-6. On the initial **Create new management server database** page, accept the default selections if appropriate, then select **Next**.
- * If you're using a custom SQL Server instance, select **Use a custom instance** and enter the instance name.
- * If you're using a custom database name, select **Custom configuration** and enter the database name.
-7. On the next **Create new management server database** page, select **Use a remote computer**, and enter the remote machine account using the following format: ```Domain\MachineAccount```.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >If you plan to deploy the reporting server on the same computer you must select **Use this local computer**. Specify the user name for the reporting server **Install Administrator** using the following format: Domain\\AdministratorLoginName. After that, select **Next**.
-8. To start the installation, select **Install**.
-
-## Installing the management and reporting databases using App-V database scripts
-
-1. Copy the App-V server installation files to the computer on which you want to install it on.
-2. To extract the App-V database scripts, open a command prompt and specify the location where the installation files are saved and run the following command:
-
- ```SQL
- appv\_server\_setup.exe /LAYOUT /LAYOUTDIR=”InstallationExtractionLocation”
- ```
-
-3. After the extraction has been completed, to access the App-V database scripts and instructions readme file:
-
- * The App-V Management Database scripts and instructions readme are located in the following folder: **InstallationExtractionLocation** \\ **Database Scripts** \\ **Management Database**.
- * The App-V Reporting Database scripts and instructions readme are located in the following folder: **InstallationExtractionLocation** \\ **Database Scripts** \\ **Reporting Database**.
-4. For each database, copy the scripts to a share and modify them following the instructions in the readme file.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >For more information about modifying the required SIDs contained in the scripts, see, [How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md).
-5. Run the scripts on the computer running Microsoft SQL Server.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b258437f3..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database
-
->Applies to: Windows Server 2016
-
-To install the management server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database, follow these steps.
-
-1. Copy the App-V server installation files to the computer on which you want to install it on. To start the App-V server installation, run **appv\_server\_setup.exe** as an administrator, then select **Install**.
-2. On the **Getting Started** page, review and accept the license terms, then select **Next**.
-3. On the **Use Microsoft Update to help keep your computer secure and up-to-date** page, to enable Microsoft Update, select **Use Microsoft Update when I check for updates (recommended)**. To disable Microsoft Update, select **I don’t want to use Microsoft Update**, then select **Next**.
-4. On the **Feature Selection** page, select the **Management Server** checkbox, then select **Next**.
-5. On the **Installation Location** page, accept the default location, then select **Next**.
-6. On the **Configure Existing Management Database** page, select **Use a remote SQL Server**, then enter the computer running Microsoft SQL's machine name, such as ```SqlServerMachine```.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >If the Microsoft SQL Server is deployed on the same server, select **Use local SQL Server**. For the SQL Server Instance, select **Use the default instance**. If you are using a custom Microsoft SQL Server instance, you must select **Use a custom instance**, then enter the instance's name. Specify the **SQL Server Database name** that this management server will use, such as ```AppvManagement```.
-7. On the **Configure management server configuration** page, specify the following items:
- * The AD group or account that will connect to the management console for administrative purposes for example **MyDomain\\MyUser** or **MyDomain\\AdminGroup**. The account or AD group you specify will be enabled to manage the server through the management console. You can add additional users or groups using the management console after installation
- * The **Website Name** you want to use for the management service. Accept the default if you do not have a custom name.
- * For the **Port Binding**, specify a unique port number, such as **12345**.
-8. Select **Install**.
-9. To confirm that the setup has completed successfully, open a web browser and enter the following URL: https://managementserver:portnumber/Console. If the installation was successful, you should see the **Management Console** appear without any error messages or warnings displayed.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7457b54f82..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Install the Publishing Server on a Remote Computer (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use the procedures in this article to install the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) publishing server on a separate computer.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to install the publishing server on a remote computer
-
->Applies to: Windows Server 2016
-
-Use the following procedure to install the publishing server on a separate computer. Before you perform the following procedure, ensure the database and management server are available.
-
-## Installing the publishing server on a separate computer
-
-1. Copy the App-V server installation files to the computer on which you want to install it on. To start the App-V server installation, run **appv\_server\_setup.exe** as an administrator, then select **Install**.
-2. On the **Getting started** page, review and accept the license terms, then select **Next**.
-3. On the **Use Microsoft Update to help keep your computer secure and up-to-date** page, to enable Microsoft updates, select **Use Microsoft Update when I check for updates (recommended)**. To disable Microsoft Update, select **I don’t want to use Microsoft Update**. Click **Next**.
-4. On the **Feature selection** page, select the **Publishing Server** checkbox, then select **Next**.
-5. On the **Installation location** page, accept the default location, then select **Next**.
-6. On the **Configure publishing server configuration** page, specify the following items:
-
- * The URL for the management service that the publishing server will connect to. For example, **http://ManagementServerName:12345**.
- * Specify the website name that you want to use for the publishing service. If you don't have a custom name, then use the default name.
- * For the **Port binding**, specify a unique port number that will be used by App-V. For example, **54321**.
-7. On the **Ready to install** page, select **Install**.
-8. After the installation is complete, the publishing server must be registered with the management server. In the App-V management console, use the following steps to register the server:
-
- 1. Open the App-V management server console.
- 2. In the left pane, select **Servers**, then select **Register New Server**.
- 3. Enter the server name and a description (if required), then select **Add**.
-9. To verify that the publishing server is running correctly, you should import a package to the management server, entitle that package to an AD group, then publish it. Using an internet browser, open the following URL: https://publishingserver:pubport. If the server is running correctly, information like the following example should appear.
-
- ```xml
-
- True
- False|
-|GlobalPending|Indicates whether the listed package has a pending task that is being applied globally to the computer:
- True
- False|
-
-The pending task will run later, according to the following rules:
-
-|Task type|Applicable rule|
-|---|---|
-|User-based
(for example, publishing a package to a user)|The pending task will be performed after the user logs off and then logs back on.|
-|Globally based
(for example, enabling a connection group globally)|The pending task will be performed when the computer is shut down and then restarted.|
-
-For more information about pending tasks, see [Upgrading an in-use App-V package](appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md#upgrading-an-in-use-app-v-package).
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-- [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c870425b03..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Manage Connection Groups on a Stand-alone Computer by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to Manage Connection Groups on a Stand-alone Computer by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Manage Connection Groups on a Stand-alone Computer by Using Windows PowerShell
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-An App-V connection group allows you to run all the virtual applications as a defined set of packages in a single virtual environment. For example, you can virtualize an application and its plug-ins by using separate packages, but run them together in a single connection group.
-
-A connection group XML file defines the connection group for the App-V client. For information about the connection group XML file and how to configure it, see [About the Connection Group File](appv-connection-group-file.md).
-
-This article explains the following procedures:
-
-- [To add and publish the App-V packages in the connection group](#to-add-and-publish-the-app-v-packages-in-the-connection-group)
-
-- [To add and enable the connection group on the App-V client](#to-add-and-enable-the-connection-group-on-the-app-v-client)
-
-- [To enable or disable a connection group for a specific user](#to-enable-or-disable-a-connection-group-for-a-specific-user)
-
-- [To allow only administrators to enable connection groups](#to-allow-only-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups)
-
-## To add and publish the App-V packages in the connection group
-
-1. To add and publish the App-V packages to the computer running the App-V client, type the following command:
-
- Add-AppvClientPackage –path c:\\tmpstore\\quartfin.appv | Publish-AppvClientPackage
-
-2. Repeat **step 1** of this procedure for each package in the connection group.
-
-## To add and enable the connection group on the App-V client
-
-1. Add the connection group by typing the following command:
-
- Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup –path c:\\tmpstore\\financ.xml
-
-2. Enable the connection group by typing the following command:
-
- Enable-AppvClientConnectionGroup –name "Financial Applications"
-
- When any virtual applications that are in the member packages are run on the target computer, they'll run inside the connection group’s virtual environment and will be available to all the virtual applications in the other packages in the connection group.
-
-## To enable or disable a connection group for a specific user
-
-1. Review the parameter description and requirements:
-
- - The parameter enables an administrator to enable or disable a connection group for a specific user.
-
- - You must use App-V 5.0 SP2 Hotfix Package 5 or later to use this parameter.
-
- - You can run this cmdlet from the user or administrator session.
-
- - You must be logged in with administrative credentials to use the parameter.
-
- - The end user must be logged in.
-
- - You must provide the end user’s security identifier (SID).
-
-2. Use the following cmdlets, and add the optional **–UserSID** parameter, where **-UserSID** represents the end user’s security identifier (SID):
-
- |Cmdlet|Examples|
- |--- |--- |
- |Enable-AppVClientConnectionGroup|Enable-AppVClientConnectionGroup "ConnectionGroupA" -UserSID S-1-2-34-56789012-3456789012-345678901-2345|
- |Disable-AppVClientConnectionGroup|Disable-AppVClientConnectionGroup "ConnectionGroupA" -UserSID S-1-2-34-56789012-3456789012-345678901-2345|
-
-## To allow only administrators to enable connection groups
-
-1. Review the description and requirement for using this cmdlet:
-
- - Use this cmdlet and parameter to configure the App-V client to allow only administrators (not end users) to enable or disable connection groups.
-
- - You must be using at least App-V 5.0 SP3 to use this cmdlet.
-
-2. Run the following cmdlet and parameter:
-
- |Cmdlet|Parameter and values|Example|
- |--- |--- |--- |
- |Set-AppvClientConfiguration|-RequirePublishAsAdmin
1|
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-
-[Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d65f100109..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Managing Connection Groups (Windows 10/11)
-description: Connection groups can allow administrators to manage packages independently and avoid having to add the same application multiple times to a client computer.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Managing Connection Groups
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Connection groups enable the applications within a package to interact with each other in the virtual environment, while remaining isolated from the rest of the system. By using connection groups, administrators can manage packages independently and can avoid having to add the same application multiple times to a client computer.
-
-**Note**
-In some previous versions of App-V, connection groups were referred to as Dynamic Suite Composition.
-
-**In this section:**
-
-|Links|Description|
-|--- |--- |
-|[About the Connection Group Virtual Environment](appv-connection-group-virtual-environment.md)|Describes the connection group virtual environment.|
-|[About the Connection Group File](appv-connection-group-file.md)|Describes the connection group file.|
-|[How to Create a Connection Group](appv-create-a-connection-group.md)|Explains how to create a new connection group.|
-|[How to Create a Connection Group with User-Published and Globally Published Packages](appv-create-a-connection-group-with-user-published-and-globally-published-packages.md)|Explains how to create a new connection group that contains a mix of packages that are published to the user and published globally.|
-|[How to Delete a Connection Group](appv-delete-a-connection-group.md)|Explains how to delete a connection group.|
-|[How to Publish a Connection Group](appv-publish-a-connection-group.md)|Explains how to publish a connection group.|
-|[How to Make a Connection Group Ignore the Package Version](appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md)|Explains how to configure a connection group to accept any version of a package, which simplifies package upgrades and reduces the number of connection groups you need to create.|
-[How to Allow Only Administrators to Enable Connection Groups](appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md)|Explains how to configure the App-V client so that only administrators (not end users) can enable or disable connection groups.|
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Other resources for App-V connection groups
-
-
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b5ca6b5e48..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Migrating to App-V from a Previous Version (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to migrate to Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11 from a previous version.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Migrating to App-V from previous versions
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-To migrate from App-V 4.x to App-V for Windows 10/11, you must upgrade to App-V 5.x first.
-
-## Improvements to the App-V Package Converter
-
-
-You can now use the package converter to convert App-V 4.6 packages that contain scripts, and registry information and scripts from source .osd files are now included in package converter output.
-
-You can also use the `–OSDsToIncludeInPackage` parameter with the `ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyPackage` cmdlet to specify which .osd files’ information is converted and placed within the new package.
-
-|New in App-V for Windows client|Prior to App-V for Windows 10|
-|--- |--- |
-|New .xml files are created corresponding to the .osd files associated with a package; these files include the following information:
You can now choose to add information from a subset of the .osd files in the source directory to the package using the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter.|Registry information and scripts included in .osd files associated with a package weren't included in package converter output.
The package converter would populate the new package with information from all of the .osd files in the source directory.|
-
-### Example conversion statement
-
-To understand the new process, review the following example `ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyPackage` package converter statement.
-
-**If the source directory (\\\\OldPkgStore\\ContosoApp) includes the following:**
-
-- ContosoApp.sft
-
-- ContosoApp.msi
-
-- ContosoApp.sprj
-
-- ContosoApp\_manifest.xml
-
-- X.osd
-
-- Y.osd
-
-- Z.osd
-
-**And you run this command:**
-
-``` syntax
-ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyPackage –SourcePath \\OldPkgStore\ContosoApp\
--DestinationPath \\NewPkgStore\ContosoApp\
--OSDsToIncludeInPackage X.osd,Y.osd
-```
-
-**The following is created in the destination directory (\\\\NewPkgStore\\ContosoApp):**
-
-- ContosoApp.appv
-
-- ContosoApp.msi
-
-- ContosoApp\_DeploymentConfig.xml
-
-- ContosoApp\_UserConfig.xml
-
-- X\_Config.xml
-
-- Y\_Config.xml
-
-- Z\_Config.xml
-
-**In the above example:**
-
-|These Source directory files…|…are converted to these Destination directory files…|…and will contain these items|Description|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|
In this example, there are three .xml files, corresponding with the three .osd files in the source directory. Each .xml file contains the environment variables, shortcuts, file type associations, registry information, and scripts in its corresponding .osd file.|
-|
In this example, environment variables, shortcuts, and file type associations included in X.osd and Y.osd were converted and placed in the App-V package, and some of this information was also included in the deployment configuration and user configuration files. X.osd and Y.osd were used because they were included as arguments to the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter. No information from Z.osd was included in the package, because it wasn't included as one of these arguments.|
-
-## Converting packages created using a prior version of App-V
-
-
-Use the package converter utility to upgrade virtual application packages created using versions of App-V prior to App-V 5.0. The package converter uses Windows PowerShell to convert packages and can help automate the process if you have many packages that require conversion. App-V packages created with App-V 5.x don't need to be converted.
-
-
-**Important**
-After you convert an existing package you should test the package prior to deploying the package to ensure the conversion process was successful.
-
-
-
-**What to know before you convert existing packages**
-
-|Issue|Workaround|
-|--- |--- |
-|Virtual packages using DSC aren't linked after conversion.|Link the packages using connection groups. See [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md).|
-|Environment variable conflicts are detected during conversion.|Resolve any conflicts in the associated **.osd** file.|
-|Hard-coded paths are detected during conversion.|Hard-coded paths are difficult to convert correctly. The package converter will detect and return packages with files that contain hard-coded paths. View the file with the hard-coded path, and determine whether the package requires the file. If so, it's recommended to re-sequence the package.|
-
-When converting a package check for failing files or shortcuts, locate the item in App-V 4.6 package. It could possibly be a hard-coded path. Convert the path.
-
-**Note**
-It's recommended that you use the App-V sequencer for converting critical applications or applications that need to take advantage of features. See [How to Sequence a New Application with App-V](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md).
-
-If a converted package doesn't open after you convert it, it's also recommended that you resequence the application using the App-V sequencer.
-
-[How to Convert a Package Created in a Previous Version of App-V](appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md)
-
-## Migrating the App-V Server Full Infrastructure
-
-
-There's no direct method to upgrade to a full App-V infrastructure. Use the information in the following section for information about upgrading the App-V server.
-
-|Task|More Information|
-|--- |--- |
-|Review prerequisites.|[App-V Server prerequisite software](appv-prerequisites.md#app-v-server-prerequisite-software)|
-|Enable the App-V client.|[Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md)|
-|Install App-V Server.|[How to Deploy the App-V Server](appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md)|
-|Migrate existing packages.|See [Converting packages created using a prior version of App-V](#converting-packages-created-using-a-prior-version-of-app-v) earlier in this article.|
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Other resources for performing App-V migration tasks
-
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-
-- [A simplified Microsoft App-V 5.1 Management Server upgrade procedure](/archive/blogs/appv/a-simplified-microsoft-app-v-5-1-management-server-upgrade-procedure)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md
deleted file mode 100644
index db81d9833c..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to modify an existing virtual application package and add a new application to an existing virtual application package.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-This article explains how to:
-
-- [Update an application in an existing virtual application package](#update-an-application-in-an-existing-virtual-application-package)
-
-- [Modify the properties associated with an existing virtual application package](#modify-the-properties-associated-with-an-existing-virtual-application-package)
-
-- [Add a new application to an existing virtual application package](#add-a-new-application-to-an-existing-virtual-application-package)
-
-**Before you update a package:**
-
-- Ensure that you’ve installed the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) Sequencer, which is required for modifying a virtual application package. To install the App-V Sequencer, see [How to Install the Sequencer](appv-install-the-sequencer.md).
-
-- Save the .appv file in a secure location and always trust the source before trying to open the package for editing.
-
-- The Managing Authority section is erroneously removed from the deployment configuration file when you update a package. Before starting the update, copy the Managing Authority section from the existing deployment configuration file, and then paste the copied section into the new configuration file after the conversion is complete.
-
-- If you click **Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package** in the Sequencer in order to edit a package, but then make no changes and close the package, the streaming behavior of the package is changed. The primary feature block is removed from the StreamMap.xml file, and any files that were listed in the publishing feature block are removed. Users who receive the edited package experience that package as if it were stream-faulted, regardless of how the original package was configured.
-
-## Update an application in an existing virtual application package
-
-1. On the computer that runs the sequencer, click **All Programs**, point to **Microsoft Application Virtualization**, and then click **Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer**.
-
-2. In the App-V Sequencer, click **Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package** > **Next**.
-
-3. On the **Select Task** page, click **Update Application in Existing Package** > **Next**.
-
-4. On the **Select Package** page, click **Browse** to locate the virtual application package that contains the application to update, and then click **Next**.
-
-5. On the **Prepare Computer** page, review the issues that could cause the application update to fail or cause the updated application to contain unnecessary data. Resolve all potential issues before you continue. After making any corrections and resolving all potential issues, click **Refresh** > **Next**.
-
- **Important**
- If you're required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files are added to the package.
-
-6. On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the update installation file for the application. If the update doesn't have an associated installer file, and if you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
-
-7. On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready you can proceed to install the application update so the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If additional installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and then locate and run the additional installation files. When you're finished with the installation, select **I am finished installing**. Click **Next**.
-
- >**Note** The sequencer monitors all changes and installations that occur on the computer that runs the sequencer. This includes any changes and installations that are performed outside of the sequencing wizard.
-
-8. On the **Installation Report** page, you can review information about the updated virtual application. In **Additional Information**, double-click the event to obtain more detailed information. To proceed, click **Next**.
-
-9. On the **Streaming** page, run each program so that it can be optimized and run more efficiently on target computers. It can take several minutes for all of the applications to run. After all applications have run, close each of the applications, and then click **Next**.
-
- >**Note** You can stop an application from loading during this step. In the **Application Launch** dialog box, click **Stop**, and then select either **Stop all applications** or **Stop this application only**.
-
-10. On the **Create Package** page, to modify the package without saving it, select the check box for **Continue to modify package without saving using the package editor**. When you select this option, the package opens in the App-V Sequencer console, where you can modify the package before it's saved. Click **Next**.
-
- To save the package immediately, select the default **Save the package now**. Add optional **Comments** to associate with the package. Comments are useful to identify the application version and provide other information about the package. The default **Save Location** is also displayed. To change the default location, click **Browse** and specify the new location. Click **Create**.
-
-11. On the **Completion** page, click **Close** to close the wizard. The package is now available in the sequencer.
-
-
-## Modify the properties associated with an existing virtual application package
-
-1. On the computer that runs the sequencer, click **All Programs**, point to **Microsoft Application Virtualization**, and then click **Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer**.
-
-2. In the App-V Sequencer, click **Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package** > **Next**.
-
-3. On the **Select Task** page, click **Edit Package** > **Next**.
-
-4. On the **Select Package** page, click **Browse** to locate the virtual application package that contains the application properties to modify, and then click **Edit**.
-
-5. In the App-V Sequencer console, perform any of the following tasks as needed:
-
- - Import and export the manifest file.
-
- - Enable or disable Browser Helper Objects.
-
- - Import or export a VFS file.
-
- - Import a directory into the virtual file system.
-
- - Import and export virtual registry keys.
-
- - View package properties.
-
- - View associated package files.
-
- - Edit registry settings.
-
- - Review the extra package settings (except operating system file properties).
-
- - Set virtualized registry key state (override or merge).
-
- - Set virtualized folder state.
-
- - Add or edit shortcuts and file type associations.
-
- >**Note** To edit shortcuts or file type associations, you must first open the package for upgrade to add a new application, and then proceed to the final editing page.
-
-6. When you finish changing the package properties, click **File** > **Save** to save the package.
-
-## Add a new application to an existing virtual application package
-
-1. On the computer that runs the sequencer, click **All Programs**, point to **Microsoft Application Virtualization**, and then click **Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer**.
-
-2. In the App-V Sequencer, click **Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package** > **Next**.
-
-3. On the **Select Task** page, click **Add New Application** > **Next**.
-
-4. On the **Select Package** page, click **Browse** to locate the virtual application package to which you'll add the application, and then click **Next**.
-
-5. On the **Prepare Computer** page, review the issues that could cause the package creation to fail or cause the revised package to contain unnecessary data. Resolve all potential issues before you continue. After making any corrections and resolving all potential issues, click **Refresh** > **Next**.
-
- >**Important** If you're required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files can be added to the package.
-
-6. On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the installation file for the application. If the application doesn't have an associated installer file and you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
-
-7. On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready, install the application so that the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If more installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and locate and run those installation files. When you finish the installation, select **I am finished installing** > **Next**. In the **Browse for Folder** dialog box, specify the primary directory where the application will be installed. Ensure that this directory is a new location so that you don’t overwrite the existing version of the virtual application package.
-
- >**Note** The sequencer monitors all changes and installations that occur on the computer that runs the sequencer. This includes any changes and installations that are performed outside of the sequencing wizard.
-
-8. On the **Configure Software** page, optionally run the programs contained in the package. This step completes any associated license or configuration tasks that are required to run the application before you deploy and run the package on target computers. To run all the programs at the same time, select at least one program, and then click **Run All**. To run specific programs, select the program or programs you want to run, and then click **Run Selected**. Complete the required configuration tasks and then close the applications. It can take several minutes for all programs to run. Click **Next**.
-
-9. On the **Installation Report** page, you can review information about the updated virtual application. In **Additional Information**, double-click the event to obtain more detailed information, and then click **Next** to open the **Customize** page.
-
-10. If you're finished installing and configuring the virtual application, select **Stop now** and skip to step 13 of this procedure. If you want to perform the following described customization, click **Customize**.
-
- If you're customizing, prepare the virtual package for streaming, and then click **Next**. Streaming improves the experience when the virtual application package is run on target computers.
-
-11. On the **Streaming** page, run each program so that it can be optimized and run more efficiently on target computers. It can take several minutes for all the applications to run. After all applications have run, close each of the applications, and then click **Next**.
-
- >**Note** You can stop an application from loading during this step. In the **Application Launch** dialog box, click **Stop** and then select either **Stop all applications** or **Stop this application only**.
-
-12. On the **Create Package** page, to modify the package without saving it, select the **Continue to modify package without saving using the package editor** check box. Selecting this option opens the package in the App-V Sequencer console, where you can modify the package before saving it. Click **Next**.
-
- To save the package immediately, select the default **Save the package now**. Add optional **Comments** to associate with the package. Comments are useful for providing application versions and other information about the package. The default **Save Location** is also displayed. To change the default location, click **Browse** and specify the new location. The uncompressed package size is displayed. Click **Create**.
-
-13. On the **Completion** page, click **Close**. The package is now available in the sequencer.
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e0950dbf8..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Modify Client Configuration by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to modify the Application Virtualization (App-V) client configuration by using Windows PowerShell.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Modify Client Configuration by Using Windows PowerShell
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following procedure to configure the App-V client configuration.
-
-1. To configure the client settings using Windows PowerShell, use the **Set-AppVClientConfiguration** cmdlet. For more information about installing Windows PowerShell, and a list of cmdlets see, [How to Load the Windows PowerShell Cmdlets for App-V and Get Cmdlet Help](appv-load-the-powershell-cmdlets-and-get-cmdlet-help.md).
-
-2. To modify the client configuration, open a Windows PowerShell Command prompt and run **Set-AppVClientConfiguration** with any required parameters. For example:
-
- `$config = Get-AppVClientConfiguration`
-
- `Set-AppVClientConfiguration $config`
-
- `Set-AppVClientConfiguration –Name1 MyConfig –Name2 "xyz"`
-
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b844f29a5..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Move the App-V Server to Another Computer (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to create a new management server console in your environment and learn how to connect it to the App-V database.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to move the App-V server to another computer
-
-**Applies to**
-- Windows Server 2016
-
-Use the following information to create a new management server console in your environment.
-
-## To create a new management server console
-
-
-Follow these steps to create a new management server console:
-
-1. Install the management server on a computer in your environment. For more information about installing the management server, see [Deploying the App-V server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).
-
-2. After you've completed the installation, use the following link to connect it to the App-V database - [How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database](appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md).
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b2ef74380..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Operations for App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn about the various types of App-V administration and operating tasks that are typically performed by an administrator.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/18/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Operations for App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-This section of the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) Administrator’s Guide includes information about the various types of App-V administration and operating tasks that are typically performed by an administrator. This section also includes step-by-step procedures to help you successfully perform those tasks.
-
-## Operations Information
-
-- [Creating and Managing App-V Virtualized Applications](appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md)
-
- Describes how to create, modify, and convert virtualized packages.
-- [Administering App-V Virtual Applications by Using the Management Console](appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md)
-
- Describes how to use the App-V Management console to perform tasks such as sequencing an application, changing a package, using a project template, and using a package accelerator.
-- [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
-
- Describes how connection groups enable virtualized applications to communicate with each other in the virtual environment; explains how to create, publish, and delete them; and describes how connection groups can help you better manage your virtualized applications.
-- [Deploying App-V Packages by Using Electronic Software Distribution (ESD)](appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md)
-
- Describes how to deploy App-V packages by using an ESD.
-- [Using the App-V Client Management Console](appv-using-the-client-management-console.md)
-
- Describes how to perform client configuration tasks using the client management console.
-- [Migrating to App-V from a Previous Version](appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md)
-
- Provides instructions for migrating to App-V from a previous version.
-- [Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
-
- Describes the set of Windows PowerShell cmdlets available for administrators performing various App-V server tasks.
-
-## Additional information
-
-- [Application Virtualization (App-V) overview](appv-for-windows.md)
-- [Getting Started with App-V](appv-getting-started.md)
-- [Planning for App-V](appv-planning-for-appv.md)
-- [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
-- [Troubleshooting App-V](appv-troubleshooting.md)
-- [Technical Reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cb7e615a02..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Performance Guidance for Application Virtualization
-description: Learn how to configure App-V for optimal performance, optimize virtual app packages, and provide a better user experience with RDS and VDI.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Performance Guidance for Application Virtualization
-
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 7 SP1
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-- Server 2012 R2
-- Server 2016
-
-Learn how to configure App-V for optimal performance, optimize virtual app packages, and provide a better user experience with RDS and VDI.
-
-Implementing multiple methods can help you improve the end-user experience. However, your environment may not support all methods.
-
-You should read and understand the following information before reading this document.
-
-- [Application Virtualization (App-V) overview](appv-for-windows.md)
-
-- [Application Publishing and Client Interaction](appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md)
-
-- [App-V Sequencing Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=27760)
-
-> [!Note]
-> Some terms used in this document may have different meanings depending on external source and context. For more information about terms used in this document followed by an asterisk `*`, review the [Application Virtualization Performance Guidance Terminology](#bkmk-terms1) section of this document.
-
-Finally, this document will provide you with the information to configure the computer running App-V client and the environment for optimal performance. Optimize your virtual application packages for performance using the sequencer, and to understand how to use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) or other user environment management technologies to provide the optimal user experience with App-V in both Remote Desktop Services (RDS) and non-persistent virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI).
-
-To help determine what information is relevant to your environment, you should review each section's brief overview and applicability checklist.
-
-## App-V in stateful\* non-persistent deployments
-
-This section provides information about an approach that helps ensure a user will have access to all virtual applications within seconds after logging in. This access is achieved by uniquely addressing the often long-running App-V publishing refresh. As you'll discover the basis of the approach, the fastest publishing refresh, is one that doesn't have to actually do anything. Many conditions must be met and steps followed to provide the optimal user experience.
-
-Use the information in the following section for more information:
-
-[Usage Scenarios](#bkmk-us) - As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these scenarios are the approach extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users and/or virtual applications packages.
-
-- Optimized for Performance – To provide the optimal experience, you can expect the base image to include some of the App-V virtual application package. This and other requirements are discussed.
-
-- Optimized for Storage – If you're concerned with the storage impact, following this scenario will help address those concerns.
-
-[Preparing your Environment](#bkmk-pe)
-
-- Steps to Prepare the Base Image – Whether in a non-persistent VDI or RDSH environment, only a few steps must be completed in the base image to enable this approach.
-
-- Use UE-V as the User Profile Management (UPM) solution for the App-V approach – the cornerstone of this approach is the ability of a UEM solution to persist the contents of just a few registry and file locations. These locations constitute the user integrations\*. Be sure to review the specific requirements for the UPM solution.
-
-[User Experience Walk-through](#bkmk-uewt)
-
-- Walk-through – It's a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UE-V operations and the expectations users should have.
-
-- Outcome – It describes the expected results.
-
-[Impact to Package Lifecycle](#bkmk-plc)
-
-[Enhancing the VDI Experience through Performance Optimization/Tuning](#bkmk-evdi)
-
-### Applicability Checklist
-
-|Checklist|Deployment Environment|
-|--- |--- |
-||Non-Persistent VDI or RDSH.|
-||User Experience Virtualization (UE-V), other UPM solutions or User Profile Disks (UPD).|
-
-|Checklist|Expected Configuration|
-|--- |--- |
-||User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with the App-V user state template enabled or User Profile Management (UPM) software. Non-UE-V UPM software must be capable of triggering on Login or Process/Application Start and Logoff.|
-||App-V Shared Content Store (SCS) is configured or can be configured.|
-
-
-|Checklist|IT Administration|
-|--- |--- |
-||Admin may need to update the VM base image regularly to ensure optimal performance or Admin may need to manage multiple images for different user groups.|
-
-### Usage Scenarios
-
-As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these scenarios represent the extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users, virtual application packages, or both.
-
-- **Performance**: To provide the most optimal user experience, this approach uses the capabilities of a UPM solution and requires extra image preparation and can incur some more image management overhead.
-
- The following section describes many performance improvements in stateful non-persistent deployments. For more information, see [Sequencing Steps to Optimize Packages for Publishing Performance](#sequencing-steps-to-optimize-packages-for-publishing-performance) (in this article).
-
-- **Storage**: The general expectations of the previous scenario still apply here. However, keep in mind that VM images are typically stored in costly arrays; a slight alteration has been made to the approach. Don't pre-configure user-targeted virtual application packages in the base image.
-
- The impact of this alteration is detailed in the [User Experience Walk-through](#bkmk-uewt) (in this article).
-
-### Preparing your Environment
-
-The following information displays the required steps to prepare the base image and the UE-V or another UPM solution for the approach.
-
-#### Prepare the Base Image
-
-- **Performance**:
-
- - Enable the App-V client as described in [Enable the App-V in-box client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).
- - Enable UE-V and download the App-V Settings Template from the UE-V template Gallery, see the following steps.
- - Configure for Shared Content Store (SCS) mode. For more information, see [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md).
- - Configure Preserve User Integrations on Login Registry DWORD.
- - Pre-configure all user and global-targeted packages, for example, **Add-AppvClientPackage**.
- - Pre-configure all user- and global-targeted connection groups, for example, **Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup**.
- - Pre-publish all global-targeted packages. Or:
- - Perform a global publishing/refresh.
- - Perform a user publishing/refresh.
- - Unpublish all user-targeted packages.
- - Delete the following user-Virtual File System (VFS) entries:
-
- - `AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS`
- - `AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS`
-
-- **Storage**:
-
- - Enable the App-V client as described in [Enable the App-V in-box client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).
- - Enable UE-V and download the App-V Settings Template from the UE-V template Gallery, see the following steps.
- - Configure for Shared Content Store (SCS) mode. For more information, see [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md).
- - Configure Preserve User Integrations on Login Registry DWORD.
- - Pre-configure all global-targeted packages, for example, **Add-AppvClientPackage**.
- - Pre-configure all global-targeted connection groups, for example, **Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup**.
- - Pre-publish all global-targeted packages.
-
-#### Configurations
-
-For critical App-V Client configurations and for a little more context and how-to, review the following configuration settings:
-
-- **Shared Content Store (SCS) Mode**: When running the shared content store, only publishing data is maintained on hard disk; other virtual application assets are maintained in memory (RAM). Such a result helps to conserve local storage and minimize disk I/O per second (IOPS).
-
- This setting is recommended when low-latency connections are available between the App-V Client endpoint and the SCS content server, SAN.
-
- - Configurable in Windows PowerShell: `Set-AppvClientConfiguration -SharedContentStoreMode 1`
- - Configurable with Group Policy: See [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md).
-
-- **PreserveUserIntegrationsOnLogin**: If you have not pre-configured (**Add-AppvClientPackage**) a specific package and this setting isn't configured, the App-V Client will de-integrate* the persisted user integrations, then reintegrate*.
-
- For every package that meets the above conditions, effectively twice the work will be done during publishing/refresh.
-
- If you don't plan to pre-configure every available user package in the base image, use this setting.
-
- - Configure in the Registry under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration`.
- - Create the DWORD value **PreserveUserIntegrationsOnLogin** with a value of 1.
- - Restart the App-V client service or restart the computer running the App-V Client.
-
-- **MaxConcurrentPublishingRefresh**: This setting determines the number of users that can perform a publishing refresh/sync at the same time. The default setting is no limit.
-
- Limiting the number of concurrent publishing refreshes prevents excessive CPU usage that could impact computer performance. This limit is recommended in an RDS environment, where multiple users can log in to the same computer at the same time and perform a publishing refresh sync.
-
- If the concurrent publishing refresh threshold is reached, the time required to publish new applications and make them available to end users after they sign in could take an indeterminate amount of time.
-
- - Configure in the Registry under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Publishing`.
- - Create the DWORD value **MaxConcurrentPublishingrefresh** with the desired maximum number of concurrent publishing refreshes.
- - The App-V client service and computer don't need to be restarted.
-
-### Configure UE-V solution for App-V Approach
-
-We recommend using User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) to capture and centralize application settings and Windows operating system settings for a specific user. These settings are then applied to the different computers that are accessed by the user, including desktop computers, laptop computers, and virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) sessions. UE-V is optimized for RDS and VDI scenarios.
-
-For more information, see:
-
-- [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows client overview](/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows)
-
-- [Get Started with UE-V](/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-getting-started)
-
-> [!Note]
-> Without performing an additional configuration step, User Environment Virtualization (UE-V) won't be able to synchronize the Start menu shortcuts (.lnk files) on the target computer. The .lnk file type is excluded by default.
-
-UE-V will only support removing the .lnk file type from the exclusion list in the RDS and VDI scenarios, where every user's device will have the same set of applications installed to the same location and every .lnk file is valid for all the users' devices. For example, UE-V wouldn't currently support the following two scenarios, because the net result will be that the shortcut will be valid on one but not all devices.
-
-- If a user has an application installed on one device with .lnk files enabled and the same native application installed on another device to a different installation root with .lnk files enabled.
-
-- If a user has an application installed on one device but not another with .lnk files enabled.
-
-> [!Important]
-> This topic describes how to change the Windows registry by using Registry Editor. If you change the Windows registry incorrectly, you can cause serious problems that might require you to reinstall Windows. You should make a backup copy of the registry files (System.dat and User.dat) before you change the registry. Microsoft cannot guarantee that the problems that might occur when you change the registry can be resolved. Change the registry at your own risk.
-
-Using the Microsoft Registry Editor (regedit.exe), navigate to `HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration\ExcludedFileTypes` and remove `.lnk` from the excluded file types.
-
-## Configure other User Profile Management (UPM) solutions for App-V Approach
-
-The expectation in a stateful environment is that a UPM solution is implemented and can support persistence of user data across sessions and between logins.
-
-The requirements for the UPM solution are as follows.
-
-To enable an optimized sign-in experience, for example the App-V approach for the user, the solution must be capable of:
-
-- Persisting the below user integrations as part of the user profile/persona.
-
-- Triggering a user profile sync on sign in (or application start), which can guarantee that all user integrations are applied before publishing/refresh begin, or,
-
-- Attaching and detaching a user profile disk (UPD) or similar technology that contains the user integrations.
-
- > [!Note]
- >
- > App-V is supported when using UPD only when the entire profile is stored on the user profile disk.
- >
- > App-V packages are not supported when using UPD with selected folders stored in the user profile disk. The Copy on Write driver doesn't handle UPD selected folders.
-
-- Capturing changes to the locations, which constitute the user integrations, prior to session sign out.
-
-With App-V when you add a publishing server (**Add-AppvPublishingServer**) you can configure synchronization, for example refresh during a sign in and/or after a specified refresh interval. In both cases, a scheduled task is created.
-
-In previous versions of App-V, both scheduled tasks were configured using a VBScript that would initiate the user and global refresh. Starting with Hotfix Package 4 for Application Virtualization 5.0 SP2, the user refresh on a sign in was initiated by **SyncAppvPublishingServer.exe**. This change was introduced to provide UPM solutions a trigger process. This process delays the publish /refresh to allow the UPM solution to apply the user integrations. It will exit once the publishing/refresh is complete.
-
-### User Integrations
-
-Registry – HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER
-
-- Path - Software\\Classes
-
- Exclude: Local Settings, ActivatableClasses, AppX\*
-
-- Path - Software\\Microsoft\\AppV
-
-- Path- Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\App Paths
-
-### File Locations
-
-- Root – “Environment Variable” APPDATA
-
- Path – Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Catalog
-
-- Root – “Environment Variable” APPDATA
-
- Path – Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration
-
-- Root – “Environment Variable” APPDATA
-
- Path - Microsoft\\Windows\\Start Menu\\Programs
-
-- (To persist all desktop shortcuts, virtual and non-virtual)
-
- Root - “KnownFolder” {B4BFCC3A-DB2C-424C-B029-7FE99A87C641}FileMask - \*.lnk
-
-### User Experience Walk-through
-
-This following process is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UPM operations, and the users' expectations.
-
-- **Performance**: After implementing this approach in the VDI/RDSH environment, on first login,
- - (Operation) A user-publishing/refresh is initiated.
-
- (Expectation) If it's the first time that a user has published virtual applications (for example, non-persistent), this operation will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
-
-- (Operation) After the publishing/refresh, the UPM solution captures the user integrations.
-
- (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this capture may occur as part of the sign-out process. This result will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state.
-
- **On subsequent logins**:
-
- - (Operation) UPM solution applies the user integrations to the system prior to publishing/refresh.
-
- (Expectation) There will be shortcuts present on the desktop, or in the start menu, which work immediately. When the publishing/refresh completes (that is, package entitlements change), some may go away.
-
- - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process unpublish and publish operations for changes in user package entitlements.
-
- (Expectation) If there are no entitlement changes, publishing will complete in seconds. Otherwise, the publishing/refresh will increase relative to the number and complexity of virtual applications
-
- The publishing operation (**Publish-AppVClientPackage**) adds entries to the user catalog, maps entitlement to the user, identifies the local store, and finishes by completing any integration steps.
-
- - (Operation) UPM solution will capture user integrations again at sign off.
-
- (Expectation) Same as previous.
-
- **Outcome**:
-
- - Because the user integrations are entirely preserved, there will be no work for example, integration for the publishing/refresh to complete. All virtual applications will be available within seconds of sign in.
- - The publishing/refresh will process changes to the users-entitled virtual applications, which impacts the experience.
-
-- **Storage**: After implementing this approach in the VDI/RDSH environment, on first login
-
- - (Operation) A user-publishing/refresh is initiated.
-
- (Expectation):
-
- - If this instance is the first time a user has published virtual applications (for example, non-persistent), this will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
- - First and subsequent logins will be impacted by pre-configuring of packages (add/refresh).
-
- - (Operation) After the publishing/refresh, the UPM solution captures the user integrations.
-
- (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this capture may occur as part of the sign-off process. This result will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state.
-
- **On subsequent logins**:
-
- - (Operation) UPM solution applies the user integrations to the system prior to publishing/refresh.
- - (Operation) Add/refresh must pre-configure all user targeted applications.
-
- - (Expectation):
- - This may increase the time to application availability significantly (on the order of 10s of seconds).
- - This will increase the publishing refresh time relative to the number and complexity* of virtual applications.
-
- - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process unpublish and publish operations for changes to user package entitlements.
-
- **Outcome**: Because the add/refresh must reconfigure all the virtual applications to the VM, the publishing refresh time on every login will be extended.
-
-### Impact to Package Life Cycle
-
-Upgrading a package is a crucial aspect of the package lifecycle. To help guarantee users have access to the appropriate upgraded (published) or downgraded (unpublished) virtual application packages, it's recommended you update the base image to reflect these changes. To understand why review the following section:
-
-App-V 5.0 SP2 introduced the concept of pending states. In the past,
-
-- If an administrator changed entitlements or created a new version of a package (upgraded) and during a publishing/refresh that package was in-use, the unpublish or publish operation, respectively, would fail.
-
-- Now, if a package is in use, the operation will be pended. The unpublish and publish-pend operations will be processed on service restart or if another publish or unpublish command is issued. In the latter case, if the virtual application is in-use otherwise, the virtual application will remain in a pending state. For globally published packages, a restart (or service restart) often needed.
-
-In a non-persistent environment, it's unlikely these pended operations will be processed. The pended operations, for example tasks are captured under **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER** \\ **Software** \\ **Microsoft** \\ **AppV** \\ **Client** \\ **PendingTasks**. Although this location is persisted by the UPM solution, if it isn't applied to the environment prior to a sign in, it will not be processed.
-
-### Enhancing the VDI Experience through Performance Optimization Tuning
-
-The following section contains lists with information about Microsoft documentation and downloads that may be useful when optimizing your environment for performance.
-
-#### Windows Server
-
-Server performance tuning guidelines for [Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2](/previous-versions/dn529133(v=vs.85))
-
-#### Server roles
-
-- [Remote Desktop Virtualization Host](/previous-versions/dn567643(v=vs.85))
-
-- [Remote Desktop Session Host](/previous-versions/dn567648(v=vs.85))
-
-- [IIS Relevance: App-V Management, Publishing, Reporting Web Services](/previous-versions/dn567678(v=vs.85))
-
-- [File Server (SMB) Relevance: If used for App-V Content Storage and Delivery in SCS Mode](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj134210(v=ws.11))
-
-#### Windows Client (guest OS) performance tuning guidance
-
-- [The Microsoft Premier Field Engineer (PFE) view on Virtual Desktop (VDI) Density](/archive/blogs/jeff_stokes/the-microsoft-premier-field-engineer-pfe-view-on-virtual-desktop-vdi-density)
-
-- [Optimization Script: (Provided by Microsoft Support)](/archive/blogs/jeff_stokes/hot-off-the-presses-get-it-now-the-windows-8-vdi-optimization-script-courtesy-of-pfe)
-
-## Sequencing Steps to Optimize Packages for Publishing Performance
-
-Several App-V features facilitate new scenarios or enable new customer deployment scenarios. These following features can impact the performance of the publishing and launch operations.
-
-|Step|Consideration|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|No Feature Block 1 (FB1, also known as Primary FB)|No FB1 means the application will launch immediately and stream fault (application requires file, DLL and must pull down over the network) during launch. If there are network limitations, FB1 will:
Be conscious of size and complexity (script execution, VREG inclusions/exclusions) of the file.
Numerous virtual application packages may already have User- or computer–specific dynamic configurations files.|Publishing times will improve if these files are used selectively or not at all.|Virtual application packages would need to be reconfigured individually or via the App-V server management console to remove associated Dynamic Configuration files.|
-
-
-### Disabling a Dynamic Configuration by using Windows PowerShell
-
-- For already published packages, you can use `Set-AppVClientPackage –Name Myapp –Path c:\Packages\Apps\MyApp.appv` without
-
- **-DynamicDeploymentConfiguration** parameter
-
-- Similarly, when adding new packages using `Add-AppVClientPackage –Path c:\Packages\Apps\MyApp.appv`, don't use the
-
- **-DynamicDeploymentConfiguration** parameter.
-
-For documentation on How to Apply a Dynamic Configuration, see:
-
-- [How to Apply the User Configuration File by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md)
-
-- [How to Apply the Deployment Configuration File by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md)
-
-|Step|Considerations|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
-|--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Account for Synchronous Script Execution during Package Lifecycle.|If script collateral is embedded in the package, Add cmdlets may be slower.
Running of scripts during virtual application launch (StartVirtualEnvironment, StartProcess) and/or Add+Publish will impact the perceived performance during one or more of these lifecycle operations.|Use of Asynchronous (Non-Blocking) Scripts will ensure that the lifecycle operations complete efficiently.|This step requires working knowledge of all virtual application packages with embedded script collateral, which have associated dynamic configurations files and which reference and run scripts synchronously.|
-|Remove Extraneous Virtual Fonts from Package.|Most applications investigated by the App-V product team contained a few fonts, typically fewer than 20.|Virtual Fonts impact publishing refresh performance.|Desired fonts will need to be enabled/installed natively. For instructions, see Install or uninstall fonts.|
-
-### Determining what virtual fonts exist in the package
-
-- Make a copy of the package.
-
-- Rename Package\_copy.appv to Package\_copy.zip
-
-- Open AppxManifest.xml and locate the following syntax:
-
- ```xml
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-Help us to improve
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0108207c9e..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
----
-title: About App-V Reporting (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how the App-V reporting feature collects information about computers running the App-V client and virtual application package usage.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/16/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# About App-V reporting
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Application Virtualization (App-V) includes a built-in reporting feature that collects information about computers running the App-V client and virtual application package usage. You can generate reports from a centralized database with this information.
-
-## App-V reporting overview
-
-The following list displays the end–to-end high-level workflow for reporting in App-V.
-
-1. The App-V Reporting server requires the following things:
-
- * Internet Information Service (IIS) web server role
- * Windows Authentication role (under **IIS / Security**)
- * SQL Server installed and running with SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)
-
- To confirm SQL Server Reporting Services is running, enter `https://localhost/Reports` in a web browser as administrator on the server that will host App-V Reporting. The SQL Server Reporting Services Home page should appear.
-2. Install the App-V reporting server and associated database. For more information about installing the reporting server, see [How to install the Reporting Server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md). Configure the time when the computer running the App-V client should send data to the reporting server.
-3. If you aren't using an electronic software distribution system such as Configuration Manager to view reports, then you can define reports in SQL Server Reporting Service.
-
- > [!NOTE]
- >If you are using the Configuration Manager integration with App-V, most reports are generated from Configuration Manager rather than from App-V.
-4. After importing the App-V Windows PowerShell module using **Import-Module AppvClient** as administrator, enable App-V client reporting. This sample Windows PowerShell command enables App-V reporting:
-
- ```PowerShell
- Set-AppvClientConfiguration -ReportingServerURL
The previous example will send the reporting data to the ```\\MyShare\MyData\``` location indicated by the **-URL** parameter. After the data has been sent, the cache is cleared.|
-
->[!NOTE]
->If a location other than the Reporting Server is specified, the data is sent in **.xml** format with no additional processing.
-
-### Creating reports
-
-To retrieve report information and create reports using App-V, you must use one of the following methods:
-
-* Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)—Microsoft SSRS is available with Microsoft SQL Server. SSRS isn't installed when you install the App-V reporting server. It must be deployed separately to generate the associated reports. For more information, see the [What is SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)?](/sql/reporting-services/create-deploy-and-manage-mobile-and-paginated-reports) article.
-
-* Scripting—You can generate reports by scripting directly against the App-V reporting database. For example:
-
- **Stored Procedure:**
-
- **spProcessClientReport** is scheduled to run at midnight or 12:00 AM.
-
- To run the Microsoft SQL Server Scheduled Stored procedure, the Microsoft SQL Server Agent must be running. Make sure the Microsoft SQL Server Agent is set to **AutoStart**. For more information, see [Autostart SQL Server Agent (SQL Server Management Studio)](/sql/ssms/agent/autostart-sql-server-agent-sql-server-management-studio).
-
- The stored procedure is also created when you use the App-V database scripts.
-
-You should also ensure that the reporting server web service’s **Maximum Concurrent Connections** is set to a value that the server can manage without affecting availability. The recommended number of **Maximum Concurrent Connections** for the **Reporting Web Service** is **10,000**.
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Deploying the App-V server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md)
-* [How to install the reporting server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ce0c73c061..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications (Windows 10/11)
-description: Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 03/08/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications
-
-**Applies to**
-- Windows 7 SP1
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2016
-
-You can run a locally installed application in a virtual environment, alongside applications that have been virtualized by using Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V). You might want to do this task if you:
-
-- Want to install and run an application locally on client computers, but want to virtualize and run specific plug-ins that work with that local application.
-
-- Are troubleshooting an App-V client package and want to open a local application within the App-V virtual environment.
-
-Use any of the following methods to open a local application inside the App-V virtual environment:
-
-- [RunVirtual registry key](#bkmk-runvirtual-regkey)
-
-- [Get-AppvClientPackage Windows PowerShell cmdlet](#bkmk-get-appvclientpackage-posh)
-
-- [Command line switch /appvpid:<PID>](#bkmk-cl-switch-appvpid)
-
-- [Command line hook switch /appvve:<GUID>](#bkmk-cl-hook-switch-appvve)
-
-Each method accomplishes essentially the same task, but some methods may be better suited for some applications than others, depending on whether the virtualized application is already running.
-
-## RunVirtual registry key
-
-
-To add a locally installed application to a package or to a connection group’s virtual environment, you add a subkey to the `RunVirtual` registry key in the Registry Editor, as described in the following sections.
-
-There's no Group Policy setting available to manage this registry key. So, you have to use Microsoft Intune or Configuration Manager, another electronic software distribution (ESD) system, or manually edit the registry.
-
-Starting with App-V 5.0 SP3, when using RunVirtual, you can publish packages globally or to the user.
-
-
-### Steps to create the subkey
-
-1. Using the information in the following table, create a new registry key using the name of the executable file, for example, **MyApp.exe**.
-
- - **Published globally**: Create the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual` registry key.
-
- For example, create `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual\MyApp.exe`.
-
- - **Published to the user**: Create the `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual` registry key.
-
- For example, create `HKEY_CURRENT_USER \SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual\MyApp.exe`.
-
- - Connection group can be:
- - Packages that are published globally or just to the user
- - Packages that are published globally and to the user
-
- Use the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE` or `HKEY_CURRENT_USER` key. But, all of the following conditions must be fulfilled:
-
- - If you want to include multiple packages in the virtual environment, you must include them in an enabled connection group.
- - Create only one subkey for one of the packages in the connection group. For example, you have one package that is published globally and another package that is published to the user. You create a subkey for either of these packages, but not both. Although you create a subkey for only one of the packages, all of the packages in the connection group, plus the local application, will be available in the virtual environment.
- - The key under which you create the subkey must match the publishing method you used for the package.
-
- For example, if you published the package to the user, you must create the subkey under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual`. Don't add a key for the same application under both hives.
-
-2. Set the new registry subkey’s value to the PackageId and VersionId of the package, separating the values with an underscore.
-
- **Syntax**: `
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 059ef24c65..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
----
-title: App-V Supported Configurations (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn the requirements to install and run App-V supported configurations in your Windows 10/11 environment.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/16/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# App-V Supported Configurations
-
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-- Windows Server 2019
-- Windows Server 2016
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2012
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 (Extended Security Update)
-
-This article specifies the requirements to install and run App-V in your Windows client environment. For information about prerequisite software such as the .NET Framework, see [App-V prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md).
-
-## App-V Server system requirements
-
-This section lists the operating system and hardware requirements for all App-V server components.
-
-### Unsupported App-V server scenarios
-
-The App-V server does not support the following scenarios:
-
-* Deployment to a computer that runs the Server Core installation option.
-* Deployment to a computer that runs a previous version of the App-V server components. You can only install App-V side-by-side with the App-V 4.5 Lightweight Streaming Server (LWS) server. This scenario doesn't support side-by-side deployment of App-V and the Application Virtualization Management Service (HWS) 4.x.
-* Deployment to a computer running Microsoft SQL Server Express edition.
-* Deployment to a domain controller.
-* Short paths. If you plan to use a short path, you must create a new volume.
-
-### Management server operating system requirements
-
-You can install the App-V Management server on a server running Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 (Extended Security Update) or later.
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->Deploying a Management server role to a computer with Remote Desktop Services enabled is not supported.
-
-### Management server hardware requirements
-
-* A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 1-GB RAM (64-bit).
-* 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
-
-### Management server database requirements
-
-The following table lists the SQL Server versions that the App-V Management database installation supports.
-
-|SQL Server version|Service pack|System architecture|
-|---|---|---|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2019|CU4|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2017||32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2016|SP2|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2014||32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2012|SP2|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2|SP3|32-bit or 64-bit|
-
-For more information on user configuration files with SQL server 2016 or later, see the [support article](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4548751/app-v-server-publishing-might-fail-when-you-apply-user-configuration-f).
-
-### Publishing server operating system requirements
-
-The App-V Publishing server can be installed on a server that runs Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 or later.
-
-### Publishing server hardware requirements
-
-App-V adds require nothing beyond the requirements of Windows Server.
-
-* A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 2-GB RAM (64-bit).
-* 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
-
-### Reporting server operating system requirements
-
-You can install the App-V Reporting server on a server running Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 or later.
-
-### Reporting server hardware requirements
-
-App-V adds no other requirements beyond those requirements of Windows Server.
-
-* A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 2-GB RAM (64-bit).
-* 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
-
-### Reporting server database requirements
-
-The following table lists the SQL Server versions that are supported for the App-V Reporting database installation.
-
-|SQL Server version|Service pack|System architecture|
-|---|---|---|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2019|CU4|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2017||32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2016|SP2|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2014||32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2012|SP2|32-bit or 64-bit|
-|Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2|SP3|32-bit or 64-bit|
-
-## App-V client and Remote Desktop Services client requirements
-
-Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, the App-V client is included with Windows Enterprise and Windows Education. The App-V client is no longer part of the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack. Before you can use the App-V client, it must be enabled, as described in [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).
-
-Similarly, the App-V Remote Desktop Services (RDS) client is included with Windows Server 2016 Standard and Windows Server 2016 Datacenter.
-
-## Sequencer system requirements
-
-Sequencer is now part of the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK). [Download the latest Windows ADK](/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install) that is recommended for your version of the Windows OS.
-
-### Sequencer hardware requirements
-
-See the Windows or Windows Server documentation for the hardware requirements.
-
-## Supported versions of Microsoft Configuration Manager
-
-The App-V client works with Configuration Manager versions starting with Technical Preview for Configuration Manager, version 1606.
-
-## Related articles
-
-* [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
-* [App-V prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5feee6e5a9..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Technical Reference for App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn strategy and context for many performance optimization practices in this technical reference for Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Technical Reference for App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-This section provides reference information related to managing App-V.
-
-## In This Section
-
-
-- [Performance Guidance for Application Virtualization](appv-performance-guidance.md)
-
- Provides strategy and context for many performance optimizations. Not all practices will be applicable. However, these practices are tested and supported. Using all suggested practices that are applicable to your organization will provide the optimal end-user experience.
-
-- [Application Publishing and Client Interaction](appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md)
-
-Describes how the following App-V client operations affect the local operating system:
-
-- App-V files and data storage locations
-- Package registry
-- Package store behavior
-- Roaming registry and data
-- Client application lifecycle management
-- Integration of App-V packages
-- Dynamic configuration
-- Side-by-side assemblies
-- Client logging
-
-- [Viewing App-V Server Publishing Metadata](appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md)
-
- Tells how to view publishing metadata, which can help you resolve publishing-related issues.
-
-- [Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications](appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md)
-
- Describes reasons and methods for running a locally installed application in a virtual environment, alongside applications that have been virtualized by using Application Virtualization (App-V).
-
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[How to Deploy the App-V Databases by Using SQL Scripts](appv-deploy-appv-databases-with-sql-scripts.md)
-
-[Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
-
-[Windows PowerShell reference for App-V](/previous-versions/)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ad489e6d0..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to Transfer Access and Configurations to Another Version of a Package by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to Transfer Access and Configurations to Another Version of a Package by Using the Management Console
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to Transfer Access and Configurations to Another Version of a Package by Using the Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following procedure to transfer the access and default package configurations to another version of a package by using the management console.
-
-**To transfer access and configurations to another version of a package**
-
-1. To view the package that you want to configure, open the App-V Management Console. Select the package to which you'll transfer the new configuration, right-click the package and select **transfer default configuration from** or **transfer access and configurations from**, depending on the configuration that you want to transfer.
-
-2. To transfer the configuration, in the **Select Previous Version** dialog box, select the package that contains the settings that you want to transfer, and then click **OK**.
-
- If you select **transfer default configuration from**, then only the underlying dynamic deployment configuration will be transferred.
-
- If you select **transfer access and configurations from**, then all access permissions, and the configuration settings, will be copied.
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e916937ed..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Troubleshooting App-V (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to find information about troubleshooting Application Virtualization (App-V) and information about other App-V articles.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Troubleshooting App-V
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-For information that can help with troubleshooting App-V for Windows client, see:
-
-- [Application Virtualization (App-V): List of Microsoft Support Knowledge Base Articles](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/14272.app-v-v5-x-list-of-microsoft-support-knowledge-base-articles.aspx)
-
-- [Microsoft App-V Team Blog](/archive/blogs/appv/)
-
-- [Release Notes for App-V](appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md)
-
-- [Technical Reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
-
-- [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv)
-
-
-## Other resources
-
-- [Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows client overview](appv-for-windows.md)
-
-- [Getting Started with App-V for Windows client](appv-getting-started.md)
-
-- [Planning for App-V](appv-planning-for-appv.md)
-
-- [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
-
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d9769d9ac3..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Upgrading to App-V for Windows 10/11 from an existing installation (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn about upgrading to Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11 from an existing installation.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Upgrading to App-V for Windows client from an existing installation
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-If you’re already using App-V and you’re planning to upgrade user devices to Windows 10/11, you need to make only the following few adjustments to your existing environment to start using App-V for Windows client.
-
-1. [Upgrade user devices to Windows 10/11](#upgrade-user-devices-to-windows-1011). Performing an in-place upgrade automatically installs the App-V client and migrates users’ App-V applications and settings.
-
-2. [Verify that App-V applications and settings were migrated correctly](#verify-that-app-v-applications-and-settings-were-migrated-correctly).
-
-3. [Enable the in-box App-V client](#enable-the-in-box-app-v-client).
-
-4. [Configure the in-box App-V client to point to previously installed App-V server components](#configure-the-in-box-app-v-client-to-point-to-previously-installed-app-v-server-components).
-
-5. [Verify that the in-box App-V client can receive and launch .appv packages](#verify-that-the-in-box-app-v-client-can-receive-and-launch-appv-packages).
-
-These steps are explained in more detail below.
-
-## Upgrade user devices to Windows 10/11
-
-Performing an in-place upgrade automatically installs the App-V client and migrates users’ App-V applications and settings. See the [Windows document set](/windows/windows-10/) for information about upgrading user devices.
-
-## Verify that App-V applications and settings were migrated correctly
-
-After upgrading a user device, it’s important to verify that App-V applications and settings were migrated correctly during the upgrade.
-
-To verify that the user’s App-V application packages were migrated correctly, type `Get-AppvClientPackage` in Windows PowerShell.
-
-To verify that the user’s App-V settings were migrated correctly, type `Get-AppvClientConfiguration` in Windows PowerShell.
-
-## Enable the in-box App-V client
-
-With Windows 10/11, the App-V client is installed automatically. You need to enable the client to allow user devices to access and run virtual applications. You can enable the client with the Group Policy editor or with Windows PowerShell.
-
-**To enable the App-V client with Group Policy**
-
-1. Open the device’s **Group Policy Editor**.
-
-2. Navigate to **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > System > App-V**.
-
-3. Run **Enables App-V Client** and then select **Enabled** on the screen that appears.
-
-4. Restart the device.
-
-**To enable the App-V client with Windows PowerShell**
-
-1. Open Windows PowerShell.
-
-2. Type `Enable-Appv` and press enter.
-
-3. Restart the device.
-
-4. To verify that the App-V client is enabled on the device, enter `AppvClientEnabled` or `Get-AppvStatus` in Windows PowerShell.
-
-## Configure the in-box App-V client to point to previously installed App-V server components
-
-Once you’ve enabled the in-box App-V client, you need to configure it to point to your existing App-V server components. You can configure the App-V client with Windows PowerShell cmdlets or with the device’s local Group Policy editor.
-
-**To modify client settings to point to an existing App-V publishing server with Windows PowerShell**
-
-Type the following cmdlet in a Windows PowerShell window:
-
-`Add-AppvPublishingServer -Name AppVServer -URL https:// appvserver:2222`
-
-**To modify client settings to point to an existing App-V publishing server with Group Policy**
-
-1. Open the device’s **Local Group Policy Editor**.
-
-2. Navigate to **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > System > App-V > Publishing**.
-
-3. Enter your existing App-V publishing server’s details in **Options** and then click or press **Apply**.
-
-## Verify that the in-box App-V client can receive and launch .appv packages
-
-1. Add and publish a package using the following Windows PowerShell cmdlets:
-
- `Add-AppvClientPackage \\path\to\appv\package.appv | Publish-AppvClientPackage`
-
-2. Launch the published package.
-
-3. Unpublish an existing package use the following cmdlet:
-
- `Unpublish-AppvClientPackage "ContosoApplication"`
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cdd99110d..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Using the App-V Client Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn how to use the Application Virtualization (App-V) client management console to manage packages on the computer running the App-V client.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Using the App-V Client Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-This article provides information about using the Application Virtualization (App-V) client management console to manage packages on the computer running the App-V client.
-
-## Options for managing the App-V client
-
-The App-V client has associated settings that can be configured to determine how the client will run in your environment. You can manage these settings on the computer that runs the client, or you can use Windows PowerShell or Group Policy. For more information about configuring the client by using Windows PowerShell or Group Policy, see:
-
-- [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md)
-
-- [How to Modify Client Configuration by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md)
-
-- [How to Configure the Client to Receive Package and Connection Groups Updates From the Publishing Server](appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md)
-
-## The App-V client management console
-
-You can obtain information about the App-V client or perform specific tasks by using the App-V client management console. Many of the tasks that you can perform in the client management console you can also perform by using Windows PowerShell. The associated Windows PowerShell cmdlets for each action are also displayed in the following table. For more information about how to use Windows PowerShell, see [Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md).
-
-The client management console contains the following described main tabs.
-
-- **Overview**: The **Overview** tab contains the following elements:
-
- - **Update**: Refreshes a virtualized application or to receive a new virtualized package.
- - **Last Refresh**: Displays the current version of the virtualized package.
- - **Download all virtual applications**: Use the Download tile to download all of the packages provisioned to the current user.
-
- Associated Windows PowerShell cmdlet: `Mount-AppvClientPackage`
-
- - **Work Offline**: Disallows all automatic and manual virtual application updates.
-
- Associated Windows PowerShell cmdlet: `-AppvPublishServer –UserRefreshEnabled –GlobalRefreshEnabled`
-
-- **VIRTUAL APPS**: Displays all of the packages that have been published to the user.
-
- You can also click a specific package and see all of the applications that are part of that package. This option displays information about packages that are currently in use and how much of each package has been downloaded to the computer. You can also start and stop package downloads, and repair the user state. A repair will delete all user data that is associated with a package.
-
-- **APP CONNECTION GROUPS**: Displays all of the connection groups that are available to the current user. Click a specific connection group to see all of the packages that are part of the selected group. This displays information about connection groups that are already in use and how much of the connection group contents have been downloaded to the computer. Additionally, you can start and stop connection group downloads. You can use this section to initiate a repair. A repair will remove all of the user state that is associated a connection group.
-
- Associated Windows PowerShell cmdlets:
-
- - Download: `Mount-AppvClientConnectionGroup`
- - Repair: `AppvClientConnectionGroup`
-
-For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 92b64eb2ec..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to View and Configure Applications and Default Virtual Application Extensions by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: How to View and Configure Applications and Default Virtual Application Extensions by Using the Management Console
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# How to View and Configure Applications and Default Virtual Application Extensions by Using the Management Console
-
-[!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
-
-Use the following procedure to view and configure default package extensions.
-
-**To view and configure default virtual application extensions**
-
-1. To view the package that you want to configure, open the App-V Management Console. Select the package that you want to configure, right-click the package name and select **edit default configuration**.
-
-2. To view the applications contained in the specified package, in the **Default Configuration** pane, click **Applications**. To view the shortcuts for that package, click **Shortcuts**. To view the file type associations for that package, click **File Types**.
-
-3. To enable the application extensions, select **ENABLE**.
-
- To enable shortcuts, select **ENABLE SHORTCUTS**. To add a new shortcut for the selected application, right-click the application in the **SHORTCUTS** pane and select **Add new shortcut**. To remove a shortcut, right-click the application in the **SHORTCUTS** pane and select **Remove Shortcut**. To edit an existing shortcut, right-click the application and select **Edit Shortcut**.
-
-4. To view any other application extensions, click **Advanced** and click **Export Configuration**. Type in a filename and click **Save**. You can view all application extensions associated with the package using the configuration file.
-
-5. To edit other application extensions, modify the configuration file and click **Import and Overwrite this Configuration**. Select the modified file and click **Open**. In the dialog box, click **Overwrite** to complete the process.
-
-
-
-
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ed8de7183d..0000000000
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Viewing App-V Server Publishing Metadata (Windows 10/11)
-description: Use this procedure to view App-V Server publishing metadata, which can help you resolve publishing-related issues.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
----
-
-# Viewing App-V Server Publishing Metadata
-
-**Applies to**
-- Windows Server 2016
-
-Use this procedure to view App-V Server publishing metadata, which can help you resolve publishing-related issues. You must be using the App-V Management server to use this procedure.
-
-This article contains the following information:
-
-- [Definition of publishing metadata](#bkmk-whatis-pub-metadata)
-
-- [Syntax to use for viewing publishing metadata](#bkmk-syntax-view-pub-meta)
-
-- [Query values for client operating system](#bkmk-values-query-pub-meta)
-
-## Definition of publishing metadata
-
-When packages are published to a computer that is running the App-V client, metadata is sent to that computer indicating which packages and connection groups are being published. The App-V Client makes two separate requests for the following:
-
-- Packages and connection groups that are entitled to the client computer.
-
-- Packages and connection groups that are entitled to the current user.
-
-The Publishing server communicates with the Management server to determine which packages and connection groups are available to the requester. The Publishing server must be registered with the Management server in order for the metadata to be generated.
-
-You can view the metadata for each request in an Internet browser by using a query that is in the context of the specific user or computer.
-
-## Query syntax for viewing publishing metadata
-
-This section provides information about queries for viewing publishing metadata for App-V 5.0 SP3 Server and App-V 5.1 server. The App-V server components have not changed since App-V 5.0 was released, so App-V 5.x Server is the version of the server used with App-V for Windows client.
-
-**Query syntax**
-
-`http://
`(Get-CimInstance Win32_OperatingSystem).version` |
-| `ClientOS=
You can omit this parameter, with the result that only the packages that were sequenced to support all operating systems will appear in the metadata. |
-
-To get the name of the Publishing server and the port number (`http://
For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Technical Reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/app-v-in-adk.png b/windows/application-management/app-v/images/app-v-in-adk.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a36ef9f00f..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/app-v-in-adk.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/checklistbox.gif b/windows/application-management/app-v/images/checklistbox.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index cbcf4a4f11..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/checklistbox.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-global.png b/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-global.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 775e290a36..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-global.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-stream.png b/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-stream.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e1205c62b..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-stream.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata.png b/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 603420e627..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/application-management/app-v/images/packageaddfileandregistrydata.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/docfx.json b/windows/application-management/docfx.json
index 8b50896c5a..4f5ec979b0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/application-management/docfx.json
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
"ms.collection": [
"tier2"
],
+ "zone_pivot_group_filename": "resources/zone-pivot-groups.json",
"uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-Windows",
- "ms.technology": "itpro-apps",
- "ms.topic": "article",
- "feedback_system": "GitHub",
- "feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
+ "ms.service": "windows-client",
+ "ms.subservice": "itpro-apps",
+ "feedback_system": "Standard",
"feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/windows/send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-the-feedback-hub-app-f59187f8-8739-22d6-ba93-f66612949332",
"_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
"./": {
@@ -53,27 +53,24 @@
},
"titleSuffix": "Windows Application Management",
"contributors_to_exclude": [
- "rjagiewich",
- "traya1",
- "rmca14",
- "claydetels19",
+ "dstrome2",
+ "rjagiewich",
+ "American-Dipper",
+ "claydetels19",
"jborsecnik",
- "tiburd",
- "garycentric",
- "beccarobins",
+ "v-stchambers",
+ "shdyas",
"Stacyrch140",
- "v-stsavell",
- "American-Dipper"
+ "garycentric",
+ "dstrome",
+ "beccarobins"
],
- "searchScope": ["Windows 10"]
- },
- "fileMetadata": {
- "feedback_system": {
- "app-v/**/*.*": "None"
- }
+ "searchScope": [
+ "Windows 10"
+ ]
},
"template": [],
"dest": "win-app-management",
"markdownEngineName": "markdig"
}
-}
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md b/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
index 1ed95c362a..2a00963aef 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.author: aaroncz
manager: aaroncz
ms.date: 10/03/2017
ms.topic: article
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-apps
ms.localizationpriority: medium
ms.collection: tier2
ms.reviewer:
diff --git a/windows/application-management/images/insider.png b/windows/application-management/images/insider.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbe00408cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/application-management/images/insider.png differ
diff --git a/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md b/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
index f9844e71b1..932390fc2d 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
@@ -4,9 +4,7 @@ ms.author: aaroncz
manager: aaroncz
ms.date: 09/20/2021
ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.collection: tier1
-ms.reviewer:
+ms.service: windows-client
---
Application Virtualization will be [end of life in April 2026](/lifecycle/announcements/mdop-extended). We recommend looking at Azure Virtual Desktop with MSIX app attach. For more information, see [What is Azure Virtual Desktop?](/azure/virtual-desktop/overview) and [Set up MSIX app attach with the Azure portal](/azure/virtual-desktop/app-attach-azure-portal).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md b/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
index 35084641c6..f4b2934ded 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ manager: aaroncz
ms.date: 09/28/2021
manager: aaroncz
ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-apps
ms.localizationpriortiy: medium
ms.collection: tier1
ms.reviewer:
diff --git a/windows/application-management/includes/insider-note.md b/windows/application-management/includes/insider-note.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1160f8047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/application-management/includes/insider-note.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+author: paolomatarazzo
+ms.author: paoloma
+ms.topic: include
+ms.date: 01/11/2024
+---
+
+:::row:::
+:::column span="1":::
+:::image type="content" source="../images/insider.png" alt-text="Logo of Windows Insider." border="false":::
+:::column-end:::
+:::column span="3":::
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+>This article describes features or settings that are under development and only applicable to [Windows Insider Preview builds](/windows-insider/). The content is subject to change and may have dependencies on other features or services in preview.
+:::column-end:::
+:::row-end:::
diff --git a/windows/application-management/index.yml b/windows/application-management/index.yml
index 46ff46e15f..ae406114d7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/index.yml
+++ b/windows/application-management/index.yml
@@ -9,9 +9,10 @@ metadata:
author: aczechowski
ms.author: aaroncz
manager: aaroncz
- ms.date: 08/18/2023
+ ms.date: 06/28/2024
ms.topic: landing-page
- ms.prod: windows-client
+ ms.service: windows-client
+ ms.subservice: itpro-apps
ms.collection:
- tier1
@@ -39,22 +40,3 @@ landingContent:
url: per-user-services-in-windows.md
- text: Changes to Service Host grouping in Windows 10
url: svchost-service-refactoring.md
-
- - title: Application Virtualization (App-V)
- linkLists:
- - linkListType: overview
- links:
- - text: App-V overview
- url: app-v/appv-for-windows.md
- - text: Getting started with App-V
- url: app-v/appv-getting-started.md
- - text: Planning for App-V
- url: app-v/appv-planning-for-appv.md
- - text: Deploying App-V
- url: app-v/appv-deploying-appv.md
- - text: Operations for App-V
- url: app-v/appv-operations.md
- - text: Troubleshooting App-V
- url: app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
- - text: Technical Reference for App-V
- url: app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
diff --git a/windows/application-management/overview-windows-apps.md b/windows/application-management/overview-windows-apps.md
index 1c54d148ce..7188ebe6e0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/overview-windows-apps.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/overview-windows-apps.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: Learn about the different types of apps that run on Windows. For ex
author: aczechowski
ms.author: aaroncz
manager: aaroncz
-ms.date: 08/28/2023
+ms.date: 06/28/2024
ms.topic: overview
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-apps
ms.localizationpriority: medium
ms.collection: tier2
appliesto:
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ For more information on deploying Microsoft 365 apps, see the [Deployment guide
### Power Apps
-These apps are custom, low-code apps to connect to business data, modernize processes, and solve unique challenges. Power Apps are available online and on-premises, can run in a web browser, and on mobile devices. They can be created by business analysts and professional developers.
+These apps are custom, low-code apps to connect to business data, modernize processes, and solve unique challenges. Power Apps are available online and on-premises, can run in a web browser, and on mobile devices. They can be created by business analysts and professional developers.
For more information, see [What is Power Apps?](/power-apps/powerapps-overview).
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ App-V allows Win32 apps to be used as virtual apps.
On an on-premises server, you install and configure the App-V server components, and then install your Win32 apps. On Windows Enterprise client devices, you use the App-V client components to run the virtualized apps. They allow users to open the virtual apps using the icons and file names they're familiar with. Users use the apps as if they're installed locally.
-The benefit is to deliver virtual apps in real time, and as-needed. For more information, see [Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows overview](./app-v/appv-for-windows.md).
+The benefit is to deliver virtual apps in real time, and as-needed. For more information, see [Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows overview](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/app-v/appv-for-windows).
## Manage apps
diff --git a/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md b/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
index 200ea7e859..9e6cefb8ae 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
@@ -1,81 +1,152 @@
---
title: Per-user services
-description: Learn about per-user services, how to change the template service Startup Type, and manage per-user services through Group Policy and security templates.
+description: Learn about per-user services, how to change the template service startup type, and manage per-user services through group policy and security templates.
author: aczechowski
ms.author: aaroncz
manager: aaroncz
-ms.date: 09/14/2017
+ms.date: 12/22/2023
ms.topic: how-to
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-apps
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-apps
ms.localizationpriority: medium
ms.collection: tier2
appliesto:
+ - ✅ Windows 11
- ✅ Windows 10
- ✅ Windows Server
---
# Per-user services in Windows
-Per-user services are services that are created when a user signs into Windows or Windows Server and are stopped and deleted when that user signs out. These services run in the security context of the user account - this provides better resource management than the previous approach of running these kinds of services in Explorer, associated with a preconfigured account, or as tasks.
+When a user signs in to Windows, the OS creates *per-user services*. When the user signs out, these services are stopped and deleted. They run in the security context of the user account instead of a built-in security principal. This behavior provides better resource management than the previous approach of running these services associated with a preconfigured account or as tasks.
> [!NOTE]
-> Per-user services are only in available in Windows Server if you have installed the Desktop Experience. If you are running a Server Core or Nano Server installation, you won't see these services.
+> Per-user services are only available in Windows Server if you install the Desktop Experience. For more information, see [Server Core vs Server with Desktop Experience install options](/windows-server/get-started/install-options-server-core-desktop-experience).
-You can set the template service's **Startup Type** to **Disabled** to create per-user services in a stopped and disabled state.
+Windows creates these per-user services based on templates defined in the registry. If you need to manage or control behaviors of these services, you can adjust the template. For example, you can set a template service's startup type to **Disabled**. In this example, Windows creates the per-user service in a stopped and disabled state.
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Carefully test any changes to the template service's Startup Type before deploying to a production environment.
+> Carefully test any changes to the template service's configuration before you broadly deploy them to a production environment.
-Use the following information to understand per-user services, change the template service Startup Type, and manage per-user services through Group Policy and security templates.
-For more information about disabling system services for Windows Server, see [Guidance on disabling system services on Windows Server with Desktop Experience](/windows-server/security/windows-services/security-guidelines-for-disabling-system-services-in-windows-server).
+Use the information in this article to understand per-user services, configure user service templates, and manage per-user services through group policy and security templates.
-## Per-user services
+## List of per-user services
-The following table lists per-user services and when they were added to Windows 10 and Windows Server with the Desktop Experience. The template services are located in the registry at HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services.
+The following table lists per-user services in the current version of Windows. Other versions of Windows 10/11 might not have the same services available.
-Before you disable any of these services, review the **Description** column in this table to understand the implications, including dependent apps that will no longer work correctly.
+Before you reconfigure any of these services, review this information to understand the implications. For example, if you disable the per-user service, there might be dependent apps that don't work correctly.
-| Windows version | Key name | Display name | Default start type | Dependencies | Description |
-|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------------------------------|--------------------|--------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| 1803 | BcastDVRUserService | GameDVR and Broadcast User Service | Manual | | Used for Game Recordings and Live Broadcasts |
-| 1803 | BluetoothUserService | Bluetooth User Support Service | Manual | | Supports proper functionality of Bluetooth features relevant to each user session |
-| 1803 | CaptureService | CaptureService | Manual | | OneCore Capture Service |
-| 1607 | CDPUserSvc | CDPUserSvc | Auto | - Network Connection Broker- Remote Procedure Call (RPC)- TCP/IP Protocol Driver | Used for Connected Devices Platform scenarios |
-| 1803 | DevicePickerUserSvc | DevicePicker | Manual | | Device Picker |
-| 1703 | DevicesFlowUserSvc | DevicesFlow | Manual | | Device Discovery and Connecting |
-| 1703 | MessagingService | MessagingService | Manual | | Service supporting text messaging and related functionality |
-| 1607 | OneSyncSvc | Sync Host | Auto (delayed) | | Synchronizes mail, contacts, calendar, and other user data. Mail and other applications dependent on this service don't work correctly when this service isn't running. |
-| 1607 | PimIndexMaintenanceSvc | Contact Data | Manual | UnistoreSvc | Indexes contact data for fast contact searching. If you stop or disable this service, search results might not display all contacts. |
-| 1709 | PrintWorkflowUserSvc | PrintWorkflow | Manual | | Print Workflow |
-| 1607 | UnistoreSvc | User Data Storage | Manual | | Handles storage of structured user data, including contact info, calendars, and messages. If you stop or disable this service, apps that use this data might not work correctly. |
-| 1607 | UserDataSvc | User Data Access | Manual | UnistoreSvc | Provides apps access to structured user data, including contact info, calendars, and messages. If you stop or disable this service, apps that use this data might not work correctly. |
-| 1607 | WpnUserService | Windows Push Notifications User Service | Manual | | Hosts Windows notification platform, which provides support for local and push notifications. Supported notifications are tile, toast, and raw. |
+| Display name | Service name | Default start type | Dependencies | Description |
+|--|--|--|--|--|
+| **Agent Activation Runtime** | AarSvc | Manual | | Runtime for activating conversational agent applications. |
+| **Bluetooth User Support Service** | BluetoothUserService | Manual | | Supports proper functionality of Bluetooth features relevant to each user session. |
+| **OneCore Capture Service** | CaptureService | Manual | | Enables optional screen capture functionality for applications that call [screen capture](/windows/uwp/audio-video-camera/screen-capture) APIs of the [Windows.Graphics.Capture](/uwp/api/windows.graphics.capture) namespace. |
+| **Clipboard User Service** | cbdhsvc | Automated (Delayed Start) | | Windows uses this user service for clipboard scenarios. For example, clipboard history or sync across devices. For more information, see [Clipboard in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/clipboard-in-windows-c436501e-985d-1c8d-97ea-fe46ddf338c6). |
+| **Cloud Backup and Restore Service** | CloudBackupRestoreSvc | Manual | | Monitors the system for changes in application and setting states. When required, this service does cloud backup and restore operations. |
+| **Connected Devices Platform User Service** | CDPUserSvc | Automatic | - Network Connection Broker - Remote Procedure Call (RPC) - TCP/IP Protocol Driver | This service allows the user to connect, manage, and control connected devices. These connected devices include mobile, Xbox, HoloLens, or smart/IoT devices. For one specific example, see [Share things with nearby devices in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/share-things-with-nearby-devices-in-windows-0efbfe40-e3e2-581b-13f4-1a0e9936c2d9). |
+| **Consent UX User Service** | ConsentUxUserSvc | Manual | | Allows the system to request user consent to allow apps to access sensitive resources and information such as the device's location. |
+| **Contact Data** | PimIndexMaintenanceSvc | Manual | UnistoreSvc | Indexes contact data for fast contact searching. If you stop or disable this service, contacts might be missing from your search results. |
+| **Credential Enrollment Manager** | CredentialEnrollmentManagerUserSvc | Manual | | This service supports the secure storage and retrieval of user credentials. For example, tokens for web sites, remote desktop connections, or other apps. |
+| **Device Association Broker** | DeviceAssociationBrokerSvc | Manual | - DevicePicker - Shell Pairing UX | Supports in-app pairing and access checks for new device scenarios. |
+| **Device Picker** | DevicePickerUserSvc | Manual | | Windows uses this user service to manage Miracast, Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA), and Discovery and Launch (DIAL) experiences. |
+| **Devices Flow** | DevicesFlowUserSvc | Manual | | Allows the Connect user interface and Settings app to connect and pair with WiFi displays and Bluetooth devices. |
+| **Game DVR and Broadcast User Service** | BcastDVRUserService | Manual | | Windows uses this user service for game recordings and live broadcasts. |
+| **Messaging Service** | MessagingService | Manual | | This service supports text messaging and related functionality. |
+| **Now Playing Session Manager** | NPSMSvc | Manual | | The *now playing session manager* (NPSM) service manages media sessions running on the device. |
+| **Plan 9 Redirector Service** | P9RdrService | Manual | | Enables trigger-starting plan9 file servers, which are supported by [Windows Subsystem for Linux](/windows/wsl/). For more information, see [Plan 9 from Bell Labs](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plan_9_from_Bell_Labs). |
+| **Pen Service** | PenService | Manual | | When you press the tail button on a pen input device, this service responds to those actions. It can launch applications or take another action that you customize in Settings. For more information, see user documentation on [How to use your Surface Pen](https://support.microsoft.com/surface/how-to-use-your-surface-pen-8a403519-cd1f-15b2-c9df-faa5aa924e98) or hardware developer documentation on [Pen devices](/windows-hardware/design/component-guidelines/pen-devices). |
+| **Print Workflow** | PrintWorkflowUserSvc | Manual | | Provides support for [Print Workflow](/windows/uwp/devices-sensors/print-workflow-customize) applications. If you turn off this service, some printing functions might not work successfully. |
+| **Sync Host** | OneSyncSvc | Automated (Delayed Start) | | This service synchronizes mail, contacts, calendar, and other user data. When this service is stopped, mail and other applications dependent on this functionality don't work properly. |
+| **UDK User Service** | UdkUserSvc | Manual | | Windows uses this service to coordinate between shell experiences. |
+| **User Data Access** | UserDataSvc | Manual | UnistoreSvc | Provides apps access to structured user data, including contact info, calendars, messages, and other content. If you stop or disable this service, apps that use this data might not work correctly. |
+| **User Data Storage** | UnistoreSvc | Manual | | Handles storage of structured user data, including contact info, calendars, messages, and other content. If you stop or disable this service, apps that use this data might not work correctly. |
+| **Web Threat Defense User Service** | webthreatdefusersvc | Automatic | | This service helps protect your computer by warning the user when unauthorized entities attempt to gain access to their credentials. |
+| **Windows Push Notifications User Service** | WpnUserService | Automatic | | This service hosts the [Windows push notification services](/windows/apps/design/shell/tiles-and-notifications/windows-push-notification-services--wns--overview) (WNS) platform, which provides support for local and push notifications. Supported notifications are tile, toast, and raw. |
-## Disable per-user services
+## View per-user services
-The template service isn't displayed in the Services console (services.msc) so you need to edit the registry directly, either with Group Policy or a scripted solution, to disable a per-user service.
+You can't view the user service templates outside of the Windows Registry, but you can see the user-specific per-user services. Windows displays these services with the following format: `
- DMClient
- CertificateStore
- RootCATrustedCertificates
- ClientCertificateInstall
- EnterpriseModernAppManagement
- PassportForWork
- Policy
- w7 APPLICATION|||
-
-
## Management protocol with Microsoft Entra ID
There are two different MDM enrollment types that integrate with Microsoft Entra ID, and use Microsoft Entra user and device identities. Depending on the enrollment type, the MDM service may need to manage a single user or multiple users.
@@ -318,8 +308,6 @@ There are two different MDM enrollment types that integrate with Microsoft Entra
- Use the JWT Token Handler extension for WIF to validate the contents of the access token and extract claims required for use. For more information, see [JwtSecurityTokenHandler Class](/dotnet/api/system.identitymodel.tokens.jwt.jwtsecuritytokenhandler).
- Refer to the Microsoft Entra authentication code samples to get a sample for working with access tokens. For an example, see [NativeClient-DotNet](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613667).
-
-
## Device Alert 1224 for Microsoft Entra user token
An alert is sent when the DM session starts and there's a Microsoft Entra user logged in. The alert is sent in OMA DM package #1. Here's an example:
@@ -372,15 +360,13 @@ Here's an example.
```
-
-
## Report device compliance to Microsoft Entra ID
Once a device is enrolled with the MDM for management, organization policies configured by the IT administrator are enforced on the device. MDM evaluates the device compliance with configured policies and then reports it to Microsoft Entra ID. This section covers the Graph API call you can use to report a device compliance status to Microsoft Entra ID.
For a sample that illustrates how an MDM can obtain an access token using OAuth 2.0 client\_credentials grant type, see [Daemon\_CertificateCredential-DotNet](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613822).
-- **Cloud-based MDM** - If your product is a cloud-based multi-tenant MDM service, you have a single key configured for your service within your tenant. To obtain authorization, use this key to authenticate the MDM service with Microsoft Entra ID.
+- **Cloud-based MDM** - If your product is a cloud-based multitenant MDM service, you have a single key configured for your service within your tenant. To obtain authorization, use this key to authenticate the MDM service with Microsoft Entra ID.
- **On-premises MDM** - If your product is an on-premises MDM, customers must configure your product with the key used to authenticate with Microsoft Entra ID. This key configuration is because each on-premises instance of your MDM product has a different tenant-specific key. So, you may need to expose a configuration experience in your MDM product that enables administrators to specify the key to be used to authenticate with Microsoft Entra ID.
### Use Microsoft Graph API
@@ -415,8 +401,6 @@ Response:
- Success - HTTP 204 with No Content.
- Failure/Error - HTTP 404 Not Found. This error may be returned if the specified device or tenant can't be found.
-
-
## Data loss during unenrollment from Microsoft Entra join
When a user is enrolled into MDM through Microsoft Entra join and then disconnects the enrollment, there's no warning that the user will lose Windows Information Protection (WIP) data. The disconnection message doesn't indicate the loss of WIP data.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md b/windows/client-management/azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md
index e1c894e2c5..aca40777f6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Automatic MDM enrollment in the Intune admin center
description: Automatic MDM enrollment in the Intune admin center
-ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
+ms.topic: conceptual
+ms.date: 07/08/2024
---
# Automatic MDM enrollment in the Intune admin center
diff --git a/windows/client-management/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md b/windows/client-management/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
index 522b5d05b6..c248120cff 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
---
title: Bulk enrollment
-description: Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to reimage the devices.
-ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
+description: Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up an MDM server to manage a large number of devices without the need to reimage the devices.
+ms.topic: conceptual
+ms.date: 07/08/2024
---
# Bulk enrollment using Windows Configuration Designer
-Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to reimage the devices. You can use the [Provisioning CSP](mdm/provisioning-csp.md) for bulk enrollment, except for the Microsoft Entra join enrollment scenario.
+Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up an MDM server to manage a large number of devices without the need to reimage the devices. You can use the [Provisioning CSP](mdm/provisioning-csp.md) for bulk enrollment, except for the Microsoft Entra join enrollment scenario.
## Typical use cases
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Using the WCD, create a provisioning package using the enrollment information re
1. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connections so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (for example, **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
-1. When you're done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, select **Save**.
+1. After adding all the settings, select **Save** on the **File** menu.
1. On the main menu, select **Export** > **Provisioning package**.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Using the WCD, create a provisioning package using the enrollment information re
For detailed descriptions of these settings, see [Provisioning CSP](mdm/provisioning-csp.md).
1. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connection so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (for example, **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
-1. When you're done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, select **Save**.
+1. After adding all the settings, select **Save** on the **File** menu.
1. Export and build the package (steps 10-13 in previous section).
1. Apply the package to some test devices and verify that they work. For more information, see [Apply a provisioning package](#apply-a-provisioning-package).
1. Apply the package to your devices.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Using the WCD, create a provisioning package using the enrollment information re
- If the provisioning engine receives a failure from a CSP, it retries provisioning three times in a row.
- If all immediate attempts fail, a delayed task is launched to try provisioning again later. It will retry four times at a decaying rate of 15 minutes -> 1 hr -> 4 hr -> "Next System Start". These attempts are run from the SYSTEM context.
- It also retries the provisioning each time it's launched, if started from somewhere else as well.
-- In addition, provisioning will be restarted in the SYSTEM context after a sign in and the [system has been idle](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-idle-conditions).
+- In addition, provisioning will be restarted in the SYSTEM context after a sign in and the [system is idle](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-idle-conditions).
## Related articles
diff --git a/windows/client-management/certificate-authentication-device-enrollment.md b/windows/client-management/certificate-authentication-device-enrollment.md
index c1ab833e1c..2cea712e44 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/certificate-authentication-device-enrollment.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/certificate-authentication-device-enrollment.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Certificate authentication device enrollment
description: This section provides an example of the mobile device enrollment protocol using certificate authentication policy.
-ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
+ms.topic: conceptual
+ms.date: 07/08/2024
---
# Certificate authentication device enrollment
diff --git a/windows/client-management/certificate-renewal-windows-mdm.md b/windows/client-management/certificate-renewal-windows-mdm.md
index 233a34e3dc..66d42a4d90 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/certificate-renewal-windows-mdm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/certificate-renewal-windows-mdm.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Certificate Renewal
description: Learn how to find all the resources that you need to provide continuous access to client certificates.
-ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
+ms.topic: conceptual
+ms.date: 07/08/2024
---
# Certificate Renewal
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Windows supports automatic certificate renewal, also known as Renew On Behalf Of
> [!NOTE]
> Certificate renewal of the enrollment certificate through ROBO is only supported with Microsoft PKI.
-Auto certificate renewal is the only supported MDM client certificate renewal method for the device that's enrolled using WAB authentication. Meaning, the AuthPolicy is set to Federated. It also means if the server supports WAB authentication, then the MDM certificate enrollment server MUST also support client TLS to renew the MDM client certificate.
+Auto certificate renewal is the only supported MDM client certificate renewal method for a device enrolled using WAB authentication. Meaning, the AuthPolicy is set to Federated. It also means if the server supports WAB authentication, then the MDM certificate enrollment server MUST also support client TLS to renew the MDM client certificate.
For Windows devices, during the MDM client certificate enrollment phase or during MDM management section, the enrollment server or MDM server could configure the device to support automatic MDM client certificate renewal using [CertificateStore CSP's](mdm/certificatestore-csp.md) ROBOSupport node under `CertificateStore/My/WSTEP/Renew` URL.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ In Windows, the renewal period can only be set during the MDM enrollment phase.
For more information about the parameters, see the [CertificateStore configuration service provider](mdm/certificatestore-csp.md).
-Unlike manual certificate renewal, the device doesn't perform an automatic MDM client certificate renewal if the certificate is already expired. To make sure the device has enough time to automatically renew, we recommend you set a renewal period a couple months (40-60 days) before the certificate expires. And, set the renewal retry interval to every few days, like every 4-5 days instead of every seven days (weekly). This change increases the chance that the device will try to connect at different days of the week.
+Unlike manual certificate renewal, the device doesn't perform an automatic MDM client certificate renewal if the certificate is already expired. To make sure the device has enough time to automatically renew, we recommend you set a renewal period a couple months (40-60 days) before the certificate expires. And, set the renewal retry interval to every few days, like every 4-5 days instead of every seven days (weekly). This change increases the chance that the device tries to connect at different days of the week.
## Certificate renewal response
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ When RequestType is set to Renew, the web service verifies the following (in add
- The client's certificate is in the renewal period
- The certificate is issued by the enrollment service
- The requester is the same as the requester for initial enrollment
-- For standard client's request, the client hasn't been blocked
+- For standard client's request, the client isn't blocked
After validation is completed, the web service retrieves the PKCS#10 content from the PKCS#7 BinarySecurityToken. The rest is the same as initial enrollment, except that the Provisioning XML only needs to have the new certificate issued by the CA.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/add-remove-hide-features.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/add-remove-hide-features.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92fa8aaf85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/add-remove-hide-features.md
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+---
+title: Add, remove, or hide Windows features
+description: Learn how to add or remove Windows optional features using the Optional features page in the Settings app. Also see the group policy objects (GPO) and MDM policies that show or hide Windows Features in the Settings app. Use Windows PowerShell to show or hide specific features in Windows Features.
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: how-to
+zone_pivot_groups: windows-versions-11-10
+---
+
+# Add, remove, or hide Windows features
+
+Windows has optional features that aren't included by default, but you can add later. These features are called [Features on Demand](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/features-on-demand-v2--capabilities), and can be added at any time. Some of these features are language resources like language packs or handwriting support. On organization-owned devices, you can control access to these other features. You can use group policy or mobile device management (MDM) policies to hide the UI from users, or use Windows PowerShell to enable or disable specific features.
+
+## Use the Windows Settings app to add or remove features
+
+
+
+Open the **Optional features** pane in the **Settings** app by selecting the following link:
+
+> [!div class="nextstepaction"]
+> [Optional features](ms-settings:optionalfeatures)
+
+Or
+
+1. Right-click on the **Start** menu and select **Run**.
+
+1. In the **Run** window, next to **Open:**, enter:
+
+ ```console
+ ms-settings:optionalfeatures
+ ```
+
+ and then select **OK**.
+
+Or
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
+
+1. Right-click on the **Start** menu and select **Settings**.
+
+1. In the left hand pane of the Settings app, select **System**.
+
+1. In the right hand **System** pane, select **Optional features**.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+>
+> The navigation steps, UI elements, and UI text in this section are based on the latest version of Windows 11 with the latest cumulative update installed. For other versions of Windows 11 that are currently supported or don't have the latest cumulative update, some of the navigation steps, UI elements, and UI text might be different. For example, the [**Optional features**](ms-settings:optionalfeatures) pane might be located under **Settings** > **Apps**.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
+
+1. Right-click on the **Start** menu and select **Settings**.
+
+1. In the Settings app, select **System**.
+
+1. In the left hand pane, select **Optional features**.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+>
+> The navigation steps, UI elements, and UI text in this section are based on Windows 10 22H2 with the latest cumulative update installed. For other versions of Windows 10 that are currently supported or don't have the latest cumulative update, some of the navigation steps, UI elements, and UI text might be different. For example, the [**Optional features**](ms-settings:optionalfeatures) pane might be located under **Settings** > **Apps** > **Apps & features**.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+### Add a feature
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
+
+Once the **System > Optional features** pane is open, add a feature with the following steps:
+
+1. Select the **View features** button next to **Add an optional feature**.
+
+1. In the **Add an optional feature** window that opens:
+
+ 1. Find the desired feature to add and then select the box next to the feature to add it. Multiple features can be selected.
+
+ 1. Once all of the desired features are selected, select the **Next** button.
+
+ 1. Review the selected list of features and then select the **Add** button to add the selected features.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
+
+Once the **Optional features** pane is open, add a feature with the following steps:
+
+1. Select the **+** button next to **Add a feature**.
+
+1. In the **Add an optional feature** window that opens:
+
+ 1. Find the desired feature to add and then select the box next to the feature to add it. Multiple features can be selected.
+
+ 1. Once all of the desired features are selected, select the **Add** button.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+>
+> Windows Update is used to add the optional features. The device needs to be online so Windows Update can download the content that it needs to add.
+
+### Remove a feature
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
+
+Once the **System > Optional features** pane is open, remove a feature with the following steps:
+
+1. Under **Installed features**, search for the feature that needs to be removed in the **Search installed features** search box, or scroll through the list of added features until the feature that needs to be removed is found.
+
+1. Once the feature that needs to be removed is found, select the feature to expand it, and then select the **Remove** button.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
+
+Once the **Optional features** pane is open, remove a feature with the following steps:
+
+1. Under **Installed features**, search for the feature that needs to be removed in the **Find an installed optional feature** search box, or scroll through the list of added features until the feature that needs to be removed is found.
+
+1. Once the feature that needs to be removed is found, select the feature to expand it, and then select the **Remove** button.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+## Use group policy or MDM policies to hide Windows features
+
+By default, the OS might show Windows features and allow users to add and remove these optional apps and features. To hide Windows features on your user devices, you can use group policy or an MDM provider like Microsoft Intune.
+
+### Group policy
+
+If you use group policy, use the `User Configuration\Administrative Template\Control Panel\Programs\Hide "Windows Features"` policy. By default, this policy might be set to **Not configured**, which means users can add or remove features. When this setting is **Enabled**, the settings page to add optional features is hidden on the device.
+
+You can't use group policy to disable specific Windows features. If you want to disable specific features, use [Windows PowerShell](#use-windows-powershell-to-disable-specific-features).
+
+If you want to hide the entire **Apps** feature in the Settings app, use the `User Configuration\Administrative Template\Control Panel\Programs\Hide "Programs and Features" page` policy.
+
+### MDM
+
+Using Microsoft Intune, you can use [administrative templates](/mem/intune/configuration/administrative-templates-windows) or the [settings catalog](/mem/intune/configuration/settings-catalog) to hide Windows features.
+
+If you want to hide the entire **Apps** feature in the Settings app, you can use a configuration policy on Intune enrolled devices. For more information on the settings you can configure, see [Control Panel and Settings device restrictions in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/configuration/device-restrictions-windows-10#control-panel-and-settings).
+
+## Use Windows PowerShell to disable specific features
+
+To disable specific features, use the Windows PowerShell [Disable-WindowsOptionalFeature](/powershell/module/dism/disable-windowsoptionalfeature) cmdlet.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+>
+> There isn't a group policy that disables specific Windows features.
+
+To automate disabling specific features, create a scheduled task to run a PowerShell script. For more information about Windows task scheduler, see [Task Scheduler for developers](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-scheduler-start-page).
+
+Microsoft Intune can also run PowerShell scripts. For more information, see [Use PowerShell scripts on Windows client devices in Intune](/mem/intune/apps/intune-management-extension).
+
+To enable specific features, use the [Enable-WindowsOptionalFeature](/powershell/module/dism/enable-windowsoptionalfeature) cmdlet.
+
+Another useful PowerShell cmdlet is [Get-WindowsOptionalFeature](/powershell/module/dism/get-windowsoptionalfeature). Use this cmdlet to view information about optional features in the current OS or a mounted image. This cmdlet returns the current state of features, and whether a restart might be required when the state changes.
+
+## Related content
+
+- [Features on Demand overview](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/features-on-demand-v2--capabilities).
+- [Available Features on Demand](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/features-on-demand-non-language-fod).
+- [Language and region Features on Demand (FOD)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/features-on-demand-language-fod).
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/administrative-tools-in-windows.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/administrative-tools-in-windows.md
index 7c30da23de..785eb740cc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/administrative-tools-in-windows.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/administrative-tools-in-windows.md
@@ -1,17 +1,28 @@
---
-title: Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
+title: Windows Tools
description: The folders for Windows Tools and Administrative Tools are folders in the Control Panel that contain tools for system administrators and advanced users.
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
+zone_pivot_groups: windows-versions-11-10
ms.collection:
-- highpri
-- tier2
+- essentials-manage
---
-# Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
+# Windows Tools
-**Windows Tools** is a folder in the Windows 11 Control Panel. **Administrative Tools** is a folder in the Windows 10 Control Panel. These folders contain tools for system administrators and advanced users.
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
+
+**Windows Tools** is a folder in the Windows 11 Control Panel. This folder contains tools for system administrators and advanced users.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
+
+**Administrative Tools** is a folder in the Windows 10 Control Panel. This folder contains tools for system administrators and advanced users.
+
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
## Windows Tools folder
@@ -23,6 +34,10 @@ The tools in the folder might vary depending on which edition of Windows you use
:::image type="content" source="images/win11-windows-tools.png" alt-text="Screenshot of the contents of the Windows Tools folder in Windows 11." lightbox="images/win11-windows-tools.png":::
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
+
## Administrative Tools folder
The following graphic shows the **Administrative Tools** folder in Windows 10:
@@ -33,34 +48,7 @@ The tools in the folder might vary depending on which edition of Windows you use
-## Tools
-
-The tools are located in the folder `C:\Windows\System32\` or its subfolders.
-
-These tools were included in previous versions of Windows. The associated documentation for each tool can help you use them. The following list provides links to documentation for each tool.
-
-- [Component Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731901(v=ws.11))
-- [Computer Management](https://support.microsoft.com/topic/how-to-use-computer-management-in-windows-xp-d5872f93-4498-f4dd-3a34-36d6f569924f)
-- [Defragment and Optimize Drives](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/ways-to-improve-your-computer-s-performance-c6018c78-0edd-a71a-7040-02267d68ea90)
-- [Disk Cleanup](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/disk-cleanup-in-windows-8a96ff42-5751-39ad-23d6-434b4d5b9a68)
-- [Event Viewer](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/cc938674(v=technet.10))
-- [iSCSI Initiator](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee338476(v=ws.10))
-- [Local Security Policy](/previous-versions/tn-archive/dd277395(v=technet.10))
-- [ODBC Data Sources](/sql/odbc/admin/odbc-data-source-administrator)
-- [Performance Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc749115(v=ws.11))
-- [Print Management](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731857(v=ws.11))
-- [Recovery Drive](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/create-a-recovery-drive-abb4691b-5324-6d4a-8766-73fab304c246)
-- [Registry Editor](/windows/win32/sysinfo/registry)
-- [Resource Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd883276(v=ws.10))
-- [Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc772408(v=ws.11))
-- [System Configuration](/troubleshoot/windows-client/performance/system-configuration-utility-troubleshoot-configuration-errors)
-- [System Information](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/cc957818(v=technet.10))
-- [Task Scheduler](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc766428(v=ws.11))
-- [Windows Firewall with Advanced Security](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754274(v=ws.11))
-- [Windows Memory Diagnostic](/previous-versions/technet-magazine/cc745953(v=msdn.10))
-
-> [!TIP]
-> If the linked content in this list doesn't provide the information you need to use that tool, send feedback with the **This page** link in the **Feedback** section at the bottom of this article.
+::: zone-end
## Related articles
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/change-default-removal-policy-external-storage-media.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/change-default-removal-policy-external-storage-media.md
index 1bcd9ff753..725c23927a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/change-default-removal-policy-external-storage-media.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/change-default-removal-policy-external-storage-media.md
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
---
title: Windows default media removal policy
-description: In Windows 10 and later, the default removal policy for external storage media changed from Better performance to Quick removal.
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+description: Manage default media removal policy in Windows.
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
---
-# Change in default removal policy for external storage media in Windows
+# Manage default media removal policy
Windows defines two main policies, **Quick removal** and **Better performance**, that control how the system interacts with external storage devices such as USB thumb drives or Thunderbolt-enabled external drives. Beginning in Windows 10 version 1809, the default policy is **Quick removal**. In earlier versions of Windows, the default policy was **Better performance**.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ You can change the policy setting for each external device, and the policy that
You can use the storage device policy setting to change the manner in which Windows manages storage devices to better meet your needs. The policy settings have the following effects:
-- **Quick removal**: This policy manages storage operations in a manner that keeps the device ready to remove at any time. You can remove the device without using the Safely Remove Hardware process. However, to do this, Windows can't cache disk write operations. This may degrade system performance.
+- **Quick removal**: This policy manages storage operations in a manner that keeps the device ready to remove at any time. You can remove the device without using the Safely Remove Hardware process. However, to do this, Windows can't cache disk write operations. This can degrade system performance.
- **Better performance**: This policy manages storage operations in a manner that improves system performance. When this policy is in effect, Windows can cache write operations to the external device. However, you must use the Safely Remove Hardware process to remove the external drive. The Safely Remove Hardware process protects the integrity of data on the device by making sure that all cached operations finish.
> [!IMPORTANT]
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
index 2e3e741284..c08492c201 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
title: Connect to remote Microsoft Entra joined device
description: Learn how to use Remote Desktop Connection to connect to a Microsoft Entra joined device.
ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
ms.collection:
- highpri
- tier2
@@ -14,18 +14,16 @@ ms.collection:
Windows supports remote connections to devices joined to Active Directory s well as devices joined to Microsoft Entra ID using Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP).
- Starting in Windows 10, version 1809, you can [use biometrics to authenticate to a remote desktop session](/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1809#remote-desktop-with-biometrics).
-- Starting in Windows 10/11, with 2022-10 update installed, you can [use Microsoft Entra authentication to connect to the remote Microsoft Entra device](#connect-with-azure-ad-authentication).
+- Starting in Windows 10/11, with 2022-10 update installed, you can [use Microsoft Entra authentication to connect to the remote Microsoft Entra device](#connect-with-microsoft-entra-authentication).
## Prerequisites
- Both devices (local and remote) must be running a supported version of Windows.
- Remote device must have the **Connect to and use this PC from another device using the Remote Desktop app** option selected under **Settings** > **System** > **Remote Desktop**.
- - It's recommended to select **Require devices to use Network Level Authentication to connect** option.
+ - Select **Require devices to use Network Level Authentication to connect** option is recommended.
- If the user who joined the device to Microsoft Entra ID is the only one who is going to connect remotely, no other configuration is needed. To allow more users or groups to connect to the device remotely, you must [add users to the Remote Desktop Users group](#add-users-to-remote-desktop-users-group) on the remote device.
- Ensure [Remote Credential Guard](/windows/access-protection/remote-credential-guard) is turned off on the device you're using to connect to the remote device.
-
-
## Connect with Microsoft Entra authentication
Microsoft Entra authentication can be used on the following operating systems for both the local and remote device:
@@ -64,8 +62,6 @@ The Windows lock screen in the remote session doesn't support Microsoft Entra au
Disconnecting the session also ensures that when the connection is relaunched after a period of inactivity, Microsoft Entra ID reevaluates the applicable conditional access policies.
-
-
## Connect without Microsoft Entra authentication
By default, RDP doesn't use Microsoft Entra authentication, even if the remote PC supports it. This method allows you to connect to the remote Microsoft Entra joined device from:
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/change-def-rem-policy-2.png b/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/change-def-rem-policy-2.png
index d05d5dd16f..d99919de15 100644
Binary files a/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/change-def-rem-policy-2.png and b/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/change-def-rem-policy-2.png differ
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/settings-page-visibility-gp.png b/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/settings-page-visibility-gp.png
index 198fc83a7c..eabe085176 100644
Binary files a/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/settings-page-visibility-gp.png and b/windows/client-management/client-tools/images/settings-page-visibility-gp.png differ
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
index 8efcf24c66..052dc9e72a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Manage Device Installation with Group Policy
description: Find out how to manage Device Installation Restrictions with Group Policy.
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
---
# Manage Device Installation with Group Policy
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-settings-app-with-group-policy.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-settings-app-with-group-policy.md
index afc00a6203..fb091f005b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-settings-app-with-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/manage-settings-app-with-group-policy.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Manage the Settings app with Group Policy
description: Find out how to manage the Settings app with Group Policy so you can hide specific pages from users.
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
---
# Manage the Settings app with Group Policy
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/mandatory-user-profile.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/mandatory-user-profile.md
index 5c867f498d..5e64dd2f66 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/mandatory-user-profile.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/mandatory-user-profile.md
@@ -1,16 +1,13 @@
---
title: Create mandatory user profiles
-description: A mandatory user profile is a special type of pre-configured roaming user profile that administrators can use to specify settings for users.
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
-ms.collection:
-- highpri
-- tier2
+description: A mandatory user profile is a special type of preconfigured roaming user profile that administrators can use to specify settings for users.
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
---
# Create mandatory user profiles
-A mandatory user profile is a roaming user profile that has been pre-configured by an administrator to specify settings for users. Settings commonly defined in a mandatory profile include (but aren't limited to) icons that appear on the desktop, desktop backgrounds, user preferences in Control Panel, printer selections, and more. Configuration changes made during a user's session that are normally saved to a roaming user profile aren't saved when a mandatory user profile is assigned.
+A mandatory user profile is a roaming user profile that has been preconfigured by an administrator to specify settings for users. Settings commonly defined in a mandatory profile include (but aren't limited to) icons that appear on the desktop, desktop backgrounds, user preferences in Control Panel, printer selections, and more. Configuration changes made during a user's session that are normally saved to a roaming user profile aren't saved when a mandatory user profile is assigned.
Mandatory user profiles are useful when standardization is important, such as on a kiosk device or in educational settings. Only system administrators can make changes to mandatory user profiles.
@@ -118,12 +115,12 @@ In a domain, you modify properties for the user account to point to the mandator
### How to apply a mandatory user profile to users
1. Open **Active Directory Users and Computers** (dsa.msc).
-1. Navigate to the user account that you'll assign the mandatory profile to.
+1. Navigate to the user account that you want to assign the mandatory profile to.
1. Right-click the user name and open **Properties**.
1. On the **Profile** tab, in the **Profile path** field, enter the path to the shared folder without the extension. For example, if the folder name is `\\server\share\profile.v6`, you would enter `\\server\share\profile`.
1. Select **OK**.
-It may take some time for this change to replicate to all domain controllers.
+It can take some time for this change to replicate to all domain controllers.
## Apply policies to improve sign-in time
diff --git a/windows/client-management/client-tools/quick-assist.md b/windows/client-management/client-tools/quick-assist.md
index 58eceea5e1..25a3039918 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/client-tools/quick-assist.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/client-tools/quick-assist.md
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
---
title: Use Quick Assist to help users
description: Learn how IT Pros can use Quick Assist to help users.
-ms.date: 08/10/2023
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.date: 07/01/2024
+ms.topic: conceptual
ms.collection:
- highpri
- tier1
@@ -11,11 +10,16 @@ ms.collection:
# Use Quick Assist to help users
-Quick Assist is a Microsoft Store application that enables a person to share their device with another person over a remote connection. Your support staff can use it to remotely connect to a user's device and then view its display, make annotations, or take full control. In this way, they can troubleshoot, diagnose technological issues, and provide instructions to users directly on their devices.
+Quick Assist is an application that enables a person to share their [Windows](#install-quick-assist-on-windows) or [macOS](#install-quick-assist-on-macos) device with another person over a remote connection. Your support staff can use it to remotely connect to a user's device and then view its display, make annotations, or take full control. In this way, they can troubleshoot, diagnose technological issues, and provide instructions to users directly on their devices.
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Learn how to [protect yourself from tech support scams](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4013405). Tech support scams are an industry-wide issue where scammers use scare tactics to trick you into unnecessary technical support services. Only allow a Helper to connect to your device if you initiated the interaction by contacting Microsoft Support or your IT support staff directly.
+>
+> If you or someone you know has been affected by a tech support scam, use the [technical support scam form](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/cfa4609a-92cc-4808-95e8-392b4ffd0753) to report it.
## Before you begin
-All that's required to use Quick Assist is suitable network and internet connectivity. No roles, permissions, or policies are involved. Neither party needs to be in a domain. The helper must have a Microsoft account. The sharer doesn't have to authenticate.
+All you need to use Quick Assist is suitable network and internet connectivity. No roles, permissions, or policies are involved. Neither party needs to be in a domain. The helper must have a Microsoft account. The sharer doesn't have to authenticate.
### Authentication
@@ -38,7 +42,7 @@ Quick Assist communicates over port 443 (https) and connects to the Remote Assis
| `*.trouter.skype.com` | Used for Azure Communication Service for chat and connection between parties. |
| `aadcdn.msauth.net` | Required for logging in to the application (Microsoft Entra ID). |
| `edge.skype.com` | Used for Azure Communication Service for chat and connection between parties. |
-| `login.microsoftonline.com` | Required for Microsoft login service. |
+| `login.microsoftonline.com` | Required for Microsoft sign-in service. |
| `remoteassistanceprodacs.communication.azure.com` | Used for Azure Communication Service for chat and connection between parties. |
| `turn.azure.com` | Required for Azure Communication Service. |
@@ -89,52 +93,80 @@ Microsoft logs a small amount of session data to monitor the health of the Quick
In some scenarios, the helper does require the sharer to respond to application permission prompts (User Account Control), but otherwise the helper has the same permissions as the sharer on the device.
-## Install Quick Assist
+## Install Quick Assist on Windows
### Install Quick Assist from the Microsoft Store
1. Download the new version of Quick Assist by visiting the [Microsoft Store](https://apps.microsoft.com/store/detail/quick-assist/9P7BP5VNWKX5).
-1. In the Microsoft Store, select **Get in Store app**. Then, give permission to install Quick Assist. When the installation is complete, **Get** changes to **Open**. :::image type="content" source="images/quick-assist-get.png" lightbox="images/quick-assist-get.png" alt-text="Microsoft Store window showing the Quick Assist app with a button labeled get in the bottom right corner.":::
+1. In the Microsoft Store, select **View in store**, then install Quick Assist. When the installation is complete, **Install** changes to **Open**.
For more information, visit [Install Quick Assist](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/install-quick-assist-c17479b7-a49d-4d12-938c-dbfb97c88bca).
### Install Quick Assist with Intune
-Before installing Quick Assist, you need to set up synchronization between Intune and Microsoft Store for Business. If you've already set up sync, log into [Microsoft Store for Business](https://businessstore.microsoft.com) and skip to step 5.
-
-1. In the [Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431), go to **Tenant administration** / **Connectors and tokens** / **Microsoft Store for Business** and verify that **Microsoft Store for Business sync** is set to **Enable**.
-1. Using your Global Admin account, log into [Microsoft Store for Business](https://businessstore.microsoft.com).
-1. Select **Manage** / **Settings** and enable **Show offline apps**.
-1. Choose the **Distribute** tab and verify that **Microsoft Intune** is **Active**. You may need to use the **+Add management tool** link if it's not.
-1. Search for **Quick Assist** and select it from the Search results.
-1. Choose the **Offline** license and select **Get the app**
-1. In the Intune admin center, choose **Sync**.
-1. Navigate to **Apps** / **Windows** and you should see **Quick Assist (Offline)** in the list.
-1. Select it to view its properties.
-1. By default, the app isn't assigned to any user or device, select the **Edit** link. Assign the app to the required group of devices and choose **Review + save** to complete the application install.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Assigning the app to a device or group of devices instead of a user is important because it's the only way to install a store app in device context.
-
-Visit [Add Microsoft Store apps to Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/store-apps-windows) for more information.
+To deploy Quick Assist with Intune, see [Add Microsoft Store apps to Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/store-apps-microsoft).
### Install Quick Assist Offline
To install Quick Assist offline, you need to download your APPXBUNDLE and unencoded XML file from [Microsoft Store for Business](https://businessstore.microsoft.com). Visit [Download an offline-licensed app](/microsoft-store/distribute-offline-apps#download-an-offline-licensed-app) for more information.
-1. Start **Windows PowerShell** with Administrative privileges.
-1. In PowerShell, change the directory to the location you've saved the file to in step 1: `cd